BHeiney
Mon, 08/07/2023 - 18:44
Edited Text
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
GENERAL CATALOGUE 1968-1969
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
BULLETIN
1968- 1969
January 1968
Serving the
Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania
For 129 Years
ACCREDITED BY
The Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
The Pennsylvania State Board of Educati n
The College welcomes
religious,
qualified students, faculty, and staff from
ethnic,
all
racial
and socio-economic backgrounds.
Second Class Postage paid
at
Bloomsburg,
Pennsylvania
17815
-
r
EL
CONTENTS
Academic Calendar
4
Bloomsburg State College
Admissions
Fees
And
19
Financial Aid
Student Life
Course Descriptions
202
49
59
133
Administration
Index
25
37
Academic Regulations
Curriculums
7
And Faculty
186
CALENDAR
FOR ACADEMIC YEAR
1968-1969
THE SUMMER SESSIONS
1968
Pre-sesscon
Monday, June 10
Friday, June 28
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
Main Session
Monday, July
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
1
Friday, August 9
Post-session
Monday, August 12
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
Friday, August 30
FIRST SEMESTER
1968
Faculty Meetings
Registration
Registration
Saturday, September 7
Monday, September 9
Tuesday, September
10
Tuesday, September 10
Evening Students
Registration of Graduate Students
Tuesday, September 10
Wednesday, September 11
Classes Begin (at 8:00 a.m.)
Tuesday, November 26
Thanksgiving Recess Begins (at 12:00 noon)
Monday, December 2
Thanksgiving Recess Ends (at 8:00 a.m.)
noon)
Wednesday,
December 18
Christmas Recess Begins (at 12:00
Monday,
January 6
Christmas Recess Ends (at 8:00 a.m.)
Classes End for Graduate Students
Saturday, January 18
(at 12:00 noon)
Final Examination Week Begins
Wednesday, January 15
(at 12:00 noon)
Final Examination Week Ends
Wednesday, January 22
(at 12:00 noon)
Wednesday, January 22
Commencement
Registration,
1
SECOND SEMESTER
1969
Registration
Monday, January 27
Classes Begin (at 8:00 a.m.)
Tuesday, January 28
Registration,
Tuesday, January 28
Evening Students
Registration of Graduate Students
Thursday, January 30
Classes Begin for Graduate Students
Friday, January 31
Easter Recess Begins (at 12:00 noon)
Wednesday, April 2
Monday, April 14
Easter Recess Ends (at 12:00 noon)
Final Examination
Week
Begins
Monday, May 19
8:00 a.m.)
Classes End for Graduate Students
(at
(at
12:00 noon)
Final Examination
(at
May 24
May 25
Monday, May 26
12:00 noon)
Baccalaureate and
May 24
Saturday,
Week Ends
Saturday,
Commencement
Sunday,
Faculty Meeting
THE SUMMER SESSIONS
1969
Pre-session
Monday, June
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
c
)
Friday. June 27
Main Session
Monday, June 30
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
Friday,
August
8
Post-session
Classes Begin
Session Ends
Monday, August
Friday, August
1
2
l
>
I
I
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
Academy,
Literary
Institute,
College, and State College
Bloomsburg
since
its
Normal School,
State
—
inception as an
Teachers
State
such has been the development of
Academy
in 1839.
A
charter pro-
Bloomsburg Literary Institute was drawn up in 1856.
Recognized as a State Normal School on February 19, 1869, Bloomsburg remained a private institution until May, 1916, when it v/as purchased by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The transition from Normal School to State Teachers College was begun in 1927 when authority
By
to confer the Bachelor of Science degree in Education was granted.
an Act of the General Assembly in January, 1960, it became Bloomsburg
viding for the
State College.
Authorization to offer courses leading to the Master of
Education degree was given
granted
approval by the
in the
State
same
In 1962, the college was
year.
Council of Education to offer courses
leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree in the Natural Sciences, the Social
Sciences, and the Humanities.
gram began
their studies in
The
first
students to enroll in this pro-
September. 1963.
Bloomsburg has a faculty excellently qualified in terms
and teaching experience.
More than 309£ o\ the
of
training
academic
faculty
hold
doctor's degrees.
The Andruss
library,
opened
in
September 1966,
pansion to a capacity of 200,000 volumes.
present to nearly
ates
700 periodicals
as well as
The
many
will
Library
daily
permit ex-
subscribes
al
newspapers.
Today, Bloomsburg State College has more than 3500 undergraduis still growing.
The construction of new buildings is the most
and
obvious sign of that growth, but more important are our investigations
of new ideas, changes in programs and curricula, and participation in
improve education. These new approaches, like
Bloomsburg, are all intended to help attain OUT main
students who are intelligent, mature, and capable of using then-
the vigorous efforts to
those of the past
goal
—
abilities
to
the
at
fullest.
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE: YESTERDAY
Bloomsburg State College
academy was opened
private
traces
in
its
to 1839 when a
During the next two
beginnings
Bloomsburg.
under the leadership of C. P. Waller, a graduate of Williams Colbecame a successful and well-established school. After Mr.
Waller left in 1841, the academy continued through varied fortunes
years,
lege,
it
until
1856,
when
it
was chartered and incorporated
as the
Bloomsburg
Literary Institute.
The following decade was a period of struggle for the Institute, but
1866 the election of Professor Henry Carver as principal brought a
change.
Under his strong leadership new policies were established and
a building to house 300 students was erected. This building, the present
Carver Hall, was dedicated with gala observance by the townspeople and
students on April 4, 1867. Members of the first class at the new school
including D. J. Waller, Jr., George E. Elwell, and Charles Unangst
by popular subscription raised $1,200 in a single week for a bell which
in
—
—
called the students to classes.
new
In the autumn of the same year, a view of the
hill
school on the
"ablaze with lights" suggested to John P. Wickersham, State Super-
intendent of Public Instruction, that the location would be ideal for a
State
Normal School whose establishment
in the Sixth District
was then
pending.
After necessary negotiations, official action, and the construc-
tion of a
new
Institute
dormitory, the school became the Bloomsburg Literary
and State Normal School on February
The next
19,
1869.
were trying ones that included the resignation
two interim principalships, a fire that totally destroyed
the dormitory, and the short-term principalship of Dr. T. L. Griswold
(1873-1877). In Dr. Griswold's administration the school began paying expenses and constructed a new dormitory, the original part of the
present Waller Hall. The installation of Dr. D. J. Waller, Jr., in 1877 as
principal brought thirteen years of stability and growing prosperity to the
school.
While he was principal, the Model School and the east wing of
the dormitory were built.
eight years
of Professor Carver,
Dr. Judson P. Welsh became principal in 1890,
resigned to
become
to the four-story
when Dr. Waller
State Superintendent of Public Instruction.
dormitory and to the
gymnasium were
built
Additions
under Dr.
Welsh, and Science Hall was opened in 1906, shortly after his resignation.
Dr. Waller returned as principal in 1906.
Literary Institute and State
In 1916 the Bloomsburg
Normal School was purchased by
the
Com-
? r*
%£
ftfe^
I
U~ fT**"
,1
monwealth of Pennsylvania
School.
Bloomsburg
State
Normal
of instruction at the
Normal School was changed by
next principal, Dr. Charles H. Fisher (1920-1923), from secondary
and college preparatory work
remained
for special teachers to
full-time education
Dr. G. C. L. Riemer followed Dr. Fisher as principal and
of teachers.
in
becoming the
1920, at the age of 74, Dr. Waller retired.
In
The emphasis
its
—
c
in office until the institution
became
a State
Teachers College
May, 1927.
Under
Haas 1927-1939),
program o\ teacher education
and in the physical plant.
Eighteen acres of land were added to the
college plant; several buildings were constructed, including a laundry.
the elementary training school, the gymnasium, the junior high school.
and the shop and maintenance building; and Other construction work
was completed. Dr. Haas resigned in August, 1939, to assume, tor the
the
college
second
the administration of President Francis B.
made
time,
the
for Pennsylvania.
great
duties
advances
of
State
in
(
the
Superintendent
of
Public
Instruction
10
Dr. Harvey A. Andruss,
who had
organized and directed the De-
partment of Business Education and had served as Dean of Instruction
from 1937-1939, was appointed to succeed Dr. Haas as president. During the next
two decades the campus was enlarged, new buildings were
added, and the number of students and faculty quadrupled.
Early in 1960, Bloomsburg became a State College.
In the same
year, the college celebrated the Thirtieth Anniversary of the Division of
Business Education, received continuing accreditation from the Middle
States Association as a degree-granting institution,
the
State
studies leading to the
1961.
when
and was approved by
Council of Education to inaugurate a program of graduate
The scope
Master of Education degree, beginning in June,
May, 1962,
Council of Educa-
of curriculum offerings was broadened in
the college received permission from the State
tion to grant the Bachelor of Arts degree in the Humanities, the Natural
Sciences,
and the Social Sciences.
The 1964-1965
college year
was highlighted by a year-long observ-
ance of the 125th anniversary of the founding of the college and the 25th
anniversary of the administration of President Andruss; 1964 also marked
the ninety-fifth year of teacher education at Bloomsburg.
The
college,
ever-responsive to cultural change and the needs of
society, has in the past
its
programs of study
two years continued
at
to review, revise,
and broaden
both the undergraduate and graduate
levels.
An appropriation of $10,800,000 by the State Legislature early in
1966 provided construction money for a dormitory for 672 men, a science
and classroom building, an air conditioned dining hall-kitchen, an extension of utilities, parking areas, and a student center.
The allocation
also included funds to purchase additional land and to design a dormitory
for 400 women, a classroom building, a gymnasium-fieldhouse, and a
maintenance-garage building.
According to plans being developed by President Andruss, Bloomsburg State College should have instructional and auxiliary facilities to
accommodate 5,600-6,000 students during
the next decade.
PRINCIPALS
Henry Carver
Charles G. Barkley
John Hewitt
T.
L. Griswold
D.
J.
Waller, Jr
Judson P. Welsh
D.
J.
Waller, Jr
1869- 1871
December
1871 -March 27, 1872
March 27, 1872- June, 1873
20,
1873-1877
1877-1890
1890-1906
1906-1920
11
1920-1923
1923-1927
Charles H. Fisher
G. C. L. Riemer
PRESIDENTS
Francis B. Haas
1927-1939
Harvey A. Andruss
1939-
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE: TODAY
The lower campus, which
currently contains
all
facilities
for living,
and recreation, consists of approximately 60 acres and is bound
by Penn Street, Second Street, and Light Street Road. A recently purchased tract of 68 acres of land, which was formerly the Bloomsburg
Country Club, is located north of Light Street Road, a short distance from
the lower campus.
This area, the upper campus, has a magnificent
view and will eventually provide sites for all varsity intercollegiate athletic
activities, as well as parking areas, dormitories, classroom buildings, and
learning,
The Bloomsburg State College campus overlooks the
town of Bloomsburg and the picturesque Susquehanna River. The many
related facilities.
new
buildings intermingle with the older buildings, reflecting the growth
of the institution.
CARVER HALL,
named
for
Henry Carver,
stands at the entrance to the college campus.
oldest of the college buildings.
Its
the
Built in
first
1
867,
principal,
it
is
the
white bell tower and pillared entrance
are an attractive introduction to the campus.
The building contains an
auditorium which seats 900 and a number of administrative offices
in-
cluding those of the President, the Assistant to the President, the Registrar,
the Director of Placement
WALLER HALL,
Dr. D.
is
J.
Waller,
Jr.,
and Financial Aid, and the Business Manager.
on campus, was named
for
principal of the college for twenty-seven years.
It
the oldest dormitory
four stories high with a frontage of 165 feet and a wing span enclosing
a patio and fountain, which are fronted by
Long Porch, a familiar campus
The ground floor contains
Duplicating Room, and offices
landmark and gathering place over the years.
a lobby, the guest suite, the College Store,
for the
Dean
of Instruction, the
Dean
of Students, the Director of Sec-
ondary Education, the Comptroller of Community Activities, the Alumni
Association, and the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds.
The
spacious lobby, with
and
is
its
comfortable furniture,
frequently used for art exhibits.
is
a favorite
meeting place
Faculty and Studenl
mailboxes
and the central telephone exchange are also located in this building.
The second, third, and fourth floors provide housing accommodations
for
approximately 400 students.
The
Infirmary,
with
registered
some department heads,
nurses in attendance, as well as offices for
located
on the second
are
floor.
The Alumni Room, located on the first floor of Waller
room for alumni and faculty. College
nished as a reception
Hall,
is
fur-
trophies are
displayed in this room, as well as two beautiful tapestries embroidered
with the college
seal.
The Faculty Lounge,
Hall,
is
situated adjacent to the
Alumni Room
an attractively furnished room reserved for
faculty.
lounge chairs, sofas, and an apartment-style kitchen unit.
in
It
Waller
contains
Faculty com-
mittees frequently meet in this room.
The Husky Lounge,
the northwest side.
there
is
a former
gymnasium, adjoins Waller Hall on
In addition to the Snack Bar, tables, and booths,
which provide a wide selection of
"Husky" is one of the most popular
The offices of the College Community Gov-
a battery of vending machines
food and beverages for students.
meeting places on campus.
ernment Association and the Director of Student Activities are located
An
near the main entrance of Husky Lounge.
Lounge, recently established
Hall, provides
Husky
in
Waller
built in 1906, contains classrooms, lecture
rooms,
in part of the
former library area
an attractive television lounge.
SCIENCE HALL,
faculty offices,
extension of the
and the Day Men's Lounge.
Originally built for science
13
been used more recently as a general classroom
is the Day Men's Lounge which is furnished
and equipped to supply a restful atmosphere for the commuting men
This building will be demolished in 1968 to furnish a site for
students.
classes, the building has
In the basement
building.
a recreation area.
BENJAMIN FRANKLIN,
and faculty
offices, a so
]
which
is
used
college
for
classes
houses the offices of the Director of Admissions,
Director of Development and Public Relations, the Director of the
the
Elementary Division, and the Director and Supervisors of Student Teach-
The Day Women's Lounge and
ing.
the Data Processing Center occupy
large areas of the basement.
NAVY HALL
its
V-12
was made available to the United
Program during World War
eleven classroorrs as well as faculty offices.
was completely remodeled
to
provide
It
II.
for
contains
1961 the ground floor
In
for
facilities
Navy
States
Officer Training
Department of
the
This area includes clinics for Speech and Hearing
Special Education.
A
therapy, reading improvement, and psychological services.
large area
designed for group activities and clinical observation augments the more
specialized functions of the department.
The
Director of
offices of the
Graduate Studies, and two language laboratories are located on the
first
and Crafts Center.
floor along with an Arts
COLLEGE COMMONS,
accommodates
a dining hall built in 1956,
800 students who dine at tables with places for
wall on the south side of the building creates
eight; a continuous glass
phere for
A
decorated interior.
attractively
its
a
passage connects the lobby of Waller Hall with the
facilities in
cooking and refrigeration are used
light
and
partially
atmos-
air)
underground
Commons.
The
latest
to provide a tasteful selec-
tion of food prepared by a national catering service.
NORTH HALL,
a three story men's dormitory completed in
has complete facilities for
located
each
lounge.
floor
ters
on
of
laundry
the
floor
former
tion
areas,
with
food
A
large
vending
lounge and
machines
in
TV
the
1960.
room
is
ground
The building also houses the office and living quarDean of Men. Coin-operated machines provide complete
facilities.
SOUTH HALL,
College
200 men.
a lour story
dormitory tor 300
Commons, was completed m September.
site
of
areas,
study
Old North
post
office
rooms,
resident counselor.
Hall, the
boxes,
an
administrative
men
1967.
adjacent to the
Located on the
new structure has lounge and recreaintercommunication
offices,
and
an
system,
apartment
storage
for
a
u
EAST HALL
and WEST HALL, two dormitories with accommo500 women, were occupied for the first time in September,
Each residence hall, divided into four wings, is four stories high
dations for
1964.
with fully automatic hydraulic elevators.
communication systems, storage areas
Each dormitory has
study rooms.
Special features include large
on each
recreation rooms, lounge areas
post office boxes, inter-
floor,
and
offices
and well-furnished
luggage,
for
dean
living quarters for a
or resident counselor.
CENTENNIAL GYMNASIUM
at the top of the hill.
located on East
is
Second
Street
This building contains a large main gymnasium
two auxiliary gymnasiums, locker rooms, swimming
and complete office and classroom facilities for the
Department of Health and Physical Education. The Director of Athletics
and the nine varsity athletic teams at Bloomsburg State College will conseating 1,200 to 2,000,
pool, athletic offices,
tinue to use Centennial
gymnasium-field house
Gymnasium
is
classrooms plus faculty offices.
laboratories
The
first
floor houses classrooms
teaching of science courses
the
for
Boyd Sutliff, a former Dean
Gymnasium and has fourteen
for William
adjacent to Centennial
is
new
completed on the upper campus.
SUTLIFF HALL, named
of Instruction,
as their headquarters until the
and
and eight specialized
classrooms are located on the second floor for instruction in business
education.
is
The
office of the Director of the Business
Education Division
located on the second floor.
HARVEY
A.
ANDRUSS LIBRARY,
completed
August, 1966,
in
Benjamin Franklin building. The library
seating
includes
for 750 readers, shelving for 200,000 volumes, two
general classrooms, a seminar room, a curriculum materials center, and
is
located near
special
Navy Hall and
facilities
the
audio-visual
for
excess of $1,000,000, the library
FRANCIS
B.
education.
is
HAAS AUDITORIUM
Spruce Street near Navy Hall and
Constructed
at
a
cost
in
completely air-conditioned.
is
is
located
air-conditioned.
end of
Completed in
at
the
it
has a main floor and balcony seating 2,000 people, a
projection room,
classrooms and specialized work and practice rooms
August, 1967,
for music, debating,
and drama groups, lounges, areas for exhibits and
display purposes, and offices for faculty.
located on Light Street Road at the
main campus, was originally the home of U. S.
Senator Buckalew from 1863-1869. The surrounding area is attractively
PRESIDENT'S RESIDENCE,
northeast end of the
landscaped to further enhance the architectural structure.
HEATING PLANT,
situated
on the northwest corner of the lower
15
campus, has been recently enlarged and fully modernized to take care of
and proposed building additions on
the increased needs of the present
the lower campus.
LAUNDRY,
the best
located between East Hall and North Hall,
modern equipment
MAINTENANCE BUILDING
to the laundry
and
is
is
a
modern
brick building adjacent
used for maintenance and storage purposes.
PURCHASING AND RECEIVING DEPARTMENT
north side of Light Street
DILLON HOUSE,
faculty
offices
and
provides
for handling the laundry needs of the college.
also
Road
is
on the
opposite the Heating Plant.
opposite the President's Residence,
houses
the
offices
and
work
is
areas
used for
for
all
student publications.
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE: TOMORROW
Shortly before 1960, Dr. Harvey A. Andruss, President of the Col-
announced the approval of a campus plan to accommodate 3.000
The
students by 1970 on the main campus of approximately sixty acres.
lege,
16
demand
for higher education for
an increasing number of young people
Pennsylvania led to a revision of the campus plan, however;
now
it
in
will
5,600-6,000 students by 1975. The recent acquisi68 acres which comprised the golf course of the former
Bloomsburg Country Club more than doubles the size of the campus.
provide
facilities for
of the
tion
Plans for the future place living, learning, and recreation areas on
the
lower campus with an enrollment of 4,000-4,200 students.
living area will include dormitories for
The
2,400 resident students and two
dining halls to serve
3,000 persons, the heating plant, the laundry, a
maintenance building, and Carver Hall, an administration building.
The
learning area will consist of the library, the auditorium, and six
The gymnasium and playing
and physical education classes and for recreation will
dominate the recreation area in the upper portion of the lower campus.
This area will also provide sites for an administration building and a
maintenance building. The president's residence will remain in this area.
buildings for classrooms and laboratories.
for health
fields
With the exception of Carver
1930
will
Hall,
be demolished to provide
all
buildings constructed before
for
sites
modern
structures to
meet
the needs of increased enrollment.
The former Country Club property
hilltop
site,
will
playing fields
or upper campus,
provide locations for the
for
outdoor varsity intercollegiate
mitories and a dining hall for
and laboratory buildings
a
beautiful
new gymnasium-field
athletic
house,
contests,
dor-
1,200-1,400 resident students, classroom
to educate
1,800-2,000 students, and areas for
student recreation activities.
Programmed
dollars.
construction currently involves
more than
15
million
This consists of projects which are being designed, others on
which construction
constructed.
extension of
is
about to begin, and several which are already being
Work began
utilities
in
December, 1965, on a half million dollar
new and existing buildings.
to service
A dormitory for 672 men will be completed in July, 1968 and a
$2,000,000 science and classroom building will be ready for use in
December, 1968.
Design work has begun on the new
athletic field,
dining hall and kitchen to seat 1,000 and
center, parking areas, a dormitory for
a
gymnasium-field house,
a
an air-conditioned
feed 2,000 students, a student
400 women, a classroom
building,
maintenance building-garage, and another
Funds have been requested for additional parking
and land purchases, for an administration, fiscal, and supply
building, and for site development and recreational areas.
extension of
areas, roads,
utilities.
17
Long-range planning indicates
a
need for dormitories
to
house an
additional 1,500 students, six classroom buildings, and expansion of the
library.
These are the
facilities
necessary to accommodate 6,000 stu-
dents by 1975.
><\\
s
%
»
M.
('
%
si
v
J
jj1.
I
V -^^H
«*
4
>
#
^'
&v
.*.
»'.*;
K'>
s?-
^
1
19
ADMISSIONS
A
— Admission
Requirements:
General scholarship as evidenced by graduation from an ap1.
proved secondary school or equivalent preparation as determined by the
Credentials Evaluation Division of the Pennsylvania Department of Public
Instruction.
make
College authorities will
appraisal of the
a detailed
student's secondary school record in order to determine his capacity to
The
do satisfactory college work.
college
also
seeks further evidence
from the results of the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance
Examination Board.
All candidates for admission must complete the
English Composition Achievement Test and the Mathematics (Level
I
or
Level II) Achievement Test of the College Entrance Examination Borrd.
Candidates
who
expect to major
in
complete a third Achievement Test
one of the following subjects
the appropriate area
in
is
I
lusI
ed below.
Required College Board
Achievement Tests
Proposed College Major or
Area of Concentration
Physics
Chemistry
Chemistry
Chemistry
History
French
American Historj and Social Studies or
European History and World Cultures
French
German
German
Spanish
Spanish
Biology
Biology
If
your proposed major
required
to
complete
only
Composition Achievement
II
)
Achievement
Arrangements
is
the
lest
not
among
Scholastic
those
listed
Aptitude
I
above, you are
est,
and the Mathematics (Level
the
I
English
or
lest.
for taking these
tests
are
left
to
the applicant.
Level
20
and personality
Satisfactory character
2.
and
attitudes
interests as
traits
as
well as proper
determined by the high school principal, guid-
ance director, or other school officials acquainted with the student.
Health and physical condition as evidenced by a health examin-
3.
ation by the
family physician reported on a prescribed form
student's
and approved by the college physician.
who
student shall be admitted
4.
candidate
which would impair
his
pursue a normal college program.
ability to
in
No
has, in the opinion of the college, disabilities
For admission to special curricula, the college may require the
to take an appropriate aptitude test in the special field
order to obtain further evidence of ability to succeed in the stu-
dent's chosen field.
Although a personal interview
5.
may
candidates, the college
view
B
at
a time designated
— Admission
is
not
a
requirement
all
by the Director of Admissions.
Procedures:
Applicants must have on
file
the following credentials before admis-
sions consideration can be given:
Application for admission and application fee
1.
for
request that a candidate report for an inter-
applicant.
2.
Physical examination form
3.
High school
transcript
—
—
filed
by the
filed by a physician.
filed by high
and personality rating
—
school principal or guidance counselor.
Official
4.
required
Board
—
Princeton,
results
Achievement
sent directly
New
the
of
Scholastic
the
Aptitude
College
Test
Entrance
and
the
Examination
from the College Entrance Examination Board,
Jersey.
The necessary
sheet, will
of
Tests
application materials, as well as a detailed instruction
be forwarded to applicants upon request.
Personal interviews
may be arranged by contacting the Director of Admissions.
views may be scheduled on Monday through Friday 9:00
These
inter-
a.m. to 5:00
p.m. and Saturday 9:00 a.m. to noon.
C
— Transfer
Requirements:
Students wishing to transfer to Bloomsburg State College
candidates for admission only
may
be
if:
good standing academically and otherwise at the
institution previously attended and have a record of honorable dismissal
or completion of their work at that college or university.
They have a cumulative quality point average of C-plus or
2.
1.
better.
They
are in
21
Note: Generally, not more than 60 transfer credits will be accepted.
transfer candidates
Bloomsburg
D
must complete
30
their final
All
credits in residence at
State College.
— Transfer Procedures:
All transfer students
applicants and must
must follow the admissions procedures
Complete college transcript (s)
1.
new
for
the following additional credentials:
file
—
sent by previous college
or
university at applicant's request.
— obtained from
Clearance form
2.
the
Bloomsburg
State College
Office of Admissions to be completed by the appropriate official at pre-
vious college or university.
Letter explaining in detail the student's reasons for wishing to
3.
transfer to
Bloomsburg
State College.
The above procedures must be completed by June
the
fall
semester and by January
The
1
for admission to
tor admission to the spring semester.
1
applications of students meeting the transfer requirements and
completing the necessary transfer procedures
sideration as those of other
new
will receive the
same condemon-
candidates, but the applicant must
strate better-than-average results
on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the
College Entrance Examination Board and have personal characteristics
pointing to success as a Bloomsburg student.
Readmission of Former Students
Students who have attended Bloomsburg State College and have with-
drawn
may
for acceptable reasons
request readmission by writing directly
Admissions Office for an Application for Readmission. Any stuhas interrupted his normal progress of studies (has failed to
complete either Fall or Spring Semester), and wishes to re-enroll for a
to the
who
dent
subsequent
semester,
must
request
All those seeking readmission
universities since leaving
the Director of
fall
who have
before
the
deadlines
attended other colleges or
Bloomsburg must send
Admissions
at
semester or January
1
a complete transcript to
Bloomsburg.
All readmission applications
the
readmission
below.
listed
must be
filed not later
than June
1
for
for the spring semester.
Evaluation of Credits
All evaluations are
made by
Dean
the
of Instruction after the student
has been admitted and are subject to change according to an\
made
in the
Courses
revisions
requirements for graduation.
to be transferred
must have been completed
college or university, must carry a
M
C"
in
an accredited
or better grade, must
be within
22
framework of the student's proposed curriculum at Bloomsburg and must be comparable in content and in scope to courses offered
the general
at
Bloomsburg
No
State College.
student
may
obtain a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts
Bloomsburg without a minimum residence of one year in the
curriculum in which the student intends to graduate.
Correspondence courses are not offered or accepted by Bloomsburg
degree
at
State College.
All evaluations are tentative until a student has satisfactorily
com-
pleted at least one full semester at Bloomsburg.
Present Bloomsburg students desiring to take work at any other
tution
must make written application
proval in advance, otherwise credits
to the
may
Dean
insti-
of Instruction for ap-
not be accepted.
VETERANS AT BLOOMSBURG
The educational opportunities for Veterans authorized by Public Law
90-77 (Veterans Pension and Readjustment Assistance Act of 1967), and,
in special cases Public
Law
87-815, are available.
Veterans of
at least
281 days of continuous active duty any part of which occurred after
January 31, 1955 or who were released from active duty after January
31, 1955 for a service connected disability, may use their eligibility for
The
educational benefits.
college cooperates with the Veterans'
istration in offering the regular degree curriculums in the arts
and
to
Admin-
and sciences
those desiring to teach in the fields of elementary,
secondary,
business, or special education.
Graduates of approved four year high schools are admitted to these
educational programs upon application, in conformity with the established
entrance requirements.
Veterans
who
are not graduates of four-year high schools
may
admitted to the college under certain provisions as set forth in Bulletin
be
I,
The Pennsylvania Plan for Evaluation of Secondary Credentials, for
Examinations and for the Issuance of the High School Equivalent Diploma
under Act Number 212, Approved May 15, 1945, issued by the Department of Public Instruction, September 7, 1945. Veterans who desire
information
should
contact
whether or not they are
To
the
Director
eligible for
of
Admissions to determine
admission under
qualify for educational benefits under the G.
this plan.
I.
Bill of Rights, all
Veterans are required to present a Certificate for Education and Training,
secured from the nearest Regional Veterans Administration Office, at time
of original registration.
The
dence or
does not accept credits for courses taken under the
college
United States
Armed
Forces Institute Program, but credits earned in
work
in extension
at accredited colleges
evaluated for transfer by the
Dean
tentative until the student has
been
resi-
or universities will be
of Instruction.
in residence for
All evaluations are
one semester.
ANALYSIS OF ENROLLMENT TRENDS
(Figures are for years ending
Number
963
2047
1
Regular Students
Part-time Students
Summer
May
31)
of Different Students
129
1964
2283
242
1965
2454
200
1966
2835
255
Session Students
No. of Different Students
Total Enrollment
Totals
1475
1614
1843
2118
(2390)
(2751)
(2756)
(3389)
3651
4139
4497
5208
2283
2454
2835
80
736
67
85
777
982
Adjusted Enrollment on Full-Time Basis
Regular Students
Part-time Students
Summer
Session Students
Totals
2047
46
631
2724
3298
I
mm
1H
25
FEES AND FINANCIAL AID
A.
I.
Community
A
from
fee to
all
UNIFORM FEES
Activities Fee
be determined by each state institution
students and administered
Board of Trustees through
will
be collected
under regulations approved by the
a cooperative organization.
This fee
will
cover
the cost of student activities in athletics, lectures, entertainments, student
publications,
accident
insurance,
et
cetera.
Students
taking
extension
courses, or regular session students taking less than nine credit hours,
may
secure the
benefits
of the
payment of the Community
II.
Activities
Program by
the
Basic Fees
1.
(a)
Community
Activities Fee.
A
as
Semester of eighteen weeks:
basic fee for each student
in
each
curriculum
is
charged
follows:
SEMESTER FEES
Elementary Education
Secondary
Regular
$125.00
(none)
Special
Totals
$125.00
125.00
(none)
125.00
Business Education
125.00
137.00
Business Administration
Education
125.00
$12.00
(none)
Education
125.00
10.00
135.00
Arts and Sciences
125.00
(none)
125.00
Special
This fee
is
fixed
by the
Board of Trustees
proper operation of the College as
School Laws of Pennsylvania.
provided
in
as
125.00
necessarj
Section
P2008
for
the
of
the
—
26
(b)
Students taking nine or less credit hours shall pay at the rate of
$12.50 per credit hour; students taking ten or more credit hours
shall pay the regular basic fees; basic fees for special curriculums
(c)
Students taking extension courses shall pay at the rate of $12.50
shall
be prorated on the basis of an eighteen credit hour load.
per credit hour, provided that the regular fees for special curricu-
lums
2.
be prorated on the basis of an eighteen credit hour load.
shall
Summer
Sessions:
(a)
$12.50 per credit hour (Teacher Education); $12.50 per credit
hour (Arts and Sciences); out-of-state students, $20.00 per credit
hour.
(See paragraph VI
Fees for Out-of-State Students).
A
minimum fee of $37.50 will be charged for Pennsylvania students
and $60.00 for out-of-state students.
(b)
All students must pay a $10.00 (ten dollars) Pre-Registration Fee.
This will be credited to the student's account.
late shall
pay a Late Fee of $10.00, but
it
will
Students registering
not be credited to
their account.
(c)
In addition to the above fees, students in the special curriculums
will
be required to pay a fee to cover the cost of materials, supplies,
equipment, and special services used in the laboratories or
clinics
of the special curriculums.
— $2.00
—
Education Fee
$5.00
Business Education Fee
Special
(d)
Students
enroHed
per three-week session.
per three-week session.
for
periods
of
instruction
differing
from the
schedule pay fees in addition on a pro rata basis of the schedule
of fees provided for the regular three-weeks
III.
session.
Housing Fees
1.
(a)
summer
Housing rate for students shall be $162.00 per one-half semester
This includes
and $54.00 for a three-weeks summer session.
rooms and meals.
Students expecting to occupy dormitory rooms in September must
pay $162.00 (one-half of the housing fee for a semester) before
August 15. The remainder, $162.00, may be paid before November.
(b)
For the purpose of meeting the requirements in those colleges
where off-campus rooming students board in the college dining room,
the housing rates shall be divided as follows: $8.00 for room and
$9.00 for table board.
2.
The
rate for transient
meals and lodging shall be:
breakfast, $.65; lunch, $.85; dinner, $1.25; room, $1.50.
Damage Fee
IV.
Students shall be responsible for damages, breakage,
loss,
or delayed
return of college property.
Infirmary Fee
V.
After three days in the college infirmary, boarding students shall be
charged an additional $1.00 for each day in excess of that period.
Day
students
who may be
admitted to the infirmary shall pay board
$3.00 a day, starting with the
at the rate of
first
day.
This charge in-
cludes the regular nurse and medical service, but does not include special
nurse or special medical service.
Fees for Out-of-State Students
VI.
Students whose legal residence
shall
be charged
out-of-state
If
pay the
shall
at the rate of
regular fee
out of the State of Pennsylvania
students are enrolled in
special
of
is
$20.00 per semester hour of
fees
as
found
in
a
II,
$20.00 per semester hour of
special
1-a,
in
credit,
credit.
curriculum, they
addition
to
the
stated
in
the
as
preceding paragraph.
Degree Fee
VII.
A
fee of
$5.00
shall
be paid by each candidate for a degree to cover
the cost of diploma.
VIII.
Record of Transcript Fee
One dollar ($1.00) shall be charged
for the
second and each sub-
sequent transcript of records.
Delinquent Accounts
IX.
No
student shall be enrolled, graduated, or receive a transcript of his
record until
X.
or
all
previous charges have been paid.
Fee for Late Registration and or Course Change
Each student completing registration or requesting a change of course
courses after the date officially set for registration may be required to
pay a
late registration or
September
XI.
1,
change of registration fee of $10.00, effective
1967.
Schedule Change Fee
A
$2.00
fee
for students
who, once they have conferred with the
scheduling officer and have decided on their schedules, change their class
schedules for personal or other considerations.
Special Clinical Services
XII.
1.
Diagnostic evaluation of reading
standardized
reading
tests,
tele-binocular examination
Lavell
skills
which
includes
Hand-Eye Co-Ordination
— $15.00.
selected
lest,
and
2.
Reading Clinic Services
3.
Reading Clinic Services twice a week per semester
— $20.00.
(Subject to
be
Change without Notice)
Application Fee of $10.00, payable to the Commonwealth, shall
made by
all
applicants; this
requests registration.
When
ing fee
— $25.00.
DEPOSITS
B.
An
one hour for a six-week period
daily for
a student
It
is
is
amount
shall
be paid when the student
not repayable.
approved for admission to the
college, the follow-
must be paid:
An Advance
(1)
This fee
(2)
Registration Fee of twenty-five dollars ($25.00).
payable to the
is
is
credited to basic fees.
A
Community
fee
is
Activities
Commonwealth
It is
of Pennsylvania, and
not refundable.
Fee of
fifty dollars
($50.00).
This
payable to Community Activities, and represents the
Community Activities Fee for the year.
who were not in attendance in a prior semester, when readmitted to college, are required to pay the Advance Registration Fee and
the Community Activities Fee.
Returning students shall pay a deposit of $50.00, payable to ComStudents
munity
If
Activities, in
advance of their
registration.
any fees other than the Activities Fees are paid by bank
post office orders, or checks, they must be
which
is
made
being paid, and drawn payable to the order of the
of Pennsylvania.
Commonwealth
All post office orders paying such fees must be
on the Post Office
at
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania.
drafts,
out for the exact amount
If
the Activities
not paid in cash, a separate order must be drawn payable to
drawn
Fee
is
Community
Post office orders for these fees must be drawn on the Post
Activities.
Office at Bloomsburg.
Any
other inquiries relating to fees should be addressed to Mr. Paul
G. Martin, Business Manager, Bloomsburg State College,
Bloomsburg,
Pennsylvania 17815.
NO OTHER FEES OR DEPOSITS, OTHER THAN AS SPECIFIED
MAY BE CHARGED BY A STATE COLLEGE
ABOVE,
C.
I.
II.
REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICY
The Application Fee will not be refunded for any reason whatsoever.
The Advance Registration Fee of $25.00 will not be refunded for
any reason whatsoever.
29
III.
The Community
Activities
Fee
requests for repayment of the Community Activities Fee must be in writing in the Office of the
Comptroller of Community Activities before September 1, if
the repayment involves the following college year, or February 1,
A. Repayment Policy.
if
1.
All
only the second semester
a.
is
involved.
New
Freshmen and or
Incoming Students
repayment
A
of $50.00 will be granted to Freshmen or
new incoming students who have had the offer of admission withdrawn by the college, have been inducted into
the Armed Forces, or prevented from enrollment because
of illness as certified by a physician.
This
application to the Comptroller of
September
fore
b.
Community
make
written
Activities be-
1.
Freshman or other new incoming student decides not
to come to Bloomsburg for reasons of his own, he will be
granted a repayment of $25.00 if he makes written application to the Comptroller of Community Activities before
If a
September
2.
not an auto-
is
matic policy and persons so affected must
1.
who have completed at least one
year's Community Activities Fee in
Students
semester and paid
a
advance, assuming
full
they plan to return in the
a.
Any
who
student
Bloomsburg
Community
State
fall.
has completed at least one semester
at
College and paid the following year's
Fee in advance and then decides not
Bloomsburg will receive a repayment of the
$50.00 if written request is received by September 1.
Activities
to return to
full
or $25.00 for the second semester,
received by February
B.
if
written request
is
1.
Refund Policy
1.
Students who, once having begun classes
in
the
fall,
do not
complete the school year.
a.
Any
student temporarily suspended, indefinitely suspended.
or dismissed for academic failure during the college year
will not receive a
refund of any portion of the fee for the
semester so involved.
b.
If a
the
may
student voluntarily withdraws from the college before
first
nine
week period ends,
in
the
firs!
semester, he
receive a refund of $12.50 lor the second nine
weeks
so
plus $25.00 for the second semester or a total of $37.50,
assuming written application
before the end of the
IV.
Other fees
will
first
is
made
to the Comptroller
semester.
not be repaid except for personal illness or for
such other reasons as
may be approved by
the
Board of Trustees
(see below).
A. Repayment
will
not be
made
to students
who
suspended, indefinitely suspended, dismissed, or
are temporarily
who
voluntarily
withdraw from college for any cause whatsoever.
B.
Repayment may be made
in the case of personal illness
which
is
by an attending physician or for other such reasons
as may be approved by the Board of Trustees for the amount
of the housing and contingent fees paid by the student for that
part of the semester which the student does not spend in
certified to
the college.
D.
SUMMARY OF EXPENSES
(Subject to
The
Change without Notice)
cost of one semester for students living at
I* tf
V
31
Basic Fee
Housing Fee (Board and Room)
Community Activities Fee
Books and Supplies (Estimated)
Total
Home
College
$125.00
(none)
$125.00
324.00
25.00
25.00
75.00
75.00
$225.00
$549.00
Business students pay $12.00 additional.
Special Education students pay $10.00 additional.
Out-of-state students pay $20.00 per semester hour of credit.
E.
The Director
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID
Aid is responsible for the administration
program at Bloom sburg State College.
of Financial
the student financial aid
All entering students are advised to
file
a Parents' Confidential State-
ment with the College Scholarship Service of Princeton,
to designate the Director of Financial Aid, Bloomsburg
the recipient of copies
forms
may be
of the
Confidential
Parents'
of
New
Jersey,
and
State College as
Statement.
These
obtained from high school guidance counselors or from the
'4-
/
'
.<.»
-•
V\-*-?1
-
1
^43
Hu imi|
+"**%
<
n
mntaui
*+
^
**—+
"V
'
.
Box
College Scholarship Service,
Confidential Statement
176, Princeton.
required of
is
all
New
A
Jersey.
entering students
Parents"
who wish
to be
considered for financial aid available through the college.
Financial aid opportunities
into three categories; loans, student
fall
For up-to-date information
employment, and scholarships and grants.
and directions on our various financial aid programs, please consult Stua brochure available
from the Office of the Director of Financial Aid.
dent Financial Aid at Bloomsburg State College,
OTHER EXPENSES
F.
At
the time of application
mary of estimated expenses
of
fees
all
is
due
as directed
the right to withhold
who
is
The
living
The payment
The
college reserves
by the Business Office.
payment of
fees or other charges, including stu-
college does not offer a time
college
in
students are furnished with a sum-
information regarding the record of any student
all
in arrears in the
dent loans.
new
for the current college year.
residence
halls
are
payment
required to
plan,
and students
pay one half of the
semester housing fee before August 15; the remainder must be paid before
November
A
1.
billing statement of student
which accompanies the
requirement
accounts
will
be mailed prior to regis-
All accounts must be paid as directed b,
tration each semester.
billing
will eliminate
Failure to comply
statement.
from
a student
n nice
with this
registration.
Keys
Each student secures a room key or locker key for $1.00. This deis refunded when the key or lock is returned.
Baggage
Incoming baggage should be clearly marked with the owner's name
and "Bloomsburg State College. Bloomsburg. Pennsylvania.**
Guests
Arrangements for room guests at residence halls must be approved
by the Dean of Women or the Dean of Men.
The guest rates arc as
posit
$.65; luncheon. $.85; dinner. $1.25; room, $1.50.
Books and Supplies
follows:
breakfast.
Books and supplies
are estimated at
dents ma\ secure books and supplies
at
$75.00
lor
each semester.
the College Store.
Stu-
This store
is
operated on a cash basis.
College Banking
The Community
Library,
they
is
may
prepared
to
Activities
Office,
located
in
Waller
handle deposits of cash for students
secure small amounts of
mone\
at
convenient
in
tin:.
Hall.
Old
order that
Notice of Withdrawal
Students leaving the college must notify the Office of the
Students and the Office of the
Regular charges
will
Dean
be made until the notice of withdrawal
to the Business Office
by the
Dean
Dean
of
of Instruction of their withdrawal.
is
forwarded
of Instruction.
Physical Education Uniforms
Students must wear regulation uniforms for all physical education
classes.
These are to be purchased in the College Store.
Laundry
The
College has discontinued personal laundry service with the ex-
ception of bed linens which are supplied by the college.
Coin-operated
and dryers are available
community.
Commercial laundry
of Bloomsburg.
in
washers
service
and
dormitories
college
in
available
is
the
in
the
town
Student Residence
home and
homes approved by
rooms are available. They must
not leave dormitory rooms vacant before the end of the semester.
Students not living at
must
the college,
live in the
Residence on Campus
Each dormitory room
not working in
dormitories
is
if
furnished with double-decker or single beds,
mattresses and pillows, dressers, a study table, and chairs.
cases,
and white spreads are furnished
Sheets, pillow
for the beds.
Students must provide the following equipment:
2.
A
A
3.
Blankets or bed comforters.
4.
Towels.
5.
Metal wastebasket.
6.
Study lamps (approved by college).
1.
mattress pad for mattress 36 by 75 inches.
by 27 inches.
cloth or plastic cover for pillow 21
Resident Students Living Off Campus
In situations where dormitory housing
may
not be available, upon
from the college, students are required to select off campus
rental accommodations from lists of college inspected and approved rooms
and apartments in the town of Bloomsburg. Lists of approved off campus
housing may be obtained from either the Dean of Men or the Dean
notification
of
Women.
Each
resident student living off
campus
is
required to enter into a
written agreement with his householder or landlord covering the period
of proposed tenancy, using Student
by the
college.
Housing Agreement forms provided
35
PLACEMENT
1966 the term "placement" at Bloomsburg meant teacher
With the graduation of students from the Arts and Sciences
Program Bloomsburg is also sending graduates into non-teaching fields
in ever increasing numbers.
Until
placement.
We
proud of the record which our graduates have made.
And the Placement Service has had its job made easier by this record.
Many satisfied employers return each year to recruit new graduates. Most
The tables
of the graduates to date have entered the field of teaching.
below indicate the success of the Placement Service.
are very
Table
I
—
How Many
Teach?
Number
Available
Education
for
Number
Percent
Year
Graduates
Teaching
Teaching
Teaching
1963
395
381
1964
1965
1966
1967
468
475
472
508
416
448
432
445
344
393
423
Table
II gives
93%
97%
89%
87%
91%
411
405
an indication of how the average starting salaries for
our teachers have changed over the same years referred to
Table
II
— How
Starting
344
393
423
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
Earn'.
Average
Beginning
Teachers
Year
Much Do They
405
Table
I.
>
Range of
Beginning Salaries
Sale iry
$4656
4725
4981
5100
5320
411
in
$3600
4200
4200
4500
4500
-
-
8400
6200
5900
7000
6300
These figures indicate that beginning teachers from Bloomsburg State
College are in great demand.
The figures available for the Arts and
Science graduates
taining gainful
in
the Class of
employment.
1967
In this
reflect
comparable sueeess
way Bloomsburg
in
sjvlls sueeess.
ob-
27
STUDENT LIFE
Since Bloomsburg
State College has a strong commitment
to the
education of teachers for our public schools and to the preparation
of civic leaders through our curricula, the college requires the mainten-
ance of high standards in academic work, balanced programs of social
and recreational activities, and opportunities for the development of
initiative and leadership.
The attainment of these objectives is aided by
a sound health program, favorable study conditions, a good library, and
supplementary social and recreational activities.
In general, these opportunities are provided through a broad pro-
gram of
college organizations
Government Association.
ci
is
1
,
and
activities
which are developed and con-
through the participation of the entire college in the Community
trolled
the general con'.rol
This organization, through the College Coun-
body
In ac-
for the various college activities.
cordance with the constitution of the Community Go\ernment Associahandled for
tion, resident affairs are
dent
Women, and
activities
women
men by
of students not
living
the
in
women by the Association of
Men Residents' Association.
community
life
Resi-
The
the dormitories are handled for the
by the Day Women's Association, and for the
Men's Association.
lege
for
men by
the
Day
The
detailed plans for student participation in col-
arc
presented
issued at the beginning of the
fall
in
The
Pilot,
the
college
handbook.
semester.
Community Government Association
The Community Government Association cooperates
ministration in promoting personal and group responsibility
all
with
in
the
ad-
regulating
student affairs.
The College Council, which meets ever) two weeks, nets as the
Community (io\ eminent Association. The presidents of the following groups automatical!) become members of the
executive board of the
38
council: Association of Resident
Men
Men's Association;
Women; Day Women's
Resident's Association.
Association;
Senior,
Junior.
Day
Sopho-
more, and Freshman Classes; Editor of The Maroon and Gold.
The
College Council administers the affairs of the association and formulates
its
policies.
Women
Association of Resident
This association
body
trative
each
class.
is
an organization of resident women.
Its
adminis-
is the Governing Board whose members are selected from
The Governing Board has the responsibility of making and
enforcing regulations, directing social activities and promoting the gen-
women students.
Day Women's Association
The Day Women's Association
eral welfare of all
an organization of commuters not
is
living in the college dormitories or college
The governing body
burg.
is
the Official
housing in the town of Blooms-
Board consisting of
a President
and Vice-President elected by the entire association, and two representatives from each class.
Its purpose is to promote the general welfare of
the day
women and
to cooperate with the other student organizations in
matters affecting the general welfare of the institution.
Day Men's Association
The Day Men's Association
from
their
President.
homes
to
men who commute
The Governing Board consists of a
The association
Secretary, and Treasurer.
is
an organization of
the college.
Vice-President.
on a varied program of activities for
benefit of the college community.
carries
Men
own
welfare and for the
Resident's Association
The Men Resident's Association
men
its
students including unmarried
is
men
the governing
body for resident
accommodations
in campus dor-
living in rented
town of Bloomsburg as well as those living
The administrative body is composed of the President. ViceBy means of this organization,
President, Secretary, and Treasurer.
the men cooperate with the administration in fostering personal and
in
the
mitories.
group
responsibilities.
EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
All students are required to take part in one extra-curricular activity
one semester each year.
The
extra-curricular activities during the past
year included the following:
Amateur Radio Club
The Bloomsburg
State College
Amateur Radio Club
is
composed
of
.
39
students interested in the art of amateur radio communication.
ments for admission are an
interest
Require-
''ham radio communication." a
in
desire to be a "ham'* operator,
and satisfactory standing
American Chemical Society
(Student
in college.
Columbia Chapter)
affiliate.
This chapter of the national organization affords opportunities for
students of chemistry and the teaching of science to
become
better ac-
quainted, to secure the benefits of professional association, to experience
the preparation
sional audience,
fessional
spirit
and presentation of technical materials before a profesand to become engaged in activities which foster a proand pride in the fields of chemistry and the teaching
of science.
Athenaeum Club
The purpose
Athenaeum Club
of the
acquainted with and appreciative of
classical,
all
is
become
to enable students to
types of music
—
classical,
semi-
and popular.
Athletics
In addition to the required courses in physical education,
men
extra-curricular credit for football, basketball, track, wrestling,
receive
swimming.
cross-country, golf, tennis, baseball, and intramural participation.
Women
a well-organized
program
receive extra-curricular credit participating in
of intramural
and extramural
activities.
B Club
B Club is
number of
The
a
given
sports
an
organization
points.
athletic
of
women who
The
have
club
promotes
college
affairs
earned
interest
in
and sportsmanship.
Bloom sb urg Players
The dramatic club
public.
It
plays
stages
for
and
the
for
has installed a chapter of Alphi Psi Omega, national honorary
dramatic fraternity, on the campus.
Cheerleaders
Cheerleaders, who stimulate an active
from members of the student bod\
Chi ss Club
The Chess Club provides
students with an opportunity
Team
play and to improve their game.
the
team competes
Players are taught
in
how
numerous
to
interest in all sports, are
to
chosen
learn
to
players arc chosen from the club:
intercollegiate
conduct chess clubs
matches and tournaments.
schools and community
in
recreation centers.
C'IR(
IE
K
Circle
omm u nity.
c
K
is
a
kiwanis-aft'iliatcd organization serving the college
The purpose
o\
this
organization
is
to
and
foster a spirit oi ^o-
40
among the members of the club in serving the college and
community. Membership is open to male students only.
Class Organizations
For purposes of government and conduct of social affairs, the Senior,
Junior, Sophomore and Freshman Classes are organized under these ofoperation
,
Male RepresentaFemale Representative, and a Class Advisor, who is a member of
ficers:
tive,
President, Vice-President, Secretary, Treasurer,
the faculty.
Concert Choir
The Concert Choir is composed
Community.
of both
men and women
students
of the College
Council for Exceptional Children, Alpha Chapter
The Council for Exceptional Children, Alpha Chapter, was organized
on the Bloomsburg State College campus in February, 1960. This was
the
first
college or university chapter in Pennsylvania to be affiliated with
the state and national councils.
This organization promotes the welfare
and education of exceptional children by coordinating the work of students enrolled in the Division of Special Education with the agencies and
individuals, public and private, who are interested in the movement.
Forensic Society
The Forensic Society encourages an interest
The club has set as its goal the formation
participate
tively
torical
in intercollegiate debate.
debate with other colleges.
in
and extemporaneous speech contests
is
teams
of
that
ac-
will
Participation
in
ora-
a recent addition to the
society's activities.
German Club
The German Club was
established for the primary purpose of de-
veloping student conversational ability in the
is
German
language.
given to increasing student appreciation of aspects of
Membership
is
open
to
those students
who have
Attention
German
a sincere
culture.
interest
in
using the language.
Harmonettes
The Harmonettes comprise
ing and developing musical
a group of
skills.
show tunes to the semi-classical.
The Harmonettes participate
women
The musical
in the
with interest in sing-
selections
may
range from
Christmas and spring programs,
convocations, and other special performances.
Huski Club
The purpose of
the club
is
to
promote leadership
as well as to cultivate
an interest in the sport of skiing among the faculty and student body.
1*
International Relations Club
The International Relations Cub is an organization of students
interested in current events and problems in th? world today. The purpose of this c'ub is to develop among its members an interest and a
greater
knowledge of national and international
affairs.
Le Cercle Francais
Le Cercle Francais, organized
in September 1961, is a conversaFrench club for the purpose of improving the pronunciation and
fluency of spoken French.
Membership is open to any student who has
tional
a genuine interest in the art of conversation and a sincere desire to im-
prove
in the
spoken language.
Students enrolled in this club meet monthly
during the college year.
Literary and Film Society
Organized
tion
of cinema
in
1967, this group encourages the study and apprecia-
and
through monthly
literature
film
progran
s
and the
publication of student writings.
Maroon and Gold Band
The band
plays at
all
group and ensemble playing.
and other college affairs.
offers training in
athletic functions
The band
U2
Physics
Club
(Student section of the American Institute of Physics)
The purpose
fusion
Club
Physics
of the
of knowledge
of the
science
advancement and difand its application to
the
is
of physics
human welfare.
Psychology Club
For psychology majors and minors and
for faculty
members who
are
interested in the science of psychology.
Science Club
Members
of the
student body
physical science constitute the group.
who
are
interested
in
and
natural
Subjects for study and observation
include the history of the various branches of science, plant and animal
life,
geology and mineralogy, chemistry, and physics.
Spanish Club
The Spanish Club has been organized for the purpose of developing
The club's program is designed to
the use of conversational Spanish.
develop the appreciation of such aspects of Spanish culture as
Membership
literature, etc.
proving their personal
is
abilities
open
to students with
an
music,
art,
interest in im-
with the Spanish language.
Student Education Association of Pennsylvania
This group is an organization of students who are preparing for
teaching profession.
The purpose of the organization is to promote
terest in
the
in-
education and to familiarize prospective teachers with the prob-
lems, obligations, and opportunities awaiting
them
in the
near future.
Studio Band
The Studio Band is a stage band composed of college community
members. Its activities include concert tours and performances both on
and off campus.
Varsity Club
Men who
collegiate sport
won
have
a
major
letter
award
comprise the membership.
won such an award
Bloomsburg are
at
All
student
about
his
veterans informed on
and
all
responsibilities, past
any authorized
men
eligible for
Veterans' Association
The purpose of the Veterans' Association
any
in
students
inter-
who have
membership.
and educate
prospective military obligations, and to keep
matters concerning their governmental benefits
is
to orient
and present.
Women's Service Society
The Women's Service Society is based on the high ideals of
Not only do the members serve the campus, but they are active
munity
affairs.
service.
in
com-
US
ALUMNI ACTIVITIES
Graduates of the college automatically become members of the
Bloomsburg State College Alumni Association upon the payment of dues.
The Alumni Association and its Board of Directors recently approved a
plan to send the
Alumni Quarterly
to all graduates.
There are county groups which are fully organized and actively
engaged in supporting programs of activities. Meetings are held during
the year by county groups.
Alumni: they are
Two
dates are set aside especially for the
Homecoming Day
in
the
fall,
and Alumni Day
in
the spring.
The Alumni Association supports various
including scholarships and loans for students,
projects
at
the
college,
and book purchases
for
the library.
COLLEGE PUBLICATIONS
Maroon and Gold
Published weekly by a student
staff,
the college
paper keeps the
student body informed of current college happenings.
Obiter
This yearbook
is
published annually by the graduating
contains a review of the activities of the class, with pictures of
acti\ ities,
the campus, students, clubs,
and teams.
^XAWA\^?/#AV
class.
all
It
college
Olympian
Students publish this literary magazine.
In
this
con-
publication
an outlet for literary expression in the fields of poetry
Unpublished work of nationally-known writers is sometimes
tributors will find
and prose.
included as a special feature.
Pilot
This
the
Dean
burg.
for
It
an annual handbook, edited jointly by a student editor and
is
of Students, which informs students about college
life at
Blooms-
serves as a guide to freshmen and also as an information booklet
upper classmen.
Placement Brochure
An
annual publication of the Placement Service,
this
brochure con-
tains photos of graduating seniors, plus personal data of interest to
em-
ploying officers.
PROFESSIONAL FRATERNITIES
National honorary and professional fraternities which foster and ad-
vance educational ideals through scholarship, social efficiency, and moral
development have chapters on the campus.
Kappa Delta Pi (Coeducational Honor Society
Kappa Delta Pi originated at the University
in
Education)
1909 as
was incorporated June 8, 1911, under
the laws of the State of Illinois as the Honorary Education Fraternity.
On
October 4, 1932, this title was changed to Kappa Delta Pi, an Honorary
Society in Education, and was so registered at ths office of the Secretary
of State at Springfield, Illinois.
Both men and women who have
a scholarship record in the upper quartile of the institution are eligible
for
membership.
Kappa Eelta Pi is both an undergraduate and
of Illinois in
the Illinois Educational Club, and
graduate
society.
Phi Sigma Pi (Professional Education Fraternity for Men)
Phi Sigma Pi, a National Educational Fraternity, was founded
State Teachers College,
The
Warrensburg, Missouri, on February
objective of the fraternity
fraternity for
men
in
is
to
14,
at the
1916.
maintain a professional educational
teacher training institutions.
The organization
bcsed on scholastic attainments and seeks to advance educational
is
ideals,
promote close fellowship, improve the training of teachers, and uphold
and efficient government.
jus;
Alpha
Psi
Omega
(Coeducational Dramatic Fraternity)
Alphi Psi Omega, national dramatic
1925
at
fraternity,
Fairmont State College, Fairmont, Virginia,
was organized in
an honor
to provide
work in college dramatics, and
them the mutual helpfulness provided by a large national
The Bloomsburg chapter, Alpha Omicron, was organized in
society for those doing a high standard of
to secure for
fraternity.
March, 1928.
Gamma Theta Upsilon (Coeducational Geography Fraternity)
Gamma Theta Upsilon originated in the Geography Club
of the
Normal University on May 15, 1931. Delta Chapter was
organized at Bloomsburg in October, 1931.
Membership is limited to
students making special preparation to teach geography.
The purpose
Illinois State
of
organization
this
to
is
advance
geog-
of
and a practical subject for study
raphy both as a cultural discipline
and
study
professional
the
investigation.
Lambda
Phi Beta
(Coeducational Business Fraternity)
Formerly the Business Education Club, the fraternity affords business
students an opportunity to participate in an organization designed to develop professional interest in business education.
Pi
Kappa Delta (Coeducational Debate
The
Fraternity)
Chapter of Pi Kappa Delta
local Pennsylvania Delta
is
a fra-
and instructors
teaching debate and forensic speaking. Its purpose is to promote forensic
activities and scholarship in senior American colleges and universities.
ternal
Pi
organization
Omega
Pi
intercollegiate
for
debaters,
Membership
Pi.
is
organized
is
open
in
1923
at
ticipated actively
in
the
Society)
Northeast Missouri State
a national business teachers education honor society.
to students
in
the Division of Business Education
who have demonstrated keen professional
who have attained above average scholastic
was
Honor
Pi (National Business Teacher Education
Omega
Teachers College,
ter
orators,
the
installed at the
interest
in
Business Education Club.
Bloomsburg
aims of the honor society are:
(a)
State College
to
business teaching,
standing, and
who have
par-
Alpha Delta Chap-
on May
2.
The
1935.
encourage, promote, extend, and
and scholarship in commerce; (b) to aid in civic bettercolleges; (c) to encourage and foster high ethical standards in
create interest
ment
in
business and
basis of
all
professional
life;
(d)
to
teach
the
idea
of service
as
the
worthy enterprise.
Sigma Alpha Eta (Honor Speech and Hearing Fraternity)
The Iota Chapter o{ Sigma Alpha la. National Honor Speech and
Hearing Fraternity, was installed at Bloomsburg Februarj W. 1951.
The aims o{ this organization are: (a) to create and stimulate an
1
interest in
speech pathology, audiology, and education o{ the acoustically
to encourage professional growth; (e) to insure high
handicapped; (b)
planes of achievement in academic and clinical activities; (d) to aid in
building
wholesome public
relations with other college departments
and
with local organizations interested in knowing about the field of speech
and hearing
rehabilitation.
Alpha Phi Omega
(National Service Fraternity)
Dedicated to the principles of Leadership, Friendship, and Service,
Alpha Phi Omega assembles college men in the fellowship of the Scout
Oath and Law. in service to the student body and faculty, youth and the
community, and the nation as citizens. The Xi Lambda Chapter of Alpha
Phi Omega, founded in May 1962, was installed at Bloomsburg State
College on October 26, 1963.
Sigma Tau Delta (Coeducational English Fraternity)
Sigma Tau Delta, national honorary and professional fraternity in
was established at Dakota Wesleyan University in Mitchell, South
Dakota, in 1924 for the purpose of promoting mastery of written expression, encouraging worthwhile reading, and fostering a spirit of fellowship among men and women specializing in English.
The Bloomsburg
Chapter, Theta Kappa, was organized in October, 1965.
English,
U7
Phi
Alpha Theta
(National
Honor
Society in History)
Phi Alpha Theta provides programs giving a deeper insight into the
nature of history, the historical profession, and topics of special interest.
Delta Phi Alpha
(Co-educational
Delta Phi Alpha
and
is
Honor
Society in
German)
German language
the national honor society for
literature.
SOCIAL FRATERNITIES
On May
lege
27, 1966, the
Board of Trustees of Bloomsburg State Colsocial fraternities and sororities for a
approved the establishment of
probationary period of three years.
The following
local social fraternities
are presently approved organizations at Bloomsburg.
nities are
members
Delta Omega Chi
Delta
Phi Sigma Xi
Pi
The following
Pi
Epsilon Chi
Sigma Iota Omega
Kappa Epsilon
Pi
All of these frater-
of the local Inter Fraternity Council.
local social sororities are also presently
zations at Bloomsburg.
Chi Sigma
Tau Sigma
approved organi-
All belong to the local Inler Sorority Council.
Rho
Delta Epsilon Beta
Theta Gamma Phi
Pi
OFF CAMPUS STUDENTS
It
is
expected that resident students living off campus
will
conduct
themselves with the same decorum expected of other resident students
and that they
will
comply with the house
rules
and regulations of
their
householders or landlords.
An
Women
Assistant to the
Dean
of
Men
and an Assistant
to the
Dean
of
supervise the housing of resident students living off campus.
Commuting (Day) Students
Day room facilities are provided for women and men students who
do not live on the campus or in off campus rental housing approved for
resident students.
The women's day room is located in the lower level of the Curriculum Materials Center in the Benjamin Franklin building.
Comfortable
lounge furniture provides for rest and relaxation.
Locker space and
facilities
for study are also available.
The men's day rooms
spacious lounge has
are
facilities
Oil
lor
the
basemen!
study,
floor
recreation,
o\'
Science Hall.
lunch,
The
and storage.
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Prior
to the beginning
of each semester, the student prepares a class
schedule with the help of a faculty advisor.
After this schedule has
been approved by the divisional director involved,
it
will
be printed in
Data Processing Center and handed to the student at registration. Any
changes in this schedule must be approved by the director of the curriculum in which the student is enrolled. At the end of each grading period,
members of the faculty record grades on course cards, which become the
basis of the permanent record of each student.
the
Class Attendance
A
for
student
which he
is
is
expected to attend punctually every class and laboratory
registered.
to the instructor
It is
the responsibility of the student to
an absence report form
at the first class
hand
meeting following
the absence.
If the absence report is approved, the student may make up the
work he has missed during his absence. However, the effect of absence
upon course requirements is determined by the instructor.
Absence report forms may be purchased at the College Store. It is
advisable to have absence report blanks on hand.
Change of Schedule
in class schedules may be made during the first ten
days of any semester by the Divisional Directors with the approval of the
Adjustments
Dean
of Instruction.
A
fee of
$2.00
will
be charged for each individual
schedule change.
After the second week, students dropping a course from their schedule
will receive
Dean
dropped.
to
an "E" on their permanent record card
of Instruction
If
if
they are not passing
passing, the grade of
drop a course from
"W"
their schedules
will
at
in the Office of the
the
be given.
time the course
is
Students wishing
must receive written approval of
the
50
instructor before presenting the request to the
withdrawals must be approved by the
Dean
Dean
All
of Instruction.
of Instruction.
Students are
not permitted to withdraw from a course after nine weeks.
Transfer of Division of Enrollment
In order to be eligible for transfer from one division to another, a
student should have at least a 2.00 cumulative average
(although for
may
be made).
freshmen certain
justifiable exceptions to this
The
for the student to bring a note of parental permission to
first
step
is
requirement
is enrolled, which is to be attached
form for Approval of Divisional Transfer. On this special
form the student must obtain the following signatures: (1) the signature
the Director of the Division in which he
to a special
of his current Divisional Director, (2) the signature of the
Dean
of Stu-
dents (required only in the case of a student transferring from Arts and
Sciences to Teacher Education), (3) the signature of the Direcctor of the
Division to which the student
of the
Dean
intending to transfer, (4) the signature
is
This form should be
of Instruction.
filed
immediately preceding that in which the transfer
during the semester
to take effect.
is
Provision for Superior Students
A
may
student whose
petition the
work
Dean
in addition to that
for a semester averages 3.0
— "B,"
or above
of Instruction for approval to schedule course
work
normally scheduled for that semester (16 credit hours).
Progress Reports and Records
For the purpose of reporting the progress of each
semester
is
instructor
at
student, each
During each period the
divided into periods of nine weeks.
hands to the Dean of Instruction a special deficiency report
At the end of nine
is not doing satisfactory work.
any time the student
weeks a complete grade report
At
the
made
is
to the parents of each student.
the end of the semester final grades are reported, recorded
permanent progress card of each student, and
then sent out as before.
Any
filed.
The
may be
follows:
A
—
very
high;
B
in this college
—
high;
C
—
and
W—a
proved by the Dean
of Instruction while the student
Incomplete
not handed
in,
its
average;
failure involving repitition of the entire course.
— work
that
mailed.
Grading System
The system of grading used
as
is
parent not receiving such a report at the
end of any grading period should notify the Dean of Instruction so
a duplicate
upon
report
is
interpretation
is
D — low; E —
withdrawal, ap-
passing the course.
or material does not satisfy the in-
structor's standards or the course requirements.
51
Quality Point System
each semester hour
A
carries
4 quality
each semester hour
B
carries
3 quality points.
2 quality points.
For
For
For
For
For
A
each semester hour
C
carries
each semester hour
D
carries
each semester hour
E
carries
W
grade of
Incomplete
To be
less
is
1
points.
quality point.
quality points.
not considered in computing quality points.
not considered in computing quality points.
is
graduated, a student must have a quality point average of not
than 2.0.
Removal of "Conditions" and "Incompletes"
Each
instructor listing a condition or
semester shall
with the
file
Dean
the steps to be taken by the student for the
A
an incomplete
end of a
at the
of Instruction a detailed statement of
removal of such condition.
printed form (blue) must be secured at the office of the
Dean
of
It is the
Instruction to be used when an incomplete has been removed.
responsibility of the student to have this form signed by the instructor
removing the incomplete, and
to present
it
to the
Dean
of Instruction
for recording.
// the
grade "Incomplete"
the grade automatically
not removed within one calendar year,
is
becomes an
E
and
the course
must be repeated.
Prerequisite for Student Teaching
A
student
is
eligible
for assignment to student teaching
attained a quality point average of 2.0 in not less than
90
if
he has
credit hours.
Residence Required for Graduation
The minimum period of residence at this college is one year or its
equivalent.
Former students certified for teaching by having completed
two or three years of college work who are candidates for the Bachelor
of Science Degree in Education, must complete at least one half of the
remaining work required for the degree in residence at Bloomsburg.
Residence credit
summer
may be earned
in the classes of a regular semester,
Requirements for Graduation
The conferring of the degree
of Bachelor of Science in Education,
or any other degree which the Bloomsburg State College
to grant,
in
school, or in Saturday classes for teachers-in-service.
is
authorized
and the Application for the Pennsylvania Teaching Certificate
require the following:
1
— Completion
graduate
of
128 semester hours of credit
required for
in
30 hours of graduate
the degree of Master of Education.
curriculum,
or
a
specified
credit
in
undercourses
52
—
must
complete
minimum
hours
Education and
— Emotional
evidenced by
and academic
4 —
considered by
be adequate
ber
teaching
— High moral and
standards
conduct.
All students
2
3
Health.
stability,
active participation in college
as
social
activities.
Personality traits
the college to
of the
for a
mem-
profession.
5
of
ethical
The
of five semester
a
satisfactorily
of Physical
college reserves the right to withhold the degree or the applica-
tion for a certificate to teach in the
Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania
if
one or more of these conditions for graduation are not met.
All candidates for degrees are individually responsible for meeting
all
the requirements for graduation outlined above.
Physical Education Requirements
minimum
All students are required by the College to complete a
of five semester hours of health and physical education to receive a de-
Students should complete
gree.*
first
All students must take the
is
HPE
100 and
HPE
101 during their
year at Bloomsburg State College.
passed, the student
(HPE
may
swimming
proficiency
If
test.
the test
then elect an advanced section of Aquatics
151 or 152) or select an additional course from one of the #200
courses.
If the test is failed,
tion of Aquatics
(HPE
the student must enroll in a beginning sec-
150).
All students must elect one semester hour credit from the
may
200
series
two hours from this area if they have
passed the swimming proficiency test. These courses may also be selected
If a student elects more than
as elective hours by upper class students.
one course from the 200 series, subsequent courses must contain two
Students
of courses.
elect
different activities.
Academic Probation
At
the end of each grading period a student
average cf
period.
less
If at
average, he
mittee
has a quality point
the end of that grading period he has not attained a 2.0
may be
composed of
of three
who
than 2.0 will be placed on probation until the next grading
instructors
given an opportunity to meet with a faculty comthe director of his curricular division and a
one of
whom
has taught or
is
currently
minimum
teaching
the student.
Students
who have passed
man
the
of
the age of thirty should consult with the ChairHPE in planning their physical education
Department of
program.
Men with at least six months of active military service may enroll in one
course in the 200 series and pass the swimming proficiency test (minimum).
53
The purpose
of this kind of meeting
two-fold
is
to enable the
( 1 )
student to determine the cause of his apparent failure, (2) to enable the
and promise of the
be able to profit
educationally by remaining in college.
The action of any faculty committee is subject to the approval of the Dean of Instruction and the
committee
faculty
student,
and
to assess the professional interest
whether or not the sudent
to determine
will
President of the College.
The
to
committee
privilege of meeting with a faculty
one time during
a student only
his
attendance
at
be extended
will
the college unless
extenuating circumstances should warrant a second conference.
A
who
student
on academic probation
is
be permitted to
will not
schedule more than fifteen semester hours of course work without the
specific permission of his divisional director
Placement Tests
Every new student
and
the
Dean
of Instruction.
entering Bloomsburg State College
is
required to
take a battery of tests covering English, reading, social studies, science,
mathematics, and contemporary
The
affairs.
results of the tests are con-
verted into percentiles, both local and national, and are projected on a
graph called a
of the
Dean
profile.
of Students.
These profiles are available through the office
Every student is given an opportunity to review
his profile with a professional counselor, noting the areas of his strength
He
and weakness.
ing
Bloomsburg
sees himself in relation to the
group of students enter-
State College, as well as to the national
group of students
entering liberal arts colleges and pre-professional schools.
Testing Programs
In addition
freshman
tion provided
problems
A
to
to take
by the
in their
the Placement Tests,
such
tests as the
tests
is
College Deans
academic and
may
sophomore
Informa-
advise.
who encounter
also be administered to
A
vide information for further guidance.
the
require each
social adjustment.
to determine the student's
student by selected faculty
may
may
issued in counseling students
battery of achievement tests
more students
the college
members
is
all
academic progress and
sophoto
pro-
careful study of each individual
recommended before
the end
of
year.
The college also administers the Graduate Record Examination to
measure the academic achievement of the student, as well as the effectiveness of the instructional program.
This battery of tests is given prior to
the senior year and the student is responsible for paying the costs of
the examination.
54
All candidates for undergraduate degrees at Bloorrsburg State College
are required to complete the following Graduate
Record Examinations:
GRE APTITUDE TEST
GRE ADVANCED TEST
The Advanced Test
be completed in the student's area of spe-
shall
cialization or in a field related to his specialization.
The
tests
are administered three times a year during the semester
or term in which the student
ments.
The payment
is
scheduled to complete his degree require-
of the examination fee of five dollars
($5.00)
is
the responsibility of the student.
STUDENT TEACHING
An Overview
Faculty and administration of Bloomsburg State College consider the
student teaching assignment to be the culmination of four years of pre-
For
professional education leading to teacher-certification.
an entire semester of the academic program for each student
for student teaching.
A
this
is
reason,
reserved
student teaching assignment requires that the
Monday through Friday
student spend the entire day from
in supervised
educational activities in public schools, for the duration of one semester.
Student teaching, including Professional Practicum,
offered for twelve
is
semester hours of credit.
In order to orient student teachers
more
effectively to public school
programs, the calendar of schools to which they are assigned
However, the college calendar
is
followed.
determine opening and closing dates
will
for student teaching assignments.
Student Teaching Centers
In meeting
the
responsibility for providing high quality graduates for
its
teaching profession,
the
college
centers and cooperating teachers.
carefully
Each
selects
student teaching
curricular division of the college
has centers established as follows:
Division of Busines Education
Student teachers are assigned
High Schools. Allentown; Liberty
to: Louis Dieruff and William Allen
High School, Bethlehem; Central Col-
umbia High School. Espy; and senior high schools
Bloomsburg.
Danville,
Lewisburg,
Milton,
Muncy, South Williamsport, and Warrior Run.
utilized in
in
Emmaus, Berwick,
Loyalsock,
Montoursville,
Junior high schools are
Bloomsburg, Berwick, and Allentown.
Division of Elementary Education
School
gram
which are cooperating in the student teaching proColumbia Area Joint Schools, Berwick Area Joint
districts
are Central
55
Schools,
Danville
Bloomsburg Area Joint Schools, Selinsgrove Area Joint Schools,
Area Schools, and Shikellamy Area Schools.
Division of Secondary Education
Cooperating with
this division in the
preparation of student teachers
are the Berwick Area Joint High School Berwick; Central Columbia Joint
High School, Espy; Bloomsburg Senior High School, Bloomsburg; Danville Senior High School, Danville; Milton Senior High School, Milton;
Council Rock High School, Newtown; Bristol High School, Bristol; Warrior Run Joint Senior High School. Watsontown, R. D.; Southern Area
Senior High School, Catawissa, R. D.; Shikellamy High School. Sunbury;
Shamokin Area High School, Shamokin; Mt. Carmel Area High School,
Mt. Carmel; four senior high schools and four junior high schools in
Pennsbury, Bensalem Township, and the Bristol-Delhaas School Districts
in Bucks County.
Division of Special Education
Student teachers in Special Education are assigned to the White
Haven State School and the Selinsgrove State School and Hospital and
to the public schools of Lycoming, Schuylkill, Chester, and Montgomery
Counties through the offices of the superintendents of those counties.
Student teachers are also assigned to the Harrisburg Cleft Palate Clinic.
As
greater
numbers of students
are
through increased enrollment, other centers
may be assigned to a
he may be re-assigned
assigned
will
to
teaching
student
A
be developed.
student
school district or county for an entire semester, or
in
mid-semester to other school
districts or counties.
PROGRAM OF GRADUATE STUDIES
The Bloomsburg State College is authorized by
Education of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to
graduate studies
in
Board of
program of
the State
offer a
Business Education, Elementary Education, Special
Education for the Mentally Retarded, Speech Correction, English, Social
Studies (including Geography), Biology, History, Speech. Spanish, French,
and German.
Upon
completion by a student of the requirements established by the
Graduate Council of the College, the Master of Education degree will be
conferred.
The program of graduate studies has as its primary purpose
the
increasing of the competency of professional
personnel
in
the
field
of education.
Persons desiring to enroll
in
graduate courses must
file
Council.
an applica-
and meet the requirements established b\ the Graduate
Students wishing to earn the Master o\' Education degree must.
tion for admission
in addition,
request admission to candidacy lor the degree.
56
The following
program of graduate
$10.00
fees* are applicable to the
Application Fee
(Payable
time of application for ad-
at
mission to graduate courses.
Not refund-
or applicable to graduate
able
tuition.)
Graduate Tuition Fee
Activities
studies:
Fee (summer term only)
$16.00
per sem.
$ 3.00
per
week
$ 6.00
session
per six-
week
Graduation and Diploma Fee
hr.
three-
session
$10.00
(Not including rental of cap, gown, and hood)
Detailed information relating to the program
Graduate Studies Bulletin.
Requests for
this
is
contained in the
bulletin,
application
for
forms, and for additional information concerning the program should be
addressed
to:
Director of Graduate Studies, Bloomsburg State College,
Bloomsburg, Pa. 17815.
SUMMER SESSIONS
The summer
sessions are designed primarily to enable Pennsylvania
teachers to advance professionally and to meet the certification standards
approved by the State Board of Education. All of the courses offered
will be on a college level, and will be of particular interest to the following:
(1)
Undergraduates qualifying for advanced standing or the
re-
moval of conditions.
(2)
Teachers-in-service qualifying for (a)
cation,
and (c) the Permanent College
(3)
College
advanced
state
certifi-
(b) the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education,
graduates
qualifying
Certificate.
for
through
certification
state
courses in education and student teaching.
Students
attending
the
summer
sessions
may
schedule
as
many
semester hours as there are weeks in the session.
Special opportunities will be provided during the
for persons
certified
certification
which
to
will include teaching
The enrollment
summer
teach on the secondary level to
in the
summer
on the elementary
sessions
work toward
level.
session will be limited to teachers-in-
service, presently-enrolled students of the college,
All fees are subject to change without notice.
and others who have
.
ill
IP
XI
been
in
attendance
enrolling
at
at
an accredited college.
Bloomsburg
for
the
first
having attended another college and
certifying that they are
A
in
Students from other colleges
time should
a written
evidence
o\
good academic standing.
copy of the current summer session bulletin
request addressed to the
present
statement from their college
Registrar of the College.
will
be sent upon
a
m$£8®a
*m.Z*
HB9
JHBm
m*
mtezsBiBBn
mmsm
mmt
—
59
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
— Introduction
Art 101
A
ART
to
Art
3
consideration of the great works of
art,
analysis of the structure of art as determined
hrs.
cr.
past and present, with an
by
civilization,
communica-
and expression.
tion,
Art 301
Children's Art
Study devoted to the
3
and ways
art of children
promote
to
hrs.
cr.
attitudes
of discovery and invention.
— American
Art 311
A
Art History
3
hrs.
cr.
detailed study of the history of the visual arts in America.
— European Art History
Art 321
A
3
hrs.
cr.
on the European
detailed study of the history of the visual arts
continent from the Greek era to the nineteenth century.
—
Art 331
A
India,
Oriental Art History
3
cr.
hrs.
detailed study of the history of the visual arts in Japan, China.
and the countries of the Near East.
— History
Art 341
A
of
Modern Art
3
detailed study of the contemporary
movements
in
art
hrs.
cr.
from the
nineteenth century to the present.
Art 397
—
Drawing I
The course will
3
consist
of
a
basic
form, structure and personal expression
analysis
in
well as
—
development
requisite:
Art 397.
in
hrs.
drawing.
Drawing II
The course will emphasize experimentation with
Art 398
cr.
and understanding of
composition and individuality
3
various
in
hrs.
cr.
media
drawing.
as
Pre-
—
60
—
Drawing III
The course will develop
stressing what will become
Art 399
requisite:
Art 398.
Art 401
— Painting
3
cr.
hrs.
individual creativity and ability in drawing,
future
personal
involvement
in
art.
3
I
Pre-
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to form and color through studio experience.
Art 402
—
3
Painting II
Continued
sensitive
development toward a maturing
style in painting.
Prerequisite: Art 401.
Art 403
— Painting
3
III
Advanced work planned
Art 404
—
for individual needs.
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite: Art 402.
Sculpture I
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs
Studio exploration of three-dimensional expression.
Art 405
—
Sculpture II
Continued sensitive development toward a maturing
Prerequisite: Art 404.
Art 406
— Sculpture
3
111
Advanced work planned
Art 411
Ceramics
style in sculpture.
for individual needs.
cr.
hrs
Prerequisite: Art 405.
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to ceramic processes and design.
Art 412
—
3 cr. hrs.
Ceramics II
Emphasis upon quality ceramic design, throwing on the wheel,
Preexperiments in decorative processes and mixing clays and glazes.
requisite:
Art 411.
Art 413
— Ceramics
3
III
Advanced work planned
Art 450
— Art Education
Designed
art in the
Art 499
for individual needs.
in the
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite: Art 412.
Elementary School
to explore the theories
3 cr. hrs.
and techniques behind the use of
elementary school.
—
3
Visual Aesthetics
Directed study of the "silent image" emphasizing
environmental relationships.
artistic
cr.
hrs.
concern with
—
61
BIOLOGY
Biol.
tion
— General Biology
I
3 cr. hrs.
Emphasizes major principles and theories in the structure and funcof plants and animals at levels of organization and development
103
Class discussions and laboratory studies
from molecule to ecosystem.
are included.
Biol.
A
in
— General Biology
104
Classification of organisms
nature.
A
mental niche.
Biol.
to
3
II
hrs.
cr.
survey of the plant and animal phyla with emphasis on their role
—
210
The
received from their environPrerequisite: Biol. 103.
Invertebrate Zoology
3
hrs.
cr.
principal phyla of invertebrate animals are studied in relation
anatomy,
their
is
course for non-science majors.
and
classification,
A
which they participate.
their
role
in
course for biology majors.
the
ecosystems
in
Prerequisite: Biol.
103.
Biol.
211
Vertebrate Zoology
The biology
physiology,
3
and development.
Laboratory work with living and preserved
will
specimens
will familiarize students
Biol.
220
hrs.
Evolutionary and ecological aspects of
each class
be covered.
major classes of
cr.
of the vertebrate animal with emphasis in morphology,
this
with representative individuals of the
important group.
— General Botany
Prerequisite: Biol. 103, 210.
3
I
cr.
hrs.
General consideration of the plant kingdom with emphasis on plant
anatomy, physiology, economic botany, and other related areas.
requisite:
Biol.
221
The
Biol.
— General Botany
plant
life
requisite:
Biol.
331
in
cycles of plants representing the
Biol.
and
3
ar-
cr.
hrs.
concepts pertaining to energy flow succession patterns.
level.
and population studies
at
the species, inter-
Prerequisites: Biol. 210, 220.
— Genetics
The study
hrs.
Emphasis is placed
various taxonomic levels. Pre-
Ecology
and community
341
cr.
development and
220.
— General
Principles
Biol.
the phylogenetic
the taxonomic system.
limiting factors, habitat studies,
species,
3
II
kingdom showing
rangement of the plants
upon
Pre-
103.
of inheritance in living things.
3
The
cr.
hrs.
practical application
—
62
principles in animal breeding, in plant propagation, and in
improvement of the human race is emphasized. Stress is placed upon
the mathematical and molecular concepts of modern genetics. The course
Prerequisites: Biol. 103, Biol.
is fundamental for all biological students.
210 or 211, Biol. 220. Math. 116 is suggested but not required.
of genetic
351
3 cr. hrs.
and physical concepts applicable to
Emphasized will be the
the functional aspects of biological systems.
interrelation between molecules and the organism.
Prerequisites: Biol.
Biol.
The
103,
Molecular Biology
chemical
of
integration
Chem. Ill, or consent
361
of the instructor.
3 cr. hrs.
and control of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria, viruses, and fungi. Consideration
will be given to their distribution in nature and the importance of their
Prerequisite:
beneficial activities as well as harmful effects on man.
Biol.
Microbiology
The metabolism,
cultivation,
103 or consent of instructor.
Biol.
371
Biol.
A
Embryology
3
maturation of the germ
and the chick.
381
Biol.
The
Laboratory work includes the study of the
and the early development of the starfish,
Prerequisites: Biol. 210 or consent of instructor.
functions of tissues,
Emphasis
will
organs,
3
and systems and
requisites: Biol. 211,
411
adult insects.
study.
Biol.
413
Pre-
or consent of instructor.
3
cr. hrs.
course covering collection and identification of larval and
Attention
Prerequisites:
The
Chem. Ill,
and endocrines.
— Systematic Entomology
field
cr. hrs.
chemical
their
be on mammalian circulation, respiration,
digestion, metabolism, renal function, reproduction,
A
hrs.
cells
— Vertebrate Physiology
integration.
Biol.
cr.
study of animal reproduction and development with particular
emphasis on the vertebrates.
frog,
identification,
is
Biol.
given to mounting and preparing insects for
103 and 104 or Biol. 210.
— Ornithology
basic biology of birds with emphasis
fication in the field.
Saturday morning
on
field trips.
3 cr. hrs.
and identiPrerequisite: one year
their ecology
of biology or consent of the instructor.
Biol.
414
— Ichthyology
3
cr.
hrs.
Field and laboratory study of the fishes of the streams and rivers
—
63
of this area including their collection, taxonomy, anatomy, and ecological
methods.
Prerequisite: Biol. 482.
Recommended:
Biol. 331.
— Biology
3 cr. hrs.
of the Arthropods
with
arthropod
classes
special
emphasis
on
prominent
A study of the
Insecta.
Studies of functions, morphology, histology, embryology, and
415
Biol.
metamorphosis.
Laboratory
techniques of dissection, preser-
will stress
vation of tissues, and experimentation with live insects.
Biol.
210 and
Biol.
416
A
—
Prerequisites:
Biol. 416.
3
Parasitology
human
study of parasites in relation to
parasitic diseases; their
disease.
prevention and treatment.
cr.
hrs.
Epidemiology of
Prerequisites:
Biol.
210 or 211.
Biol.
—
417
Field Zoology
Animals observed and
3
The study
and management of wild vertebrates and
Biol.
Two
Prerequisite:
value.
their
on the
upon
and economic
Emphasis
classified in the field.
natural history of terrestrial vertebrates.
cultural
—
mended:
The
Plant
3
function:
Prerequisites:
cr.
hrs.
the processes involved in plant
Biol.
212, Chem.
Recom-
111.
Chem. 331.
Biol. 421,
421
Biol.
is
of man's effect
years of biology or consent of the instructor.
420
Plant Physiology
The study of how plants
growth and behavior.
cr. hrs.
Anatomy
3
cr.
hrs.
and structural features of vascular plants are studied
with emphasis on origin, development, and function.
Fundamental concepts concerning gross, histological, and physiological aspects are correcells, tissues,
lated in terms of growth, patterns of differentiation,
plant parts.
week.
Two
Prerequisite:
422
Biol.
A
phasis
—
Biol.
220 or permission
upon
taxonomic keys.
requisite:
432
of instructor.
Field Botany
3
cr.
hrs.
Columbia County and vicinity. Emin the field and on the use of
of habitats are explored on field trips.
Pre-
study of the Flora found
is
and maturation of
hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per
in
identification of plants
A
variety
Biol. 220.
—
their
Fresh Water Biology
3 cr. hrs.
advanced course in the biology of streams, lakes, and ponds and
relationship to the health and welfare of the country.
Prerequisites:
Biol.
210, 220, or permission of the instructor.
Biol.
An
——
64
433
Biol.
phasis
is
cr. hrs.
of plants and their interactions with the environment.
Em-
placed on populations and communities and their respective
Practical experience
successions.
ite:
3
Plant Ecology
The study
is
gained during field
trips.
Prerequis-
Biol. 331.
441
Biol.
A
3
Evolution
cr.
hrs.
study of the mechanics of evolution; the nature and behavior of
genes, factors affecting gene frequencies, environmental factors, special ion
mechanisms, and population
443
Biol.
A
Biol.
341.
— Cytology
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the structure and function of cytoplasmic and nuclear
organelles of
Emphasis
cells.
will
chemical, and cytogenetic aspects.
techniques for
341,
Biol.
Prerequisite:
analysis.
cell,
Chem.
be placed upon ultrastructural, bio-
Laboratory studies
chromosome, and
tissue
will include various
preparation.
Prerequisite:
Recommended: Chem. 331.
111.
—
3 cr. hrs.
452
Radiation Biology
The principal effects of ionizing radiation and other types of radiation on living systems.
Applications of isotopes in biological research;
use of radiation sources and detectors.
Prerequisite: Biol. 341, Chem.
Ill and 112, Physics 111, Math. 116, or consent of instructor.
Biol.
453
Biol.
A
—
Physiological Chemistry
study of the
life
3
and system s.
biologically important corr pounds and
relationship to the functional aspects of tissues
tion will be given to
cr. hrs.
processes with emphasis on chemistry and
its
Consideratheir effects
on function.
471
Biol.
A
Histology
3
study of vertebrate tissues from the various body systems.
cr.
hrs.
Labor-
atory studies will include the use of prepared slides, color photomicro-
Two
graphs, and basic histological techniques.
hours of laboratory per week.
482
Biol.
A
Prerequisites: Biol. 103, 211.
— Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
3
comparative study of the morphology of the vertebrate
Laboratory work includes
shark,
hours of lecture and three
and the
Biol.
490
Biol.
492
cat.
Seminar
anatomical
Prerequisites:
in
— Research Topics
in
of Lamprey, the dogfish
210 or consent of instructor.
cr.
Biology
hrs.
classes.
study
Biol.
Biology
cr.
1-3
hrs. to
cr. hrs. to
be arranged
be arranged
——
65
BUSINESS
Bus.
101 — Introduction
to
Business Organization and Finance 3
cr. hrs.
Business activity with attention to types of business organization,
managerial controls utilized in business and financing of business enterprises.
Bus. 201
Elementary Typewriting
2
I
cr.
hrs.
Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts of
the typewriter; stroking techniques and control emphasized; instruction in
preparing business
letters,
manuscripts, carbon copies, envelopes, business
forms, and cards; teaching techniques.
Bus. 202
— Elementary
Typwriting II
Production techniques; typing
2
letters,
cr. hrs.
envelopes, and cards; multiple
carbon work, preparation of manuscripts, tabulation, and legal forms;
preparation of stencils and liquid process masters; teaching techniques.
Prerequisite:
Bus. 211
Bus. 201.
Elementary Shorthand
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Beginning course in Gregg Shorthand Diamond Jubilee in which
theory
is
presented with dictation
woven
into
an integrated course; fluent
reading and writing of familiar and unfamiliar material.
Bus. 212
—
Elementary Shorthand II
3 cr. hrs.
Development of ability to read shorthand notes; fluency of writing
and correctness of outlines stressed; dictation and transcription teaching
methods and techniques. Prerequisite: Bus. 211.
—
Principles of Accounting I
Development of the accounting cycle covering both
Bus. 221
merchandising
activities of
3
cr.
hrs.
service
and
a sole proprietorship; consideration of special
journals and special ledgers,
accrued and deferred items, and business
papers.
Bus. 222
—
Principles of Accounting II
3
cr.
hrs.
Further development of the accounting cycle; recording, summariz-
and interpreting financial data for partnerships and corporations;
development of an understanding of the voucher system.
Prerequisite:
ing,
Bus. 221.
Bus. 241
Salesmanship
Fundamental
principles
3
cr.
hrs.
underlying the sales process; consideration
of the salesman in relation to his firm, his goods and his customers; a stud)
of the approach, demonstration, and close of individual sales transactions.
—
66
Advanced Typewriting
Advanced application of typewriting
Bus. 301
2
skills.
hrs
cr.
Accuracy, speed, and
job techniques; spelling, grammar,
and principles of teaching stressed.
Coordinated with Advanced Shorthand for those students seeking certification in shorthand.
Bus. 202.
Prerequisite:
Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 311
3
cr.
hrs.
Practice in dictation and transcription of shorthand, with speed and
accuracy stressed; grammar,
teaching of shorthand.
—
Bus. 312
and principles of
shorthand penmanship,
Bus. 212.
Prerequisite:
3
Secretarial Practice
Stenographic and secretarial
activities;
cr.
hrs.
dictation of type of corres-
pondence; study of problems and procedures encountered in business
work
consideration of office etiquette; supervised secretarial
offices;
school offices.
Bus. 321
Prerequisite:
in
311.
Bus.
— Intermediate Accounting
3
I
cr. hrs.
Preparation and interpretation of principal accounting statements;
theoretical discussion of the standards of
emphasis on current items.
Bus. 322
good accounting
Bus. 222.
Prerequisite:
— Intermediate Accounting
practice, with
3
II
cr.
hrs.
Further discussion of the standards of good accounting practice with
emphasis on non-current items; solution and discussion of various con-
temporary
accounting
problems;
detailed
statements of business organizations.
Bus. 323
A
good
the price level
ning.
will,
and
The flows
hidden balance sheet reserves, inventory evaluation,
historical cost,
budget and actual
and tax plan-
costs,
of cost accounting, financial accounting, and tax ac-
The
case
concepts, applications, and systems.
— Business Law
Legal rights and
study
approach
Prerequisite:
is
used to study
Bus. 221 and 222.
3
I
liabilities;
contracts, bailments, personal
cr. hrs.
fundamental principles of law applicable
to business transactions with specific consideration of
and the
financial
3 cr. hrs.
for Management Decision
management problems of depreciation methods, valu-
counting are considered.
Bus. 331
major
of
— Accounting
study of the
ation of
analysis
Prerequisite: Bus. 321.
and
real property,
and
law as
it
pertains to
sales; sources of
law
judicial system.
Bus. 332
— Business Law
3
II
Fundamental principles of law
as
they
pertain
to
cr. hrs.
guaranty and
67
and agency relationships, employeremployee relationships, bankruptcy proceedings, estates and trusts, and
Prerequisite: Bus. 331.
various forms of business organization.
surety contracts, insurance, principal
Bus. 333
— Business Correspondence and Reports
Review of
essentials of
3 cr. hrs.
grammar; study of the vocabulary of business;
preparation of business forms; writing business letters of various types;
preparation
of
Bus. 334
data
personal
business reports.
sheets;
Prerequisite:
organization
and preparation of
Bus. 202.
— Business Mathematics
3
cr. hrs.
Basic concepts and principles related to fundamental business operations.
and finance, investments, the intermethods of teaching business arithmetic in
Credit, insurance, taxes, selling
pretation of statistical data;
the secondary school.
Bus. 341
—
Retail
Management Concepts
3
cr.
hrs.
Presents a view of retailing as a dynamic sphere of business, characterized by the necessity of adapting
its
graphic characteristics of trade areas.
operations to changing demo-
Competitive
retail
problems are
considered as they arise in the struggle between established and innovational
methods.
company
Considerations involved in formulating specific
policies include such factors as location, layout, promotion, service,
personnel.
to
Analyses of actual case
apply sound principles to current
requisite:
Bus. 342
situations
retail
management
Econ. 211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342.
— Marketing:
develop student
Pre-
practice.
Spring.
and Practices
Principles
and
ability
3
cr.
hrs.
Studies the structure of the business system of distribution of
ma-
terials
and products.
ered.
Agricultural,
Both functional and institutional aspects are covand consumer products sectors of the
economy are reviewed. Also studied are the significance of quantitative
and qualitative changes in population characteristics. Trade-channel.
price, and other marketing policies are taken up to provide a background
industrial,
for the establishment of individual
211, Econ. 212.
Bus. 343
Fall
firm
decisions.
Econ.
Prerequisite:
and Spring.
— Business Finance
3
cr.
hrs,
Financial data are analyzed for the solution of managerial problems
in
finance, security contracts, capital structures, cost of capital,
security
underwriting and marketing; management of working capital, use oi the
capital
market,
discussed.
dividend
Prerequisite:
policy
and
Bus. 221
asset
and 222.
valuation
are
studied
and
68
Bus. 344
— Management Processes
The study
3
cr. hrs.
Em-
and administration.
of fundamentals of organization
phases: planning, direction, coordination and controlling of business activities,
structuring of
Bus. 345
management and
supervision.
— Personnel Management
3
cr. hrs.
and current practices in the selection, placement, trainingdevelopment, evaluation, compensation and motivation of employees at
all levels in business firms.
Prerequisite: Economics 211 and 212.
Policies
—
Bus 346
Quantitative Analysis and
Review of mathematical concepts
tive statistics, averages, dispersion,
3
Statistics
cr.
hrs.
in business administration, descrip-
elementary
statistical inference,
index
numbers, time series and measurement of relationships as applied to
business and economic problems.
Bus. 401
Prerequisite: College mathematics.
— Records Management and
Office
Machines
3
cr.
hrs.
Office dictating and transcribing machines; adding-listing machines;
and key-driven calculators; filing systems, business papers,
Prerequisite:
and office procedures; teaching methods and techniques.
Business Education 202.
printing, rotary,
Bus. 412
— Touch Shorthand
3
cr.
hrs.
Dictation and Transcription involving the use of a machine, key-
Development of limited proficiency in the use
and techniques for teaching machine shorthand. PreBus. 301 or consent of the instructor.
board shorthand system.
of a touch system
requisite:
Bus. 421
— Cost Accounting
The elements
3
cr. hrs.
of production costs using the job order system, the
process cost system, and the standard cost system; development of the
ability
to interpret the
Bus. 422
meaning of cost
data.
Prerequisite:
— Auditing Theory and Procedure
Principles,
Bus. 222.
3
cr. hrs.
standards, procedures, and techniques applicable to in-
ternal and public auditing; consideration of the audit report and development of working papers for preparation of the report. Prerequisite: Bus.
222.
Bus. 423
— Federal Tax Accounting
3
cr. hrs.
Procedures in accounting as dictated by Federal tax laws; study of
laws governing the preparation of Federal Income
dividuals
and small businesses.
Prerequisite:
Tax
Bus. 222.
returns for in-
69
Bus.
—
424
Tax Problems
Group and individual assignments
of advanced tax accounting:
trusts,
3
cr. hrs.
selected from the following areas
partnerships and corporations, estates and
reporting to governmental agencies.
Lectures, discussion of issues,
intensive practice in the solution of problems.
Prerequisite:
Bus. 422
and 423.
Bus. 430
— Business
3
Statistics II
Sampling, distributions of chi square and
t,
cr.
hrs.
estimation, probability,
hypotheses, decision-making, regression and correlation analysis,
tests of
contingency tables, analysis of variance and computer applications, design for experiments in selected fields of business.
Bus. 442
— Advertising
Prerequisite: Bus. 346.
Management:
Organization and Planning
3
cr.
hrs.
Surveys the entire field of advertising both as a marketing function
Examines the relationships among the adand media. Both printed and broadcast media are
explored. Develops the creative approach, strategy, and tactics applicable
to the direction of demand by the individual firm; readings and selected
exercises for report and discussion are assigned; review of social, ethical,
and legal aspects. Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212. Bus. 342. Fall
and promotional medium.
vertisers,
agencies,
Bus. 443
—
Sales
Management
Management
3
viewpoint of the individual business enterprise
cial
emphasis
is
in the
cr. hrs.
products from the
materials and
of the sales of the
United
States.
Spe-
placed upon the market-concept; the role of the sales
manager in modern marketing and his line and staff responsibilities; management of sales divisions and territories; organization of the sales force
selection, supervision, compensation, and motivation.
Demand-pull
rather than supply-push is emphasized as a basis for contemporary practices in Sales Management.
Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212. Bus.
—
342.
Bus.
Fall
—
444
Marketing Management
Group and individual marketing
J
search of both documented sources and the results of
cr.
hrs.
These entail the
research studies.
field
dents arc encouraged to follow various fields o{ interest
work.
Stu-
such as Man-
agement, Distribution, Advertising and Marketing Practices for greatest
motivation and benefit.
Prior approval o\ research projects h\ the instructor
is
required.
All class
presentations; discussion
members
will participate in oral
and evaluation
o^i
projects.
and written
Prerequisite:
Bus.
342 and two of the following: Bus. 341, Bus. 442, Bus. 443; with the
consent of the instructor.
Bus. 445
Spring
— Business Report Writing
3
The organization and preparation
business firms.
Techniques of
collecting, interpreting,
formation useful to management.
Bus. 446
— Business
cr. hrs.
of reports of the types used in
and presenting
in-
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing.
3
Policies
cr.
hrs.
Sound business principles and policies are studied in relation to daily
decision and policy making by the upper level of management. Financial,
production, marketing and other functions of business are discussed.
Quantitative methods and the techniques contributed by the various subject fields of business and economics are applied to selected case problems.
senior standing, required of
Prerequisite:
Bus. 447
— Research
Studies in
all
seniors.
Management
3
cr. hrs.
and preparation of a reStudent selection of a problem relating to
Identification of a problem, investigation,
port on an individual basis.
some
field of
marketing,
Business Administration:
general
and
personnel
accounting, finance, advertising,
management.
Prerequisite:
senior
standing and consent of the instructor.
Bus. 448
—
Bus. 449
— CPA
Advanced Cost Accounting
3 cr. hrs.
The utilization of cost data for planning, control and decision making.
The extension of methods and procedures to standard, estimated
and distribution cost systems. Prerequisite: Bus. 221, 222 and 421.
The
Problems
3
cr.
hrs.
application of procedures for the solving of a cross-section of
complex accounting problems, and the discussion of related theory and
practice.
Emphasis is placed upon advanced financial, cost, governmental, tax and other kinds of accounting problems; the discussion of
Preprofessional standards, ethics, accounting criteria and other factors.
requisite: Bus. 323, 421, 422, 423, or consent of instructor.
Bus. 450
An
— Introduction
to
Data Processing
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction and basic orientation to the field of business data
processing.
Content to include information on the history and applications
how the equipment works,
of business equipment used in data processing,
The machines
and an understanding of data systems and procedures.
be used in this course are the keypunch, interpreter, collator,
sorter, reproducing punch, and computer.
that will
—
71
— Introduction
Computers and Programming
3 cr. hrs.
programming for the comThe various methods of programming will be included in this
puter.
Students will be required to write, assemble, and test actual procourse.
grams in the computer. Prerequisite: Bus. 450.
Bus. 451
An
to
introduction to computer training and
Courses
—
Econ. 211
economics available
in
Principles of
to business students.
Economics
3
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
(See Department of Social Sciences for course description)
Econ. 212
—
Principles of
Economics
3
(See Department of Social Sciences for course description)
Econ. 313
3
Industrial Relations
(See Department of Social Sciences for course description)
Money and Banking
Econ. 413
3
(See Department of Social Sciences for course description)
Econ. 423
— History
of
Economic Thought
3
(See Department of Social Sciences for course description)
CHEMISTRY
Chem. Ill
— General Chemistry
4
I
cr.
emphasis on atomic structure,
Basic principles of chemistry:
hrs.
peri-
odic tables, chemical bonding, the states of matter and chemical calculations; laboratory practice in techniques,
methods and solution of chemical
problems.
6 hours week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Chem. 112
— General Chemistry
A
continuation of
groups; introduction to
tion
week: 3
analysis.
mon
Chem. Ill: study of the elements
modern inorganic chemistry including coordina-
emphasizes
to organic chemistry; laboratory
Prerequisite:
—
Chem. Ill
6
or equivalent.
hours
Qualitative Inorganic Analysis
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the systematic identification and separation oi the com-
cations and
anions.
chemical equilibrium as
Chem.
hrs.
class, 3 lab.
Chem. 221
A
cr.
by periodic
compounds; introduction
qualitative
4
II
112.
sions only.
7
it
The theory
o\
ionization,
mass
applies to analytical chemistry.
hours week:
1
class.
6
lab.
Offered
in
action,
and
Prerequisite:
summer
-
—
72
—
Chem. 222
Quantitative Analysis
4 cr. hrs.
The fundamental principles of gravimetric and volumetric analysis,
with development of ability in performing quantitative chemical calcula-
Chem. 112.
Prerequisite:
tions.
8 hours/week:
2
class,
6 lab.
—
Chem. 225
Water Analysis
The chemical, physical, and
2
hrs.
cr.
biological aspects of water analysis.
Laboratory exercises include the examination of water from the entire
hydro
Prerequisite:
cycle.
Chem.
112. 4 hours/week:
1
3 lab.
class,
— Organic Chemistry
Chem. 331
I
4 cr. hrs.
Fundamental principles of organic chemistry. Molecular structure,
stereo-chemistry and reactions of hydrocarbons and their derivatives. Reaction mechanisms and syntheses emphasized.
Prerequisite: Chem. 112;
Secondary Biology majors
112 also
recommended.
is
Chem. 332
A
mon
— Organic
continuation of
may
enter with only
4
Chemistry II
Chem. 331, with emphasis on
functional groups, synthesis and mechanism.
methods
and
Chem. 331.
the
Chem. Ill but Chem.
6 hours /week: 3 class, 3 lab.
interpretation
spectra
of
Modern
introduced.
hrs.
cr.
reactions of
com-
spectroscopic
Prerequisite:
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Chem. 351
Industrial Chemistry
The application of chemistry
3
to
modern
industry.
cr.
hrs.
The operating
equipment, and methods of attacking new problems of industry
efficiency,
through research.
Each student
selects a simulated research
problem
to
be developed experimentally and prepares an oral and written report.
Prerequisites:
Chem.
112, Phys. 112.
3
hours class/week, plus
field trips.
—
Chem. 411
Physical Chemistry I
The study of the theoretical foundations
kinetic theory;
first,
illustrate
the above.
of the in-
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Chem. 412
A
Laboratory experiments to
Chem. 222, Phys. 212, Math. 212, or consent
Prerequisites:
cr. hrs.
Gas laws and
second, and third laws of thermodynamics; free en-
ergy and equilibrium.
structor.
4
of chemistry.
—
4
Physical Chemistry II
continuation of
Chem. 411: binary
cr.
hrs.
solutions; colligative properties;
conductance; electromotive force; reaction kinetics; crystals; atomic structure
the
and simple quantum theory.
above.
class, 3 lab.
Prerequisites:
Laboratory experiments to
Chem. 411, Math. 311.
illustrate
6 hours/week:
3
—
73
Chem. 421
A
— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
3
cr. hrs.
course designed to enlarge the student's knowledge of the chemical
and physical properties of inorganic substances as related to atomic strucPrerequisite: Chem.
ture, electronic configuration, and bond energies.
3 hours class/week.
222.
Chem. 422
A
—
Qualitative Organic Analysis
3
cr.
hrs.
laboratory course in the qualitative analysis of organic compounds.
compounds accomplished by means of separation
Methods and techniques studied, applications to industry and scientific research emphasized.
Prerequisite: Chem. 332.
7
The
analysis of carbon
and
identification.
hours/week:
Chem. 424
class,
1
6 lab.
— Instrumental Analysis
3
cr.
hrs.
This course covers the theory and applications of some of the instru-
mental methods of analysis currently in use in modern analytical chemistry.
Topics include chromatography, spectrophotometry, polarography, electroanalysis, nuclear
course.
istry,
A
magnetic resonance, and others.
Prerequisites:
laboratory-centered
Chem. 222 and some contact with
7 hours week:
or consent of instructor.
1
class,
physical chem-
6 lab.
—
Chem. 426
Inorganic Preparations
2 cr. hrs.
The preparation and isolation of selected inorganic compounds of an
unusual nature employing whatever advanced or specialized techniques
are required
tures,
— such
as high
vacuum,
and non-aqueous conditions.
Prerequisite:
Chem. 433
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Advanced theory, stereochemistry and
Reactive
intermediates;
carbonium
Prerequisite:
instructor.
ions,
Chem. 421 completed
6 hours lab week.
or concurrent, or consent of the instructor.
emphasized.
tempera-
inert atmospheres, high
3
utility
carbanions,
Chem. 332; Chem 412
cr.
hrs.
of organic reactions.
and
free
radicals
or permission of the
hours class/week.
3
—
Chem. 434
Organic Synthesis
3 cr. hrs.
Advanced syntheses of organic compounds; development of technique; use of laboratory instruments; correlation of theory with practice.
Prerequisite:
Chem. 332.
7 hours week:
1
class. 6 lab.
Modem Biochemistry
3 cr. hrs.
Chemistry of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates; intermediary metabo-
Chem. 441
lism; introduction to
enzyme chemistry.
332; Chem. 412 recommended.
5
Prerequisite:
hours week:
Chem. 222. (hem.
2 class. 3 lab.
—
74
— Chemistry Seminar
491 —
Topics
Chem. 490
Chem.
Special
May
1
to 3 cr. hrs.
take the form of a directed laboratory or library oriented investi-
gation on one or
Not intended
more
topics of
mutual interest to student and instructor.
an extension of some topics into a
as a research course but
second semester might become
tor
1 cr. hr.
so.
Registration by consent of the instruc-
and Department Chairman.
Chem. 492
— Chemical Research
3
cr.
hrs.
Laboratory investigations of selected problems for advanced
stu-
dents. Registration
by consent of the instructor and Department Chairmen.
ECONOMICS
—
Econ. 211
Principles of
Microeconomics:
Economics
Laws
3
I
of markets.
cr.
hrs.
Operation of market system
compared with alternative economic systems.
Determination of wage,
interest, rent, and profit rates.
Behavior of competitive and monopolistic
economic units compared. Beneficial and detrimental government interferences in a mixed economic system.
Econ. 212
—
Principles of Economics II
3 cr. hrs.
Macroeconomics: Study of factors determining the level of employment, prices, and gross national product. G.N.P. accounting. Monetary
policy and fiscal policy affecting the level of prices, G.N.P. and employment.
International trade and finance.
Economic development.
(Economics 211 and 212 are prerequisites for
in the
all
succeeding courses
department.)
Econ. 313
The
fields of
3
Industrial Relations
practical questions in our
modern
cr. hrs.
industrial organization in the
management and labor unions; the economic life of members of
The history of organized labor and the growth of
in management; current policies in the national and state govern-
the working force.
theories
ments to control industrial
Econ. 314
The
relations.
— Money and Banking
3
cr.
hrs.
background and development of monetary practices
and principles, the principles of banking, with special attention to commercial banking and credit regulations, and current monetary and bankhistorical
ing development.
—
75
Econ. 333
International
Economics
3
cr.
hrs.
Pure theory of international trade. Study of the gains from trade,
free trade, and protection; balance of payments; foreign exchange; capital
movements; the dollar and the international monetary system; international
liquidity shortage.
Econ. 411
Intermediate Micro-Economics
3 cr. hrs.
Theory of how a competitive market system determines the composition of output, allocation of resources, and distribution of incomes.
Comparison of theoretical and actual behavior of competitive, monopolistic, and oligopolistic firms.
—
Public Finance and Macro-Economics
3 cr. hrs.
Theory of determination of G.N. P., employment, and price level.
Federal, state, and local fiscal policy in the light of modern theory;
principles of taxation and government spending; management of the
Econ. 412
national debt.
Econ. 422
— Contrasting Economies
3
cr. hrs.
on
Comparison of theoretical and actual performance of
socialism, and communism.
Theories
of
capitalism
and
socialism
with
special
emphasis
Marxian theory.
capitalism,
— History
3 cr. hrs
of Economic Thought
economic theories propounded in the past and their
effect on present day thinking about economic, business, and political
systems. The surplus value theory, economic planning as a part of government responsibility, relations of family budgets to Engel's Law. government responsibility for employment, and rent control. Prerequisites: For
Bus. Ed. Students
Hist.
Econ. 211,212. For other students
12.
13. and Econ. 211, 212.
Econ. 423
The
different
—
—
1
1
Econ. 434
A
— Economic Growth
of
Underdeveloped
study of stagnating economies.
Anas
development; operative resistances to economic growth;
labor, population
3
Topics include: theories
role
o\'
cr.
hrs.
under-
oi capital,
growth, and technological advance; development plan-
ning; trade in a development setting.
Psy.
460
— Basic
For
a description oi this
Statistical
course descriptions.
receive
credit
Department.
lor
Method
^
Liberal arts students concentrating
this
cr.
hrs.
course see Psychology 4(>0 under psychology
course.
Prerequisite:
in
permission
economics
of
will
Economics
76
—
3 cr. hrs.
466
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
For a description of this course see Sociology 466. Liberal arts
students concentrating in economics will receive credit for this course.
Prerequisite: Psy. 460 and permission of Economic Department.
Soc.
Econ. 470
A
— Senior Seminar
tutorial course
3
cr. hrs.
which provides an opportunity for intensive work
adapted to the interests of the individual student. Some
particular aspects of economic theory or policy will usually be selected
in a selected area
as a research
Prerequisites:
Soc. 466,
problem on the basis of which a paper will be written.
15 hours of economics, including Econ. 423, Psy. 460,
and permission of the department.
EDUCATION
— Methods and
Ed. 202
Materials in
Elementary School Science
3
cr. hrs.
Includes scientific concepts and facts of most interest to children.
Includes the environmental experiences of children, and
new
areas where
the experiences of children are limited.
— Educational Media
Ed. 301
2
cr. hrs.
A
to
comprehensive study of all communicative media.
Opportunity
develop skills in the use of various audio-visual materials in education
is
provided during the laboratory periods.
Prerequisite:
Ed.
393 and
Psy. 371.
— Educational Measurements and Evaluation
Ed. 311
The
Methods
principles
of testing in
the
various
Ed. 321
matter.
Prerequisite:
371.
Psy.
3
cr.
hrs.
and kindergarten age boys and
and equipment necessary for working
to nursery school
Programs, materials,
activities,
effectively with these age groups.
Ed. 322
cr. hrs.
— Early Childhood Education
Problems peculiar
girls.
3
of subject
of grading and problems involved, representative standardized
and the vocabulary of measurement.
tests,
fields
— Preschool Education
Prerequisite: Psy. 211.
"Operation Head Start"
3
cr.
hrs.
A
study of the needs of three, four and five year old children and
experiences adapted to what is known about growth needs at these age
levels.
Emphasis
will
be placed on Operation Head Start as a
point in the poverty cycle.
and education which
and achievements.
social services
tunities
critical
Activities associated with the fields of health,
will
improve both the
child's
oppor-
—
Ed. 351
— Teaching
of English in the Secondary School
3
cr.
hrs.
Investigates the following areas: general objectives of the secondary
school in respect to this particular discipline; daily and long range planning
with emphasis on resource unit construction; and examination of courses
of study to familiarize and provide information on the scope and sequence
knowledge of the research concerning current methods
a compilation of materials, resources, and
bibliographies pertinent to this area; and opportunities to examine, construct and apply tests, as well as other forms of evaluating, diagnosing,
Prerequisite: Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.
and reporting pupil programs.
of the discipline; a
of
teaching this discipline;
Ed. 352
— Teaching
of Mathematics in the Secondary School
3
cr. hrs.
See Ed. 351 for course description.
Ed. 353
—
Teaching of Biological Science
Secondary School
in the
r,
hrs.
See Ed. 351 for course description.
Ed. 354
— Teaching
of Physical Science in the
Secondary School
3
Cr. hrs.
See Ed. 351 for course description.
Ed. 355
— Teaching
of Social Studies in the
Secondary School
hrs.
>
See Ed. 351 for course description.
Ed. 356
— Teaching
of Speech in the Secondary School
•
hrs.
See Ed. 351 for course description.
Ed. 357
— Teaching
in the
of
Geography and Earth-Spc
Secondary School
See Ed. 351
—
Teaching of Business Subnets
Secondary School
Ed. 358
hrs.
'
for course description.
in the
I
hrs.
foundations of teaching; methods of teaching short-
Psychological
hand, typewriting, bookkeeping, and
building
procedures; demonstration
Ed. 36i
bask business
teaching;
lesson
subjects;
bask
Problems of Secondary Education
Including Guidance
'
Problems in teaching with paiticulai emphasis upon the lust
includes problems of pupil gTOWtfa and development, cumculun
counseling.
skill
planning
Prerequisite:
Ed.
\9
;
and Ps)
371,
n,s
Ed. 362
— Problems
of Business Education in the
Secondary School
The
3
administration
follow-up;
of
the
business
department; physical layout,
equipment, supplies, selection of textbooks; curriculum and
and measurements; current trends
Prerequisite: Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.
ment;
cr. hrs.
objectives of secondary business education: guidance, placement,
tests
in
business
develop-
its
education.
—
Teaching of Reading in the Elementary Grades
3 cr. hrs.
Developmental reading from readiness through the entire elementary
school curriculum.
Principles, problems, techniques, and materials used
Ed. 371
in the total
elementary school program.
Prerequisite: Ed.
393 and Psy.
371.
Ed. 372
— Foundation
of Reading Instruction
The reading program
in the
comprehension, speed, study
3
skills,
hrs.
and enrichDevelopment of a secondary
library skills, recreation
ment, and method of using information.
school reading program required of each student.
Ed. 373
cr.
secondary school, including the areas of
Prerequisite: Psy. 371.
— Diagnostic and Remedial Reading
3
cr. hrs.
Diagnostic and remedial procedures in the area of reading, empha-
and informal techniques. Designed for elemenand or secondary school teachers.
Prerequisite: Ed. 371 and/or
Ed. 372 or Ed. 374.
sizing both standardized
tary
—
Teaching of Reading in Academic Subjects
2 cr. hrs.
Developing the understanding and improving techniques for develop-
Ed. 374
Emphasis on readiand oral reading through secondary
ing reading skills applicable to the secondary school.
ness,
comprehension,
silent reading,
school academic subjects.
who wish
Ed. 391
The
The course lends
itself
to
English teachers
certification in the area of reading.
— Learning and
the Learner
psychological foundations of education:
3
cr. hrs.
a study of individual
differences, learning theories as applied to classroom situations, physical
and mental growth, personality development and mental hygiene.
Systematic observation and participation in the public schools. Prerequisites:
Psy. 101 and Soc. 211 or Soc. 224.
Ed. 393
A
—
Social Foundations of Education
study of social processes underlying education.
3
cr.
hrs.
Major areas cov-
ered include an examination of the current social forces affecting educa-
79
place
the
tion,
stratification
of
school
social change.
Prerequisites:
— Curriculum and
Ed. 395
American
in
on education, and
culture,
impact
the
of
101 and Soc. 211 or Soc. 224.
Psy.
Instruction in the
Elementary School
6
Curriculum study, methods and practices
social studies.
social
role of the teacher in a period of rapid
in the
Includes audio-visual laboratory.
language
cr. hrs.
arts,
and
Prerequisites: Ed. 391
and Ed. 393 or Psy. 371.
Ed. 396
— Curriculum and
Instruction in the
Secondary School
6
cr. hrs.
Curriculum study, methods and audio-visual laboratory work.
cludes preparation in the special teaching
In-
Ed. 391
Prerequisites:
field.
and Ed. 393 or Psy. 371.
Ed. 397
— Science and Mathematics
in the
Elementary School
A
3
cr.
hrs.
course designed to provide prospective elementary teachers with
the methods, materials,
skills,
understandings, and attitudes which will help
them to meet the needs of children
Emphasis will be placed on the
and mathematics.
scientific principles of modern mathePrerequisites: Phys. 103 and 104, Biol. 103 and 104, and Math.
matics.
in the areas of science
231 and 232.
Ed. 398
— Mathematics
for Elementary Teachers
Mathematical concepts essential
grams
the elementary school.
in
Ed. 401
— Student Teaching
Scheduled on
week.
and
full
Prerequisite:
in the
3
hrs.
Ed. 397.
12
Elementary School
semester basis with a
cr.
contemporary pro-
minimum
cr. hrs.
of 30 hours per
Opportunities for direct participating experience at two grade levels
in as
many
areas of the elementary curriculum as possible.
tion with carefully selected
Ed 402
— Student
Scheduled on
week.
in the teaching of
Teaching
full
in the
Secondary School
semester basis with a
minimum
12
this
cr.
hrs.
of 30 hours per
Requires the construction or adaptation of a resource
by the student teacher during
guided observation.
Associa-
master teachers.
unit
for use
period as well as daily planning and
Students are exposed to actual teaching and other
experiences to give them a wide sampling of the activities of the professional teacher.
no
— Student Teaching
Ed. 403
in
Business Subjects in the
Secondary School
12
Supervised educational activities in the secondary school.
cr. hrs.
Students
observe and teach in actual classroom situations through the cooperation
of business departments in various student teaching centers of the College.
—
Ed. 411
Professional Practicum
2 cr. hrs.
Operated concurrently with Student Teaching and includes orientation to Student Teaching, planning, professional growth in service, place-
ment, school law, and classroom management.
— Curriculum Development
Ed. 421
An
3
cr. hrs.
examination of current curricular offerings of elementary and
Emphasis placed upon philosophical, social, political
and technical trends in the community, nation, and the world, and the
effect they have upon the role of the teacher and the school in
secondary schools.
curriculum development.
— Education
in Urban Society
3 cr. hrs.
and systematic study of the problems of education in urban
setting. An analysis of conditions of life in urban society with special
reference to social and economic deprivation as they relate to education.
Curriculum problems resulting from social-technological and cultural up-
Ed. 422
A
careful
The course
heaval.
is
primarily designed for students planning to teach in
urban schools.
Ed. 431
—
Ed. 441
— Workshop
Independent Study
Admission only by consent of Department Chairman.
An
3-6
Education
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
intensive study of a selected area in elementary or secondary
education.
Ed. 451
A
in
3
Prerequisite: 9 credits in education
— Pupil Personnel
and teaching experience.
3
Services in the Public School
cr. hrs.
comprehensive study of the pupil personnel services in the ele-
mentary and secondary schools which include the areas of school attendance, school health programs, pupil transportation, psychological services
and guidance services.
ENGLISH
Eng.
101 — English Composition
3
cr. hrs.
Close study of reading and writing to produce proficiency in both.
Frequent
themes,
and grammar.
intensive
study
of
the
principles
of
rhetoric
81
— English Composition
Eng. 102
A
3
cr. hrs.
continuation of English 101, with increasing emphasis on effective
diction, tone,
and
views, a term paper
—
Eng. 202
At
In addition to regular compositions and
style.
is
required.
book
re-
Prerequisite: Eng. 101.
3
Creative Writing
cr. hrs.
and five original poems receive
the
instructor
critical analysis by
and by the class in group discussion.
Form, metrics, imagery, and diction are evaluated.
least three original short stories
— Survey
Eng. 207
of
World Literature
Acquaints the students with
many
works of the western world and with
movements.
— Survey
Eng. 208
A
of
3
cr. hrs.
most important
literary genres and
literary
literary
3
cr. hrs.
of the
significant
World Literature
continuation of English 207, generally covering works of
recent date than those
in
Considerably more collateral
English 207.
reading.
Prerequisite: Eng. 207.
Eng. 209
—
more
Literary Genres
3
cr. hrs.
Designed for English majors and concentrators, replacing General
Education requirement of English 207.
Emphasizes
literary
form
as a
vehicle for expression of ideas.
—
Eng. 231
3
British Writers
Required second-semester course for English majors.
cr. hrs.
Selections
from Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Bacon, Donne, Milton, Dryden,
Swift,
Pope, Boswell, and Johnson.
Eng. 232
—
British Writers
3
cr.
hrs.
Required third-semester course for English majors. Selections from
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, Browning,
Arnold, Shaw, Yeats, and Eliot.
Eng. 249
Prerequisite: Eng. 231.
— Shakespeare
3
Required for English majors,
to
be taken
in third
CT. hrs.
or fourth semester.
Study of eighteen of Shakespeare's plays with emphasis on Shakespeare
poet
and
playwright,
Theater and
Eng. 301
An
editing.
and
attention
to the history of the
to
conditions
Shakespearean
of
the
as
Elizabethan
text.
— Journalism
3
cr, hrs.
introduction to the fundamentals o( news gathering, reporting and
Includes both the study oi criteria for newspaper evaluation and
a brief survey of
newspaper development
in
the United States.
82
—
Advanced Composition
3 cr. hrs.
Designed for English majors and concentrators, though other students
Aims to develop in the student a greater mastery over the
are admitted.
Attention is given to the problem of
elements of effective writing.
Eng. 302
evaluating writing.
Eng. 307
An
— Russian
Readings
Pushkin to Sholokhov.
short stories.
the
3
Literature in Translation
introduction to the "golden age" of Russian literature
poems, plays, and
in English of novels,
Attention given to ideas reflected in the works as well as to
medium through which
Eng. 312
cr. hrs.
— from
— Ideas
they are dramatized.
3
in Literature
cr. hrs.
Examines such recurrent concepts in literature as the conflict between
freedom and fate, the place of good and evil in the scheme of things, and
the role of the individual in society.
Eng. 316
—
3
Children's Literature
Examination and study of
literature for children, with
cr. hrs.
emphasis on
and the library, sugworks in the elementary classroom, and
Required of all students in Elementary Education.
for selecting literature for the classroom
criteria
gestions for presenting literary
basic literary concepts.
Eng. 321
An
story,
— Short
Story
introduction to the French, Russian, English, and
and analysis of representative samples.
One
and one oral critical analysis of a well-known short
through reading
original short story
story
3 cr. hrs.
American short
may be
Eng. 322
required of each student.
— Modern Drama
3
cr. hrs.
Major Continental, English, and American plays from Ibsen to
Beckett, with emphasis on contemporary attitudes, themes, and structure
as contrasted with those of traditional dramatists.
—
Modern Novel
3 cr. hrs.
Reading limited to British and American novelists from D. H.
Lawrence to Faulkner. Treats the current novel as a developing art form,
Eng. 324
as a vehicle providing insight into
human
problems, and as a reflection of
the modern.
Eng. 325
— Poetry
3
cr. hrs.
Designed to permit student exploration of the genre, under guidance
—
its
aims,
and individual changes and variations
in
manner and
of instructor.
The nature
of poetry
how
it is
created, historical
matter.
83
— Modern Poetry
Eng. 326
An
3
cr. hrs.
movements through study of
Emily Dickinson, T. S. Eliot, E. E. Cummings, Robert Lowell, Allen Ginsberg, Thomas Hardy, Gerard Manley Hopkins, W. B. Yeats, W. H.
Auden, Dylan Thomas, and other poets.
introduction to contemporary poetic
— Blake and Yeats
Eng. 332
A
3
cr. hrs.
study of two great poets united by their search for a vision and
by having created
in this search
perhaps the most original and complete
mythological systems in English literature.
— Early and Middle English
Eng. 341
A
3
Literature
cr. hrs.
study of Beowulf and other Old English works in translation and
of medieval chronicles
Knight and Le Morte
and romances including
d'
Sir
Gawain and
the
— Early English Drama
Eng. 342
Green
Arthur.
3
cr. hrs.
Early native drama, including miracle and mystery plays, morality
plays,
and
Elizabethan dramatists:
interludes.
Hey wood, Marlowe, Kyd,
Jonson, Webster, Middleton, and Ford.
Eng. 343
— Chaucer
3
Study of Chaucer's major poetry, with practice
ing
Middle
Eng. 347
and with major emphasis
English
achievement and
his
in
cr.
hrs.
speaking and read-
on Chaucer's
literary
humanism.
— The Renaissance
in
England
3
cr. hrs.
The non-dramatic prose and verse of the period, emphasizing the
last quarter of the century.
The humanists: Erasmus, More, Castiglione,
Elyot, Ascham; Renaissance forms and ideas in Lyly, Sidney, Spenser,
Daniel, Drayton, Shakespeare, Marlowe, Chapman, Greene, and others.
Eng. 352
— 17th Century
3
Literature
er. hrs.
The rival traditions of
Vaughn.
Herbert,
Quarles, Cowley,
Poetry and prose, beginning with Jonson.
Donne and Jonson
in
Herrick, and Marvell.
Fuller, Baxter,
Eng. 356
such poets as
Principal prose writers: Burton, Browne, Taylor.
Bunyan, and Dryden.
— Restoration and Later Drama
3
CT.
hrs.
Wycherley, Ethercge, Congreve, Farquhar, Dryden, and Otway, with
consideration
o\'
Moliere's
century sentimental
smith and Sheridan.
influence
comedy and
Trends
in
in
Restoration
dra
i
a.
tragedy, and reaction against
L9th centUIJ drama.
I
it
ighteenth
in
Gold-
—
8A
Eng. 357
— 18th Century
3
Literature
Survey of literature of the Augustan
Steele,
Swift,
Age
in
cr. hrs.
England: Addison and
Pope, Boswell, and Johnson; forerunners of the Romantic
Revival; beginnings of the British novel; the plays of Addison, Steele,
Sheridan, and Goldsmith.
Eng. 358
—
18th Century Novel
3 cr. hrs.
Emphasizes major novels of Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett,
Sterne, and Austen; traces the development of the English novel from
picaresque to
realistic.
363 — 19th Century Novel
Eng.
The major
3
cr. hrs.
British writers of the Victorian Period, with supplement-
ary readings in the works of the great continental novelists.
Eng. 364
— 19th Century
Covers
the
3
Literature
major poets such
as
cr. hrs.
Wordsworth, Keats, Tennyson,
Arnold, as well as major prose writers: Hazlitt, Lamb, DeQuincey, Peacock,
Newman, Huxley,
Carlyle,
and
others.
American Literature
Eng. 381
3
Surveys American Literature from
its
cr. hrs.
Colonial beginnings through
War, with emphasis on the writers of the American Renaissance.
the Civil
Eng. 382
— American
3
Literature
cr. hrs.
Continues English 381, covering major writers and significant social
and
literary
Eng. 385
movements up
to the present day.
— The American Novel
3
cr. hrs.
Surveys development of the novel in America from Charles Brockden
Brown
to the present, with
emphasis on outstanding American novelists
of the Twentieth Century.
Eng. 386
— Later American Prose
3
Covers representative writers from the
sent: Veblen, Steffens,
and others.
Eng. 40 1
A
—
A
19th Century to the pre-
and
artistic milieu.
3
Structure of English
graphic formulas of
— History
study
of
the
phonology,
modern American
morphology,
cr.
syntax,
hrs.
and
English.
3 cr. hrs.
Language
and effects of phonemic, morphoand semantic change in the English language from the
of the English
descriptive study of the causes
logical, syntactic,
hrs.
Hearn, Mencken, Babbitt, More, Brooks, Lippman,
Stresses political, social,
descriptive
Eng. 402
late
cr.
Anglo-Saxon conquest
to the present.
——
85
Advanced Grammatical Theory
Eng. 403
3
cr.
hrs.
Explores the most recent theories of grammatical analysis and pays
particular attention to transformational
grammar.
Prerequisite: Eng. 401,
or permission of instructor.
Eng. 405
—
3
Criticism
cr. hrs.
Admission must be
For advanced students majoring in English.
of
major
critics: Plato, Arisinstructor.
Examines
works
arranged with
Applies critical
totle, Longinus, Sidney, Boileau, Coleridge, and others.
principles to literary texts.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
FRENCH
Fr.
— Beginning French
101
3
cr. hrs.
no previous study of French)
An organic approach is undertaken which uses well-integrated texts
and tapes in a student-culture confrontation consisting of authentic French
situational conversations and readings, structural analyses, and practice
in speaking, understanding, reading, and gradually writing, with weekly
(for students with
laboratory sessions integrated with the program.
Fr.
— Beginning French
102
3
Continues the development of basic
skills
in
cr.
understanding
hrs.
and
speaking with increased emphasis upon reading and written assignments
through the use of the same tape-articulated
text,
outside readings, fre-
quent dictations, and thematic compositions.
Fr.
103
Intermediate French
3
cr.
hrs.
two or more years of French background)
Continues the above approach with appropriate review, pattern
practice, exercises in inflectional and structural variations, based upon
(for students having
an intermediate college text and appropriate outside readings in paperbacks published for this purpose, with weekly laboratory sessions integrated with the program.
Fr.
104
— Intermediate French
The above
3
cr. hrs.
upon the same text, is enriched with appropriate works of fiction, including two plays and selections from authors
of the stature of Voltaire, Flaubert, Anatole
ranee, and Andre (iide. and.
process, based
1
86
who
for students
are qualified, outside reports
on the shorter works of
major French authors.
Fr.
— The Culture and
210
This course
is
Civilization of
France
3
cr.
hrs.
designed to give students a thorough understanding of
French geography, government, customs, education, arts, lores, regional
idiosyncracies, history, and a vivid sense of the current scene in France.
The
basic text
is
enriched with a limited
paper-back and perhaps a class
Fr.
— The Contemporary
211
number
of outside readings in
trip to see an authentic French play.
Literature of France
3
cr.
hrs.
This course begins with an anthology of selected literary works published for this purpose,
abridged form.
course
and
Except for
is
enriched with plays and short novels in un-
difficult
nuances and useful analogies to Eng-
conducted entirely
in
French.
lish
this
Fr.
Advanced Conversation and Grammar
212
While the audio-lingual approach continues to serve
is
—
and practice
A
current college-level French conversation text
this
purpose.
Fr.
213
tion
and
is
— Advanced Conversation and Prose Composition
A
hrs.
which are analyzed and discussed, and whose models
grammar
provide standards for imitation and thematic reworking of the
points.
cr.
in reviewing the difficulties of the language, the text presents
selections
literary
3
in presentation
elected for
3
cr.
hrs.
second more advanced composition text continues the conversa-
and composition work begun in French 212, with longer assignments
stressing those grammatical points which still present difficulty to
the class.
Fr.
— The Modern French Novel
316
Selected
modern French novels
are read
3 cr. hrs.
and discussed by the class.
honor students are assigned additional novels for individual
Potential
report.
Fr.
— The History
321
A
of French Literature
French genres and to give the student an
which he should later return.
the development of
works
Fr.
3
cr.
hrs.
survey course, primarily for majors in French, intended to show
to
402
— The Methods
Teaching French
of
and Materials
insight into
for
3 cr. hrs.
Current linguistic findings are applied in an exposition of theory
and practice in French language teaching.
87
Fr.
A
Fr.
Fr.
— Proust
407
3
critical editions
— Phonetics
420 — Balzac
Flaubert
1
et
— Le Theatre Francais
This course
is
and
cr.
hr.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
based upon a suitable anthology of plays from the
medieval period to the theatre of Ionesco and Genet, and
lectures
hrs.
on the French novel.
contrastive study
430
cr.
published by Germaine Bree.
408
A
Fr.
Gide
et
course based on
on the
library readings
is
enriched by
history of the theatre
and by the
assignment of current plays in paper-back.
Fr.
435
— Les Lumieres
3
This course on the Enlightenment
Fr.
440
is
cr.
hrs.
to be offered in a later year.
— La Poesie Francais
3
cr.
hrs.
This course, chronological in development and based upon several
volumes of the
Fr.
499
finest
French poetry,
is
open only
to majors.
— Directed Readings
Open
3
cr.
hrs.
only to honor students in French.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
Fr.
Fr.
— Intermediate French
204 — Seminar
France
104
in
Six to eight
permits
the
The students
weeks
student
are
foreign students.
in
to
housed
get
in
native
instruction
Fr.
Fr.
in
to
assist
cr.
the
native
summer
hrs.
setting.
course for
Resident evaluators from Bloomsburg accom-
Two
students and keep records of progress.
in
— The Culture and
France
211 — The Contemporary
France
212 — Advanced Conversation and Grammar
210
6
This study-practicum
dormitories and attend the
semesters of French are required for participation
Fr.
cr. hrs.
Daily and weekend excursions to places of interest arc
included in the program.
pany the group
a French University.
3
this
program.
Civilization of
3
cr.
hrs.
Literature o)
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
88
GERMAN
Ger.
— Elementary German (For
101
students with no previous
study of German)
An
vocabulary accumulation
able pronunciation,
cr. hrs.
a
in
contextual
— Elementary German
102
3
Continuation of the development of basic
reading,
speaking,
frame of
Understanding and speaking are stressed.
reference.
Ger.
3
audio-lingual approach toward the rapid development of accept-
with some
writing,
skills
increase
in
cr.
hrs.
of understanding,
amount
of
reading
and writing.
— Intermediate German (For
Ger. 103
more years
of
Outside reading
students with two or
German background)
of material having a modern modus
3
cr. hrs.
vivendi content.
Compositions are assigned; pronunciation perfected as well as intonation,
fluency of basic dialogues.
— Intermediate German
Ger. 104
A
and a
cultural reader
course.
3
cr. hrs.
concluded by the end of
fiction story are
this
Students should be able to comprehend without translating.
Ger. 201
— Conversation and Grammar
3
Grammar
Present-day conversational German.
review to
cr.
hrs.
control
correctness of speech.
Ger. 210
— Culture
Geographic,
the
German speaking
Ger. 215
and
historic,
3
Civilization
economic and
political aspects of
hrs.
countries.
— Readings
in
German
3
Literature
Selected prose readings by well-known
German
centuries.
Ger. 301
— "Texte zum Nacherzaehlen" and Composition
Oral and written repetition of short
German
cr.
hrs.
authors of the 19th
and 20th
tions
cr.
Germany and
texts.
3
cr.
hrs.
Short composi-
on given themes.
Ger. 310
— German
Culture
Germany's contributions
Ger. 315
— Goethe and
3 cr. hrs.
and the Arts and Sciences.
Schiller
and lyrical poems of Goethe.
and other dramas by these poets.
Faust, Part
by Schiller
to Philosophy,
I,
3 cr. hrs.
Wilhelm Tell and ballads
ay
— Advanced Grammar and Syntax
Ger. 401
Detailed study of present-day
3
German grammar and
— German
reinforced by
Ger. 402 — Methods and Materials
differences
— Survey
of
German
— Survey
German
German Literature II
German literature
of
3
Literature I
Study of the major masterpieces of
Ger. 451
English
translation exercises.
of Teaching German
Theory and practice of German language teaching.
Ger. 450
hrs.
cr.
syntax.
Additional great works in
cr. hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
literature.
for the
advanced student.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
— Intermediate German
104 — Intermediate German
215 — Readings
German
301 — "Texte zum Nacherzaehlen" and Composition
103
Literature
in
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
RUSSIAN
— Elementary Russian (For
Ru. 101
students with no previous
3
study of Russian)
An
able
pronunciation,
reference.
Ru.
vocabulary
102
accumulation
in
— Elementary Russian
speaking, reading, and writing.
develop the faculty
Ru.
in
Pronunciation
103
3
Reading
in
Maximum
is
recognizing whole
is
of
skills
stressed
phrases
cr.
hr.s.
of understanding,
somewhat more to
more rapid
toward
perfected.
— Intermediate Russian (For
years
frame
but students learn
Cyrillic alphabet.
Continuation of the development of the basic
reading.
textual
a
Understanding and speaking are stressed,
and write the
to read
cr. hr.s.
audio-lingual approach toward the rapid development of accept-
students with two or
Russian study, or the completion of 102)
class use of the spoken language is designed
good comprehension and speech. A
outside class and discussed in class
text
in
mure
3
on Soviet modus Vivendi
the
cr.
to bring
Russian language.
hrs.
about
is
read
90
— Intermediate Russian
Ru. 104
A
3
and selected
cultural reader
fiction stories are
cr. hrs.
completed during
Students should begin to comprehend the spoken language
this semester.
without translating and are expected to be able to begin conversing in
Russian on simple themes.
— Excerpts From Russian
Ru. 210
3
Literature
from well known Russian writers from Pushkin
be read and discussed in class in Russian.
Selections
nak
will
— Excerpts From Science and Technology
Ru. 211
cr.
hrs.
to Paster-
3
cr.
hrs.
Selections from Russian scientific
try,
in
works dealing with physics, chemisbiology, cosmonautics, and others will be read and discussed in class
Russian.
SPANISH
Span.
— Beginning Spanish (For
101
students with no
3
previous study of Spanish)
An
cr.
hrs.
audio-lingual approach toward the rapid development in speaking,
understanding,
reading,
and gradually
with weekly laboratory
writing,
sessions integrated with the program.
— Beginning Spanish
102
Span.
3
Continuation of the development of basic
reading, writing, with an increase in the
skills
amount of
cr.
hrs.
of understanding,
reading, writing, dicta-
and thematic compositions.
tions,
— Intermediate Spanish (For
Span. 103
students with two or
more years of Spanish background)
3
Continue the above approaches with appropriate review.
hrs.
introduced in an expanding mastery of speech, comprehension,
reading
is
writing,
and
Span.
cr.
Outside
literary appreciation.
— Intermediate Spanish
104
Continue the above approaches.
3
cr.
hrs.
Cultural reading, plays and short
novels leading to a good mastery of the language at the end of the course.
Authors
to
Span. 201
The
tice
be considered: Jose Marmol, Perez Galdos, Garastiza. Pre-
Span. 103.
requisite:
— Grammar and Composition
3
cr.
hrs.
audio-lingual approach will continue in presentations and prac-
in reviewing the
difficulty
stress
correct writing forms,
Span.
104.
of the language.
and grammatical
Written compositions
structures.
Prerequisite:
91
— Conversation
Span. 202
A
begun
3
more advanced composition
(201), with longer assignments
in the previous course
Spanish,
hrs.
cr.
text continues the conversation
work
in written
developing longer conversations and free compositions.
Pre-
requisite: Span. 201.
— Culture and
Span. 210
Civilization of Spain
3
hrs.
cr.
Designed to give students a thorough understanding of Spanish geography, government, customs, education, fine arts, and history.
Current
events are viewed through magazines and newspapers; and perhaps a class
trip to see
an authentic Spanish play.
Span. 301
—
A
Literature of Spain
3
hrs.
cr.
general study of literature of Spain, primarily for Spanish majors,
intended to give incentives towards more appreciation of literary work
from
"la
epoca primitiva",
—
Span. 302
to the "literatura
Literature of Spanish-America
from before Columbus
— Culture and
Span. 303
This course
is
Spanish-America
Civilization of
3
hrs.
cr.
designed to give students a good understanding of the
toms, education, fine
—
hrs.
cr.
to the present time.
A
Spanish-American countries.
Span. 304
3
Selections of Spanish-American litera-
Classes are held in Spanish.
ture
contemporanea."
and history
arts,
—
Oro
Siglo de
study of the geography, government, cus-
V
conducted
is
One
Part
room.
in the class
3
cr.
hrs.
La poesia de Garcilaso y epica
renacintista.
Lope de Vega
Lazarillo y la novela picaresca.
Tirso de
Molina
Gongora y Francisco de Quevedo.
Calderon de la Barca
LaEspana de
Carlos
y Felipe
—
Span. 305
—
Oro
Siglo de
in
—
Part
— Methods and
intensive
successful today.
XX
El Persiles.
Quijote de
of
la
cr. hrs.
Mancha,
Prerequisite: Span. 304.
3
cr.
hrs.
methods of teaching which arc
the
Materials are discussed, copies of texts are examined.
— Survey
of
is
practiced.
Spanish
Literature
— XVIII,
XIX, and
Centuries
Characteristics
Zorrilla;
3
Don
Materials
investigation
the audio-lingual approach
Span. 402
Two
Cervantes,
Spanish.
La Galatea, Novelas ejemplares,
An
—
—
Classes are held
Span. 401
II.
of
post-romantic:
3
the
romantic
movement:
Becqucr, Campoamar.
Larra,
Echcgaray,
cr.
hrs.
Fsproneeda
Pereda.
\
Pal-
—
92
acio Valdes, Blasco Ibafiez,
Menendez Pelayo, The Krausismo, Ortega
y
Gasset, F. G. Lorca.
— The Poetry
Span. 411
3
of Spain
cr.
hrs.
This course, chronological in development and based upon several
volumes of the
—
Span. 414
Spanish poetry,
finest
is
open only
XIV
Spanish Literature of the
and
to majors.
XV
Centuries
3
This course will concentrate on the
Juan Manuel and
Rimado de
XIV
cr. hrs.
Century: El Infante
Don
desarrollo de la prosa, "El Arcipreste de Hita", and
el
Palacio.
For the XV Century: the humanisrro, la poesia, el Cancionero de
Baena, el Marques de Santillana, Juan de Mena, and Jorge Manrique's
"Coplas."
Span. 499
Open
— Directed Readings
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
only to honor students in Spanish.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
Span.
104
— Intermediate
Grammar and Composition
Span. 201
Span. 204
Spanish
— Seminar
in
6
Spain
Eight weeks in Spain at the University of Madrid.
practicum permits the student to get native instruction in the native
The
students are housed in dormitories and attend the
foreign students.
cr. hrs.
This study-
summer
setting.
course for
Daily and weekend excursions to places of interest are
included in the program.
An
evaluator from Bloomsburg accompanies
the group to assist students and keep records of progress.
Span. 210
— Culture
and
Civilization of Spain
3
cr.
hrs.
GEOGRAPHY
—
World Physical Geography
3 cr. hrs.
Geog. 101
Considers earth-sun relationships, land masses, oceans, landforms,
weather and climate, and natural resources as elements and controls
related to the adjustments
Geog. 102
A
— World
man makes
to his environments.
Cultural Geography
3
cr.
hrs.
course designed to show the close relationship that exists between
man, land,
culture,
and economic
activities.
9S
—
Economic Geography
Geog. 121
The economic regions of the world together with
3
cr.
hrs.
their relationship to
current world economic problems.
— Geography
Geog. 223
The
physical
of Anglo- America
present
setting,
3
inhabitants,
occupations,
cr.
hrs.
resources,
present use of resources, and future outlook for Anglo-America.
Geog. 224
The
States
— Geographic
the
Geog. 225
The
Hist.
— Weather
3
cr.
hrs.
movements in the United
stage on which the action is
historical
and the natural environment
portrayed. Prerequisite:
The
Influences in American History
relationship between
a
as
218.
3
and Climate
between the elements of weather and
interrelationships
functional application of these basic elements
is
cr.
hrs.
climate.
elaborated upon
through a study of climatic realms.
Geog. 233
— Geography
Europe
of
3
cr.
hrs.
Europe's physical characteristics, topography, transportation systems,
resources, population,
Geog. 243
The
economic
— Geography
physical
trade.
of Asia
characteristics
3
of Asia
and
its
social,
cr.
hrs.
cultural,
and
3
hrs.
aspects.
Geog. 244
A
and
— Geography
of Latin
America
regional study of South America, Central
of the Caribbean Sea.
The human and
America and
cr.
the islands
physical factors of the geographic
environment.
Geog. 245
The
— Geography
of Africa
3
physical geographic elements (climate,
soils,
cr.
hrs.
natural vegetation,
minerals, physiography and water) as they relate to agriculture, grazing,
mining,
manufacturing,
boundaries for
Geog. 246
The
all
transportation,
communication,
and
political
of Africa.
— Geography
physical and
of the Soviet
Realm
human geography
o\'
3
the
Soviet
Union
is
cr.
hrs.
studied
along with some emphasis upon the relationship between that count r\ and
the so-called "satellite" nations.
Geog. 323
—
Political
Geography
This course includes an analysis of the factors
and economic
map
of the
—
world.
—
3
physical,
which influence the changing pattern of the
cr.
hrs.
human.
political
—
94
Geog. 353
Physiography
The study
in
its
3
cr.
hrs.
of the dynamic, tectonic, and graduational forces, which,
conjunction with climatic and biologic forces, have shaped the earth into
present form and are constantly refashioning and modifying
Geog. 354
The
3
cr.
hrs.
and interpretation of maps, models, globes,
construction,
and geographic diagrams are presented.
charts,
Geog. 355
A
— Cartography
use,
it.
— Meteorology
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the atmosphere and the laws and underlying principles of
atmospheric changes.
Geog. 356
— Climatology
3
cr. hrs.
Climate, (temperature, moisture, pressure and winds, air masses and
storms)
requisite:
and the distribution of varied climates over the
Geog. 355.
Geog. 357
— Physical Geology
The landscape
3
work changing
— Conservation
nation's vital resources.
the
Geog. 359
An
air,
to
hrs.
The
life.
of Natural Resources
The extreme importance
Pre-
the earth's forms, the classification
and interpretation of rocks, and the evolution of
minerals,
cr.
in relation to the structure of the earth's crust.
agencies continually at
Geog. 358
earth.
3
our economy and to our very
Conservation of
soils, forests,
cr.
hrs.
lives of this
grasslands, waters,
and human resources.
— Oceanography
3
cr. hrs.
introduction to the geologic, chemical, and physical aspects of
Emphases will be on ocean basin structure, topographic
wave motion, current circulation, and methods of investigation.
the ocean basins.
features,
Geog. 361
Historical Geology
3 cr. hrs.
Chronology of earth history as interpreted from rocks and fossils.
Maps, slides, specimens, films, field trips, and correlative reading supplement lectures. Prerequisite: Biol. 103-104 or Geog. 357.
Geog. 363
— Urban
This course
framework
in
is
Geography
3
which
to
hrs.
view the process of urbanization.
—
Geomorphology
The study of major land features and
them with particular emphasis on their
Geog. 365
cr.
designed to provide a conceptual and methodological
geologic formations and structures.
3
cr. hrs.
the processes that help to
relationship
Laboratory and
to
the
form
underlying
field trips included.
—
)
95
Geog. 45
1
— Field Techniques
in
Earth and Space Science
3
cr. hrs.
Intensive field training in the use of equipment and techniques in the
Each area
areas of geology, astronomy, meteorology, and cartography.
is
offered in successive years under the guidance of the instructor normally
Permission of the instructor required to enroll.
responsible for that area.
Geog. 453
Astronomy
The solar system, its
esting phenomena of our
3
cr. hrs.
physical characteristics and motions, the inter-
and those of extra-galactic
Prerequisite: Math. 101
space, together with the study of constellations.
or Math. 111.
Geog. 492
galactic
systems,
— Geography Seminar
3
cr. hrs.
Student pursues in depth such areas as the geographic literature, techniques,
and the practical application of Geography. (A minimum of 21
Geography must be completed before a student schedules
credit hours in
this
course).
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
H.P.E.
100
— Personal and Community
This course
is
required of
all
Health
2
students and
is
The course
(by an authority
in
is
hrs.
communin
basic concepts and understandings concerning personal and
health.
cr.
intended to provide
structured around a weekly one-hour presentation
some area
of health
i.e.,
alcohol, smoking, etc.)
mass lecture followed by a one-hour weekly meeting
in
in
groups
small
for discussion.
— Physical
men
Men — This course
H.P.E.
Fitness Education
101
cr.
J
hr.
and women)
consists of one team sport (either soccer or
speedball), tumbling, gymnastic apparatus, and a physical fitness test
(separate for
given to determine the fitness level of each student.
Women
— This
course
consists
of
hockej or volleyball), a physical fitness
of each student, concentrated
to
work
to
one
test
to
improve
team
sport
(either
determine the
this
level,
and
field
fitness level
post-test
a
measure the improvement.
H.P.E.
150
— Aquatics
(co-cducational
The swimming program
student
is
taught the proper
is
divided
1
into two pans,
method o{ adjusting
to
in
Part
the water,
breathing, floating, finning, treading water, surface diving,
a
cr.
hr.
1.
the
rhythmic
standing from
—
dive,
safety
and the nine basic swimming strokes.
Part II emphasizes water
and provides the opportunity for Senior Lifesaving. Aquatic games
are also included in the program.
H.P.E. 151
Advanced Aquatics (co-educational)
1 cr. hr.
This course includes a review of swimming strokes, lifesaving techniques, and provides an opportunity to qualify for Red Cross Water
Safety Instructor certification.
management,
swimming.
pool
basic
In addition, emphasis will be placed on
and
scuba,
and
competitive
synchronized
—
H.P.E.
152
Survival Swimming (co-educational)
lcr.hr.
This course consists of instruction and participation in techniques
of personal survival including such skills as rhythmic breathing, swimming
strokes necessary for survival, drownproofing float, and an emphasis
on
and confidence under adverse conditions.
emphasized and an opportunity provided ior Senior Life-
building personal endurance
Water
safety
is
saving for those students
H.P.E. 201
who
qualify.
Archery and Badminton (co-educational)
Archery
— This course
is
1
intended to develop knowledge,
cr.
skill,
hr.
and
appreciation of target archery as a recreational pursuit.
Badminton
ing,
— This
course
is
intended to develop
and appreciation of badminton
— Archery and
Archery — This course
H.P.E. 202
skill,
understand-
as a recreational pursuit.
Bowling (co-educational)
is
1
intended to develop knowledge,
cr.
skill,
hr.
and
appreciation of target archery as a recreational pursuit.
—
Bowling
This course
and appreciation of bowling
H.P.E. 203
intended to develop
is
as
skill,
a recreational activity,
understanding,
(fee
required)
Archery and Golf (co-educational)
Archery
— This course
is
1
intended to develop knowledge,
cr.
skill,
hr.
and
appreciation of target archery as a recreational pursuit.
Golf
— This
course
is
intended to develop
skill,
understanding, and
appreciation of golf as a recreational activity.
— Archery and Square Dance
— This course intended develop knowledge,
H.P.E. 204
Archery
(co-educational)
to
is
1
cr.
skill,
hr.
and
appreciation of target archery as a recreational pursuit.
Square Dance
ing,
— This course
is
intended to develop
and appreciation of square dance
as a social
skill,
understand-
and recreational
activity.
97
—
Badminton and Bowling (co-educational)
1 cr. hr.
Badminton
This course is intended to develop skill, understanding,
and appreciation of badminton as a recreational pursuit.
H.P.E. 205
Bowling
—
— This
course
intended to develop
is
and appreciation of bowling
— Badminton and Golf
Badminton — This course
intended
H.P.E. 206
understanding,
(fee
(co-educational)
is
and appreciation of badminton
Golf
skill,
a recreational activity,
as
— This course
is
1
develop
to
required)
skill,
cr.
hr.
understanding,
as a recreational pursuit.
intended to develop
understanding, and
skill,
appreciation of golf as a recreational activity.
— Badminton and Square Dance
Badminton — This course
intended
develop
H.P.E. 207
(co-educational)
to
is
and appreciation of badminton
skill,
1
cr.
hr.
understanding,
as a recreational pursuit.
—
ing,
This course is intended to develop skill, understandSquare Dance
and appreciation of square dance as a social and recreational activity.
— Bowling and Golf
Bowling — This course
intended
H.P.E. 208
(co-educational)
is
and appreciation of bowling
Golf
— This
course
is
as
to
develop
a recreational activity,
intended to develop
cr.
1
skill,
ski'l,
hr.
understanding.
(fee
required)
understanding, and
appreciation of golf as a recreational activity.
— Bowling and Square Dance
intended
Bowling — This course
H.P.E. 209
to
is
and appreciation of bowling
Square Dance
as
— This course
(co-educational)
develop
recreational
a
is
skill,
activity,
intended to develop
1
cr.
hr.
understanding.
(fee
skill,
required)
understand-
ing, and appreciation of square dance as a social and recreational activity.
— Golf and Square Dance
— This course intended
H.P.E. 210
Golf
is
to
(co-educational)
develop
skill,
I
cr.
hr.
understanding, and
appreciation of golf as a recreational activity.
—
ing,
This course is intended to develop skill, understandSquare Dance
and appreciation of square dance as a social and recreational activity.
H.P.E. 222
— Dancing
(co-educational)
This course stresses both formal and
with special
I
cr.
hr.
forms of dance,
emphasis on the following forms of dance: folk, square,
fundamental, round, and
social.
recreational
98
— Coaching (men)
H.P.E. 250
1
hr.
cr.
This course will attempt to provide knowledge and insights concerning the problems of school athletics.
H.P.E. 301
— Basic
Activities I
1
hr.
cr.
Elementary Physical Education
This course consists of instruction and participation in the techniques
of teaching elementary school rhythms and dance,
and marching.
It
will include
movement
exploration,
both classroom and laboratory work for
students.
— Basic
H.P.E. 302
Activities II
1
hr.
cr.
Elementary Physical Education
This course consists of instruction and participation in the techniques
of teaching elementary school conditioning exercises; stunts and tumbling;
games of low organization including running, circle tag, and classroom
games; relays; and games for special occasions.
It will include both
classroom and laboratory work for students.
H.P.E. 303
— Basic
Activities III
1
hr.
cr.
Elementary Physical Education
This course consists of instruction and participation in the technique
of teaching elementary
team
sports, simple
fitness testing.
H.P.E. 311
school simple ball
team games, team
It will
activities,
sports,
skill
lead-up games to
and physical
testing,
include both classroom and laboratory work.
— Methods and
Materials in Elementary School
Health and Physical Education
This course
is
meet the needs and
3
cr.
hrs.
intended to provide the principles and procedures to
interests of
health and physical education.
elementary age children in the area of
The program
will include basic
and objectives of health and physical education; basic motor
philosophy
skills
neces-
sary for participation in elementary school physical education; as well as
opportunities to aid development of enrichment in the area of health education.
Laboratory experience
is
included.
This course
is
not to be
taken by H.P.E. Area of Concentration students.
H.P.E. 320
— Health and
This course
and training
is
Safety in the Elementary School
2
cr.
hrs.
intended to provide students with health knowledge
in the areas of
elementary school environment and health
appraisal, techniques for teaching elementary school health, the elementary
school health program, and safety education in the elementary school.
—
99
H.P.E. 321
—
First
This course
needs training in
and practice
and
gencies,
modern
tion
Aid
2-3
will
cr. hrs.
designed for the elementary-secondary teacher
aid
first
and
safety.
in the recognition
society.
may be
is
who
Students will be given preparation
and treatment of
common
first
aid emer-
be given an understanding of the role of safety
Red Cross Standard Advanced and
in
Instructor certifica-
obtained.
H.P.E. 331
2-3
Recreational Education
cr.
hrs.
This course consists of a discussion of and practice in recreation
activities that
is
also
may be used
placed
in school
and playground
situations.
on recreation planning, techniques
of
Emphasis
leadership,
and
worthy use of leisure time.
School Camping and Outdoor Education
H.P.E. 333
3
cr.
hrs.
This course meets three hours a week for three hours' credit, and
it
includes both classroom and field experience.
The work
is
designed to
acquaint students with the scope of organized camping and the acquisition of and practice in the basic skills required of teachers involved
camping and outdoor education training.
H.P.E. 400
— Seminar
in
in
Elementary School
3-6
Health and Physical Education
cr. hrs.
This course offers techniques for meeting the goals of a fitness pro-
gram.
Techniques that can
non-specialist are presented.
to achieving balance
skill
among
easily
be adapted for practical use by the
The workshop
will
also serve
as
a guide
the desirable objectives of physical fitness,
development, personal-social adjustment, and desirable use of leisure
time.
H.P.E. 410
the
—
Health and Physical Education
Elementary School
in
3
cr.
hrs.
This course consists of a study of the philosophy, objectives, values,
and techniques necessary to plan and evaluate a sound program of health
and physical education for the elementary school.
H.P.E. 411
— Adapted Physical Education
3
cr.
hrs.
This course consists of a study of the handicapped child and techEn phasis is placed
niques used in recognizing and meeting his problems.
on the kinesiologies analysis o\ human motion and bod\
mechanics as
applied to programming physical education activities for (he atypical.
100
H.P.E. 412
— The
Education
This course
in
Teaching of Health and Physical
in the Elementary Grades
is
3
cr.
hrs.
designed to provide methods, materials, and practice
teaching health and physical education for primary, intermediate, and
upper grades.
H.P.E. 420
— Techniques
of Health
and Physical Education
for
Special Education Teachers
The purpose
3
cr.
hrs.
sound principles and procedures for meeting the physical, emotional, and social needs of the
mentally retarded in health and physical education.
of this course
is
to develop
HISTORY
Ill
Hist.
— World History
to
from
earliest times to
1500
3
man and
Surveys development of
1500.
his culture
cr.
hrs.
throughout the world
All the great civilizations are studied, with
emphasis upon the interaction of Western Europe with other cultural
systems.
112
Hist.
— World History 1500
to
1815
3
cr. hrs.
and cultural forces in the
Western and non-Western world, with emphasis on the interaction of
major cultural systems from 1500 to 1815.
Survey of
113
Hist.
political,
social,
— World History
Survey of
since
economic,
1815
3
cr. hrs.
work
Emphasis upon increasing importance of
the development of the modern world.
political,
social,
economic, and cultural forces
at
since post-Napoleonic period.
rion- Western
Hist.
world in
—
3 cr. hrs.
United States and Pennsylvania Survey
218
Major and usually recurring political, social, and economic problems
are emphasized.
Hist.
312
—
Classical
World
3
cr. hrs.
Study of the ancient world from the ancient Near East to the fall of
the Roman Empire in the West, with an intensive emphasis upon Greece,
Rome,
the rise of Christianity, and their influence on Western
civilization.
Hist.
314
Prerequisite:
6
cr.
— Medieval Europe
hrs.
European
of history.
3
cr. hrs.
Study of the peoples and countries which emerged following the fall
of the Roman Empire in the West; a critical analysis of feudalism and
manorialism, the development of Western institutions, and of the church
101
and temporal authorities
Hist.
318
— England
Glorious
Revolution,
6
Prerequisite:
cr.
319
Hist.
1688
3
and
social,
cultural
the
to
growth and evolution of English
the
especially
cr. hrs.
England
in
life
and the emergence of England as a world power. Prerequisite:
institutions
cr. hrs.
to
economic,
Political,
6
14th century.
to the late
of history.
hrs.
of history.
— England
since
1688
3
hrs.
cr.
and cultural development in England
from the Glorious Revolution to the present with emphasis upon the
development of democracy, the Industrial Revolutions, and the growth
economic,
social,
Political,
and decline of the British Empire.
Hist.
322
Prerequisite:
6
cr.
hrs.
— Renaissance and Reformation Eras
Political, social,
ments from
1300
ca.
economic,
in Italy
throughout Europe; also a
literary, artistic,
of history.
3
and
cr. hrs.
intellectual develop-
and including the spread of the Renaissance
study of the Protestant and Catholic
critical
reformations in relation to the political, economic, social, and cultural
developments
in
Western Europe
in the
16th and 17th centuries.
Pre-
requisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Hist.
324
— The Age
of Absolutism,
1600-1789
3
cr. hrs.
growth of absolutist power in
Eastern and Western Europe, and the colonial wars between the major
Western powers.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Rise of the
Hist.
326
modern nation
states, the
— Revolution, Liberalism and
Nationalism, 1789-1914
3
cr. hrs.
Causes and effects of the French Revolution and the Napoleonic
Wars; the conflict of restoration with the rising tides of nationalism and
liberalism;
leading to
Hist.
332
the
unification of
World War
— Europe
since
Analysis of major
European
I.
history from
Germany and
6
Prerequisite:
cr.
Italy;
the
diplomatic crises
hrs. of history.
1914
3
political, social,
World War
I
CT.
hrs.
economic, and militar) aspects of
to the present.
problems laced by the present-day world.
Emphasis upon
Prerequisite:
6
CT.
hrs.
the
ot
history.
Mist.
348
— Contemporary Europe Culture
Tour
6
cr. hrs.
Professionally guided stud) tour of Western Europe, usually scheduled
each summer.
Research paper required.
102
— Latin America
352
Hist.
After brief
attention
is
summary
354
social,
and
political
cr. hrs.
development of
— The Modern Far East
change and
— Russia
3
civilizations with
cr. hrs.
emphasis upon cultural
response in consequence of European expansion and
political
the spread of nationalism.
356
3
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Survey of Eastern Asiatic
Hist.
1820
of course and results of the revolutionary era,
devoted to the economic,
individual nations.
Hist.
since
to
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
1917
3
cr. hrs.
Survey of Russia from the beginning of the Russian State in the ninth
century through the
Kievan,
Muscovite,
and Imperial periods
Bolshevik Revolution of 1917. Emphasis placed on geographical,
to
the
political,
socio-economic, and cultural factors which contribute most to an understanding of present-day Russia.
358
Hist.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— Modern Africa
3
cr. hrs.
Surveys the transformation of the societies of Sub-Sahara Africa from
colonialism to national independence.
362
Hist.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— The Near and Middle East
since
1800
3
cr. hrs.
Beginning with the gradual dismemberment of the Ottoman Empire
and the extension of European
interests in the nineteenth century, surveys
the West's continuing involvement in the area
and the
rise of nationalism.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
3 cr. hrs.
372
Colonial Period of America to 1783
European colonization in the New World with attention to the
establishment and development of England's thirteen colonies and emphasis
upon the problems which produced conflict between the colonies and the
Prerequisite: 6
British Empire resulting in the American Revolution.
Hist.
cr. hrs.
of history.
—
3 cr. hrs.
374
Early National Period of the United States
Confederation, Federalist, and Jeffersonian adminMajor periods
analyzed as to their
istrations, War of 1812, Era of Good Feelings
from 1783 to
States
United
the
of
establishment
to
the
contributions
Hist.
1828.
Hist.
War;
—
Prerequisite:
6
—
cr.
hrs. of history.
—
3 cr. hrs.
American Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
376
Study of Jacksonian Democracy, Manifest Destiny, and the Mexican
the
requisite:
issue
6
cr.
of slavery
and expansion,
hrs. of history.
and the
Civil
War.
Pre-
103
— Emergence
378
1865-1898
3 cr. hrs.
and political problems inherent
the transformation of the United States from an agrarian nation into a
Hist.
Study of economic,
in
modern
social, cultural,
world power.
industrial
— Early
382
Hist.
of Industrial America,
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Twentieth Century
United States, 1898-1932
3
cr. hrs.
Survey of domestic and international issues concerning the United
from the Spanish-American War to the Great Depression, with
analysis of the Progressive Era and its contributions, the role of the
United States as world power, World War I and the League of Nations,
expansion of the American economy, and the tensions of the 1920's.
States
Prerequisite:
cr.
hrs. of history.
— Contemporary United
384
Hist.
6
States,
Study of the Great Depression with
1932
its
3
to the Present
ramifications on
cr. hrs.
American
World War II, problems of the cold war, and domestic
from the Truman Presidency to the present. Varying interpreof the era examined to understand conflicting views of the present.
entry into
life,
issues
tations
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Pennsylvania
388
Examines in depth major contributions of Pennsylvania to national
and contrasts significant movements on the state level with those on
Hist.
life
Prerequisite:
the national.
Hist.
Colonial period to
of the United States to
1898
3
cr. hrs.
from the
the 1898 war with Spain, with emphasis upon the
analysis
critical
hrs. of history.
cr.
— Diplomatic History
391
A
6
of
United
States
foreign
relations
development
in
of, the role of public opinion in, and the peculiar conditions
America which have profoundly influenced fundamental foreign policies.
Prerequisite:
Hist.
392
A
6
cr.
hrs. of history.
— Diplomatic History
critical
of the United States since 1898 3
analysis of United States
with Spain in 1898 to the present.
History 391
nation
in
power.
Hist.
world
—
To
relations
the Stud} of factors considered in
affairs
6
in
cr.
its
transition
hrs.
to
the
status
oi a
approach
to
great
the
world
of history.
Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
topical
cr. hrs.
from the war
added an emphasis on the increasing involvement oi
Prerequisite:
396
A
is
foreign
3
cr, hrs.
various political and constitutional problems
10 u
American
of
effects,
399
Hist.
A
use
will
Selected problems or periods, and their causes and
life.
be intensively studied.
6
Prerequisite:
cr.
hrs.
— Bibliography and Research
3
accompany a
careful analysis of the problems
and consent of
hrs. of history
cr.
412
Hist.
cr. hrs.
review of basic historical bibliography and exercises in location and
and
tools of historical
research and a practical application of research methods.
9
of history.
— Central Eastern Europe
Survey of the
Prerequisite:
instructor.
since
1815
3
cr. hrs.
and cultural development of the nations of
between Germany and Italy on the west and Russia
political
Europe which lie
on the east since their emergence
nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
independent nation-states in the
as
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.
421
Hist.
—
Diplomatic History of Europe from 1815 to 1919
3 cr.
hrs.
Analytical study of foreign policies and relations of the European
nations from the Congress of Vienna to the First
requisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of history.
World War.
Pre-
Offered for undergraduate or graduate
credit.
422
Hist.
— Diplomatic History Europe
and
study
Interwar Years — League
of
Analytical
during the
of foreign policies
since
1919
3
cr. hrs.
Powers
war debts and repara-
relations of the Great
of Nations,
—
the diplomacy of the
tions, disarmament, causes of World War II
Second World War, and the origins and evolution of the cold war. Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate
credit.
Hist.
428
—
Intellectual History of
Europe
3
since the Enlightenment
cr. hrs.
Changes in currents of thought during the period are related to
Special attention given to
political, economic, and social developments.
various interpretations of major intellectual movements.
cr.
hrs. of history.
Hist.
452
—
Soviet Russia
Critical analysis of the political, social,
lution of the Soviet Union,
national relations.
Prerequisite:
9
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.
3 cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural evo-
and a study of Soviet foreign policy and
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
graduate or graduate credit.
inter-
Offered for under-
105
454
Hist.
A
— China and Japan
survey of the
Twentieth Century
in the
3
and economic problems
political, social,
of these nations to international power.
cr. hrs.
in the rise
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.
456
Hist.
—
Selected Problems in Africa and
Near and Middle East
the
3
cr. hrs.
Intensive study of critical social, political, and economic problems
of the contemporary peoples
9
cr. hrs.
471
Hist.
in these regions.
Industrial History of the United States
Survey of industrial growth of the United
political,
Prerequisite:
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.
of history.
—
and nations
and cultural
social,
institutions
3
States
with special
cr. hrs.
relation
in
attention
to
the
to
development of resources, technology, transportation, consumer products,
and modern industrial problems.
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.
472
Hist.
— History
Surveys
the
United States
3
cr.
hrs.
to
the
of
present, with emphasis
in national life.
Labor
problems of labor from the colonial period
upon
in the
the development of unions and their role
9
Prerequisite:
cr.
hrs. of history.
Offered for under-
graduate or graduate credit.
481
Hist.
— United
States Social, Cultural,
Intellectual History to
and
1860
3
cr. hrs.
Studies impact of English institutions, the development of a distinct
American
society,
and the divergence of the cultures of the North and the
South with emphasis upon Puritanism, the Enlightenment, and Transcendentalism.
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
of history.
hrs.
Offered
for
under-
3
cr. hrs.
graduate or graduate credit.
482
Hist.
— United
States Social, Cultural,
and
Intellectual
History since 1860
Modern American
social
and cultural
temporary systems of thought are analyzed.
history.
institutions
and major con-
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.
MATHEMATICS
Math.
101
— Fundamentals
Consideration
tial
to
quantitative
is
of
Mathematics
3
cr. hrs.
given to mathematics as a universal language essen-
communication
in
a
technical
age.
A
stud)
of the
—
106
logical basis of deductive science,
sets,
the structure of the
number
systems,
and functions.
— Pre-Calculus
Math. 110
This course
is
4
a preparatory one for those students
meet the requirements
to begin the calculus sequence.
cr.
hrs.
who do
not
It is
a study of
elementary algebraic functions and relations, exponential and logarithmic
and inverse functions.
functions, circular functions
—
Math. Ill
College
Designed
A Igebra
strengthen
to
3
and
increase
Emphasis
secondary school algebra.
is
the
cr. hrs.
developed in
concepts
placed on the study of functions,
and determinants.
matrices,
— Trigonometry
Math. 112
3 cr. hrs.
have the student become proficient in the use of trigonometric functions. Also includes complex numbers and vectors. PreDesigned
to
Math.
requisite:
111.
— Introductory
Math. 116
3
Statistics
cr. hrs.
This course aims to develop the ability to read, interpret, and construct tables of statistical data; to
tical
compute values
measures; and to apply the basic
Biological sciences majors only.
sciences.
— Calculus
Math. 211
A
critical
Math. 212
4
and applications; and
cr. hrs.
anti-derivatives.
4
II
cr. hrs.
elementary transcendental functions; the indefinite
and techniques of
Math. 221
Math. 111.
study of the definite integral and application; conic sec-
tions; differentiation of
integral
Prerequisite:
study of the cartesian plane, functions, limits and con-
— Calculus
critical
for the various statis-
of statistics to the biological
I
tinuity; the derivative, differentials
A
skills
integration.
Prerequisite: Math. 211.
3
Statistics
cr. hrs.
Descriptive and inferential statistics with emphasis on probabilistic
Both
distribution.
discrete
and continuous probability density functions
Practical training in the calculation of various statistical
are discussed.
measures and the use of automatic calculators
Prerequisite:
Math. 222
Sophomore
— College
in
obtained in the laboratory.
3 cr. hrs.
Geometry
Incidence
from an advanced standpoint.
planes and space, geometric inequalities, properties of the
Elementary
geometry
is
standing.
geometry
—
10?
the
triangle,
quadrilateral,
the
circle
and sphere.
Math.
Prerequisite:
112.
— Theory
Math. 231
The use
of Arithmetic
3
hrs.
cr.
of language in mathematics, sets and relations; the four
elementary operations in counting numbers, integers, and different number
and elementary theory of numbers.
bases;
Elementary education majors
only.
Math. 232
— Algebraic and
Geometric Structures
3
hrs.
cr.
Clock arithmetic and modulo systems; rational numbers, decimals,
and
area,
numbers; measurement of
irrational
and volume.
Math. 241
An
Prerequisite:
segments, triangles, circles,
line
Math. 231.
Introduction to Computer Programming
I cr. hr.
introduction to computer programming using the Fortran Lan-
guage with examples chosen from the natural and physical sciences.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Field Work in Mathematics
Mathematics takes on new interest when it is applicable to life situations.
Instruments used in the field are the slide rule, angle mirror, hysometer, and clinometer, plane table, vernier, transit, and scale drawing.
Prerequisite: Math. 112.
Math. 246
Math. 311
A
in
the
plane and
Math. 312
—
space,
improper
partial
integrals;
and
differentiation
Differential Equations
3
cr.
hrs.
study of elementary ordinary differential equations: infinite scries
and La Place transforms.
series,
Math. 321
— Introduction
Modern
requisite:
and
algebra
cussed include
sets,
rings,
to
its
Prerequisite:
Math. 311.
Modern Algebra
3
concepts and
Subjects
fields,
terminology.
cr. hrs.
groups, relations, and functions.
dis-
Pre-
Math. 212.
Math. 322
— Linear Algebra
3
study of vectors and n-dimensional
vector space:
matrices, linear transformations, quadratic forms,
space.
hrs.
Prerequisite: Math. 212.
and power
A
cr.
study of polar coordinates, parametric equations, vectors
multiple integration.
A
4
Intermediate Calculus
critical
cr.
hrs.
determinants,
and applications
in
3-
Prerequisite: Math. 321.
Math. 331
— Algebra
This course
will
for Secondary School Teachers
discuss
some
of the
topics
3
of elementary
cr. hrs.
algebra
—
108
from an advanced viewpoint. Consideration
contemporary school mathematics programs.
be given to topics of
will
Prerequisite:
Ed. 352.
—
Math. 332
Modern Geometry
Euclidean and various non-Euclidean geometries and
ment from postulate systems. Prerequisite: Math. 222.
Math. 411
A
Advanced Calculus
modern approach
systematic and
A
— Complex
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
and integral
Prerequisite: Math. 311.
to the differential
calculus of functions and transformations.
Math. 412
3
their develop-
3
Variables
cr.
hrs.
rigorous presentation of theory through the differential and integral
calculus of analytic functions,
with applications.
Math. 421
An
residues,
and conformal transformations,
Prerequisite: Math. 311.
— Introduction
to
3
Topology
cr. hrs.
Topics
introduction to the fundamentals of general topology.
included are elementary set theory, topological spaces, mappings, compactness, product
and metric spaces, nets and convergence.
Prerequisite:
Math. 311.
Math. 422
An
—
Introduction to
Group Theory
3
introduction to the fundamentals of group theory.
cr.
Topics
hrs.
in-
cluded are groups and related systems, normal subgroups and homo-
morphisms, Abelian groups, permutation groups, automorphisms, and
groups.
Prerequisite: Math. 321.
Math. 43 1
An
— Number Theory
introduclion to
the
3
cr.
free
hrs.
Topics included are
theory of numbers.
Euclidean algorithm, congruences, continued fractions, Gaussian integers,
and Diophantine equations.
Math. 432
A
— Elementary
Prerequisite:
Math. 321.
3
Numerical Analysis
cr.
hrs.
computer-oriented analysis of algorithms of numerical analysis.
Topics discussed include non-linear equations, interpolation and approximation, differentiation and integration, matrices, and differential equations.
Prerequisite: Math. 311.
MUSIC
Music 101
An
— Introduction
to
Music
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to music listening to develop an understanding of
music and the various media through which
it
is
expressed.
masterpieces, composers, musical forms, and styles considered.
Selected
—
109
—
Music 22 1
History of Music
3 cr. hrs.
Music from Bach to the present day with emphasis upon active
listening and the development of a musical vocabulary.
Music 23
1
— Ear Training and
3
Sight Singing
Recognition of melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic patterns.
tion of melodic
Music 232
A
and harmonic
— Harmony
cr. hrs.
Dicta-
intervals.
3
I
cr.
hrs.
study of music theory including tonic, subdominant, and dominant
harmonies leading
to altered chords
and modulation.
Keyboard experi-
ences will be included.
Music 233
A
— Harmony
continuation of
3
II
Harmony
I
cr.
hrs.
including the study of the supertonic,
submediant, and mediant harmonies.
In addition to keyboard experiences,
the development of rhythmic vocabulary and harmonic dictation, selected
compositions will be analyzed.
Music 241
Prerequisite:
Harmony
Class Piano
Group piano
I.
3
instruction for the beginner.
cr.
hrs.
Emphasis on creating and
playing accompaniments for songs, and on sight reading.
Music 251
Concepts for Music Listening
3 cr. hrs.
Examination of styles, techniques, and mediums.
Comparison of
musical objectives and philosophies of schools, eras, and individual comDevelopment of critical attitudes and listening techniques. Preposers.
requisite: Music 101.
Music 311
A
— Music
Activities in the
Elementary School
3
cr.
hrs.
course designed to provide the prospective elementary teachers
with the
skills,
understanding, and attitudes which will help them to func-
tion effectively in the area of
classroom.
Emphasis
is
music as
it
is
related to the self-contained
placed on personal music development, an under-
standing of the basic musical content, the developmental growth process
in
music, desirable musical experiences for children, and effective organi-
zation of these experiences.
Music 322
A
— Music
of the
Romantic Era
3
cr.
hrs.
study of nineteenth century European music.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Twentieth Century Music
Music 323
Trends and development of contemporary music, with emphasis
on selected representative works.
—
110
— American Music
Music 324
A
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the works of selected American composers with reference
to characteristics indigenous to
Music 341
American music.
Choral Techniques
3
cr.
hrs.
Class voice instruction with emphasis on the development of tech-
niques and
abilities
necessary for participation in choral groups.
Principal
and appro-
attention will be given to tone production, proper breathing,
priate literature.
—
Music 412
Literature and Materials of Music
3 cr. hrs.
Designed primarily for elementary majors who have an area of interest in music.
Provides a broad knowledge of the music program
content in the elementary grades. Review basic texts, recordings, filmstrips, films, sources of literature, and materials.
Develops a repertoire of
songs, rhythmic activities, and other musical information representing a
foundation
core
for
music
elementary
the
curriculum.
Prerequisite:
Music 311.
Music 461
3
Directed Study
Individual study under the direction of a
partment faculty which
music
may
hrs.
cr.
of the music de-
extend areas normally covered in specialized
Pre-student
courses.
member
teaching
classroom
experience
may
also
3
hrs.
be included.
NURSING
NED.
— Public School Nursing
301
Public
is
school
considered
of
sion
in this course.
responsibility,
are
nursing,
and
discussed
the
along
as
The
I
branch
a
new
and
public
health
cr.
nursing,
background, various
historical
problems
with
of
limitations
techniques
of
of
the
fields
profes-
handling
public
3
cr. hrs.
school health problems.
NED. 303
A
— Public School Nursing
II
study of physical, emotional, and social problems affecting the
health of the school child and the methods that
may
be employed by
home, school, and community in helping to solve health problems with
on the nurse
and federal resources.
emphasis
NED. 304
as
co-ordinator
— Public Health Nursing
I
in
the
use
of
local,
3
state,
cr.
hrs.
Historical background, fundamental principles, organizational frame-
Ill
work, problems of community participation, and trends
in public health
nursing.
NED. 305
—
3
Nutrition
cr. hrs.
A
review of basic principles of nutrition with relation to economic
factors
and cultural food patterns with special emphasis on the nutritional
needs of the school-age child.
NED. 306
An
— Family Case Work
3
cr. hrs.
overview of social welfare and interviewing principles for school
Case
nurses.
histories
and interviewing
situations are selected for critical
discussion to acquaint the student with application of case
work methods
in school nursing practice.
NED. 309
A
— Community Health
3
I
cr. hrs.
study of the various facets of community health including historical
background, environmental concern, and methods of control.
will
be made
to
Reference
contemporary and future problems dealing with radiation,
air-water pollution, and space.
NED. 310
A
— Modern Communicable Diseases
3
cr. hrs.
study of current practices and the role of the school nurse in com-
municable disease prevention and control with emphasis on the relationships between physical, socio-economic,
and biologic environment.
PHILOSPHY
— Introduction
211
Phil.
An
which the sciences,
Some
to
cr.
hrs.
in
their
attempts to specialize, do not encompass.
of these are forms of argument, kind of knowledge, nature of reality,
individual and social values,
Phil.
3
Philosophy
attempt to develop systematically a number of general topics
and standards of conduct.
—Ethic*
301
3
cr.
hrs.
Analysis of the criteria for choosing between alternatives; the relation
of
interests
ethical
Phil.
means and ends;
and community of
interests,
and
social
justification
interests;
conflict
of
and genesis of values,
relativism.
302
A
individual
— Logic
study of the laws o\ systematic thinking.
tion of logical
3
Included
is
cr.
hrs.
an examina-
forms of argumentation, the syllogism, and the methodology
of the deductive sciences.
—
112
303
Phil.
— Philosophy
3
of Science
cr. hrs.
Analysis of the logic of inquiry in the natural and social sciences;
the nature of scientific explanation; problems of causality, measurement,
prediction,
306
Phil.
A
and
verification.
— Philosophy
3
of Religion
critical analysis of religious faith.
Particular attention
cr.
hrs.
given to
is
the nature of religion, evidence supporting religious belief, and problems
and challenges
to religion.
Prerequisite: Phil. 211.
PHYSICS
101
Phys.
An
elementary mechanics,
clude
3
Physical Science
introduction to physics, chemistry, and astronomy.
magnetism, sound,
light,
energy,
the
solar
system,
cr.
Topics
electricity
hrs.
in-
and
atomic structure, radioactivity, heat and kinetic
and chemical properties, simple chemical reLaboratory to illustrate some of the above topics. This course is
designed for students other than science majors in the Secondary program,
and for those in Business Education and Special Education. 4 hours/
week: 2 class, 2 lab.
theory, the periodic table
actions.
103
Phys.
A
— Physical Science
for Elementary Teachers
3
cr.
hrs.
two-term laboratory "discovery" type of course in the physical
sciences designed for non-science majors, especially for students in the
elementary teaching program.
Emphasis on the physics and chemistry
of the solid state with a constant attempt to correlate observed properties
of matter with theoretical models of
its strucure.
First term topics include
waves and of light, crystals, kinetic theory, forces, and
motion.
Enrollment limited to students in the elementary program. 4
hours/week: 2 class, 2 lab.
the behavior of
Phys.
A
104
—
Physical Science for Elementary Teachers
continuation of Phys.
103.
3
cr.
hrs.
Second term topics include energy,
forces inside matter, electrons in motion, atomic structure, ionic crystals,
molecules,
and covalently bonded
hours week: 2
Phys.
A
Ill
class,
2
solids.
Prerequisite:
Phys.
103.
4
lab.
— Introductory Physics
4
I
cr. hrs.
non-calculus approach to the basic principles of mechanics, the
physics of fluids, and heat and thermodynamics.
This course
is
designed
meet the requirements of students in the General Science and Biology
programs and for students in Liberal Arts not majoring in Physics or
Chemistry. 6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
to
——
113
112
Phys.
A
— Introductory Physics
geometrical
and physical
requisite: Phys.
Phys. 211
A
4
II
and
optics,
electricity
and magnetism.
4
General Physics I
using calculus,
of the
principles
physics of fluids, and heat and thermodynamics.
and
pleted or concurrent.
6 hours week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Phys. 212
A
— General Physics
Chemistry.
of
cr.
hrs.
mechanics,
the
This course
for majors in Physics
in
Prerequisite:
Math. 212 com-
4
cr.
hrs.
Includes the principles of sound, geo-
metrical and physical optics, and electricity and magnetism.
Phys. 211, and Math. 212 completed.
— Demonstrations
designed
is
II
continuation of Phys. 211.
Phys. 225
Pre-
6 hours /week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Ill or equivalent.
treatment,
cr. hrs.
Includes the basic principles of sound,
continuation of Phys. 111.
in the
Prerequisites:
6 hours week: 3 class, 3 lab.
3
Physical Sciences
cr.
hrs.
Designed to give the science student or in-service teacher practical
experience for conducting demonstration experiments in physics, chemgeneral science, and earth science.
istry,
The course
will
emphasize the
use of materials, apparatus, and films characteristic of the
in science
such as
PSSC
Physics,
CHEM
new program
Study, Earth Science Curriculum
and the Physical Science Program. Prerequisites: Physics 112.
Chemistry 112, or their equivalent. 4 hours/week: 2 class, 2 lab.
Project,
410
Phys.
An
—
Introduction to Atomic Physics
4
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the fundamentals of atomic structure: the election.
Bohr's theory of the hydrogen atom, X-rays, the photoelectric effect, and
other fundamental processes; radioactivity, including natural and
artificial
transmutation, and an elementary treatment of fission and fusion.
requisite:
Phys. 212, Math. 212.
Phys. 411
Pre-
6 hours week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Mechanics
3
cr.
hrs.
A course in intermediate mechanics treating statistics and dynamics
of particles and extended bodies, motions of bodies by conservative and
dissipative forces, energy relations, impulse and momentum, rotation oi
a rigid
body, angular
momentum, and
Math. 311 or concurrent.
Phys. 412
3
elasticity.
Prerequisites:
Phys. 212.
hours class week.
— Optics
3
Brief review of geometric optics; extended
treatment
o{
cr,
hrs.
topics
in
physical optics including diffraction, interference, polarization, and spectra.
Prerequisite:
Phys. 212. Math. 311.
3
hours class week.
—
m
—
Phys. 414
An
and Magnetism
Electricity
4
cr. hrs.
intermediate-level study of the electric field, potential, dielectric
properties, capacitance,
and direct and alternating currents.
The study
mag-
of magnetism includes magnetic fields, electromagnetic induction, and
netic properties of matter.
is
A
waves
brief introduction to electromagnetic
Prerequisites: Phys. 212, Math. 311.
included.
6 hours /week: 3 class,
3 lab.
Phys. 415
4 cr. hrs.
and theory of semiconductors and vacuum tubes
with special emphasis on circuitry.
Transistor and electron tube characteristics are determined and studied for use in amplifiers, oscillators, and
computers. Prerequisites: Phys. 112 or Phys. 212, Math. 212. 6 hours
week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Electronics
The
application
!
Phys. 420
An
—
Vibrations and
Waves
3
cr. hrs.
damped, and
forced oscillations. The study of waves includes the propagation of waves
in three dimensions with analysis of reflection, transmission, and refraction for various boundary conditions.
Electromagnetic, acoustical, fluid,
and mechanical applications are included. Fundamental to much of advanced physics. Prerequisites: Phys. 411, Math. 311. 3 hours class/week.
intermediate-level treatment of simple harmonic,
—
Phys. 421
An
cr.
hrs.
Basic quantum concepts, crystal structure, electrons in metals, elec-
state.
trical
3
Solid State Physics
introduction to the physical properties of matter in the solid
band theory, the p-n junction. Eiand magnetic properties of matter.
Prerequisites: Phys. 414,
conductivity, semiconductors,
electric
Math. 312.
Phys. 422
An
3 hours class/week.
— Thermodynamics
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the concepts and principles of classical thermo-
The
dynamics.
first
and second laws.
Entropy.
Physics of very low temperatures.
simple systems.
212, Math. 311.
3
Thermodynamics
Prerequisites:
of
Phys.
hours class/week.
— History
3 cr. hrs.
and Mathematics
and of mathematics, especially since 1600, is
considered through a study of selected personalities and their significant
Phys. 480
The
of Science
history of science
contributions.
requisites:
A
A
cultural
minimum
elective
for
students
in
the
Pre-
sciences.
of two years of science courses and one year of
mathematics, or vice versa.
Phys. 490
— Physics
Seminar
1
cr.
hr.
115
POLITICAL SCIENCE
211
Pol. Sci.
A
— United
Government
States
3
cr.
hrs.
study of American national government with emphasis on basic
concepts, structure, powers, procedures, and problems.
—
212
Elements of Political Science
3 cr. hrs.
Emphasis on a mix of empirical and normative theory in order to
furnish a conceptual framework as an introduction to the discipline.
Pol. Sci.
(Either Pol. Sci. 211 or 212
is
a prerequisite for
all
succeeding courses
department.)
in the
Pol. Sci.
313
—
State
and Local Government
3
cr.
hrs.
A
comparison of the states' structural institutions, together with an
examination of the functions and problems of state, municipal, and special
governmental
314
units.
—
3 cr. hrs.
and Elections
and functions of political organizations, minor parties,
campaign financing, theories of voting and voting behavior, and the history of the development of the American two-party system.
Pol. Sci.
The
Pol. Sci.
Political Parties
structures
316
— Public Opinion and Propaganda
3
cr.
hrs.
Various methods and techniques for analyzing, measuring, and pro-
some
cessing public opinion are explored, with opportunity allowed for
practical experience.
analysis tests for
Pol. Sci.
323
Components such
and content
as pressure groups
propaganda are included.
— Comparative European Governments
Principles
of comparative
role of ideology; political
analysis;
social
interest groups,
3
and economic
parties
cr. hrs.
interests;
and electoral systems;
the evolution, structure, organization, and operation of the governments ol
Great Britain. France, the U.
Pol. Sci.
324
—
S. S.
R.,
and the German Federal Republic.
International Relations
3
Political theory of the state, sovereignty,
tailed
examination of their component
power, the results of national power,
parts.
in the
cr.
and government, and
The sources
form of disputes,
hrs.
a de-
of national
conflicts,
and
wars, or alliances, balances of power, and settlements of international law
in international courts.
Pol. Sci.
The
352
— Public
Administration
useful contributions
made
b)
3
cr.
hrs.
organizational theor) to the prob-
—
116
lems of decision-making functions and coordination of program budgeting and personnel are considered.
—
424
Politics and Institutions of Latin America
3 cr. hrs.
examination of organizational forns, functions, and operations of
selected countries of Latin America. Emphasis on indigenous institutions.
Pol. Sci.
An
—
425
Politics and
the Middle East
Pol. Sci.
An
and
3 cr. hrs.
examination of the history, structure, functions, and problems of
and the Middle East.
selected countries of Africa
426
Pol. Sci.
An
Institutions of Africa
—
Politics
and
Institutions of the
Far East
3
cr.
hrs.
examination of the history, structure, functions, and problems of
selected countries of the
433
Pol. Sci.
— History
Important
political
Far East, including China, Japan, and India.
of Political Thought
theorists
3
of the past
and
their
cr. hrs.
proposals with
reference to their validity at the time, and their application and acceptance
today.
Liberty, authority, democracy, individualism, nationalism,
ternationalism.
451
Pol. Sci.
A
Constitutional
study
of
the
Law
history,
and
in-
112, 113.
Prerequisite: Hist.
3
organization,
cr.
hrs.
and functions of the
Su-
preme Court including a case study approach of the Court's interpretations of the commerce and taxing powers, state-federal relationships,
and
Psy.
civil rights.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Basic Statistical Method
460
Psychology
under
For a description of this course see Psychology 460
course descriptions.
Liberal arts students concentrating in political
ence will receive credit for
tical
Soc.
this course.
sci-
Prerequisite: permission of Poli-
Science Department.
466
For
— Research Methods
3
in the Social Sciences
a description of this course see Sociology 466.
cr.
hrs.
Liberal arts stu-
dents concentrating in political science will receive credit for this course.
Prerequisites:
Pol. Sci.
470
Psy.
460 and permission
of Political Science Department.
— Senior Seminar
3
Individual research projects determined
dent and instructor.
Prerequisites:
Pol. Sci. 433, Psy. 460, Soc. 466,
15 hours
in consultation
cr. hrs.
between
stu-
of political science including
and permission of the department.
——
117
PSYCHOLOGY
Psy.
General Psychology
101
3
Develops an understanding of
have as they do.
how
people behave and
cr.
why
hrs.
they be-
Heredity and environment, the nature and function of
perception, emotions and thought, the forces that bring about various
kinds of behavior, and the problems of personal adjustment.
Psy.
— Advanced General Psychology
102
3
cr. hrs.
Designed to provide students with a more intensive and detailed
understanding of psychological processes which are covered at an elementary
Psychology
in
level
development,
personality theory.
and current,
torical
101.
Topics to be covered include
will also
be exp'ored.
Prerequisite:
Psy.
101.
— Child Growth and Development
Psy. 211
(Child Psychology)
The
principles of
for understanding
rooms and
Psy.
human
memory, perception, motivation, emotion, and
The methods and systems of psychology, both his-
learning,
and working with children
in
cr.
hrs.
significance
elementary school class-
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
activities.
—
321
3
human development which have most
Tests and Measures
3
cr.
hrs.
Critique of testing in the elementary and secondary schools, construc-
and appraisal of the various instruments of measurement. Practice
tests, in administering and scoring them, and
in the analysis and presentation of test results.
Attention given to remedial
measures for the improvement of instruction and teacher-made tests. Pre-
tion
in
evaluating and selecting
requisite: Psy. 101.
— Mental Hygiene and Problems
Psy. 331
A
Adjustment
3
cr. hrs.
discussion of the processes necessary for the development
healthy mental state.
Practical applications of principles of
hygiene demonstrated.
requisite:
Psy.
351
Psy.
of
A
Field trips to nearby
of a
^ood mental
mental institutions.
Pre-
101.
Social Psychology
3
study of the behavior of individuals and groups
in society.
cr.
It
hrs.
deals
with the psychological forces within individuals and emanating from the
social
environment
quisite:
Psy.
101.
that
causes
people
to
behave
as
they
do.
Prere-
118
Psy.
— Educational Psychology
371
A
first
Deals with the learner, that which
learning situation.
and the learning processes.
motivation,
3
individual
Prerequisite:
Psy.
is
to
be learned,
Consideration of development, adjustment,
differences,
social
adaptations,
Deals with normal processes and
learners.
cr. hrs.
course in providing for the applications of psychology to the
disabilities
and
in
abilities
101.
— Foundations
Psy. 401
3 cr.
of Contemporary Psychology
Designed to provide basic background for those students who
have psychology as a major or as a minor field. An examination of
backgrounds and schools of thought
torical
of
subject areas.
in psychology.
hrs.
will
his-
Careful ex-
amination of methods of investigation and their implications for the various systems of psychology.
Particular regard to the contributions of the
various fields of psychology for education.
Psy.
Prerequiste: Psy. 101.
— Psychology Seminar
406
3
Designed for students who have adequate
for the carrying out
psychology.
for the
ability
cr.
hrs.
and background
and reporting of independent research
in the field of
In a three-hour session the researcher will present his paper
judgments and discussion of the enrollers and the instructor. Topics
are assigned by the instructor
the beginning of the course.
and should be arranged well in advance of
Each semester will have another area of
psychology as the main theme for the researcher.
Prerequisite:
Permis-
sion of the instructor.
Psy.
416
The
— Adolescent Psychology
physical, social,
3
and psychological
attributes of
eleven to mid-teens and their adjustment in a dynamic society.
Psy.
—
Individual Mental Tests
The nature
sidered.
of intelligence
Emphasis
tations of results of,
is
is
3
studied and ways of measuring
placed on understanding the uses
commonly used
— Abnormal Psychology
of,
cr. hrs.
it
con-
and interpre-
individual intelligence scales: Binet.
Wechsler, various picture-vocabulary and performance
Psy. 431
(Formerly
Prerequisite: Psy. 211 or 371.
411)
Psy. 421
cr. hrs.
youth from age
tests.
3
cr.
hrs.
Mental abnormalities including symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment.
Problem cases and characteristics of handicapped and subnormal children.
Prerequisite:
Psy.
101.
—
119
Psy.
—
436
The Study of Personality
The nature and organization of
3
cr. his.
dynamic forces
that shape the individual.
Personality types, conscious and unconscious
processes, individual differences, abnormal trends, and ways of measuring
personality characteristics.
Psy. 45
— Psychology
1
personality and the
Prerequisite:
for Business
101.
Psy.
and Industry
3
Services of the psychologist to business and industry.
job analysis, motion studies, selection of
new employees,
motions and terminations, training, problem employees,
Psy.
research.
Prerequisite:
456
— Psychology
Psy.
An
cr. hrs.
Included are
transfers, pro-
rating, morale,
and
101.
of Motivation
3
investigation of the basic dynamics of
human
cr. hrs.
A
behavior.
con-
sideration of the concepts, principles, and empirical findings concerning
those basic factors which underlie
to
human
both inate and acquired behavior bases.
motivation.
Attention
is
paid
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
—
Basic Statistical Method
3 cr. hrs.
460
Methods of collecting, tabulating, and treating data; measures of
central tendency, deviation, correlation, and graphic representation;
Psy.
descriptive statistics.
Hypothesis
from, and interpretations
Psy. 461
An
testing,
chi-square and variance tech-
Provision for practical exercises in computation
niques will be treated.
of,
various measures.
Experimental Psychology
3
cr.
introduction to the methodology of experimental research.
hrs.
Stu-
dents delve into the theory of experimental research, experimental design,
individual study,
site:
Psy.
and
critical
analysis of complete
462
A
— Advanced Experimental Psychology
Prerequi-
3
continuation and an extension of Psychology 461.
evaluates reports of experiments and research.
in
research.
Psy. 101.
more advanced procedures and techniques
practice.
466
Prerequisite:
—
There
is
The
cr.
hrs.
student
an involvement
of experimental design
and
Psy. 461.
3 cr. hrs.
Research Projects in Psychology
h\
followed
selected
and
interest
problem
of
special
A
each student
RecomPrerequisites:
under the immediate supervision of the instructor.
mendation of the advisor and permission of the department chairman.
Psy.
—
120
SOCIOLOGY
Soc. 211
ciety
cr.
hrs.
basic characteristics of group behavior, the organization of so-
and
culture, individual
218
and community adjustments,
in the light of
development, form, and functions.
their origin,
Soc.
3
Principles of Sociology
The
—
Religion in American Society
3
cr. hrs.
Analysis of the relationship between religion and American social
institutions
Soc.
224
and
—
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
society.
Cultural Anthropology
Origin and development of
3
human
cr.
hrs.
culture; function of elements
and
configurations of material and non-material culture
in
meeting
human
Examples of the dynamics of cultural processes from the social,
economic, governmental, religious, and artistic life of various peoples.
needs.
Soc.
233
— Introduction
to Social
Work and
3
the Welfare Services
An
study of
cr. hrs.
examination of the modern welfare services, followed by the
some
of the methods by which social workers help to solve a
host of problems which range from adoption and care for the aged to
marital counseling, parole supervision, and
Soc.
community
organization.
—
313
Contemporary Social Problems
Urgent social problems and proposals offered for
3
cr.
hrs.
solution.
their
Topics include social change, personal maladjustment, social disorganization, mobility,
delinquency, racial and economic tensions, and special prob-
lems of youth, families, and aging.
Soc.
315
An
Prerequisite:
Soc.
211.
— Racial and National Minority Groups
3
cr. hrs.
and minority relations involving racial, national,
and religious minorities in the United States. Emphasis will be placed on
the present system of minority relations with efforts being made toward
analysis of racial
possible adjustments.
Soc.
Prerequisite:
Soc. 211.
316
Urban Sociology
Analysis of origin and growth
3
on the contemporary scene.
— Introduction
hrs.
Emphasis on
dynamic patterns of inter-
of the city in the U. S.
ecological changes taking place as well as the
action
cr.
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
Anthropology
3 cr. hrs.
Human prehistory, physical types of man, language distributions, cultural and social achievement of preliterate peoples, cultural processes, and
Soc.
323
to
the role of culture in personality formation.
121
Soc.
325
— Comparative Non-Literate
Cultures
3
cr.
hrs.
Intensive functional analysis of selected non-literate societies in con-
and natural areas (Africa, Pacific
trasting cultural
Islands,
Pre-
etc.)
requisite: Soc. 211, 214, or 323.
Soc.
326
— Indians
of North
and South America
3
cr. hrs.
Survey of the cultural types and language distributions of the
World through
prehistoric
and early
historic periods.
New
Includes Indians
of Pennsylvania.
Soc.
327
—
Selected Contemporary Cultures
3
cr.
hrs.
Survey of peoples and cultures of the contemporary world, with emphasis
and
on areas outside North America and Europe.
social
literary expression
Soc. 331
Stress
on the natural
environment, national character, religion and world view, and
through musical and
artistic
media.
— Marriage and Family
3
Cultural traditions of the marriage and the family and the
cr.
lems in social behavior these institutions face in a changing society.
requisite:
Soc.
hrs.
new probPre-
Soc. 211.
—
3 cr. hrs.
332
Personality in Culture and Society
Examination of cultural influences on the development of personality;
analysis of personality differences
in
various cultures.
Presentation of
explanatory hypotheses.
Soc.
334
A
—
Social
Casework
3
cr.
hrs.
detailed study of representative cases in the field of social work;
techniques of investigation and criteria for appraisal.
Soc.
341
— Criminology
Scientific study
of crime.
3
cr.
hrs.
Theories of causes of crime, including
physical type, differential association, psychiatric, etc.
Volume, scope, and
trends in crime; police, administration of justice, rehabilitation theory and
practice.
Soc.
429
Prerequisite:
—
Soc. 211.
Field Archaeology
3
cr.
hrs.
Field investigation of various aboriginal cultures which have occupied
Branch of the Susquehanna River since the glacial
Emphasis on excavation of sites in this area, preceded b) orientaPrerequisite: Soe. 224
to stratigraphic and recording techniques.
the valley of the North
age.
tion
or 323.
122
Soc.
430
—
Projects in Field Archaeology
3
cr. hrs.
Intensive study of problems encountered in archaeological research
on the
prehistoric creatures of the
Susquehanna Valley, as revealed by
excavation and comparative study of finds.
—
442
Juvenile Delinquency
3 cr. hrs.
Examination of social pressure operative upon children in American
society which lead to deviant behavior.
Factors leading to formation of
delinquency personality.
Methods of treatment and prevention, juvenile
courts, clinics and correctional institutions will be considered.
PreSoc.
Soc. 211.
requisite:
Psy.
—
Basic Statistical Method
460
For a description of this course see Psychology 460.
students will receive credit for this course.
Prerequisite:
3
cr.
hrs.
Liberal arts
Permission of
Sociology Department.
Soc.
462
—
Sociological Theory
3
cr. hrs.
Survey of the development of sociological theory from Comte and
Comparison of modern schools of thought, including mechan-
Spencer.
istic,
geographical, analytical, functional, and neo-positivistic.
12 hours of sociology or permission of instructor.
sites:
Soc.
—
466
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
Methods and techniques in social science research.
research projects, questionnaires, sampling, interviews,
to
Prerequi-
methods
for analysis
and interpretation of
data.
etc.
3
cr. hrs.
Preparation of
Introduction
Liberal arts students
concentrating in sociology will receive credit for the course.
Prerequisite:
12 hours of sociology including Psy. 460.
Soc.
470
— Senior Seminar
Individual
3
research projects
cr. hrs.
and reports within selected areas of
sociological interest, such as the family, criminology, social stratification,
Prerequisites: 18 hours of sociology including
and ethnic minorities.
Soc. 462 and 466, Psy. 460, and permission of the department.
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Spec. Ed. 201
— Education
of Exceptional Children
The educational problems
3
cr. hrs.
of exceptional children; the gifted, retarded,
neurologically impaired, physically handicapped, and emotionally maladjusted.
The
history
exceptional children.
and philosophy of
special education,
programs for
—
123
— Speech Improvement For The Classroom
Spec. Ed. 251
An
elective course,
room
class
speech
methods and
room
is
hrs.
cr.
given to language and
commonly found among school
attitudes for
3
curriculums and in service
all
which an introduction
teachers, in
problems
for students of
children.
improvement of communication
Practical
the class-
in
setting are outlined.
Spec. Ed.
— Experience
352
with Emotionally Disturbed
1-3
cr.
hrs.
1-3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
By appointment.
Spec. Ed.
— Experience with Learning Disorders
354
By appointment.
Spec. Ed. 361
— Problems
in Special
Education
Current and evolutionary trends, objectives and organization of special
education classes and programs.
Competence of
teachers, curricu-
lums, equipment and materials.
Exploration of the problems of the
teacher and school in implementation of special education programs.
—
416
Psychology of Exceptional Children
3 cr. hrs.
Emphasis on symptomatology, personality formation, and developmental and therapeutic consideration for the exceptional child.
Spec. Ed.
SPEECH CORRECTION
Sp.
Corr.
—
101
Clinical Voice
Elective course for
Included
articulation.
all
and Diction
I
hr.
cr.
students seeking improvement of voice and
in the
course are generalized instruction in voice
production and articulation as well as individualized guidance with personal speech problems.
Sp. Corr.
152
Voice and Diction
The mechanical
ciples of speech therapy
performance
in
3
are illustrated in relation to the students'
terms of voice quality, pitch,
articulation,
Ear-training and self-improvement of prospective
ments.
hrs.
cr,
aspects of speech production are studied and prin-
own
and time
ele-
clinicians
or
teachers are emphasized.
Sp. Corr. 251
The
Phonetics
3
International Phonetic Alphabet
the sounds of speech.
is
cr.
hrs.
used as a basis lor study of
Students develop competence
in
reading and trans-
cription of symbols, with a view to practical application in recording defective
sounds during articulation
testing.
Prerequisite: Sp.
(on.
152.
—
124
Sp.
Corr. 252
— Speech Pathology
The neurophysiological bases
fundamental
Norms
to the
cr.
hrs.
understanding of pathologies of language and speech.
communication
of
3
I
of language and speech are studied as
skills
for respective
age levels provide back-
ground for consideration of social, environmental and constitutional factors, traumatic injuries and disease processes that may interfere with
normal communication. Prerequisites: Sp. Corr. 251, 276.
Sp.
Corr. 253
— Speech Pathology
3
II
cr.
hrs.
Evaluative procedures and techniques for identifying communication
Research findings are explored for the continu-
disorders are outlined.
ing development of the most effective therapeutic measures and
habiiitation
and
The
Prerequisite:
Sp.
Corr.
3
causes, evaluation techniques,
and
and educational
of parent, educator, and specialist
roles
psychological,
factors
in
of
cr.
hrs.
rehabilitative procedures for
the various types of hearing problems are explored.
speech,
means
252.
— Hearing Problems
276
Sp. Corr.
rehabilitation.
the
Related auditory,
are
The
discussed.
program
rehabilitation
are investigated.
Sp. Corr.
351
Clinical
Methods and Practicum
3
cr.
hrs.
Materials and methods applicable to clinical practicum and practice
teaching are discussed.
the staff are provided.
Opportunities for observing demonstrations by
Students are required to compose sample lesson
plans and evaluation reports.
These experiences are culminated with the
students doing closely supervised therapy with milder cases of speech and
hearing disorders.
Prerequisites:
Spec.
Ed. 251; Sp. Corr.
152,
251,
252, 276.
—
352
Clinical Practicum:
Speech and Hearing Disorders
Sp. Corr.
Students continue supervised clinical
responsibility
site:
3
work and
cr. hrs.
are given increasing
and experience with cases of greater complexity.
Prerequi-
Sp. Corr. 351.
360
Language
Sp. Corr.
— Psycho-Linguistics
is
3
studied as a psychological phenomenon.
cr. hrs.
The nature
and acquisition of meaning, and the learning of systems are investigated.
The influences of verbal and nonverbal antecedent conditions on both
Descriptive models of
verbal and nonverbal learning are discussed.
language mediators in behavior are reviewed.
152, 251, 276.
Prerequisites:
Sp.
Corr.
—
125
Corn 361
Sp.
Problems of Speech Correction
3 cr. hrs.
day problems encountered by the
in clinical and public school programs are discussed.
would include organization and administration, schedul-
Practical considerations of day to
speech clinician
Areas of
interest
ing, evaluative criteria
and
mandated
State
client
— Auditory
376
Sp. Corr.
and
management. Pennsylvania School Law
programs are also considered.
service
special
Training and Speech Reading
3
cr.
hrs.
Current teaching methods for educating children and adults with moderate
is
and severe hearing
made
losses are investigated.
of prevailing theories and techniques.
A
comparative analysis
Prerequisites:
Sp.
Corr.
251, 276.
—
402
Sp. Corr.
Clinical Experience
and
12
Professional Practicum (Student Teaching)
A
is
cr.
hrs.
semester program of 30 hours of speech correction per week
full
Prospective teachers of the speech and
provided for each student.
hearing handicapped gain experience by working with professional people
in the field.
—
452
Anatomy of Speech and Hearing Mechanisms 3 cr. hrs.
Embryology, anatomy, neurology, and physiology of the larynx and
ear are studied.
The actual processes involved in human speaking and
hearing are explored.
A co-operative lecture series is developed for the
Sp. Corr.
students by the medical staff at Geisinger Medical Center.
Prerequisite:
Sp. Corr. 351.
466
Sp. Corr.
— Advanced
Clinical Practicum (Internship)
Clinical experience with
ferential
diagnostic
more complex disorders
and therapeutic procedures
for
is
use
3
cr.
provided.
in
cases
hrs.
Dif-
with
cerebral palsy, aphasia, auditory impairments, cleft palate, and stuttering
are covered.
Case studies and research are
utilized.
Prerequisites:
Sp.
Corr. 351, 352.
—
Psychology of Speech and Hearing
3
467
The developmental aspects of language, normal and abnormal
Sp. Corr.
cr.
hrs.
speech.
and hearing patterns of individuals are discussed in relation to their perCurrent educational and therapeutic trends and practices arc
sonality.
reviewed.
Sp. Corr.
Prerequisite:
471
Sp. Corr. 351,
— Seminar
in
3 cr. hrs.
Speech Pathology
in communication problems are in-
Pathological conditions resulting
vestigated
in
some
detail,
and remedial techniques are considered
tion to current research findings.
in
rela-
Students are given orientation to various
1 26
types of clinical settings and to a projection of needs for services.
Pre-
requisites: Sp. Corr. 252, 351, 352.
—
472
Measurement of Hearing Loss
The anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanisms
Sp. Corr.
3
cr.
hrs.
are studied.
Etiology of hearing losses, interpretation of audiometric evaluations and
available rehabilitative procedures are discussed.
in the administration of clinical
Laboratory experience
audiometric evaluations
is
provided.
Pre-
requisites: Sp. Corr. 276, 376.
475
Sp. Corr.
The
— Introduction
to
Speech Science
3
cr. hrs.
physical properties of acoustic signals are considered as factors
that affect the nature of production
Phonetic instrumentation
The
thesis of speech.
is
and subsequent reception of speech.
introduced in relation to the analysis and syn-
application of principles of speech science to speech
therapy and other areas
is
discussed.
Sp. Corr.
Prerequisites:
152, 251,
252, 276, 376.
TEACHING OF THE MENTALLY RETARDED
Teh.
MR. 201
—
3 cr. hrs.
Introduction to Mental Retardation
Overview of behavioral and learning characteristics of the mentally
retarded.
Etiology of mental retardation with special consideration of
medical and environmental aspects of the development of the mentally
retarded.
Observations of special classes and
field trips to institutions to
give students understanding of various levels of mental retardation
and
types of programs for them.
Teh.
MR. 303
—
4
Crafts for All Levels of Mentally Retarded
Laboratory experiences with craft
the mentally retarded.
Use
activities for
use with
cr. hrs.
all levels
of
of tools and exploration of various media.
Analysis of the crafts experiences for development of techniques and curricular
emphases and correlation with the
total
program
for the mentally
retarded.
Teh.
MR. 332
A
— Language Arts
student-centered
2
for Special Classes
workshop
approach
in
analysis
of
cr.
hrs
methods,
research and philosophies currently in use in the teaching of the language
arts to special classes.
Practice in the use of various teaching aids and
machines related to student projects
in language
dividual needs of children in special classes.
arts
applicable to in-
—
127
Tch.
MR
—
Special Class Methods:
Primary and Intermediate Levels
A
351
course
specialized
dealing
with
3
organization
hrs.
cr.
instruction
of
for
and educ?.ble mentally retarded.
Major emphasis will be on
curriculum, methods and materials for primary and intermediate levels,
with observation of special classes and construction of units and teachtrainable
ing materials.
Tch.
MR. 352
A
—
Special Class Methods: Secondary Levels
student-centered
research,
workshop
and philosophies currently
tally retarded.
approach
in use
in
analysis
3
hrs.
cr.
methods,
of
in the teaching of the
men-
Practice in the use of various teaching aids and machines
related to student projects in secondary special classes for the mentally
retarded.
Tch.
MR. 375
1-3
Individual Project
cr.
hrs.
Project planned according to interests and needs of the individual
student,
any of the following suggested areas: library research, cur-
in
riculum study, work with individual children, internship in special aspects
of educational programs.
Tch.
MR. 400
(Open
— Workshop
in
to seniors only with staff approval).
Problems and Methods
Special Education
Investigations are
made
in
of recent developments in the education of
the educable mentally retarded.
The impact
of these trends
and techniques of teaching special classes are emphasized.
vary according to interest and needs of students.
Tch.
MR.
on methods
Topics
will
— Student
Teaching of Mentally Retarded
Children and Professional Practicum
401
(varies)
cr. hrs.
12
cr.
hrs.
Thirty hours per week of supervised student teaching experience
under the direction of the professional staff in cooperation with local and
state school divisions.
SPEECH
Speech
103
— Introduction
The study and
to
Speech
practice of skills in oral communication.
3
cr.
hrs.
Emphasis
on sound organization and effective language; with awareness of different
The course includes theor\
speech patterns, and audience adaptation.
and practice in the requires cuts for effective speaking and interpretation
is
of literature and group discussion.
—
128
Speech 105
Open
Communication Theory and Rhetoric
speech majors.
to all students; required of
3
cr. hrs.
The course
treats
both the principles of classical rhetoric and the contemporary theories in
A
communication.
survey
of
behavioral
science,
and the
semantics,
philosophy of language.
Speech 206
A
— Oral
3
Interpretation of Literature
cr.
hrs.
study of the intellectual and emotional meanings used in the pre-
sentation of poetry and prose.
Practice in the skills required for the
successful reading aloud of these meanings to a group of listeners.
Speech 208
A
—
Introduction to Theatre Arts
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of the arts of the theatre: directing, play production, theatre
history, stage design,
and
acting.
background
in theatre.
Speech 211
— Theatre Production
A
The student
is
given a broad general
3
hrs.
cr.
study of the physical aspects of producing a play: scene design,
make-up properties, stage management, and
The student is thus equipped with the basic
work of production. Crew work is assigned.
costuming,
business
cedures.
skills
technical
Speech 218
A
— Discussion
3
pro-
for
the
cr. hrs.
study of the principles and processes of group discussion in policy
making
situations
and interpersonal
relations.
Practical
problems
in
leadership and participation are provided.
Speech 231
A
of radio
and
is
—
Introduction to Radio and Television
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of communication practices and techniques in the media
and
television.
The student
is
given practice in these techniques,
provided with a background of their dynamics in relation to modern
society.
Speech 241
A
— Voice and Diction
study
students
of
who wish
the
vocal
organs
to
improve
their
3
cr. hrs.
Designed for
vocal quality and who have no voice
and
their
function.
defects.
Speech 307
A
careers.
— Business and
Professional Speech
3
cr.
hrs.
study and practice of speech as applied in business and professional
Analysis
labor relations.
of
employer-employee
situations,
and manag ;rr. ent-
—
.
129
Speech 311
A
— Scene Design
3
cr. hrs.
study of the techniques of design and execution of stage settings
with the integration of lighting, costume, and makeup.
development of scene design and
historical
staging.
A
survey of the
Prerequisites: consent
of the instructor.
Speech 312
An
— Fundamentals
of Acting
3
of the development of the character physically, emotionally,
and
study
intellec-
Individual and group exercises.
tually.
Speech 318
A
—
Creative Dramatics
3
cr.
hrs
study of the background and methods of creative dramatics for the
The techniques
teacher.
drama,
Speech 319
A
of
psycho-drama,
are studied and analyzed.
etc.
form of theatre
—
is
socio-drama,
therapeutic
Dramatics as an improvisational
emphasized.
3
Children's Theatre
cr. hrs.
survey of dramatic literature for children and an investigation into
the theories
is
cr. hrs.
A
introduction to the theories and techniques of acting.
and techniques of theatre for children.
introduced.
Speech 321
The
Lab hours
Creative dramatics
required.
Argumentation
3
basic principles of argument, with practice in debate.
mentals of logic are provided.
Stress
is
cr.
hrs.
The funda-
on the techniques of
effect ive
thinking and speaking on controversial issues.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Extempore Speech
Speech 325
An advanced public speaking course. Theories of, and exercises in.
Major emphasis is on the composition and
the four types of speaking.
delivery of the extemporaneous speech.
Speech 411
A
script
—
3
Directing
cr.
hrs.
comprehensive study of staging a play, from the selection oi a
up
Each student
Lab hours required.
to the opening performance.
pates in classroom projects.
Speech 414
—
directs
Costuming for Stage
Costuming for the theatre through application of
ments and elements of design to the requirements of
hours required.
and
partici-
3
cr. hrs.
historical develop-
the theatre.
Lab
130
Speech 415
— History
of the Theatre
3
cr. hrs.
Study of the major periods of theatrical history from the viewpoint
of play and the production.
in
Greece
and African
Speech 416
A
survey of the theatre from the beginnings
1860, with consideration given to the influences of Asiatic
to
cultures.
— Modern Theatre
Developments
Wagner and Appia
modern
in
3
theatre
practice
World
the present day.
to
studied, with particular attention to the
hrs.
cr.
and philosophy
from
theatre since Ibsen
is
contemporary American theatre
scene.
Speech 421
— Persuasion
3
Analysis of problems of
A
situations.
human
study and practice of both the ethical, and scientific ap-
proach, by the speaker.
Methods of applying
and tools of persuasion presented
Speech 490
cr. hrs.
motivation as encountered in audience
— Speech
a
knowledge of the basis
in detail.
3
Seminar: Theatre
cr.
hrs.
A survey of the field of speech, with special emphasis on dramatic
art.
Purpose is to broaden the student's knowledge in his special field
of learning by research and investigative papers and projects.
Speech 492
A
address.
— Speech Seminar: Public Address
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of the field of speech, with special emphasis on public
Purpose
is
as in
Speech 490.
SUMMER THEATRE PROGRAM
The summer of 1967 saw the inaugural of the Speech Department
Summer Theatre Program. Two major plays were produced during the
Main
was
tions.
Shirl
Must Fall," and "The Corn Is Green." A precedent
by the inclusion of a professional actor in each of these producMr. Robert Salvio appeared in "Night Must Fall," and Miss
Conway assumed the leading role in "The Corn Is Green."
Session: "Night
set
Joining these stars in the two plays were students, faculty
bers,
and interested adults from the Bloomsburg
mem-
area.
Because of the outstanding success of the 1967 Summer Theatre
Program an expanded version
will
be offered
in the
summer
of 1968.
131
-
f
"--,
131
CURRICULUMS
CURRICULUMS
The
overall goal of teacher education
tribute to the
citizens,
improvement of
The
and
become informed,
active
—
as active
who
as guides
citizens.
programmed in each of the teacher-education curriculums
Bloomsburg State College are designed to develop citizen
through a well-organized sequence of courses in the area of
education,
general
manner
courses
at
teachers
to prepare teachers to con-
is
society in a three-fold
as educational leaders in their communities,
help children and youth
offered
TEACHER EDUCATION
IN
professional
education,
and
specialization.
GENERAL EDUCATION
The underlying philosophy and
tion
sequence
in the teacher
objectives
of
educa-
general
the
education programs were developed coopera-
with a committee of the Middle States Association of Secondary
tively
Schools and Colleges.
In
general,
ideals, a
bility,
these
sound code of
objectives
ethical
include
the
and moral values,
of democratic
cultivation
a sense of civic responsi-
the capability of personal and social adjustment, and individual self-
realization.
More
specifically,
this
phase of the academic program
intended to develop such qualities as the following:
(
1
)
skill
in
is
com-
(2) familiarity with general methods of tact finding;
of basic scientific principles and their application;
comprehension
(3)
cultural heritage and its relevance to current social
of
our
knowledge
(4)
munication;
issues; (5)
lectual
discrimination
endeavors and
in
the arts;
((>)
appreciation lor diverse
their relationship to one's
physical and mental well-being.
own
intel-
field o{ interest;
(7)
1SU
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
The
general
objectives
of
the
education
professional
cooperatively developed by the faculty,
are
basically
sequence,
same
the
for
all
and can be briefiy stated: to alert college
students to the needs of youth and society and to the principles of learning applicable to the meeting of these needs.
An understanding of the
dynamics of mental hygiene pertaining to youth and community is stressed.
teacher-education curricu
ui:;s
This sequence, which includes student teaching, proposes to prepare
students for service in the communities and schools by stressing similarities
and contrasts
in philosophy, facilities,
and with the problems encountered
part of the
and pupils among various school
Modern methods
systems and social settings.
of dealing with learners
in professional
employment
are
made
prospective teacher's professional preparation.
ACADEMIC SPECIALIZATION
The teacher-education programs
concept that academic
as well as individual
The academic
Bloomsburg
at
field specialization is
and
fields
on the
are based
basic to achieving professional
social goals.
which pertain
to the humanities,
science, the
mathematics, history and other social sciences, are central in the
arts,
experiences which provide competence in fields of specialization, which
the student will use in teaching children
and youth.
The
prospective
teacher as an individual and citizen needs understanding of the academic
fields
because teaching requires accurate knowledge of relevant facts
and values, and
The
skills
of reflective thinking, creativity, and analysis.
areas of specialization rrake a two-fold contribution to the
of the teacher. First, they provide
and youth
the
much
work
of the content with which children
will deal as the teacher guides their general education.
Second,
prospective teacher, through concentration or specialization in the
academic
more
field,
gains that depth of understanding and insight into one or
areas of knowledge which
special interest or abilities to
DIVISION OF
is
basic to helping the child with the
work more
intensively
on a problem.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students in the Elementary Education Division are given a wide and
versatile
background of academic and cultural
prepared to work in
all
learnings.
They must be
of the subject areas of the curriculum with a
generation of alert and precocious boys and
girls.
They must be
sensitive
to the problems which children encounter in their growth and development
and how those problems affect their learning. Instruction in program
135
planning and budgeting of the school day
students will
know how
is
provided to the end that the
to provide for individual differences.
Students in this curriculum are required to choose their electives from
a sequence of courses* which will give them real depth in one academic
subject.
This "Area of Concentration" will help equip them to serve as
resource persons or team leaders for the schools in which they teach.
THE FOUR- YEAR ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Provisional College Certificates issued on the basis of the four-year
elementary curriculum are valid for Kindergarten and Grades
inclusive as well as for
One
to Six
Grades Seven and Eight under the old 8-4 system.
(For administrative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
first number after each course refers to clock hours, while the second
The
indicates the credit hours.)
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
FIRST
Hours
CL
Art 101 -Introduction
to
Art
3
_
103-General Biology
Eng. 101— English Composition
Geog. 101-World Physical Geography
Hist. 218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
Biol.
I
101 -Physical
H.P.E.
Fitness
._
Ed
5
3
3
3
2
19
3
211 -Introduction to Philosophy
H.P.E. -Elective
Phys. 103— Physical Science for
Phil.
FIFTH
_
211-U.
S.
_
_.
Area
of
Concentration
3
3
1
Biol.
104
General
Biology
5
il
102— English Composition
Geog. 102— World Cultural Geography
Music 101— Introduction to Music
Eng.
H.P.E.
150-Aquatics
Area of Concentration
Elective
16
3
2
3
3
2
1
1— Principles of Economics
Ill-World History to 1500
Phys. 104-Ph/sical Science for
Econ. 21
Hist.
Elementary
Teachers
4
3
Soc. 224— Cultural Anthropology, or
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology
3
3
3
3
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Area of Concentration Elective
20
18
SEMESTER
Psychology
3
3
Elective
3
3
3
3
3
3
15
15
Government
371-Educational
Psy.
3
2
Ed. 393 — Social Foundations of Education 3
Maih. 231-Theory of Arithmetic
3
Pol. Sci
3
3
CL
_
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
3
19
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207-Survey of World Literature
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com. Health
Elementary Teachers
Psychology
Psy. 101 -General
Area of Concentration Elective
Hours
CR
3
3
4
3
3
3
19
II
30
12
30
12
SIXTH SEMESTER
Ed. 372 — Foundation of Reading
Instruction
Math. 232— Algebraic
and Geometric
Structures
Psy.
211— Child Growth and
Development
English
Elective
Area of Concentration
Specialization
Ed.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
395— Curriculum and Instruction
Ed.
397— Science and Mathematics
the
Elementary School
the Elementary School
Specialization Elective
Specialization Elective
Ed.
in
Practicum
in
3
3
3
17
Art,
EIGHTH SEMESTER
401— Student Teaching, including
Professional
8
Elective
Elective
15
Biology, English, French, Speech, Geography, German, Health and Physical Education,
Music, Physical Science, Psychology, Social Studies, Spanish.
Mathematics,
History,
8
136
AREAS OF ACADEMIC CONCENTRATION
Each elementary education student shall be required to take from 1
24 semester hours of work in one of the following areas of academic
concentration, 15 of which may be considered as part of general education.
Academic Areas Offered:
to
Art
History
Biology
Mathematics
English
Music
French*
Physical Science
General Speech
Psychology
Geography
Spanish*
German*
Social Sciences
Health and Physical Education**
DIVISION OF SECONDARY EDUCATION
Programs of studies
in
Secondary Education have been designed
give students the academic, cultural, and professional
sary to
make them competent
to
background neces-
teachers in their respective fields.
The
General Education requirements provide the prospective teacher with a
broad basis in the Arts and Sciences, while Professional Education,
including student teaching, stresses the needs of youth and society.
The majors
of (1)
offered in Secondary Education have the dual objective
giving the student a background of sufficient breadth and depth
to enable
him
to be a confident
and knowledgeable teacher
in his particular
area of preparation, and (2), where not incompatible with the above, to
provide in his chosen field a basis for the pursuit of graduate study in
the indicated academic discipline or a related general field.
(For administrative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
first number after each course refers to clock hours, while the second
indicates the credit hours.
Minimum number of credit hours for graduation
The
is
*
128.)
Those students who select an area of concentration in a foreign language, having no required
general education credits to apply, might conceivably have to take more than 128 hours
for graduation.
'^Elementary education majors who wish to secure an Area of Concentration in elementary school
health and physical education must complete these courses: HPE 301, 302, 303, 320, 321, 331,
The 300 series courses in the Area of Concentration must be taken before
410, 411, and 412.
the 400 series courses.
137
TYPICAL PROGRAM
— Secondary
Education
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
Hours
CL
101— English Composition _
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Biol. 103-General Biology
Eng.
CR
3
5
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
2
19
17
3
_
I
Art 101-lntro. to Art or
Music 101 — Intro, to Music
_
CL
102— English Composition
Hist. 112-World History 1500 to 1815
Geog. 101-World Phys. Geog
Eng.
3
_
101 -Physical Fitness Ed.
Gen. Ed.— Humanities elective
H.P.E.
Math. 101 -Fundamentals of Math
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com. Health
3
2
3
3
Electives
17
FOURTH SEMESTER
218-U.S. and Pa. Survey
-Gen. Psychology
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207-Survey of World Lit
Hist. 113-World History since 1815
Phys. 101— Physical Science
Gen. Ed.— Math, or Science _
Electives
Hist.
or Soc. 224-Principles of
Sociology or Cultural Anthropology
150-Aquatics
H.P.E.
Electives
19
_
....
_...
H.P.E.-Elective
Electives
„..
4
Ed.
_ 3
......
2
9
Electives
SIXTH SEMESTER
396— Curriculum and Instruction
the
Pol. Sci.
18
16
3
3
12
3
3
12
18
18
Ed.
S.
__
16
8
3
6
3
in
_
Government
17
_
6
6
17
15
EIGHTH SEMESTER
402— Student Teaching in
the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
12
12
Total
into
Secondary School
211-U.
Electives
SEVENTH SEMESTER
or 212-Prin. of Economics
211-lntro. to Philosophy
Econ. 211
Phil.
3
2
6
18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
Ed. 393-Social Found, of Ed.
16
3
3
Psy. 101
Soc. 211
_
CR
3
Credit
Hours
128
The program listed above illustrates a typical application of the three broad areas of learning
which the prospective high school teacher's education at Bloomsburg is divided.
They are
as follows:
I.
GENERAL EDUCATION
A.
(62 Credits)
Humanities
Art or Music Appreciation
English Composition
3
6
World Literature
3
Philosophy
Speech
3
Humanities elective
3
Total
B.
CR
3
21
Social Sciences
World History
Hist, of United States and Pennsylvania
United States Government
3
3
World Physical Geography
General Psychology
Economics
*Sociology or Cultural Anthropology
8
3
•1\
Comprehensive Social Studies majors take both courses.
138
C.
CR
Natural Sciences
General Biology
Physical
3
Science
3
Mathematics
3
Science elective (Biology, Mathematics, Earth Science)
3
Total
D.
12
Health and Physical Education
Personal and Community Health
Physical Education (Fitness, Aquatics, Recreation)
Total
Total General
II.
3
5
Education
62
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
A.
2
(24 Credits)
Foundations
1. Educational Psychology
(Psychological Foundations of Education
including observation and participation)
2. Social Foundations of Education
(Including observation and participation)
Curriculum and Instruction in the Secondary School
Student Teaching in Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
—
B.
C.
Total
III.
Professional
SPECIALIZATION
3
3
6
12
Education
24
(42 Credits)
This block of credits is allocated for study in breadth and depth devoted
to the student's major teaching field.
42
Total Specialization
MINIMUM TOTAL FOR GRADUATION
128
—
30 Credit Hours
ENGLISH
REQUIRED COURSES (18 CRS.)
:
CL
—
Eng. 209 Literary Genres
Eng. 231— British Writers
Eng. 232— British Writers
Eng. 249— Shakespeare
Eng. 302 Advanced Composition
Eng. 381 American Literature, or
Eng. 382 American Literature
Eng. 401 Structure of English, or
Eng. 402 History of the English Language
—
—
—
—
—
3
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Eng. 209 replaces Eng. 207 as General Education requirement for English
majors.
139
ELECTIVE COURSES (Minimum
of 12
Group A —Survey and Period Courses
Eng. 307 — Russian Literature
Translation
Eng. 341 — Early and Middle English Literature
Eng. 343— Chaucer
Eng. 347 — The Renaissance
England
Eng. 352 — Seventeenth Century Literature
Eng. 357 — Eighteenth Century Literature
Eng. 364 — Nineteenth Century Literature
Eng. 381 — American Literature
Eng. 382 — American Literature
Eng. 402 — History of the English Language
Group B — Literary Forms Courses
in
CL
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
202— Creative Writing
3
3
301
302
312
3
3
3
3
in
Eng. 209— Literary Genres
Eng. 321— Short Story
Eng. 322— Modern Drama
Eng. 324— Modern Novel
Eng. 325— Poetry
Eng. 326— Modern Poetry
Eng. 342— Early English Drama
Eng. 356 Restoration and Later Drama
Eng. 358— Eighteenth Century Novel
Eng. 363— Nineteenth Century Novel
Eng. 385— The American Novel
Eng. 386 Later American Prose
—
Group
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
CRS.)
—
C— Composition
and Miscellaneous Courses
—Journalism
— Advanced Composition
— Ideas Literature
332— Blake and Yeats
403 — Advanced Grammatical
405 — Criticism
Group D — Speech and Drama
Speech 206 — Oral Interpretation
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
3
in
3
Theory
3
Arts
— Introduction to Radio and
— Voice and Diction
— Fundamentals of Acting
— Argumentation
— Directing
— Costuming for the Stage
415— History of the Tlu
416— Modern Theatre
(No more than one course
in
3
3
208— Introduction to Theatre
211— Theatre Production
231
241
312
321
411
414
3
3
3
Television
•"
3
:;
it]
Group
1)
will be
counted aa an English elective.)
—
1U0
Group
E—Developmental
CL
Reading
— Foundation of Reading- Instruction
— Diagnostic and Remedial Reading
Ed. 372
Ed. 373
Note:
CR
3
3
3
3
These two courses meet the state requirements for certification in
Developmental Reading for the public schools, but are not counted
as English electives.
English majors
may
substitute 111 for Hist. 112 or 113 in general.
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
Specialization
24
30
Electives
12
Total
128
FRENCH — 30
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES
Fr.
— Beginning French
102 — Beginning French
103— Intermediate French
104 — Intermediate French
Fr.
210— Culture and
(6
CRS.)
CL
CR
Fr. 101
4
3
Fr.
4
3
4
3
4
3
3
3
Fr.
ELECTIVE COURSES
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
(24 CRS.)
France
211
Contemporary Literature of France
212 Advanced Conversation and Grammar
213 Advanced Conversation and Composition
316— French Novel
321— The History of French Literature
402— Methods and Materials of Teaching French
407—Proust et Gide
—
—
—
Civilization of
408— Phoenetics
420— Balzac et Flaubert
430— French Theater
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Fr. 104
3
3
Fr.
6
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
Fr.
Les Lumieres
Fr. 440— French Poetry
Fr. 449
Directed Readings
Fr. 435
—
SUMMER ELECTIVES
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
(9
CRS.)
— Intermediate French
204 — Seminar in France
210— The Culture And Civilization of France
211 — The Contemporary Literature of France
212 — Advanced Conversation and Grammar
Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination.
—
Ul
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization Education
62
24
30
Electives
12
Total
128
GERMAN — 30
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES
— Beginning- German
— Beginning German
103 — Intermediate German
104— Intermediate German
(6
CRS.)
CL
CR
Ger. 101
Ger. 102
4
3
4
3
Ger.
4
3
4
3
Ger.
ELECTIVE COURSES
— Conversation and Grammar
210— Culture and Civilization
215 — Readings In German Literature
(24 CRS.)
Ger. 201
3
3
Ger.
3
3
Ger.
zum Nacherzaehlen and Composition
310— German Culture
315— Goethe and Schiller
401 Advanced Grammar and Syntax
Ger. 301
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
Texte
—
402 — Teaching
450 — German
Methods and Materials
Ger.
Lit. Survey I
Ger. 451— German Lit. Survey II
Ger.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate
— Intermediate
215 — Readings In
Ger. 103
Ger. 104
Ger.
(9
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CRS.)
German
German
German Literature
3
3
3
3
3
3
Texte zum Nacherzaehlen and Composition
Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination.
Ger. 301
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
Specialization
30
Electives
12
24
Total
L28
—
30 Credit Hours
SPANISH
REQUIRED COURSES (6 CRS.)
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
— Beginning Spanish
102 — Beginning Spanish
103 — Intermediate Spanish
104 — Intermediate Spanish
101
CL
l
1
1
CR
142
ELECTIVE COURSES
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
CL
(24 CRS.)
— Grammar and Composition
— Conversation
— Culture and Civilization of Spain
— Literature of Spain
— Literature of Spanish-America
— Culture and Civ. of Spanish-America
304— Sigh de Oro — Part One
305— Sigh de Oro — Part Two
401 — Methods and Materials
402 — Survey of Spanish Literature
411 — Spanish Poetry
414 — Early Spanish Literature
499 — Directed Readings
201
202
210
301
302
303
SUMMER ELECTIVES
(9
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CRS.)
—
—
—
—
Span. 104 Intermediate Spanish
3
3
Span. 201 Grammar and Composition
3
3
Span. 204 Seminar in Spain
6
6
Span. 210 Culture and Civilization of Spain
3
3
Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination.
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
Specialization
24
30
Electives
12
128
Total
—
SPEECH
33 Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES (18 CRS.)
— Communication Theory
208— Introduction to Theatre
218 — Discussion
241 — Voice and Diction
321 — Argumentation
105
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Sp. Ed.
251— Speech Problems
(Minimum
Group
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
CL
and Rhetoric
Arts
A — Public
206
231
307
325
421
492
ELECTIVE COURSES
from Groups A and B
of 12 credits,
Address (Maximum of
—
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Speech)
9 credits)
— Oral Interpretation of Literature
— Introduction to Radio and Television
— Business and Professional Speech
— Extempore Speech
— Persuasion
— Speech Seminar (Public Address)
3
3
3
3
1U3
—Theatre (Maximum of credits)
— Theatre Production
— Scene Design
— Creative Dramatics
319— Children's Theatre
411 — Directing
412 — Fundamentals of Acting
414 — Costuming for the Stage
Group B
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
CL
9
211
311
318
415— History of the Theatre
416— Modern Theatre
490— Speech Seminar (Theatre)
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
—
Group C Speech Correction
(A maximum of 3 credits may be counted from Group C toward
eral Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
*
a Gen-
major)
Correcton
Correction
Correction
Correction
Correction
Speech 241
may
— Voice and Diction
— Phonetics*
252 — Speech Pathology
276 — Hearing Problems
360 — Psycho-Linguistics
152
251
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
be substituted as a prerequisite by Speech Majors.
—
Group D English
(A maximum of
eral Speech major)
3 credits
may
be counted from Group
D toward
English 249— Shakespeare
English 322— Modern Drama
English 342— Early English Drama
English 356 Restoration and Later Drama
English 401— Structure of English
English 402 History of the English Language
English 405— Criticism
—
—
SUMMARY
a Gen-
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CR
General Education
Professional Education
24
Specialization
33
62
Electives
9
Total
L2«
GENERAL SCIENCE — 54
Credit Hours
(Replaces Comprehensive Science)
Graduates of this program
grade 9.
will
he
qualified
to
teach
Bcience
through
Since students electing this program will satisfy the science requirements
program within the confines of the couraet listed
Physical Science, nor Math. 101
below, they should not take Phys. 101
of the General Education
Fundamentals
of Mathematics.
—
—
1U
REQUIRED COURSES
(43 CRS.)
CL
Biological Sciences (12)
103— General
Biology I
Biol. 210
Invertebrate Zoology
Biol. 211— Vertebrate Zoology
Biol. 220— General Botany I
Biol.
—
Physical Sciences (16)
Chem. Ill General Chemistry I
Chem. 112 General Chemistry II
Phys. Ill Introductory Physics I
Phys. 112 Introductory Physics II
—
—
—
—
Earth Sciences
CR
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
6
4
6
4
6
4
6
4
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
(9)
— Meteorology
— Physical Geology
— Astronomy
Geog. 355
Geog. 357
Geog. 453
Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill College Algebra
Math. 112— Trigonometry
—
ELECTIVE COURSES
(11
CRS.)
Biological Sciences
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
221— General Botany II
331— General Ecology
361— Microbiology
371— Embryology
381— Vertebrate Physiology
413— Ornithology
417— Field Zoology
422— Field Botany
432— Fresh Water Biology
441— Evolution
Earth Sciences
Geog. 353— Physiography
Geog. 354 Cartography
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
—
356— Climatology
358 — Conservation of Natural
359 — Oceanography
361— Historical Geology
365 — Geomorphology
Resources
Physical Sciences
Chem. 221 Qualitative Inorganic Analysis
Chem. 222 Quantitative Analysis
—
—
Chem. 225— Water Analysis
Chem. 331 — Organic Chemistry
Chem. 332— Organic Chemistry
Chem. 351 — Industrial Chemistry
Phys. 225 — Demonstrations in the Physical
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
7
3
8
4
4
2
I
6
4
II
6
4
Sciences
3
3
4
3
U5
Notes:
Four
(1)
elective courses will be needed to give a
credits.
They may be
tributed
among them.
Some
(2)
all
from one
field,
minimum of 11
may be dis-
or they
of the above courses are given only in the
Summer
Ses-
sions; consult the catalog descriptions.
Students in this program
(3)
may
ence to fulfill
—
Teaching
Teaching of Physical Scithe Professional Education requirement in this
take either Ed. 353
of Biological Science, or Ed. 354
—
area.
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
Science
62
24
42
Specialization
128
Total
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
—
44 Credit Hours
Biological Science majors are not required to take Phys. 101
Science, H. E. 101
:::
— Health, and Math.
101
— Fundamentals of
—
Physical
Mathematics.
All five required biology courses should be taken by the end of the sophomore
year.
Both of the required mathematics courses and at least two of the required chemistry courses should also be taken by the end of the sophomore
year.
Recommended and elective courses in the biological sciences would
then be taken during the junior and senior years.
REQUIRED COURSES
(20)
CL
Biology (15)
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
103— General
Biology I
210 Invertebrate Zoology
211 Vertebrate Zoology
220— General Botany I
221— General Botany II
**Biol.
—
—
CR
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
6
4
Chemist I'd (12)
—
—
**Chem. Ill General Chemistry
Chem. 331 Organic Chemistry I
Chem. 332— Organic Chemistry II
Mathematics
::::;:
*
"'
Ill— College Algebra
.Math.
IK;
the
12
4
4
(6)
Math.
Plus
I
— Introductory
credits
3
Statistics
from the General Education requirements
3
in
science.
double asterisk are needed to meet the General Education requirements
and do not count toward the 44 credits needed in the Biological Science area of specialization.
Courses
denoted
by
H6
—
Although Phys. Ill
Introductory Physics I is not required of all biology majors, it is highly recommended. Those students who anticipate doinggraduate work in biology should have a minimum of one and preferably two
physics courses. Physics could be scheduled during the junior or senior year.
Credits earned in physics will increase a student's graduation total in excess
of the 128 credits normally required.
CL
Required Core of Biological Science Courses (12)
Select any four of the following six courses.
Biol. 331— General Ecology
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
341— Genetics
351— Molecular Biology
361— Microbiology
371— Embryology
381— Vertebrate Physiology
CR
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
ELECTIVES (12 or 9 if physics was taken)
Of these twelve (12) credits, six (6) must be taken in field-type courses.
Biology majors should expect to attend summer school at least once during
their undergraduate program in order to obtain field courses which are
ordinarily offered during the summer.
Field Courses
Biol. 411
Systematic Entomology
Biol. 413— Ornithology
Biol. 414— Ichthyology
Biol. 417— Field Zoology
Biol. 422— Field Botany
Biol. 432— Fresh Water Biology
—
Laboratory-Type Courses
Biol. 415
Biology of Arthropods
—
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
Biol.
416— Parasitology
420— Plant Physiology
421— Plant Anatomy
433— Plant Ecology
441— Evolution
443— Cytology
452— Radiation Biology
Biol.
453
5
Biol.
471— Histology
5
3
5
3
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
— Physiological Chemistry
482 — Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
492 — Research Topics in Biology
Biol.
492— Research
Biol.
Topics in Biology
SUMMARY
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
3
5
2
7
3
60
128
Total
in
3
24
44
Specialization
credit hours represent a
3
5
CR
General Education
Professional Education
The 128
5
minimum requirement
Secondary Education with a major in Biological
for graduation
All biology
Sciences.
147
majors should plan,
if
possible,
to
take additional elective courses in the
Biological Sciences in order to obtain a broad spectrum of courses within the
of biology.
Students planning graduate study in biology should
expect to take courses beyond the minimum established for graduation.
discipline
CHEMISTRY
— 52
Credit Hours
Since students majoring in Chemistry will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Chemistry
program, they should not take Phys. 101
Physical Science, Math. 101
Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor Biol. 103
General Biology I.
—
Chemistry
Chem. Ill,
Chem. 222
Chem. 331,
Chem. 411,
—
—
CR
(28)
112— General Chemistry
and
II
8
Analysis
332— Organic Chemistry I and II
412— Physical Chemistry I and II
4
I
— Quantitative
8
8
Physics (12)
Phys. 211, 212— General Physics I and II
Phys. 410 Introduction to Atomic Physics
Mathematics (12)*
Math. 211, 212— Calculus I and II
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
8
—
4
—
4
8
SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
62
24
40
Specialization
Free elective
2
128
Total
PHYSICS
— 48
Credit Hours
Since students majoring in Physics will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Physics proPhysical Science, Math. 101
gram, they should not take Phys. 101
General Biology I.
Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor Biol. 103
—
—
—
REQUIRED COURSES
(42 CRS.)
CR
Physics (19)
Phys. 211, 212— General Physics I and II
Phys. 410 Introduction to Atomic Physics
Phys. 411
Mechanics
Phys. 414 Electricity and Magnetism
8
—
—
—
Chemistry (8)
Chem. Ill, 112 General Chemistry
Mathematics (15)*
Math. 211, 212— Calculus I and II
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 312— Differential Equations
—
I
and
4
3
4
II
8
—
!:
Pre-Calculus, Math,
prepared students.
no
(i
credits),
4
:>
may
also
in-
required of insufficiently
U8
ELECTIVE COURSES
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
CR
(at least 6 Credits)
412— Optics
3
415
420
4
— Electronics
—Vibrations and Waves
421— Solid State Physics
422 — Thermodynamics
490 — Physics Seminar
3
3
3
1
SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
62
Specialization
24
36
Free electives
6
Total
128
MATHEMATICS — 33
Credit Hours
strongly recommended that two of the science
General Education be satisfied with Physics 211 and 212.
It
Math.
is
requirements
CL
110— Pre-Calculus
of
CR
4
4
4
4
(Does not apply to credits for mathematics major.)
REQUIRED
CRS.)
(21
Math. 211— Calculus I
Math. 212— Calculus II
Math. 221— Statistics
Math. 222— College Geometry
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 321 Introduction to Modern Algebra
—
—
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
241
— Introduction
ELECTIVES
to
— Algebra for Secondary
— Modern Geometry
School Teachers
411— Advanced
Calculus
412- Complex Variables
42]
Introduction to Topology
422 Introduction to Group Theory
—
—
431— Number Theory
432 — Elementary Numerical
Analysis
SUMMARY
62*
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization
24
29
Electives
13
128
Total
*
Count Math. 211
—
Calculus
I
4
4
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
(Choose 4)
Computer Programming
312— Differential Equations
322— Linear Algebra
331
332
4
(4 c.h.)
as General Education.
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
11*9
EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE — 39
Credit Hours
Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take Math. 101
Physical Science.
Fundamentals of Mathematics or Phys. 101
—
REQUIRED COURSES
(39 CRS.)
CL
Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill— College Algebra
Math. 112 Trigonometry
—
Physics
Phys. Ill — Introductory
—
CR
3
3
3
3
I
6
4
II
6
4
6
4
(8)
Phys.
112— Introductory
Chemistry
Chem. Ill
Physics
Physics
(4)
— General Chemistry
Earth Science (21)*
Geog. 354 — Cartography
Geog. 355 — Meteorology
Geog. 356— Climatology
Geog. 357 — Physical Geology
Geog. 359 — Oceanography
Geog. 361— Historical Geology
Geog. 365 — Geomorphology
Earth
Geog. 451 — Field Techniques
Geog. 453 — Astronomy
I
in
and Space Science
At
Student must complete 7 of the listed 9 courses.
4
3
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
least 1 lab course
must be included.
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
24
33
Specialization
Electives
9
Total
GEOGRAPHY
128
and
EARTH
and
SPACE SCIENCE
— 45
Credit Hours
Geography and Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take
Math. 101 Fundamentals of Mathematics and Phys. 101 Physical Science.
—
—
REQUIRED COURSES
(33 CRS.)
CL
Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill— College Algebra
Math. 112— Trigonometry
Physics (8)
Introductory Physics
Phys. Ill
Phys. 112 Introductory Physics
—
—
Chemistry (4)
Chem. Ill General Chemistry
—
*
—
CR
3
8
3
3
I
6
4
II
6
4
6
1
I
Count Math. Ill College Algebra and
as General Education.
Phys.
Ill
Introductory Phyi
1 50
CL
Earth Science (15)*
354 Cartography
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
—
355 — Meteorology
356— Climatology
357 — Physical Geology
359 — Oceanography
361 — Historical Geology
365 — Geomorphology
451 — Field Techniques
453 — Astronomy
in
Earth and Space Science
ELECTIVE COURSES
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
CR
4
3
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(12 CRS.)
— Economic Geography
— Geography of Anglo-America
233 — Geography of Europe
243 — Geography of Asia
244 — Geography of Latin America
245 — Geography of Africa
246 — Geography of the Soviet Realm
323— Political Geography
358 — Conservation of Natural Resources
121
223
363— Urban Geography
SUMMARY
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
24
33
Specialization
Electives
9
128
Total
GEOGRAPHY — 30
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES
(12 CRS.)
Basic Geography (12)
Geog. 102— World Cultural Geography
Geog. 353— Physiography
Geog. 355 Meteorology
Geog. 492 Geography Seminar
—
—
3
3
4
3
3
3
—
Restricted Electives
At least one course must be chosen from each of Groups
Group
Earth Science
Geog. 354 Cartography
—
Geog. 356— Climatology
Geog. 357— Physical Geology
Geog. 359 Oceanography
Geog. 361— Historical Geology
—
*
At
1,
2,
and
3.
1.
least 1 lab course
must be included.
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
151
Geog. 365
Geog. 451
Geog. 453
Group
— Geomorphology
— Field Techniques
—Astronomy
in
Earth and Space Science
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Human Geography
2.
— Economic Geography
— Geographic Influences American
323—
Geography
358 — Conservation of Natural Resources
363 — Urban Geography
Regional Studies
Group
Geog. 223 — Geography of Anglo-America
Geog. 233 — Geography of Europe
Geog. 243 — Geography of Asia
Geog. 244 — Geography of Latin America
Geog. 245 — Geography of Africa
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
CR
CL
121
224
History
in
Political
3.
— Geography
Geog. 246
of the Soviet
Realm
SUMMARY
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
24
33
Specialization
Electives
9
128
Total
COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL SCIENCES
BASIC SPECIALIZATION REQUIREMENTS
(9
credit
requirements as indicated)
hours
area
plus
CR
Elements of Political Science
Economic and Cultural Geography
Principles of Economics II
3
3
3
9
The above requirements must be supplemented with more intensive work
one of the three major areas of emphasis indicated below.
1.
in
SOCIAL PROBLEMS EMPHASIS
Within the
social
problems emphasis, the student must select one of
Coupled with the above require-
the specialized curricula described.
ments, this will permit certification
and the SINGLE subject indicated.
a.
ECONOMICS— 21
(1)
in
Comprehensive Social Sciences
Credit Hours
Required Courses (9 CRS.)
Comparative European Governments
Contemporary Social Problems
Money and Banking
Comparative Economic Systems
CR
OR
3
3
3
152
(2)
b.
3
Intermediate Micro-Economics
Public Finance and Macro-Economics
3
Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
History of Economic Thought
3
SOCIOLOGY— 21
(1)
CR
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
Industrial Relations
3
Credit Hours
Required Courses (12 CRS.)
Comparative European Governments
International Relations
Selected Contemporary Cultures
(2)
3
OR
3
OR
Personality in Culture and Society
Racial and National Minority Groups
3
Contemporary Social Problems
3
Elective Courses (9 CRS.)
Sociological Theory
3
3
Comparative Non-Literate Cultures
Indians of North and South America
Social Work and the Welfare Services
Marriage and the Family
3
3
3
3
Urban Sociology
3
Criminology
Introduction to Social
3
Work
3
Casework
Contemporary Cultures
Cultural Anthropology
c.
Social
3
Selected
3
POLITICAL SCIENCE—21
(1)
3
Credit Hours
Required Courses (9 CRS.)
Diplomatic History of the U. S. Since 1898
Contemporary Social Problems OR
Comparative Economic Systems
International Relations
OR
3
OR
Comparative European Governments
(If both courses are desired, one
may
in place of a political science elective)
(2)
3
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
State and Local Government
Political Parties and Elections
3
HISTORY-GOVERNMENT—21
(1)
3
History of Political Thought
Public Opinion and Propaganda
Public Administration
History of Political Thought
Politics and Institutions of the Far East
d.
be counted
Credit Hours
Required Courses (15 CRS.)
(Minimum
of one course from each of the
groups below.)
3
3
3
3
3
153
Group (a): European History
England to 1688
England since 1688
The Age of Absolutism, 1600-1789
Revolution, Liberalism and Nationalism, 1789-1914
Europe since 1914
CR
3
3
3
3
3
Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1914
Diplomatic History of Europe since 1914
Central Eastern Europe since 1815
3
Non-Western World History
Latin America since 1820
Modern Far East
3
Group
(
b)
3
3
:
Russia to 1917
Soviet Russia
Modern Africa
,
3
3
3
3
The Near and Middle East since 1800
Group (c)
United States History
3
:
Early National Period
Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
The Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
Early Twentieth Century, 1898-1932
Diplomatic History of the U. S. to 1898
Diplomatic History of the U. S. since 1898
Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
Contemporary United States, 1932 to the Present
Group (d): National Politics
State and Local Government
Political Parties and Elections
Group
(2)
e.
(e)
:
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
International Politics
International Relations
3
Comparative European Governments
Elective Courses (6 CRS.)
Two courses to be selected by the student from
History and/or Political Science
3
GEOGRAPHY— 21
(1)
3
3
6
Credit Hours
Required Courses (18 CRS.)
(Minimum
of one course from each of the
groups below.)
Group (a):
Earth Science
Physiography
3
or
Geomorphology
Group (b): Human Geography
Economic Geography
3
3
Conservation of Natural Resources
Geographic Influences in American History
3
Political Geography
Urban Geography
3
3
154
(2)
Group (c): Regional Studies
Geography of Anglo-America
Geography of Latin America
Geography of Europe
Geography of Asia
Geography of Africa
Geography of the Soviet Realm
Elective Courses (3 CRS.)
(One course from one of the five groups below.)
Group (a) : Economics
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
Industrial Relations
3
Micro-Economics
Comparative Economic Systems
3
Intermediate
Group (b) : Sociology
Racial and National Minority Groups
Urban Sociology
Contemporary Social Problems
Group (c) : Political Science
State and Local Government
3
3
3
3
3
International Relations
3
Comparative European Governments
3
Group (d)
History
Europe since 1914
Latin America since 1820
The Modern Far East
Modern Africa
Contemporary U. S., 1932 to the Present
Emergence of Industrial America, 1765-1898
3
Soviet Russia
3
:
Group
(e)
:
3
3
3
3
3
Philosophy
Logic
3
2.
HISTORICAL EMPHASIS— 18 Credit Hours
This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with a concentra-
tion in history.
(1)
Required Courses (12 CRS.)
(Minimum of one course from each of the
groups below.)
Group (a) : Ancient to Early Modern Era
England to 1688
3
World
Medieval Europe
The Renaissance and Reformation
The Age of Absolutism, 1600-1789
3
Colonial United States to 1783
3
Group (b) : Modern Europe
England since 1688
3
Revolution, Liberalism and Nationalism, 1789-1914
3
The
Classical
3
3
3
155
CR
Europe since 1914
3
Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1914
Contemporary Europe Culture Tour
Diplomatic History of Europe since 1914
Intellectual History of Europe since
3
the Enlightenment
Group
3
The Non-Western World
Latin America since 1820
The Modern Far East
(c)
:
Russia to 1917
Modern Africa
Near and Middle East since 1800
China and Japan in the 20th Century
Problems in Africa, Near and Middle East
Soviet Russia
Group (d)
United States
Early National Period
Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
Early Twentieth Century, 1898-1932
Contemporary U. S., 1932 to the Present
History of Pennsylvania
Diplomatic History of the U. S. to 1898
Diplomatic History of the U. S. since 1898
Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
(2)
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
:
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Elective Courses (6 CRS.)
(One course from two of the five groups below.)
Group (a)
:
Economics
Industrial Relations
3
Money and Banking
3
Intermediate Micro-Economics
Public Finance and Macro-Economics
3
Comparative Economic Systems
3
3
Group
Sociology
(b) :
Racial and National Minority Groups
Urban Sociology
3
Contemporary Social Problems
3
Group
(c)
:
3
Political Science
State and Local Government
Constitutional Law
3
Public Administration
International Relations
3
Comparative Governments
8
Group (d)
Geography
:
3
Geography
of the U. S. and Pennsylvania
Geographic Influences
Political
3
Geography
in
U.
S.
History
3
3
3
156
CR
Group (e) : Philosophy
Philosophy of Science
Philosophy of Religion
CULTURAL EMPHASIS— 18
3.
3
3
Credit Hours
This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with broad orientation in a specific geographic area.
(1) Required Courses (15 CRS.)
Selected Contemporary Cultures
3
The other twelve
selecting
ONE
credits in the required courses are to be completed by
of the following four sequences.
Group (a)
Latin America
Geography of Latin America
Latin America since 1820
Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
Politics and Institutions of Latin America
Group (b)
Europe
Geography of Europe
Europe since 1914
Comparative Economic Systems
Comparative European Governments
Group (c)
Far East
Geography of the Orient
Modern Far East
Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
Politics and Institutions of the Far East
Group (d) : Africa
Geography cf Africa
Modern Africa
Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
Politics and Institutions of the
:
3
3
3
3
:
3
3
3
3
:
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Middle East and Africa
(2)
3
Elective Courses (3 CRS.)
One course from any one of the above outside
the selected sequence.
HISTORY
— 24
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSE
Hist.
ELECTIVE COURSES
Group
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
CRS.)
A —European
(15
CRS.
CR
3
FROM ONE GROUP)
Survey
—Renaissance
324— The Age
CL
3
312— Classical World
314— Medieval Europe
318— England to 1688
319— England since 1688
Hist. 322
Hist.
(3
399— Bibliography and Research
and Reformation Eras
of Absolutism, 1600-1789
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
157
CL
Hist.
Hist.
326— Revolution, Liberalism and
332— Europe since 1914
B—Recent Europe
Group
Hist.
319— England
1688
Liberalism and Nationalism, 1789-1914
332— Europe since 1914
412— Central Eastern Europe since 1815
421— Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1919
422— Diplomatic History of Europe since 1919
428 Intellectual History cf Europe since the Enlightenment
452— Soviet Russia
Hist. 326
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
A —Recent Non-Western
Group
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
since
— Revolution,
—
II.
Hist.
Nationalism, 1789-1914
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
World
352— Latin America since 1820
354— The Modern Far East
356— Russia to 1917
358— Modern Africa
362— The Near and Middle East
452— Soviet Russia
since 1800
— China and Japan the Twentieth Century
Hist. 456 — Problems in Africa and the Near and Middle
Group B — The Contemporary World
Hist. 454
CR
3
in
332— Europe since 1914
384— Contemporary United
392— Diplomatic History of
East
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
States, 1932 to Present
3
3
the U. S. since 1898
3
3
Hist. 412
3
3
Hist.
3
3
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
— Central Eastern Europe since 1815
422— Diplomatic History of Europe since 1919
452 — Soviet Russia
454 — China and Japan
the Twentieth Century
456 — Problems
Africa and the Near and Middle
in
in
III.
Group
Hist.
A — United
East
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
States Survey
372— Colonial Period
374— Early National
of America, to 1783
Period of the United States
American Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
Hist. 376
Hist. 378— Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
Hist.
3
—
382— Early Twentieth Century United States, 18DSHist. 384— Contemporary United States, 1932 to Present
Hist. 388— Pennsylvania
Group B United States Topics and Problems
Hist. 391— Diplomatic History of the United States to 1898
Hist. 392— Diplomatic History of the U. S. since L898
Hist.
'.•:
>
>
.l
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
•"•
>
3
3
—
— Selected
and Constitutional Problems
Hist. 471— Industrial History of the United States
Hist. 472— History of Labor in the United States
Hist. 481— United States Social, Cultural and
Hist. 396
Political
Intellectual Historv to 1860
8
3
158
CL
Hist.
482— United
CR
States Social, Cultural and
Intellectual History since 1860
3
3
Additional 6 credits to be selected from outside of group of concentration.
ELECTIVES
(18 CRS.)
Single-subject (6 CRS.)
From
of the disciplines of:
ONE
Economics
Geography
Science
Political
Sociology
A
Humanities
1
Language
single Foreign
1
2
Students electing Foreign Language must complete 12 credits unless exception is approved by the Department of History.
2
Among
Art
Art
Art
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Speech
Music
Music
Music
Music
Phil.
Phil.
the courses fulfilling the Humanities block are:
— American
— European
Art History
Art History
331— Oriental Art History
3
3
3
3
231— British
232— British
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
311
321
3
Writers
Writers
— Russian Literature Translation
—American Literature
— American Literature
385— The American Novel
386— Later American Prose
307
381
382
in
415— History
221— History
324
322
323
—
—
—
of the Theatre
Music
American Music
Music of the Romantic Era
Twentieth Century Music
of
303— Philosophy
306— Philosophy
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
of Science
3
3
of Religion
3
3
General (12 CRS.)
Except for history majors who pursue a foreign language and who will
usually complete only 6 credits of general electives, majors will complete 12
credits in courses approved by their Department of History advisor.
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
Specialization
24
24
Electives
18
Total
128
159
DIVISION OF ARTS
AND SCIENCES
OBJECTIVES
The
universally recognized goals of liberal education are those which
relate to the
maturation of the individual in knowledge and wisdom.
terms of the customary three-fold division of knowledge
Social Sciences, Natural Sciences
—
a
more
In
— Humanities,
detailed description of the
(1) to cultivate a sensitive, appreciative, and
goals might be as follows:
media of creative expression as
communicative of man's ideas, aspirations, and needs, (2) to develop an
awareness of our social heritage, the relevance of social, political, and
economic factors to human behavior, and the relationship between the
judicious attitude towards the various
past and the present, (3) to provide a basic understanding of critical and
analytical
methods of investigation
into the nature of the universe
the application of scientific discovery to
modern
and of
life.
In addition to cultivating the "whole" individual, the Arts and Sciences Program
single field in
is
intended to offer an opportunity for exploration of a
some depth, not only
as a
means
to possible further edu-
cation at the graduate level, but also for the value inherent in terminal
experience of the complexities of any one discipline.
Bloomsburg, leading
to
breadth and penetration
in
Hence, the Bachelor of Arts curriculum
the A. B.
degree,
offers
both exposure
in
at
depth, proceeding from the assumption that
among
sequences of a more enlightened individual
is
the
many
vital
con-
a more stable and toler-
ant society.
AN OVERVIEW
The Arts and
sists
Sciences program at Bloomsburg State College con-
of four parts, which
I.
II.
may
be briefly outlined as follows:
66-70
General Education
Core Studies
in
the
Credit Hours
Social
Sciences, the Humanities or
the
III.
Natural
14- IS Credit Hours
Sciences
Additional studies
in the
Core or
Major Area
IV.
Electives
Total Required for the A. B. Degree
24 Credit Hours
Credit Hours
16-24
128 Credit
Hours
160
THE GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT
The General Education requirement
Arts and Sciences.
in the
Its
purpose
is
essential to
is
any curriculum
to prepare all students,
their field of concentration or their vocational intentions,
as
men and women
The General Education requirement
and Sciences
is
to
life
for students enrolled in Arts
similar to that for students enrolled in the various divisions
leading to the degree in professional education.
students
for adult
members of their local comCommonwealth, of the nation and of the
living private lives; as
munities; and as citizens of the
world.
whatever
over"
"cross
from
one
program
Thus
to
it
is
another
possible for
within
the
two years with a minimum of difficulty. In order to achieve
the purposes of General Education, the following 66-70 hour requirement
has been established:
Credit Hours
first
Science
(Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or Earth
6-8
Science)
Art or Music
3
Literature
Philosophy
3
6
History of Civilization
Political Science 211 or 212
Psychology
Social Science (Any two of the following: Econ. 211, Econ. 212,
Soc. 211, other Soc, Anthro. 224, Anthro. 323)
English Composition
Introduction to Speech
Mathematics 111, 112, or 211, 212
Foreign Language (Fr., Ger., Span., or Rus. 103-104)
World Geography
Personal Health
Physical Education
6
3
3
6
6
3
6-8
6
3
2
I,
II,
III,
IV
4
66-70 Cr. Hrs.
THE CORE REQUIREMENT
The beginning
of specialization or study of material in depth in the
Arts and Sciences Program occurs with the student's choice of one of
three broad areas of concentration: Humanities, Social Sciences, or
tural Science
and Mathematics.
Following
is
each area.
I.
Humanities Core
English 249— Shakespeare
Any
additional semester of English Literature
Philosophy 307— Ethics
or Philosophy 302— Logic
Speech 208 Introduction to Theatre Arts
Argumentation
or Speech 321
—
—
Na-
the Core Requirement for
Credit Hours
3
3
3
3
:
161
Any
Any
semester of Art History
semester of Music History
3
3
Total
II.
18
Social Science Core
The general intent of the Social Science Core is to require the comtwo semesters of study in the areas of geography, psychology,
political science, economics, and sociology, plus one semester in anthropology.
A portion of this program is fulfilled by the Social Science
courses in General Education.
(As regards history, two courses are
already required in General Education.)
The Social Science Core conpletion of
sists of the
1.
following
The four courses below which have not been taken
to
complete the General Education requirement.
Political Science 211, Political Science 212
Economics 211, Economics 212
Sociology 211, one additional semester of sociology
Anthropology 224 (or 323)
12
2.
An
additional semester of geography and an additional
semester of psychology
6
18
Total
III.
Natural Science and Mathematics Core
1.
Math. 211 and 212
2.
A
full
—
Calculus
year of a science that
I
is
and
II
(a)
outside of, yet
8
relevant to, the major and (b) in addition to and in
a field separate from the year of science taken in
fulfillment of the General Education Requirement.
Biology,
Chemistry, Physics,
Possible selections:
Earth Science
6-8
14- 16
Total
THE MAJOR-AREA REQUiREMl
Above and beyond
a
minin
um
the General
\
I
Education and Core Requirements
amassed in one of the three gen-
of 24 credit hours must be
eral areas o\
concentration (Humanities, Social Science, Natural Sciences
and Mathematics) or preferably
in
a
specific
discipline
within
i
le
of
these areas.
For
the
achievement
oi
this
courses or course sequences are
Major-Area
prescribed
bj
Requirement,
some department
specific
162
1.
Biology 1
Nine semesters basic:
103— General
Biol.
210
Biol. 211
Biol.
220— General Botany
221— General Botany
Biol.
Biol.
PLUS
Biol.
Biol.
Biology
I
—Invertebrate Zoology
—Vertebrate Zoology
any four
I
II
of the following:
331— Ecology
341— Genetics
— Molecular Biology
—Microbiology
371 — Embryology
381 — Vertebrate Physiology
Biol. 351
Biol. 361
Biol.
Biol.
Additional courses, according to advisement:
i.
Field Courses
Biol. 411
Entomology
413
Biol. 414
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
ii.
417— Field Zoology
422— Field Botany
432— Fresh Water
Biology
Laboratory Courses
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
2.
—
—Ornithology
— Ichthyology
—Parasitology
—Plant Physiology
— Plant Anatomy
— Evolution
—Radiation Biology
— Biological Chemistry
471— Histology
482 — Comparative Vertebrate
416
420
421
441
452
453
Business-Economics
Anatomy
(combination)
Bus. Ed. 221, 222— Principles of Accounting2
Bus. Ed. 321, 322 Intermediate Accounting
Econ. 211, 212 Principles of Economics
Bus. Ed. 101 Intro, to Business Organization and Finance
Bus. Ed. 331 Business Law
Econ. 413 Money and Banking
—
3.
—
—
—
—
English
Eng. 231, 232— British Writers
Eng. 401 Structure of English
OR Eng. 402 History of the English Language
—
—
Biology majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses: Chem. Ill
331 and 332, Phys. Ill and 112, and Math. 211 and 212.
2 Normally begun in the sophomore year.
1
and
112,
Chem.
1$3
4.
Geography 3
A. Geography (Not necessarily in sequence)
Geog. 225 Weather and Climate
Geog. 223 Geography of Anglo-America
Geog. 323 Political Geography
Geog. 354 Cartography
Geog. 363 Urban Geography
Geog. 365 Geomorphology
Seminar in Geography
Geog. 492
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
B.
Choice of regional course in Geography
in sequence)
Earth Science (not necessarily
Geog. 357 Physical Geology
Geog. 361 Historical Geology
Geog. 355 Meteorology
Geog. 365 Geomorphology
—
—
—
—
Geog. 453 — Astronomy
Geog. 359 — Oceanography
Geog. 451 — Field Techniques
Earth and
Earth Science
Geog. 495 — Seminar
Meteorology (not necessarily in sequence)
Geog. 355— Meteorology
Geog. 356 — Climatology
Geog. 359 — Oceanography
Geog. 365 — Geomorphology
Geog. 453 — Astronomy
Geog. 493 — Seminar in Meteorology
in
Space Science
in
C.
Theoretical Mechanics
Integral Calculus
5.
History
6.
—
—
Bibliography and Research
Mathematics
Math. 110 Pre-Calculus (remedial only)
Math. 211— Calculus I
Math. 212— Calculus II
Math. 221— Statistics
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 321 Modern Algebra
PLUS any five of the following:
Math. 241 Introduction to Computer Programming
Math. 312 Differential Equations
Math. 322— Linear Algebra
Math. 332 Modern Geometry
Math. 411 Advanced Calculus
Math. 412 Complex Variables
Math. 421— Topology
Math. 422— Group Theory
Math. 431— Number Theory
Math. 432 Numerical Analysis
Hist. 399
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1 cr. hr. only)
—
3 Required
in
for
Computing.
any
of
the
three
majors
in
Geography are a course
in
Statistics
and a
course
16 J,
7.
Physical Sciences
A.
1
Chemistry
Chem. Ill,
Chem. 222
Chem. 331,
Chem. 411,
Chem. 421
Chem. 424
112— General Chemistry
— Quantitative
I
and
II
Analysis
332— Organic Chemistry
412— Physical Chemistry
and II
and II
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
I
I
—
— Instrumental Analysis
PLUS at least one of the following:
Chem. 422 — Qualitative Organic Analysis
Chem. 490 — Chemistry Seminar
Chem. 491 — Special Topics
Chem. 492 — Chemical Research
B.
Physics 2
Phys. 211,
Phys. 410
Phys. 411
Phys. 414
212— General
Physics
I
and
II
— Introduction Atomic Physics
— Mechanics
— Electricity and Magnetism
8.
to
PLUS
at least 12
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
412— Optics
cr. hrs.
drawn from the following:
(3 cr. hrs.)
— Electronics (4 hrs.)
—Vibrations and Waves
421— Solid State Physics
422 — Thermodynamics
490 — Physics Seminar
415
420
cr.
(3 cr. hrs.)
(3 cr. hrs.)
(3 cr. Hrs.)
(1 cr. hr.)
Psychology
— General Psychology
— Child Growth and Development (Child Psychology)
OR Psy. 416 — Adolescent Psychology
Psy. 321 — Tests and Measures
Psy. 331 — Mental Hygiene and Problems of Adjustment
OR Psy. 431 —Abnormal Psychology
Psy. 351 — Social Psychology
OR Psy. 451 — Psychology for Business and Industry
Psy. 406 — Psychology Seminar
Psy. 460— Basic Statistical Method
Psy. 461 — Experimental Psychology
Additional courses which may be chosen:
Psy. 102 — Advanced General Psychology
Psy. 401 — Foundation of Contemporary Psychology
3
Psy. 101
Psy. 211
4
1
Chemistry majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses: Phys. 211, 212, 410 and
Math. 211, 212, 311, 312.
2 Physics majors are exoected to take the following auxiliary courses:
to be taken in the freshman year) and Math. 211, 212, 311, 312.
Chem.
Ill,
112
(these
two
3 Usually taken during the freshman year in fulfillment of the General Education Requirement. Also
recommended for Psychology majors during the freshman year are: Biol. 103, 104 and Math.
Ill, 112.
4 Prior
approval of the instructor
is
required.
165
Psy.
436— The Study
of Personality
—Psychology of Motivation
— Advanced Experimental Psychology
466 — Research Projects
Psychology
Psy. 456
Psy. 462
Psy.
9.
in
1
Social Sciences
A.
Comprehensive Major
Any
six semesters of work in the Social Sciences beyond the
General Education and Core Requirements
B.
Economics
International Economics
Intermediate Micro Economics
Public Finance and Macro Economics
Money and Banking
Introduction to Statistics and Experimental Design
Seminar in Economics 1
C.
Political Science
Six semesters of work beyond Pol. Sci. 211 and 212, to be determined in consultation with an appropriate faculty advisor.
D.
10.
Sociology
Six semesters of work beyond Soc. 211 and the core semester of
sociology, to be determined in consultation with an appropriate faculty advisor.
Speech
Basic
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
A.
B.
206
241
325
412
— Oral Interpretation
— Voice and Diction
— Extempore Speech
— Fundamentals of Acting
Further Sequence for Public Address
Speech 231 Introduction to Radio and Television
Speech 307 Business and Professional Speech
Speech 418 Discussion
Speech 421 Persuasion
Speech 492 Seminar
—
—
—
—
—
Further Sequence for Theatre Studies
Speech 211— Theatre Production
Speech 311 Scene Design
Speech 318 Creative Dramatics
Speech 319— Children's Theatre
Speech 411 Play Direction
Speech 414 Costuming for the Stage
Speech 415 History of the Theatre
Speech 416 Modern Theatre
Speech 490 Speech Seminar
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
Prior
approval
of
the
instructor
is
required.
166
ELECTIVES
For the
elective portion
of the curriculum,
which makes up the
balance of the 128 credit hours required for graduation, students
may
take
almost any courses offered by the college, with the logical exception of
those in Professional Education, Physical Education, certain Business
cation
skills,
lowed for
etc.
Approximately 16
electives
to
24
Edu-
credit hours are normally al-
(courses of the student's
own
Note on Pre-Professional Programs:
choice).
Students
intending
to
transfer ultimately to a college of medicine, veterinary medicine, dentistry,
pharmacy, law, engineering, theology,
etc.
should write immediately for
the catalog and/or admission requirements of that particular college and,
with the aid of the Director of Arts and Sciences at Bloomsburg State
College, plan their undergraduate programs
accordingly.
SCHEDULING
For
becomes progrestwo suggested schedule guides are given below, one
assistance in planning a course of study that
sively concentrated,
for students concentrating in either the Social Sciences or the Humanities,
the other for students concentrating in Mathematics or the Natural Sciences.
The
difference between the two schedules results from the fact
that the latter areas are
more
rigorously sequential.
Hence, students con-
would be apt to take
two years each of mathematics and science during the first two years of
college, deferring certain General Education Requirements until the sophomore and junior years, while students concentrating in the Social Sciences or the Humanities would be apt to take only one year each of
mathematics and science during the first two years of college, thus fulfilling their General Education Requirements earlier and experiencing
somewhat greater emphasis upon Major-Area Requirements and Electives
during the last two years. These two schedules are to be considered only
centrating in Mathematics or the Natural Sciences
as guides in planning the A. B. program; they
the consent of the student's advisor
It is
and
may be
departed from, with
as scheduling difficulties arise.
apparent that an average of 16 hours of credit per semester
should be maintained in order for a student to graduate within the usual
8 semesters
(8x 16 = 128).
sume course
loads that are too heavy for
to
However, students are advised not to asthem to manage creditably and
bear in mind that a full-time student
credit hours.
may
carry
as
little
as
12
1S7
SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR AREAS OF
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
English
3
3
3-4
3
3
101
Speech 103
Science
History 211
Foreign Language
H.P.E.
Hrs.
.
101-Physical Fitness Education
1
Cr. Hrs.
Geography
101
Science
History 212
Foreign Language
H.P.E.
_
_
102
English
_
_
_
150-Aquatics
3
3
3-4
3
3
1
16-17
16-17
SECOND YEAR
207
Mathematics
English
Social Science
H.P.E. 100-Personal & Community
Art or Music
Major-Area or Elective
Health
3
3
3
2
3
0-3
H.P.E.-Elective
1
English
298
Mathematics
Science
Political Science
Social
Psychology
Major-Area
or
H.P.E.-Elective
211
3
3
3
3
3
0-3
—
Elective
1
16-19
15-18
THIRD YEAR
3-6
12
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and/or Electives
Philosophy
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and or Electives
Average
15-18
Average
._
3
_
_
3-6
_
15-18
._
._
3-6
12
9
FOURTH YEAR
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and/or Electives
3-6
12
Average
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and/or Electives
Average
15-18
Required for graduation:
15-18
128 Semester Hours.
SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR AREA OF
THE NATURAL SCIENCES
(SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS)
FIRST
FIRST
English
101
Speech
103
Science
SECOND SEMESTER
3
3
...
3-4
4
_
Mathematics
Foreign
YEAR
SEMESTER
Language
3
English
102
3
3
3-4
4
Geography
Science
Mathematics
Language
Foreign
16-17
3
16-17
SECOND YEAR
History 211
Art or Music
2nd Year Science
7
3
2nd Year Mathematics
H.P.E. 100-Personal & Community Health
H.P.E.
101-Physical
HUtnry 91?
3
1
3 4
1-4
Fitness
Education
T
?
1
15-16
Political
H.P.E.
Science
211
150-Aquatics
3
3
1
16-17
168
THIRD YEAR
Cr. Hrs.
207 _
_
_
Core
Major Area and/or Electives
English
Science
H.P.E. -Elective
„.
Cr. Hrs.
3
FnglUh
1
H.P.E. -Elective
3
3
3-4
6-8
9f)R
_
.._
_
1
16-19
16-19
FOURTH YEAR
Philosophy
_
.„
.
Major Area and/or Electives
15-17
.._
12-14
_
.
Average
15-17
15-17
Required for graduation:
128 Semester Hours.
DIVISION OF BUSINESS
THE FOUR YEAR BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUMS
The purpose
of the Business Administration
program
is
to prepare
students for successful careers in business that will be personally satisfying
and
socially useful.
Students enrolled in the Business Administration curriculums take
courses during their
first
two years that
most part, identical
and Sciences proplaced on courses in
are, for the
to those required of all students enrolled in the Arts
grams.
After the
first
two years, emphasis
Business Administration; at
also
own
one of the
is
time Business Administration majors will
have the option of specializing
either business or
their
this
arts
in
and
some area
sciences.
of their choice
Students thus
may
—
in
satisfy
personal interests in business as well as receive a substantial
general education.
Graduates
degree
(or
a
of
may
program
the
Bachelor
Arts
of
receive
degree
by
studies
in
a
Bachelor
completing
of
Science
the
foreign
language requirement).
Specifically,
is
the
program
of
Business
Administration
designed:
1.
To
in
2.
To
provide essential knowledge of the social and physical world
which we
cultivate
live.
skills,
attitudes,
which can be applied
3.
To develop
to the
understandings,
and knowledges,
world of business.
personality and characteristics in the students which
are required by business.
1
169
4.
To understand
the organization
and management of our indus-
trial society.
5.
To develop
the ability to think rationally and to apply this kind
of thinking to
6.
To develop
their efforts to
Upon
complex business problems.
the skills and techniques which will aid students in
become business managers or
administrators.
satisfactory completion of the basic year of the curriculum,
students must choose one of the sequences (General Business. Accounting,
or Economics)
shown on
the
following
pages.
NOT HAVE HAD BUSINESS TRAINING
IN
STUDENTS NEED
HIGH SCHOOL to
complete the various business sequences.
Present or prospective transfer students from Junior Colleges should
consult Paragraph I (A, B, C, and
D)
of the "Criteria
For Business Ad-
ministration," January 1968 with respect to college course offerings for
the school years 1968-71.
Transfer students from junior colleges or community colleges will
in their designated curri-
be required to complete the following courses
culum:
—Accounting Management Decision and
quent accounting courses
450 — Introduction
Data Processing
— Introduction Programming
Bus. 323
for
other subse-
as prescribed
Bus.
to Electronic
or Bus. 45
to
All
requirements
Electives as
shown
for
for
General
Education,
Core,
Specialized,
each curriculum.
GENERAL EDUCATION
(all
sequences)
Business Administration
Science
6-8
Art or Music
3
Literature
6
Psychology
3
Social Sciences:
Economics
Political
Science
English Composition
Speech
Mathematics (111 and higher level)
World History
,;
3
6
6
6
Geography
Health
2
Physical Education
Philosophy, Advanced Speech, Sociology, or Foreign Language
6
and
170
CORE
(all
sequences)
— Introduction Business
221 and 222 — Principles of Accounting
323 — Accounting for Management Decisions
331 — Business Law
342 — Marketing Principles and Practices
Bus. 343 — Business Finance
Bus. 344 — Management Processes
Bus. 346 — Business Statistics
Bus. 413 — Money and Banking
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
101
to
I,
II
I
446— Business
Policies
Cremg
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
TOTAL GENERAL AND CORE
33
95-97
Subject to change for administrative reasons without notice.
ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE
Business Administration
SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS
—
Bus. 321 and 322 Intermediate Accounting I, II
Bus. 421
Cost Accounting
Bus. 422 Auditing Theory and Procedures
Bus. 423— State and Federal Tax AOccounting
—
—
6
3
3
3
15
ELECTIVES**
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
332— Business Law
II
—Retail Management Concepts
— Personnel Management
424— Tax Problems
430 — Advanced Statistics
445 — Report Writing for Management
447 — Research Studies
Management
Bus. 448 — Advanced Cost Accounting
Bus. 449— CPA Problems
Bus. 450 and 451 — Data Processing
341
345
in
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
18
The student must complete the following courses:
General
Core
Education
Specialized
Requirements
Electives
62-64
33
15
18
Typewriting or proficiency
128
Subject to change for administrative reasons, without notice.
** 30 credits offered
18 credits needed
171
SEMZSTER
FIRST
Credits
Geog. 101— World Phys.
V\ath. Ill— Algebra
Ill-World
Hist.
H.P.E.
*Bus.
101-Phys.
221— Acctg.
3
3
3
3
Geog
History
Fitness
Principles
_
_
1
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 102-Eng.
Art 101 Music
Credits
Comp.
3
II
101
3
3
Bus.
222-Acctg.
1
Hist.
3
H.P.E.
Principles
II
_
3
3
_.
112-World History
150— Aquatics
1
16
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207-World
Credits
Lit.
_
1
Econ. 211— Prin. of Economics
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com.
Psy. 101— Gen. Psychology
1
Health
.,
2
_
.,
3
3
_
3
3
3
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng. 208-World Lit.
Credits
3
3
3
II
Speech 103— Intro, to Speech
'-con. 212— Prin. of Economics II
Bus. 323-Acctg. for Mgmt. Dec.
Bus. 322-lnter.
H.P.E. -Elective
Accounting
3
_
II
I
16
17
FIFTH
Eus.
Bus.
Bus.
Phil.
SEMESTER
Credits
331— Bus. Low
441— Prin. Marketing
423— Fed. State Taxes
1
211/Sor.
911
._._
3
3
3
3
3
3
SEMESTER
SIXTH
Credits
_
Bjs.
344— Management
Bus.
Bus.
450— Intro, to
346— Statistics
3
3
3
E.D.P.
15
18
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Bus.
422— Auditing
Pol. Sci. 212 211 -Government
Speech 307— Bus. and Prof Speech
Credits
3
3
3
6
Electives
3
3
Processes
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Bus. 446— Bus. Policies
Credits
3
12
15
15
GENERAL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION SEQUENCES
ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS
Credits
Education
General
Core
62-64
33
Electives in Business Administration
(Accounting or Economics as approved by advisor)
33
128
A
student must complete 33 elective credits which can include one
additional course in Accounting and one additional course in Economics.
The remaining courses would be
—
selected from those listed under Electives
Business Administration.
Students should also refer to Core courses and General Education.
ELECTIVES
—
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Data Processing
Business
Advanced
Law
II
Statistics
Business Report Writing
Personnel Administration
Students with an accounting objective
Introduction to Business.
should
enroll
in
Bus.
221
in
the
first
sem?stor
and omit
172
Credits
Transportation
Advertising Management: Organization and Planning
Marketing Research Studies
Research Studies in Management
Retail Management Concepts
3
3
3
3
3
Management
Sales
3
—
ELECTIVES
ECONOMICS
International Economics
Public Finance
3
Econometrcs
3
3
ELECTIVES
State and Federal
—
ACCOUNTING
Tax
Advanced Cost Accounting
Cost Accounting
Tax Problems
SEMESTER
101— Composition
FIRST
Eng.
Credits
3
3
I
-World Phys. Geog.
Ill-Algebra _
101— Intro, to Business
Ill-World History
*Geog.
Math.
Bus.
Hist.
101
3
3
3
101-Fitness
H.P.E.
1
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 102— Composition
Art 101 Music 101
Credits
3
II
..._
Mathematics
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Psy. 101— General Psychology
H.P.E. 150-Aquatics
—
_
_
16
SEMESTER
221— Accounting
21 1— Principles
207-World Lit.
THIRD
Bus.
Econ.
Eng.
H.P.E.
Hist.
Eio!.
Credits
3
Principles
of Economics
I
3
2
I
100-Personai and Com. Health
_
3
3
1
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Bus. 222— Accounting Principles II
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics
**Eng. 208-World Lit. II ot
2
Humanities
112-World
3
103 or
3
Bus. 346-Sta1istics
H.P.E.-Elective
Science Elective
History
Physical Science
3
3
Credits
3
3
Elective
3
3
_
1
3
17
16
FIFTH
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
SEMESTER
323— Accig.
for Mgt. Decisions
331 -Business Law
343— Business Finance
450— Intro, to Data Processing
345— Personnel Management
I
.
Credits
3
3
3
3
SIXTH SEMESTER
Eus.
Bus.
344— Management Processes
342— Marketing Principles
& Banking
Econ. 413— Money
Electives
Credits
3
.
...
3
15
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Bus. 446— Business Policies
Bus. 445— Report Writing
Credits
3
3
3
...
Pol.
Sci.
211
or 212
6
Electives
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Credits
Management 3
447-Research Studies
Electives—
Business Administration, Acctg.
or Economics
Bus.
15
ECONOMICS SEQUENCES
Business Administration
General Education
Core
62
33
15
13
Specialized Economics Courses
Electives
Business Administration
—
128
*
*
Economic Geography
Humanities Electives: Philosophy.
Alternate
Professional
Speech
or
Literature.
173
SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS
The student must complete
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
the following courses
Credits
— Intermediate Micro Economics
— Intermediate Macro Economics
— History of Economic Thought
422 — Contrasting Economies
313 — Industrial Relations
411
412
423
ELECTIVES
3
3
3
3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Business Law II
Personnel Management
Cost Accounting
Federal and State Taxes
Advanced
15
3
3
3
3
3
Statistics
3
Report Writing
Research Studies
3
Introduction to Electronic Data Processing
Introduction to Computers
3
3
18
3
AND ELECTIVES
ADD GENERAL AND CORE
TOTAL, SPECIALIZED
Subject
to
change for administrative reasons without
SEMESTER
FIRST
Credits
Eng. 101 —Composition
*G
Gcog.
Ill-World History
H.P.E. 101 -Fitness
Bus. 101— Intro, to
SECOND SEMESTER
Credits
3
3
3
3
II
Mathematics
Soeech 103— Introduction to Speech
Psy. 101— General Psychology
H.P.E. 150-Aquatics
Ill-Algebra
Hist.
notice.
Eng. 102— Composition
Art 101 Music 101
I
Math.
33
95
Business
3
1
16
SEMESTER
221— Accounting
21 1— Principles
207-World Lit.
THIRD
Bus.
Econ.
Eng.
H.P.E.
Hist.
Biol
Credits
Principles
of Economics
I
...
I
100-Personal and Com. Health
112-World
History
103
FOURTH SEMESTER
222— Accounting
3
3
Bus.
3
2
3
3
**Eng. 208-World
Bus. 346-Statistics
H.P.E. -Elective
Econ.
212 — Principles
Credits
Principles II
of Economics
3
3
3
3
Lit.
1
Physics
3
17
'
18
credits
**Alternate
16
needed
Economic Geography
For Humanities Requirement, 12 credits are required,
plus Art or Music will satisfy the requirements.
two Philosophy Courses, one
Literature
Note: Students must complete 15 semester hour credits in the following courses
Specialized Requiremenfs in Economics: Econ. 41 1 —Intermediate Micro Economics,
Public Finance and Macro Economics, 3; Econ. 423 -History of Economic Thought,
Comparative Economic Systems, 3; Econ. 313— Industrial Relations, 3.
Course,
to
satisfy
3;
Econ.
Econ.
3,
the
412 —
422 —
17U
FIFTH
SEMESTER
Credits
—
Bus. 323— Acctg. for Mgt. Decision
Bus. 331— Business Law
Bus. 343-Business Finance
Bus. 450— Intro, to Data Processing
Econ. 423— Hist. Econ. Thought
I
*Phil.
211— Introduction
Philosophy
to
3
3
3
3
3
3
SIXTH SEMESTER
Credits
Bus.
Bus.
344— Management
Pol.
Sci.
Processes
342 -Marketing Principles
211 or 212
_..._
Econ. 314— Money & Banking
Econ.
313— Industrial
_
__
_
_
_
Relations
18
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Econ. 411— Inter. Micro Econ
Bus. 446— Business Policies
Bus. 445— Report Writing
Credits
_
3
3
3
—
15
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Bus. 447— Research
Credits
Studies
Electives
Econ.
in
Management
Econ.
3
9
_
422— Comp.
Systems
3
_
6
Electives
3
3
3
3
3
15
15
*
Phil.
—
Introduction,
Logic or
Ethics
THE FOUR YEAR
BUSINESS EDUCATION CURRICULUMS
The
State
Bloomsburg
Department of Public Instruction has designated the
one of the institutions in which secondary
State College as
Commonwealth may be educated. The primary
purpose of the program of the Division of Business Education is to prepare teachers for the junior and senior high schools of Pennsylvania.
business teachers of the
Upon
completion of the Business Education Curriculum, the Bachelor
is conferred and application may be made to the State
Department of Public Instruction for a teaching certificate. The courses
of Science Degree
included in the curriculum qualify graduates to secure certification to
teach business subjects in any junior or senior high school in Pennsylvania.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
was
The Business Education Curriculum has proved so popular since it
introduced in 1930 that only a limited number of selected stu-
first
dents are admitted.
All prospective students
who
plan to select
this
curriculum should apply to the Director of Admissions early in the year
preceding the year in which they expect to enroll in the college.
Only
those high school students whose records indicate the ability to complete
the curriculum satisfactorily are accepted.
This does not
mean
that stu-
dents applying for admission must have had business courses in high
school or business college.
Many
students
who have had no
previous
business training successfully complete the Business Education Curriculum.
As
this
curriculum
is
of college grade, advanced standing
is
not
granted for work completed in secondary schools, business colleges, or
non-accredited business schools.
175
ADVANCED STANDING
who
Applicants for admission to the Business Education Curriculum
kave earned credit
at other colleges or universities should
cript of this credit
when applying
for admission.
be granted for courses completed
when,
in
the
at other
submit a trans-
Advanced standing
will
of college grade
institutions
judgment of the Dean of Instruction, such courses are
equivalent to subjects prescribed in the Business Education Curriculum.
If a tentative
universities
is
evaluation of courses completed at other colleges or
desired, a transcript
showing the names of the courses, the
grades, and the credit hours earned should be sent to the Director of the
Division of Business Education.
making application
prior to
The
1.
A
tentative evaluation can be requested
for admission to the college.
Education program are:
specific objectives of the Business
To
contribute to the development of a broader understanding of
the culture of our society.
2.
3.
To develop an appreciation of the contributions
can make to the total educational program of
To prepare students for certification to teach
business teachers
the school.
or supervise the
teaching of business subjects.
4.
To develop
vocational
competency
in
the
skill
subjects
and
in accounting.
5.
To
provide sufficient basic business education to insure
com-
petency and to develop interest in the teaching of basic business subjects.
6.
To
provide training and experience in methods and techniques
of teaching business subjects.
Upon
satisfactory completion of the basic year of the
curriculum,
students must choose one of the sequences (General, Secretarial, or Ac-
counting) shown on the following pages.
HAVE HAD
STUDENTS
NEED NOT
BUSINESS TRAINING IN HIGH SCHOOL
to
com-
plete the business sequences.
For administrative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to
The first number after each course refers to clock hours, while
change.
the second indicates the
number
of credit hours.
All Business Education program students must complete 128 credits
of courses distributed approximately equally
between General Education
and Business Education.
Prior to the end of the junior year students must receive clearance
Business Education tor adfrom the Student Teaching Committee
—
mission to student teaching
in
public secondary schools.
176
For the Provisional
Certificate to teach Business
Education
pub-
in a
high school in Pennsylvania, candidates must complete the Account-
lic
ing,
the General, or the Secretarial Sequence
Bloomsburg
(or their equivalents)
at
These sequences incorporate courses in general, professional, and Business Education required under the regulations
published by the Department of Public Instruction.
The
State College.
following high school teaching areas and the college credits for
Bookkeeping, 12 credits of ac-
specific courses for these areas follow:
counting courses; Business English, 15 credits in English, including Business Correspondence; Business Mathematics, 15 credits in accounting and
business mathematics; Retail Selling, 9 credits in Salesmanship, Marketing, and Retailing; Shorthand, 9 credits; Typewriting, 6 credits.
Students
must complete all of the courses prescribed on a particular sequence to
qualify for a certificate.
FIRST
(all
YEAR
sequences)
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
Hours
CL
101— English Composition
Math. 101— Fundamentals of Mathematics
Geog. 101-World Physical Geography _
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Eng.
H.
P.
Phil.
E.
101-Physical Fitness Education
to Philosophy
211 -Intro,
CR
CL
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
Eng. 102— English Composition
Phys. 101— Physical Science
Art 101-lntro. to Art or
Music 101 — Intro, to Music
1
H.
17
16
3
P.
E.
100-Personal
and
CR
3
3
3
4
3
3
2
2
Community
Health
H. P. E. 150-Aquatics
Bus. 101— Introduction to
2
Business
Organization and Finance
Bus. 221— Principles of Accounting
1
3
4
3
3
21
18
I
GENERAL SEQUENCE
SECOND YEAR
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
Hours
Hours
CL
208-Survey of World
103-General Biology
Eng. 207 or
Biol.
Lit
_....
I
H. P. E. -Elective
Bus. 201— Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 21 1— Elementary Shorthand
Bus. 222— Principles of Accounting
3
Hist.
5
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
2
_
I
_
I
4
22
218
or
Hist.
202— Elementary Typewriting II
212— Elementary Shorthand II
321— Intermediate Accounting
I
elective
15
CR
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
20
17
3
Ill
Natural Science or Malh.
Humanities elective
4
4
II
CL
CR
4
4
THIRD YEAR
Hours
CL CR
Hours
CL
Psy. 101— General Psychology
Econ. 21 1— Principles of Economics
Typewriting
Bus. 301— Advanced
Bus. 311— Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 322— Intermediate Accounting
Bus. 331— Business Law
I
—
CR
371— Educational Psychology
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics
—
Bus. 332-Business Law II
Bus. 334— Business Mathematics or
Reports
Bus. 333— Business Corres. and
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Education
Soc. 211— Principles of Sociology or
Soc. 323— Intro, to Anthropology
Psy.
_
II
20
17
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
18
.
FOURTH YEAR
Hours
Hours
CL
Econ.
423— Hist,
of
211-U.
S.
Pol. Sci.
401— Clerical
Bus.
Office
Ed.
Economic Thought
CR
3
3
CL
Ed.
Government
and
CR
403 — Student Teaching in Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including
Practice
Professional
Practicum)
Machines
396— Curriculum and
Secondary
(Including
Instruction
in
School
A-V Education)
19
15
ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE
SECOND YEAR
Hours
CL CR
Hours
CL
208-Survey of World
103-General Biology
Eng. 207 or
Biol.
CR
3
Lit.
3
5
I
H. P. E. -Elective
Bus. 201 —Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 222-Principles of Accounting
Business elective
_
I
II
3
2
1
4
4
3
2
3
3
21
15
218 or Hist. Ill
Bus. 202 — Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 321— Intermediate Accounting
Hist.
Business
II
I
elective
Natural Science or Math, elective
Humanities elective
...
THIRD YEAR
Hours
CL CR
Hours
CL
Psychology
_
Psy. 101 -General
Econ. 21 1— Principles of Economics
Typewriting
Bus. 301— Advanced
Bus. 322— Intermediate Accounting
Bus. 331— Business Law
Bus. 334— Advanced Mathematics
CR
4
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
—Educational Psychology
of Economics
332-Business Law II
Accounting elective
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Education
3
3
Soc. 21 1— Principles of
Soc. 323 Intro, to
19
17
3
3
II
_
I
(Business Mathematics)
Psy. 371
3
3
3
Econ. 212 — Principles
Bus.
3
3
3
3
—
3
3
3
Sociology or
Anthropology
3
18
3
II
FOURTH YEAR
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
Hours
CL CR
Hours
CL
Econ.
423— History of Econ. Thought
211-U. S. Government
401— Clerical Practice and
Pol. Sci.
Bus.
Office
Ed.
3
3
3
3
5
3
8
6
19
15
Ed.
403 — Student Teaching in Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including
Machines
396— Curriculum and
CR
Professional
Practicum)
Instruction
Secondary
School
(Including
A-V Education)
SECRETARIAL SEQUENC]
SECOND YE
\R
Hours
CL CR
Eng.
Biol.
207-Survey of World
103-General Biology
H. P. E. -Elective
Bus. 201 —Elementary
Bus. 21 1— Elementary
Business elective
Lit.
I
I
Typewriting
Shorthand
I
I
Hours
CL CR
3
3
fcng.
5
3
Hist.
2
1
•4
•1
3
21
2
3
3
208-Survey
of
World
Lit.
II
218 or Hist. Ill
Bus. 202 — Elementary Typewriting II
Bus. 212 — Elementary Shorthand II
Bus. 333 — Business Corres. and Reports
Natural Science or Math, elective
20
17
1
78
THIRD YEAR
Hours
CL
Psy. 101 -General Psychology
Econ. 211— Principles of Economics
Bus. 301 -Advanced Typewriting
Bus. 311 -Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 331— Business Law
„
Business elective
I
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
20
17
4
4
I
Hours
CR
3
3
CL
Econ. 212-Principles
of Economics
Practice
_
Bus. 312-Secretarial
Bus. 332-Business Law II
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
Ed. 393-Social Foundations of Ed.
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology or
Soc. 323— Intro, to Anthropology
FOURTH YEAR
423— Hist,
of
Economic Thought
211— U. S. Government
401— Clerical Practice and
Pol. Sci.
Bus.
_
Office Machines
Ed.
396— Curriculum and
Secondary
Instruction
School
3
3
18
Hours
CR
3
3
3
3
5
3
CL
Ed.
403— Student Teaching
8
6
19
15
CR
Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum) _ 30
12
30
12
in
in
_
3
3
3
3
3
20
Hours
CL
Econ.
CR
_ 3
5
3
3
3
A-V Education)
(Including
DIVISION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION
PURPOSE
This Division of Bloomsburg State College has been designated by
the State Department of Public Instruction to train people in Teaching
of the Mentally Retarded and in Speech Correction.
Science in Education degree
complete
either
in
receive certification
special classes
for
two
the
of
Those graduating
is
the
approved special
The Bachelor
satisfactorily
education
curriculums.
area of Teaching of the Mentally Retarded
from the Department of Public Instruction
the
of
who
conferred on students
to teach
educable or trainable mentally retarded in the
schools of Pennsylvania.
Graduates of the Speech Correction curriculum
are fully certified by the Department of Public Instruction to
work
as
speech correctionists in the schools of Pennsylvania.
EQUIPMENT
The Division of Special Education is well equipped with clinical and
aids.
The Special Education Center is located in Navy Hall.
classroom
The speech and hearing
suite
is
equipped with pure-tone and speech
audiometers, Bekesy audiometer, psycho-galvanometer, speech sonograph
equipment, single and dual track tape recorders, disc-record cutting machines, phonographs, auditory training units, desk
and individual model
hearing aids, language masters, and library materials in Speech Correction.
Instructional aids for the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded include
SRA
Reading Laboratories, tachistoscope, a primer typewriter, a collection of curriculum and workshop materials, and library materials concerning
all
areas of mental retardation.
179
CLINICAL PRACTICE
AND STUDENT TEACHING
proStudents enrolled in the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded
mentally
the
with
gram have the opportunity of participating in the work
After comretarded in carefully supervised and graded special classes.
teachstudent
pletion of the course work, students participate in full-time
nine weeks each.
ing programs in two separate settings for the duration of
Those enrolled in Speech Correction gain clinical experience at our
Upon completion of course
Section on Disorders of Communication.
students are placed in two
these
campus,
on
practice
work and clinical
to work full time with
each,
duration
weeks
different locations, for nine
setting.
a qualified speech correctionist in a school or clinic
in this program
participating
schools
Among those institutions and
State School
Haven
White
the
are: Selinsgrove State School and Hospital,
Censchools,
public
and Hospital, Geisinger Medical Center, Bloomsburg
Williamsport
Joint schools, Berwick School District,
tral
Columbia
County schools,
School District, Montour County schools, Northumberland
Lycoming County schools, West Chester public schools, Montgomery
CumberPublic Schools, Schuylkill County Public Schools, and
County
land County Special
Services.
SPEECH CORRECTION CURRICULUM
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)
The
objectives of the curriculum are to prepare state certified speech
requireto provide opportunity for students to meet the
correctionists,
ments of ASHA for Certificate of Clinical Competence in Speech Pathso that they
ology, and to extend the competence of speech clinicians
problems.
clinic
and
school
public
with
work
can adequately
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
Hours
CL C*
Hours
CL
Eng. 101 -English Composition
Speech 103-lntroduction to Speech
Biology
Biol. 103-General
Geog. 101 -World Physical Geography
3
I
one)
(Elect
[
of Math.
Statistics
Fitness Ed.
...
3
4
3
3
CR
3
3
3
3
3
Math. 101-Fundamentals
Math. 116-lntroduclory
H.
101-PhyskaT
E.
P.
2
E.
H. P. E.
Ill-World
Hist,
IJJ-WorM
Hist.
Hist,
113-World
3
3
J
3
3
J
2
3
3
H
15
1500
1500-1815
1815
since
150-Aquai.cs
1
FOURTH SEMESTER
2
2
3
2
13
3
4
3
3
3
Spec. Ed. 201 -Education of
Exceptional Children
P E -Elective
Phys. 101-Basic Phys. Science
Sp. Corr. 276-Hearing Problems
Sp. Corr. 252-Sp. Path.
Psychology
Psy. 101 -General
„
to
16
THIRD SEMESTER
101-Personal and Community
Heailh
H
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
__.
Sp. Corr. 251 -Phonetics
18
H. P.
1
Eng. 102-English Composition
Sp. Corr. 152-Vo.ce and Diction
Art 101 -Introduction to Art
(Elect one)
.J
Music 101-lntro. to Music
Psy. 211 -Child Growth and Development 3
00
Psy.371-Ed P**'"
-*.
..
3
Sp. Corr 253 Speech Pothology II
3
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of World Lit.
Sp. Corr. 376 Aud. Training &
"
J
3
-
.
3
1
3
3
20
18
Sp.
Reading
3
3
on
__
~_
180
Hours
CL CR
FIFTH SEMESTER
one)
(Elect
3
Soc. 211— Prin. of
Soc. 224— Cultural
Psy. 321— Tests and
Sociology
Anthropology
Measures
3
3
211— Intro, to Philosophy
351— Clinical Methods
Phil.
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
18
15
30
12
30
12
352— Clinical
Practicum:
Speech and Hearing Disorders
(Elective)
Foreign Language
6
3
one)
(Elect
Corr.
Sp.
Sp. Corr.
and Practicum
Hours
CL
SIXTH SEMESTER
Sp. Corr. 467-Psy. of Sp. & Hrng
Hist. 218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
Ed. 393-Social Foundations of Ed.
Psy. 331 -Mental Hygiene
Psy. 416— Adolescent Psychology
18
SEVENTH SEMESTER
one)
Eng. 401— Structure of English
Sp. Corr, 360— Psycho-Linguistics
Sp. Corr. 452— Anatomy of Speech
(Elect
Hearing Mechanisms
(Two Electives from: Sp. Corr.;
Foreign Language or Reading)
Pol. Sci. 211— U. S. Gov't
Sp. Corr. 361— Probs. of Sp. Corr
3
'Sp.
Cor
EIGHTH SEMESTER
4C2— Clinical Experience
and
3
_
6
3
3
6
3
3
18
18
128 Crs.
Total
[Sp. Corr.
466, 571, 472
and 475 are recommended
for course selections
beyond
the
required.)
CURRICULUM FOR TEACHERS OF
THE MENTALLY RETARDED
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)
The
objectives of this curriculum are to prepare State certified teach-
ers in the area of
mental retardation and extend competency
in teaching
of the mentally retarded.
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
101— English Composition
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Eng.
Biology
Biol. 103-Genera!
Geog. 101— World Physical Geography
Math. 101— Fundamentals of Math.
Moth. 1 16— Introductory Statistics
Malh. 231-Theory of Arithmetic
H. P. E. 101 -Physical Fitness Ed
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
I
one)
(Elect
3
...
3
3
Eng. 102— English Composition
Phys. 101 -Physical Science
(Elect one)
Art 101 -Introduction to Art
Music 101— Introduction to Music
3
101— General Psychology
3
3
Psy.
2
18
1
16
(Elect one)
Hist. Ill-World
Hist. 112-World
Hist. 113-World
H.
P.
E.
E.
100-Personal
&
3
3
to
150-Aquatics
2
1
18
16
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
18
FOURTH SEMESTER
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of World Lit. _ 3
Spec. Ed. 251— Speech Problems
_ 3
(Elect one)
3
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology
Soc. 224— Cultural Anthropology
Spec. Ed. 201— Education of
Exceptional Children
_..
3
Phil. 211 -Introduction to Philosophy
3
H. P.
3
3
3
3
1500
1500-1815
1815 to present
History
History
Hist.
4
3
3
3
3
3
Pol. Sci.
211-U.
S.
Government
Music 311— Music Activities
Elementary School
Teh. MR 201-lntroduction to
Mentally Retarded
(Elective) in Humanities
Psy. 211— Child Growth and
(Elective) in Social Sciences
in
the
Development 3
Community
Health
Student teaching equivalent.
2
2
17
17
—
1
181
FIFTH SEMESTER
H. P. E. -Elective
Teh. MR 303-Crafts
SIXTH SEMESTER
2
for
all
Levels
Mentally Retarded
Psy. 371 -Educational Psychology
Ed. 371-Teaching of Reading in
the Elementary Grades
(Elective) Science or
Teh. MR 351 -Special
Primary
and
1
of
8
3
4
Ed. 393-Social
Psy. 321 -Tests
MR
Teh
Special
3
Class Methods:
Intcrmsdiate Levels
3
3
3
3
3
3
22
17
3
3
Psy.
Psy.
3
3
3
_ 4
3
3
3
3
16
15
one)
Ed
Classes
352-Special Class Methods:
Secondary Levels
Hist. 218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
Eng. 316-Children's Literature __
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
_.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
(Elect
of
MR
Teh
Math
Foundations
and Measures
332-Language Arts for
Teh.
3
17
17
30
12
30
12
123
Crs.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Teaching and
MR 401— Student
416— Adolescent Psychology
Professional
Practicum
331-Mental Hygiene
Spec. Ed. 361-Prob.
Ed
H. P. E. 420-Techniques in Health and
P. E. for Spec. Ed. Teachers
Ed. 395-Curr., Instr. Meth. and A. V.
(Elective) Prof, area or Foreign Lang.
in
Spec.
......
Total
SPECIAL DEGREE PROGRAMS
THE TWO-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMS
The Bloomsburg
State College has
been approved
year program to Dental Hygienists and School Nurses
meet the conditions
set forth in the following
to
who
offer
two-
a
are able to
paragraphs:
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR DENTAL HYGIENISTS
(Subject to change without notice)
The degree
of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred
upon dental hygienists meeting
1.
the following requirements:
The possession of a valid license to practice dental hygiene in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania issued by the State Dental Council and Examining Board and the Department of Public Instruction.
'The professional education requirements for dental hygiene are the satisfactory completion of an approved dental
gienist course of instruction of
hy-
two years of not less than thirty-
two weeks and not less than thirty hours each week or its equivand graduation from a dental hygiene school approved
by the State Dental Council and Examining Board."*
The satisfactory completion in addition thereto of 70 credit
hours of professional and general education courses distributed
alent in
2.
as follows:
A.
Professional Education
Ed. 393 Social Foundations of Education
Psy. 101
General Psychology
Educational Psychology
Psy. 371
Ed. 301— Audio Visual Education
—
—
Total
Credit
Hours
l'
1
182
General Education
1. English and Speech
Eng. 101 English Composition
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
Eng. 102 English Composition
Any speech elective
Eng. 207— Survey of World Literature I
Eng. 208— Survey of World Literature II
2. Fine Arts
Art 101 Introduction to Art
Music 101 Introduction to Music
B.
16
—
—
—
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
—
3.
3
—
Geography
101 — World
3
6
Physical Geography
Cultural Geography
4. Social Studies
Pol. Sci. 211— United States Government
Econ. 211 Principles of Economics I
Hist. Ill— World History to 1500
Hist. 112— World History, 1500-1815 or
Hist. 113— World History, since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa
Soc. 211
Principles of Sociology
Total
Geog.
Geog.
3
102— World
3
18
3
—
3
3
3
3
—
C.
3
46
Electives
13
Grand Total
70
In each category above, credit will be given for equivalent courses
pursued
two year dental hygiene curriculum. In such cases stutheir electives by the number of credit hours
in the
must
dents
increase
earned previously.
who had less than two years of spewhich they were licensed to practice dental
hygiene, proportional credit will be given.
Such persons must pursue
additional general education courses in college to make up the deficiency.
In the case of dental hygienists
cialized training
tion
dent
on the
basis of
Electives
may be chosen
from any
field or
is
with the approval of the
curriculum offered
Dean
at the college in
of Instruc-
which the
stu-
enrolled.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
A
dental hygienist
who
desires to enroll in the
Degree Curriculum
and informa-
for Dental Hygienists should write for application blanks
tion to the Director of Admissions,
burg, Pennsylvania 17815.
Bloomsburg
State College,
Blooms-
183
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
The
last
30 hours of
Resident credits
College.
credits
must be earned
may be earned
at
Bloomsburg State
and summer
in day, evening,
which are offered on campus or approved by the college admin-
classes
istration.
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSES
Effective September
1,
1961
(Subject to change without notice)
The degree
upon
registered
1.
The
of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred
nurses
who meet
satisfactory
the
following
requirements:
completion of a three-year curriculum
in
an
approved school of nursing and registration by the State Board
of Examiners for the Registration of Nurses of Pennsylvania.
2.
All persons admitted to this degree program will be required to
satisfactorily
complete 60 credit hours of additional preparation
distributed as follows:
A.
Course Related to Public Nursing:
NED.
NED.
NED.
NED.
NED.
301— Public School Nursing
303— Public School Nursing
304— Public Health Nursing
305— Nutrition
306— Family Case Work
Credits
I
3
II
3
3
3
3
15
General Education:
Eng. 101 or 102 English Composition
Eng. 207 or 208— Survey of World Literature
Hist. Ill— World History to 1500 OR
Hist. 112— World History, 1500-1815 OR
Hist. 113— World History since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa.
Pol. Sci. 211— U. S. Government
Soc. 211
Principles of Sociology
Biol. 103
General Biology
Psy. 101
General Psychology
Psy. 331— Mental Hygiene
B.
—
—
—
—
27
Professional Education:
Ed. 393
Social Foundations of Education
Psy. 371
Educational Psychology
Child Growth and Development
Psy. 211
C.
Ed.
—
—
—
341 — Introduction
to
Guidance and Counseling
L2
:
18 U
D.
Electives
—
—
—
Music 101 Introduction to Music
Art 101 Introduction to Art
Math. 101 Fundamentals of Mathematics
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
—
3
3
3
3
6
Total
In
the
registration,
60
case
of nurses with
such persons
will
less
than three years preparation for
pursue additional courses to meet the
re-
quirements for the degree.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
A
registered nurse
who
desires to enroll in the
Degree Curriculum
for Public School Nurses should write for application blanks
tion to the Director of Admissions,
Bloomsburg
and informaBlooms-
State College,
burg, Pennsylvania 17815.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
The
last
30 hours of
credits
must be earned
day, evening, and
summer
classes
at
Resident credits
College to qualify for graduation.
Bloomsburg
may
State
be earned
in
which are offered on campus or ap-
proved by the college administration.
FORM OF WILL
I
give
and devise
the
to
(Real
Bloomsburg
Property)
State
College.
Bloomsburg,
Pennsylvania, the following real estate (here give the description of the
This devise
Real Estate).
of the
Bloomsburg
laws of the
State
is
to
be administered by the Board of Trustees
College.
Commonwealth
Bloomsburg,
1
give
the
bequest
sum
paid b\
to the
m\
to
the
(Monej
Bloomsburg
Pennsylvania,
to
of Pennsylvania.
I
State
Bequest)
College.
of $
rustees of the
Bloomsburg.
.
months
executors,
Board oi
under the
of Pennsylvania.
FORM OF WILL
Pennsylvania, the
Pennsylvania,
Bloomsburg
be administered under the
to
he
alter
m\ decease,
Slate College.
Bloomsburg.
Laws
of the
Commonwealth
186
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
David H. Kurtzman, Superintendent of Public Instruction
Chairman, Board of State College Presidents
Ex-Officio Member, Board of Trustees
Frederick K. Miller, Commissioner
George
B.
of Higher Education
Mohlenhoff,
Assistant Commissioner of Higher Education and Staff Director
George W. Hoffman, Director, Bureau of State Colleges
Louis W. Bender, Director, Bureau of Community Colleges
John H. McNally, Director, Bureau of Higher Education Facilities
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
Dr. Otis C. McCreary, Chairman
Council of Higher Education
Council of Basic Education
Mrs. Albert Greenfield, Chairman
Dr. Paul
S.
Christman
Parke H. Lutz
Dr. William
M.
Potter
Walter Wilmarth
Mrs. Emaline K.
Walter
J.
Mohr
Frank N. Hawkins, Chairman
Dr. Katharine E. McBride
Dr. Otis C. McCreary
Gail L. Rose
James H. Rowland, Esq.
Dr. Leonard Wolf
William H. Rea
Burke
Members-at-Large: Mario C.
Celli, Ira C.
Gross,
Duane
E. Wilder.
Severino Stefanon, Secretary to the Board
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Bloomsburg
Mr. William A. Lank, President
Hon. Harold L. Paul, Vice-President
Mr. J. Howard Deily, Secretary-Treasurer
Mr. Howard S. Fernsler
Hon. Bernard J. Kelley
Mr. Gerald A. Beierschmitt
Mr. E. Guy Bangs
Mr. Edgar A. Fenstermacher
Mr. William E. Booth
Harvey A. Andruss
Pottsville
Bloomsburg
Pottsville
Philadelphia
Mt. Carmel
R. D.
1,
R. D.
Orangeville
2,
Berwick
Danville
President of the College
187
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
Harvey A. Andruss
President
Business Manager
Paul G. Martin
Thomas A. Gorrey
W. Horace Williams
Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
Comptroller,
James B. Watts
Community
Activities
Accounts
Director of Library Services
DEANS
John A. Hoch
Paul
S.
Dean of Instruction
Dean of Students
Dean of Women
Dean of Men
Riegel
Ellamae Jackson
Elton Hunsinger
DIRECTORS OF CURRICULAR DIVISIONS
Alden Buker
Reginald
Arts and Sciences
W. Shepherd
Royce O. Johnson
C. Stuart Edwards
Business Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Special Education
William L. Jones
Graduate Studies
Charles H. Carlson
DIRECTORS OF COLLEGE SERVICES
Boyd
F.
John L.
Buckingham
Walker
Russell E.
Development
Admissions
Houk
Athletics
John S. Scrimgeour
Lee E. Aumiller
Placement and Financial Aid
Field Experiences
CHAIRMEN OF DEPARTMENTS
Bruce E.
Adams
Clarence A. Moore
Eric
W. Smithner
William L. Carlough
Geography
Health and Physical Education
Foreign Languages
Social Sciences
Melville Hopkins
Speech
Donald D. Rabb
Biology
Charles R. Reardin
Mathematics
Musk
Nelson A. Miller
H. M. Afshar
Education
Craig Newton
Histoi)
Louis F.
Thompson
1
taglisfa
;
188
Richard C. Scherpereel
E. White
Art
Norman
Merritt
Physical Sciences
W. Sanders
Psychology
FACULTY
HARVEY
A. ANDRUSS
President of the College
University of Oklahoma, A.B., Certificate in Public and Private Business, Graduate Study; Northwestern University, M.B.A., Graduate Study;
Research Reader, Bodleian Library, University of Oxford, England;
Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
WILLIAM
A. ACIERNO
Speech
University of Pittsburgh, B.A.; Carnegie Institute of Technology, M.F.A.
E. ADAMS
Geography
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ed.D.
BRUCE
H. M. AFSHAR
Education
University of Teheran, B.A.; University of Florida, M.Ed.; University
of Florida, Ed.D.
WILLIAM
D.
ALABAUGH
Maryland Institute of Art, B.F.A.; University
Graduate Study, Academy of Fine Art.
of
Colorado,
Art
M.F.A.
French
ALBERT
Arts College, Manreza, Budapest, B.A.
Philosophy Institute,
Szeged, Hungary, Ph. Lie; Graduate Study, Institute St. Bellarmin,
Namur, Belgium; University de Montreal, Graduate Study.
FRANCIS
E.
Liberal
;
D. ALDERFER
Speech
Grove City College, Bluffton College, B.A. Temple University, M.Ed.;
University of Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State University, Graduate
RICHARD
;
Study.
BEN
C.
ALTER
Spanish
Susquehanna University, B.A.; University of Maine, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University, Universidad de Puerto Rico, Allegheny College, Bucknell University.
M. ANDERSON
Nebraska Christian College, A.B.; Fort Hayes State
DALE
English
College, M.A.; Grad-
uate Study, Indiana University.
Education
E. AUMILLER
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
LEE
DONALD
R.
BASHORE
Psychology
Susquehanna University, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Bucknell University.
Business Education
M. BAYLER
Susquehanna University, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.B.A., C.P.A.
CHARLES
189
MRS. IVA MAE
Lock Haven
BECKLEY
Elementary Education
State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Columbia University.
FRED E. BEERS
Mathematics
Bucknell University, B.S., M.S.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State
University.
ROBERT
BENDER
L.
Lycoming
A.B.;
Bucknell
Pennsylvania State University.
College,
Director of Student Activities
M.A.; Graduate Study,
University,
Chemistry
W. BENSON
Middlebury College, A.B.; University of Vermont, Ph.D.
Health and Physical Education
DOUGLAS BOELHOUWER
Rutgers University, B.S.; University of Illinois, M.S.; Graduate Study,
Tulane University.
BARRETT
JOHN
BRADY
P.
Spanish
King's College, A.B.; Graduate Study, Universidad Nacional
de Mexico, Universidad de Madrid.
Autonoma
Mathematics
M. BRENNAN
Bloomsburg State College, B.S. Ed.; Montclair State College, M.A.
CHARLES
Philosophy
J. BROOK
Antioch College, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate Study. New
School for Social Research.
RICHARD
Mathematics
H. BROWN
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Lafayette College, Pennsylvania State University.
LEROY
BOYD
BUCKINGHAM
F.
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Bucknell
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
ALDEN BUKER
Director of Development
M.S.; Graduate
University,
Director of Arts and Sciences
Harvard University, A.B., M.A.; Boston University, Ph.D.
ROBERT
BUNGE
L.
Registrar
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Bucknell University. .M.S.;
Study, Pennsylvania State University. Syracuse University.
WILLIAM
Hope
CARLOUGH
L.
Graduate
Philosophy
Western Theological Seminary, B.D. General Theological Seminary, S.T.M.; New York University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study,
Columbia University, University of Edinburgh.
College, B.A.;
;
CHARLES
H. CARLSON
Acting Direct,,,- of Graduate Studies
Reedly College, A. A.; San Jose State College, B.A.; reachers College,
Columbia University, M.A. Ed, Ph.D.
CHARLES WHITNEY CARPKXTKU.
Cornell University,
BARRY
E.
A..B.;
man
II
ol
Southern California. M.A.
COBB
Psychology
University of .Maine.
ARTHUR
University
B.
B.A.;
Miami University, M.A.
CONNER
University
Ph.D.
of
Southern
G<
California,
/LB.;
University
of
Iowa.
M.A..
190
JAMES
CREASY
Assistant to the President
Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
SYLVIA H. CRONIN
Music
Rhode Island College of Education, B.Ed., M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State
University, M.Ed., Graduate Study.
ROBERT G. DAVENPORT
Counselling
Bucknell University, B.S., M.S.; Graduate Study, Temple University,
Rutgers University, Columbia University, Syracuse University.
Assistant to the Director of Admissions
THOMAS A. DAVIES
Waynesburg College, B.A.; Duquesne University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study,
Kent State University.
Business Education
FRANK S. DAVIS, Jr.
B.
Bloomsburg State
College,
B.S.
;
Shippensburg State College, B.S.
WILLIAM
K.
DECKER
Eastman School
Seminary, Indiana University, University of
logical
BLAISE
C.
Lukow
JOHN
Music
M.M.; Graduate Study, Union Theo-
of Music, B.M.,
DELNIS
Illinois.
German and Russian
University, A.B.;
Fordham
University, M.A.
DENNEN
Business Education
Bucknell University, M.S.
Health and Physical Education
JERRY B. DENSTORFF
Evansville University, B.S., Indiana University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study,
Indiana University.
E.
Bloomsburg State
JOHN
C.
College,
B.S.;
DIETRICH
History
John's College, A.A.
M.A., Graduate Study.
St.
;
Capital University, A.B.; Ohio State University,
LESTER
J. DIETTERICK
Business Education
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bloomsburg State College, M.S.
BARBARA M. DILWORTH
Economics
Chestnut Hill, B.A.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate Study,
Catholic University.
DOYLE
G.
DODSON
Bloomsburg State
College, M.Ed.
ANITA
A.
College, B.S.
;
Business Education
Bucknell University; Bloomsburg State
DONOVAN
Wheaton
College, B.A.;
English
University of Missouri, M.A.
History
J. DRAKE
University of Notre Dame, B.A.; Georgetown University, M.A. Graduate Study, University of Minnesota, St. Lawrence University, School of
Advanced International Studies; Georgetown University, Ph.D.
EDSON
;
STANLEY
Education
T. DUBELLE, JR.
Franklin and Marshall College, A.B.; California State College, Washington and Jefferson College, Pennsylvania State University, West Virginia
University, M.A.
English
DUCK
Pennsylvania State University, B.A.; Bucknell University, M.A; Duke
University, Pennsylvania State University, Bucknell, Graduate Study.
MRS. VIRGINIA A.
;
191
Speech Correction
L. EBERHART
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, Temple University, Syracuse University.
Director of Secondary Education
STUART EDWARDS
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Northwestern Uni-
JOHN
C.
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.
versity;
EISENBERG
English
University of Delaware, B.A.; Lehigh University, M.A.; Graduate Study.
Duke University.
Education
ERNEST H. ENGELHARDT
Bucknell University, A.B.; New York University, Bucknell University.
M.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ed.D.
BEATRICE M. ENGLEHART
Elementary Education
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
Geography
JOHN A.
University of Maine, B.A.
Harvard University, M.A.; University of
Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
PHILLIP A. FARBER
Biology
King's College, B.S.; Boston College, M.S.; Catholic University, Ph.D.
RONALD A. FERDOCK
English
St. Vincent College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University. M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Nebraska.
WILLIAM
D.
ENMAN
;
*
ERICH
FROHMAN
F.
Sjn
Columbia College, B.A.; Syracuse University, M.A.
GEORGE
GELLOS
J.
Muhlenberg
Biological Science
College,
B.S.
Ohio University,
;
M.S.;
Pennsylvania
State
University, Ph.D.
IRA
B.
GENSEMER
Bloomsburg
University,
MARTIN
St.
M.
State
M.Ed.;
Special Education
College,
Western Maryland College,
Study, Temple University.
B.S.;
Graduate
GILDEA
Temple
Political Se
Vincent, B.A.; University of Notre Dame, M.A.
LEONARD
B.
Bowdoin
GILLEY
gliah
College, B.A.; Johns
Hopkins University, M.A.; University oi
Denver, Ph.D.
VIRGINIA
K.
Longwood
GILMORE
College,
A.B.;
teh
Com
University of Virginia, M.Ed.
ARLINE
E. GINGOLD
Cornell University, A.B.;
ology
Cornell
University, Temple
University,
M.A.
Graduate Study, Temple University.
HANS
K.
GUNTHKIi
Washington University.
A.B., M.A.;
ate Study, University of Missouri.
History
Stanford University, Ph.D.; Gradu-
A. HALLER
University of Notre Dame, B.A., M.A.
ROBERT
DAVID
J.
HARPER
University of Nottingham, B.S.;
Dtroetoi
•
Publications
/'//
University of Nottingham, Ph.D.
192
GERROLD W. HART
Education
Springfield College, B.S. American International College, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Temple University.
;
MICHAEL HERBERT
Biology
University of Maryland, B.S.; Lehigh University, Ph.D.
History
S. HERRE
Colgate University, B.S.; Teachers College, Albany, New York, M.A.;
Graduate Study, Clark University, New York University, University of
Buffalo, London School of Economics; Pennsylvania State University,
Ed.D.
L. HILGAR
Business Education
Grove City College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.A.
Graduate
Study, Bucknell University, University of Pittsburgh.
RALPH
NORMAN
;
CRAIG
HIMES
L.
Biology
Clarion
State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh,
Study, University of Pittsburgh.
M.S.;
Graduate
CLAYTON
Business Education
H. HINKEL
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Columbia
University, University of Pennsylvania, Northwestern University.
JOHN
A.
HOCH
Dean
of Instruction
Pennsylvania State University, A.B.; Bucknell University, M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
MELVILLE HOPKINS
M.A.;
Bucknell University, A.B.,
State University, Ph.D.
Syracuse University,
Speech
Pennsylvania
LEE
Geography
C. HOPPLE
Kutztown State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.S.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, University of Wash-
ington.
Health and Physical Education
E. HOUK
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
RUSSELL
ELTON HUNSINGER
Dean
of
Men
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.A.
MARGARET ANN JACK
Indiana State College, B.S.
CHARLES
G.
;
Business Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
JACKSON
Political Science
Westminster College, A.B.; University of North Carolina, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
ELLAMAE JACKSON
West Chester State
Graduate Study,
University.
SARAH
Bell
E.
Dean of Women
College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Columbia University, American University, Syracuse
JEFFREY
Haven
College,
A.B.;
George Peabody College,
Study, George Peabody College.
M.A.;
Art
Graduate
193
MRS.
MARY LOU JOHN
Bloomsburg State
French
Bucknell University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
BRIAN A. JOHNSON
Geography
Indiana State College, B.S., M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Johns Hopkins University, Rutgers University, Clark University.
Director of Elementary Education
ROYCE 0. JOHNSON
Lock Haven State College, B.S. University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
College,
B.S.;
;
WARREN
JOHNSON
I.
West Chester State
College, B.S., M.Ed.;
Elementary Education
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania
State University.
WILLIAM
Director of Special Education
L. JONES
University of Nebraska, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.
Political Science
PRAKASH C. KAPIL
University of Delhi, B.A., M.A. University of Rhode Island, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
Teaching Mentally Retarded
J. KARPINSKI
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed., D.Ed.
Acquisitions Librarian
ELINOR R. KEEFER
Muskingum College, A.B.; University of Pittsburgh, L.I.M.; Library
School, George Peabody College, Library Science, B.S.
Education
MARTIN M. KELLER
Indiana State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, University of Pittsburgh, Rutgers University.
Business Education
G. KIRK
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
;
ANDREW
KENNETH
JEROME
J.
KLENNER
Francis College, B.S.
Notre Dame, Ph.D.
St.
ROBERT
L.
;
Biology
University of Pittsburgh, M.S.; University of
KLINEDINST
Gettysburg College,
B.A.;
Mathematics
Pennsylvania State Uni-
Graduate Study,
versity.
CHARLES
C.
KOPP
English
Frostburg (Md.) State Teachers College, B.S. West Virginia University,
M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study, University
of London.
;
ANN
R.
KRAUS
Mathematics
University of Pittsburgh, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University. M.A.
JULIUS
R.
KROSCHEWSKY
Biology
University of Texas, B.A., M.A.; Graduate Study.
versity, University of Texas, Ph.D.
MING MING KUO
Tunghai
University,
Oregon State Uni-
A—i*tant Catalog Librarian
B.A.;
Mount Holyoke
College,
M.A.;
School
of
Library Services-Columbia University, M.S.
YOU-YUH KUO
Taiwan Normal University, A.B.
National
University of Maryland, M.Ed., Ed.D.
;
Chengdu
Psychology
M.A.;
University,
%
19
HAROLD
H.
LANTERMAN
Chemistry
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
New York
University, M.A.; Pennsyl-
vania State University, Ed.D.
JAMES
LAUFFER
R.
Geography
Allegheny College, B.S.; University of Hawaii, M.S.
MARGARET C. LEFEVRE
Coordinator of Speech Correction
Western Michigan University, A.B.; University of Minnesota, M.A.;
Western Reserve University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study, University of Akron, Northwestern University.
ELLEN L. LENSING
Business Education
Wisconsin State College, B.Ed.; University of Wisconsin, M.S., Ph.D.
MILTON LEVIN
Education
West Chester State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; University
of Pennsylvania, M.S.; Graduate Study, Temple University, University
of Pennsylvania.
CYRIL ALBIN LINQUIST
Business Education
University of Minnesota, B.S.; New York University, M.S., Ph.D.
BARBARA LOEWE
Speech
Florida Southern University, B.S.; Western Reserve University, M.A.;
Graduate Study, University of Denver.
JAMES
LORELLI
T.
Geography
State University of New York at Binghamton, A.B.; Maxwell School of
Syracuse University, M.A. Graduate Study, Maxwell School of Syracuse
University.
;
HOWARD
K. MACAULEY, Jr.
Education
Bucknell University, A.B.; Stanford University, M.A. Temple University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study, University of Pennsylvania.
Counselling
E. MACDONALD
University of Michigan, A.B.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, Columbia University.
Biology
THOMAS
Fairmount State College, B.A.; West Virginia University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Ohio State University, Bucknell University, Yale University.
Business Education
MRS. MARGARET E. McCERN
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
;
MARY
MANLEY
LAVERE
W.
McCLURE
Geography
Mansfield State College, B.S.; University of South Dakota, M.N.S.
Health and Physical Education
JOANNE E. McCOMB
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Indiana State College,
University of Pennsylvania; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
Speech
JAMES A. McCUBBIN
Marshall University, A.B.; Western Reserve University, M.A.
Education
J. MCDONNELL
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
ALOYSIUS
MICHAEL
J.
McHALE
Speech
University of Pittsburgh, A.B.; Western Reserve, M.A.; Graduate Study,
Pennsylvania State University.
195
ELI W. MCLAUGHLIN
West Chester State
Health and Physical Education
College, B.S.,
M.Ed.
G. MEEKER
English
Lafayette College, A.B.; University of Scranton, M.A.; Graduate Study.
ROBERT
Temple University.
JACK
L. MEISS
Business Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.
M.
BEATRICE METTLER
Health
Bucknell University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate
of the Johns Hopkins Hospital School of Nursing, R.N.; Graduate Study.
University of Chicago.
NELSON
A. MILLER
Music
Indiana (Pa.) State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania State University.
Assistant Reference Librarian
E. MILLER
University of Pittsburgh, A.B., M.A., M.L.S.
SCOTT
CLARENCE
Tarkio
A.
MOORE
College,
A.B.;
University
of
Health and Physical Education
M.A.
University of
Alabama,
;
Alabama, Ph.D.
JOSEPH
MUELLER
E.
Mathematics
Graduate Study.
University of Illinois, M.S.;
Manhattan College, University of Illinois.
Butler University,
B.S.;
MURPHY
JAMES
Psychology
J.
Lafayette College, A.B.; Jefferson Medical College of Philadelphia, St.
John's University, M.A.; Graduate Study, St. John's University.
GEORGE W. NEEL
French
Glassboro State College, B.S.; University of Aix-Marseille, Diploma
(French); University of Heidelberg, Diploma (German); Graduate
Study, University of Pennsylvania, Princeton University.
NEWTON
CRAIG
A.
University of Pennsylvania, B.A.; Southern
Western Reserve University, Ph.D.
CLYDE
Illinois
History
M.A.;
University.
NOBLE
S.
A.B.
Graduate
Institute of Technology; University of Hawaii. Ph.D.
Augustana
College,
Grinnell
College,
;
Study,
Chemistry
Carnegie
G. NORTON
Assistant to the Dean of Men
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Graduate Study, University of Pittsburgh.
ROBERT
RONALD
W.
NOVAK
Mathematics
California State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Graduate Study, University of West Virginia,
CLINTON
J.
OXENRIDER
Bloonisbur^ State College, B.S.
JAMES
W.
Mathematics
;
Pennsylvania State University, M.A,
PERCEY
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Rutgers University,
Study, University of California at Los Angeles.
Political Se
M.A.;
Graduate
;
196
THADDEUS PIOTROWSKI
California
(Pa.)
State
Instructional Media
College,
B.S.;
Pennsylvania
State
University,
M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Syracuse University, Michigan State University.
JANE
PLUMPIS
J.
Sociology
Lock Haven State College, B.S.;
St.
Bonaventure University, M.A.; Grad-
uate Study, University of Pittsburgh.
DEAKE
PORTER
G.
Amherst
College,
A.B.;
Yale University, M.A.;
Economics
Graduate Study, Yale
University.
H.
BENJAMIN POWELL
History
Drew
University, A.B.; Lehigh University, M.A.
University.
DONALD
L.
;
Graduate Study, Lehigh
PRESTON
Syracuse University, B.A.
Geography
University of Oklahoma, M.A.
RONALD EUGENE PUHL
Health and Physical Education
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; West Chester State College, M.A.
DONALD D. RABB
Biology
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
Bucknell University, M.S.; Colorado
University, Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.; Graduate Study, Syracuse University, University of Colorado, Duke University, North Carolina
State University.
FRANCIS J. RADICE
Business Education
Bloomsburg State College, B.S. Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Bucknell University; Pennsylvania State University,
Ed.D.
;
;
;
DONALD
R.
RAE
Mathematics
Central State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Bowdoin College, University of Arizona, M.S.
EUGENE RAPPAPORT
Art
Brandeis University, B.A.; Indiana University, M.F.A.
MARGARET READ-LAUER
University of Michigan, A.B.; Indiana University, M.A.
Indiana University.
;
English
Graduate Study,
GWENDOLYN REAMS
Catalog Librarian
University of Alabama, A.B.; George Peabody College, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of North Carolina, University of Alabama, Syracuse
University.
CHARLES
R.
REARDIN
Duke University, A.B.; Montclair State
College, M.A.;
Mathematics
Graduate Study,
Paterson (N.J.) State College, Tulane University.
Physics
H. REICHARD
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.S.; University of Michigan, M.A.
Graduate Study, Lehigh University, Harvard University, Pennsylvania
State University, Temple University, Rutgers University.
HERBERT
JAMES
Teaching Mentally Retarded
T. REIFER
Shippensburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
Coordinator of Teaching Mentally Retarded
EMILY A. REUWSAAT
Iowa State College, A.B., M.A.; University of Nebraska, Ed.D.
197
A. RHODES
Biology
University of Virginia, B.S., M.A.; Graduate Study, Duke University,
Williams College, Colorado State University.
English
ALVA W. RICE
Madison College, B.S. George Washington University, Indiana University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Kentucky, University of Oslo,
University of London.
STANLEY
;
ROBERT
RICHEY
D.
Speech
Ohio State University, A.B., M.A.
JORDAN RICHMAN
English
Brooklyn College, B.A.; New York University, M.A.; Graduate Study,
University of New Mexico.
PAUL
RIEGEL
S.
Middlebury College, A.B.
Ed.D.
KENNETH
A.
;
Dean of Students
Teachers College, Columbia University, M.A.,
ROBERTS
Elementary Education
Graduate
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Pennsylvania
Study,
ROBERT
Bucknell University, M.S.;
State University, Bucknell University.
ROSS
P.
University, Washington University, B.A., M.A.;
Study, Vanderbilt University, University of Connecticut.
Wesleyan
Economics
Graduate
English
C. ROTH
Syracuse University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Missouri.
WILLIAM
SUSAN RUSINKO
English
Pennsylvania State University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Minnesota, Columbia University.
Wheaton
College, B.A.;
ROBERT
Biology
G. SAGAR
Ohio State University, B.S., M.S.; Graduate Study, Ohio State University.
MERRITT WILLIAM SANDERS
Drew
University, A.B., B.D.;
Psychology
New York
MARTIN
A. SATZ
University of Minnesota, B.A.. M.A.
Public School Psychologist.
;
University,
Ph.D.
Psychology
University of Washington, Ph.D.;
English
C. SAVAGE
University of North Carolina, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Edinburgh, Scotland. Bucknell University.
RICHARD
TOBIAS
F.
SCARPINO
Phytic*
Kutztown State College, B.S.; Bucknell University. M.S.; Graduate Study.
Princeton University, Pennsylvania
State
University,
Bucknell
Univer-
sity.
RICHARD SCHERPEREEL
Art
University of Notre Dame, B.F.A.; McMurry College, M.Ed., University
of Notre Dame, M.F.A.; George Peabody College, Ed.D,
BERNARD
olog*
J. SCHNECK
University of Scranton, A.B.; West Virginia University, A.M.; Graduate
Study, Ohio State University.
198
SEYMOUR SCHWIMMER
Philosophy
York, B.S.S.; Teachers College, Columbia University,
M.A.; Graduate Study, Columbia University, New York University.
JOHN S. SCRIMGEOUR, Jr.
Director of Financial Aid and Placement
Bloomsburg State College, B.S. Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
GILBERT R. W. SELDERS
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D.
REX E. SELK
Chemistry
Knox University, A.B.; State University of Iowa, M.S.; Graduate Study,
University of West Virginia, State University of Iowa, Ohio University,
City College of
New
;
Emory
JOHN
J.
University.
SERFF
Shippensburg State College, B.S.
;
History
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ph.D.
CECIL
C.
SERONSY
English
University of Virginia,
B.A.;
Harvard University, M.A., Ph.D.
LOUISE SERONSY
Psychology
Fort Hays Kansas State, B.S.; George Peabody College, B.A. Purdue
University, Ph.D.
THEODORE SHANOSKI
History
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M.A. Graduate
;
;
Study, Temple University.
REGINALD W. SHEPHERD
Director of Business Education
Niagara University, B.B.A.; Stanford University, M.A., Ed.D.
MRS.
RUTH
D.
SMEAL
Bloomsburg State
Circulation Librarian
College, B.S.;
Marywood
College, M.S.L.S.
;
Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
RICHARD
M. SMITH
Edinboro State College, B.S.
Speech Correction
Temple University, M.A.
French
ERIC W. SMITHNER
Muskingum College, A.B. University of Cincinnati, University De Grenoble, Middlebury French School, New York University, M.A.; New
York University, Ph.D.
Anthropology
ROBERT R. SOLENBERGER
University of Pennsylvania, A.B., M.A.; Graduate Study, University of
;
;
Pennsylvania.
MARGARET
Education
C. SPONSELLER
Indiana State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.
JANET STAMM
Mount Hoiyoke
WILLIAM
B.
English
College, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A., Ph.D.
STERLING
Geography
Plattsburgh (N. Y.) State Normal School, Diploma; University of BufDesfalo, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.S.; Flight Instructor's Rating.
ignated Flight Examiner No. 3499 (C. A. A.); United Air Lines Pilot
School, Cheyenne, Wyoming; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
GEORGE
STRADTMAN,
Mathematics
Temple University, Ed.M.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University, Temple University, Union College.
G.
Millersville
State
Sr.
College,
B.S.;
199
GERALD
H. STRAUSS
English
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Missouri, University of Pennsylvania.
English
THOMAS G. STURGEON
Westminster College, A.B.; Harvard University, M.A., Ph.D.
DAVID A. SUPERDOCK
Physics
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Bucknell University.
History
J. SYLVESTER
Newark College of Rutgers University, A.B.; Rutgers University, M.A.:
Graduate Study, University of Chicago.
WILBERT A. TAEBEL
Chemistry
Elmhurst College, B.S.; University of Illinois, M.S., Ph.D.
JERRY R. THOMAS
Health and Physical Education
Furman University, B.A.; University of Alabama, M.A., Ed.S.; Graduate Study, University of Alabama.
LOUIS F. THOMPSON
English
Columbia College, A.B.; Lehigh University, M.A., Ph.D.
A. TOLAN
Assistant to Dean of Women
State University of New York at Geneseo, B.S.
State University of
New York at Albany, M.S.
ANTHONY
MARY
;
ALFRED
TONOLO
E.
-
anish
Ca'Foscary University, Wilkes College, Scranton
University, Colgate University, M.A.
Madrid University, Ph.D.
Health and Physical Education
HENRY C. TURBERVILLE, Jr.
University of Alabama, B.S., M.A.
Littorio College, B.A.;
;
GEORGE
TURNER
A.
Eastern
Illinois
History
University,
M.S.;
B.S.,
Graduate Study, Indiana Uni-
versity.
DONALD
VANNAN
A.
Millersville
State College, B.S.
;
Elementary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ed.D.
JOSEPH
VAUGHAN
P.
/
A and M, University of Maine, B.S.; Bowdoin
of New York, University of Maine, Pennsylvania
Colorado
College
sity,
logy
City
State Univer-
M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
EARL W. VOSS
West Chester State College,
Study, Temple University.
E.
College,
B.S.;
Health and Physical Education
Temple University, M.Ed.; Graduate
PAUL WAGNER
Psycho
Pennsylvania State University.
B.S.,
M.Ed., Ed.D.;
Public
School
chologist.
J.
CALVIN WALKER
Muskingum
College,
Psychology
B.A.;
University of
Hartford,
Temple Univei
Ed.M.; Graduate study. Temple University.
L. WALKER
Director <>i Admissions
Westminster College, B.B.A., M.S.; Graduate Study. University of Pitts-
JOHN
burgh.
;
200
ANDREW
WALLACE
L.
Purdue University,
History
Claremont Graduate School, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Arizona, Claremont Graduate School, University
B.S.;
of Pennsylvania.
STEPHEN
R.
WALLACE
C.
Music
Mansfield State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, University of Michigan.
Elementary Education
Millersville State College, B.S.; West Chester State College, Villanova
University, M.A.; Graduate Study, West Chester State College, Temple
EDWARD WARDEN
University.
ROBERT DANIEL WARREN
History
Appalachian State Teachers College, B.S.; Georgetown University, M.A.,
Ph.D.
A.
LYNN
WATSON
Elementary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
Director of Library Services
George Peabody College, M.A. Graduate
Shippensburg State College, B.S.
JAMES
WATTS
B.
Birmingham-Southern, A.B.;
Study, University of
RICHARD
P.
;
;
Illinois.
WETTSTONE
Assistant
to
Dean
of
Men
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed.
NORMAN
Chemistry
E. WHITE
Wittenberg University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.S., Ph.D.
Spanish
CHRISTINE T. WHITMER
Ball State University, B.A.
JAMES
WHITMER
R.
Ball
State Teachers
College,
B.A.;
M.A.;
History
Graduate Study, Ball State
Teachers College.
MRS. ELIZABETH
Assistant to Dean of Women
B. WILLIAMS
Slippery Rock State College, B.S. Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Syracuse University.
;
KENNETH
T.
WILSON,
Jr.
Edinboro State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
RICHARD
0.
University,
WOLFE
Bloomsburg State
College,
B.S.
;
Rutgers University, M.Ed.;
Art
M.A.
Education
Graduate
Study, University of Pennsylvania.
Health and Physical Education
E.
Lake Erie College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania State University.
WRAY
MARY
M. YOUSE
Temple University,
JANICE
Speech
B.S.,
M.A.
FACULTY EMERITI
MRS. LUCILE
J.
BAKER
(Retired May, 1956)
Benjamin Franklin School
HOWARD
JOHN
J.
F.
FENSTEMAKER
FISHER
(Retired May, 1963)
Chairman, Department of Foreign Languages
Psychology
(Retired May, 1951)
201
WILLIAM
EDNA
J.
C. FORNEY (Retired
HAZEN (Retired Jan.,
May, 1959)
Business Education
1958)
Director of Elementary Education
MARGUERITE W. KEHR (Retired June, 1953)
KIMBER C. KUSTER (Retired May, 1962)
Dean
of
Women
Chairman, Department of Science
PEARL L. MASON (Retired May, 1945)
LUCY McCAMMON (Retired Jan., 1958)
ETHEL A. RANSOM (Retired Jan., 1954)
EDWARD A. REAMS (Retired May, 1952)
H. HARRISON RUSSELL (Retired May, 1951)
J. ALMUS RUSSELL (Retired May, 1965)
MRS. ANNA GARRISON SCOTT (Retired May,
Librarian
Physical Education
Mathematics
Social Studies
Geography
English
1956)
Benjamin Franklin School
GRACE
C.
M.
H.
WOOLWORTH
HAUSKNECHT
(Retired May, 1956)
(Retired July, 1950)
Benjamin Franklin School
Business Manager
eoi
INDEX
Academic Probation
Accreditation
Fees
52
Academic Regulations
49
Financial Aid
1
Administration
25
31
44
Fraternities
187
French Courses
Admissions
85
19
Geography Courses
Alumni
92
43
Art Courses
German Courses
59
Biology Courses
Grades
61
Board Of Trustees
Buildings
Graduate Studies
33
Health and Physical
Education Courses
65
51
95
4
100
History Courses
Chemistry Courses
71
Keys
Class Attendance
33
49
Laundry
Bank
College
53
55
Graduation Requirements
11
Business Courses
Calendar
50
Graduate Record Examinations
186
Books And Supplies
88
34
33
Mathematics Courses
College History
105
7
Music Courses
Community Government
108
Association 37
Nursing Courses
110
Curriculums:
Arts
And
Business Education
Special Degree
178
Teacher Education
Deposits
133
187
76
Economics Courses
74
80
Enrollment Analysis
188
Faculty Emeriti
181
Health Courses
111
95
Physical Education Requirement
112
35
Placement Tests
53
Courses
Political Science
Progress Reports
23
50
Psychology Courses
Publications
200
47
And
Physical Education
Placement
Education Courses
Faculty
Philosophy Courses
Physics Courses
28
English Courses
168
174
Programs
Special Education
Deans
Off Campus Students
159
Sciences
Business Administration
Quality Points
43
51
117
115
52
203
INDEX
Refunds
28
Residence Requirement
Russian Courses
Schedule Changes
51
Student Teaching
54
Summer
56
Sessions
Summer Theater Program
89
130
Teaching Of The
49
Mentally Retarded Courses
Spanish Courses
90
Transfers
Sociology Courses
Special Education Courses
122
Speech Correction Courses
123
Speech
127
20, 50
120
Veterans
Wills.
22
Form Of
185
Withdrawal Notice
34
126
GENERAL CATALOGUE 1968-1969
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
BULLETIN
1968- 1969
January 1968
Serving the
Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania
For 129 Years
ACCREDITED BY
The Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
The Pennsylvania State Board of Educati n
The College welcomes
religious,
qualified students, faculty, and staff from
ethnic,
all
racial
and socio-economic backgrounds.
Second Class Postage paid
at
Bloomsburg,
Pennsylvania
17815
-
r
EL
CONTENTS
Academic Calendar
4
Bloomsburg State College
Admissions
Fees
And
19
Financial Aid
Student Life
Course Descriptions
202
49
59
133
Administration
Index
25
37
Academic Regulations
Curriculums
7
And Faculty
186
CALENDAR
FOR ACADEMIC YEAR
1968-1969
THE SUMMER SESSIONS
1968
Pre-sesscon
Monday, June 10
Friday, June 28
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
Main Session
Monday, July
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
1
Friday, August 9
Post-session
Monday, August 12
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
Friday, August 30
FIRST SEMESTER
1968
Faculty Meetings
Registration
Registration
Saturday, September 7
Monday, September 9
Tuesday, September
10
Tuesday, September 10
Evening Students
Registration of Graduate Students
Tuesday, September 10
Wednesday, September 11
Classes Begin (at 8:00 a.m.)
Tuesday, November 26
Thanksgiving Recess Begins (at 12:00 noon)
Monday, December 2
Thanksgiving Recess Ends (at 8:00 a.m.)
noon)
Wednesday,
December 18
Christmas Recess Begins (at 12:00
Monday,
January 6
Christmas Recess Ends (at 8:00 a.m.)
Classes End for Graduate Students
Saturday, January 18
(at 12:00 noon)
Final Examination Week Begins
Wednesday, January 15
(at 12:00 noon)
Final Examination Week Ends
Wednesday, January 22
(at 12:00 noon)
Wednesday, January 22
Commencement
Registration,
1
SECOND SEMESTER
1969
Registration
Monday, January 27
Classes Begin (at 8:00 a.m.)
Tuesday, January 28
Registration,
Tuesday, January 28
Evening Students
Registration of Graduate Students
Thursday, January 30
Classes Begin for Graduate Students
Friday, January 31
Easter Recess Begins (at 12:00 noon)
Wednesday, April 2
Monday, April 14
Easter Recess Ends (at 12:00 noon)
Final Examination
Week
Begins
Monday, May 19
8:00 a.m.)
Classes End for Graduate Students
(at
(at
12:00 noon)
Final Examination
(at
May 24
May 25
Monday, May 26
12:00 noon)
Baccalaureate and
May 24
Saturday,
Week Ends
Saturday,
Commencement
Sunday,
Faculty Meeting
THE SUMMER SESSIONS
1969
Pre-session
Monday, June
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
c
)
Friday. June 27
Main Session
Monday, June 30
Classes Begin
Session
Ends
Friday,
August
8
Post-session
Classes Begin
Session Ends
Monday, August
Friday, August
1
2
l
>
I
I
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
Academy,
Literary
Institute,
College, and State College
Bloomsburg
since
its
Normal School,
State
—
inception as an
Teachers
State
such has been the development of
Academy
in 1839.
A
charter pro-
Bloomsburg Literary Institute was drawn up in 1856.
Recognized as a State Normal School on February 19, 1869, Bloomsburg remained a private institution until May, 1916, when it v/as purchased by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The transition from Normal School to State Teachers College was begun in 1927 when authority
By
to confer the Bachelor of Science degree in Education was granted.
an Act of the General Assembly in January, 1960, it became Bloomsburg
viding for the
State College.
Authorization to offer courses leading to the Master of
Education degree was given
granted
approval by the
in the
State
same
In 1962, the college was
year.
Council of Education to offer courses
leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree in the Natural Sciences, the Social
Sciences, and the Humanities.
gram began
their studies in
The
first
students to enroll in this pro-
September. 1963.
Bloomsburg has a faculty excellently qualified in terms
and teaching experience.
More than 309£ o\ the
of
training
academic
faculty
hold
doctor's degrees.
The Andruss
library,
opened
in
September 1966,
pansion to a capacity of 200,000 volumes.
present to nearly
ates
700 periodicals
as well as
The
many
will
Library
daily
permit ex-
subscribes
al
newspapers.
Today, Bloomsburg State College has more than 3500 undergraduis still growing.
The construction of new buildings is the most
and
obvious sign of that growth, but more important are our investigations
of new ideas, changes in programs and curricula, and participation in
improve education. These new approaches, like
Bloomsburg, are all intended to help attain OUT main
students who are intelligent, mature, and capable of using then-
the vigorous efforts to
those of the past
goal
—
abilities
to
the
at
fullest.
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE: YESTERDAY
Bloomsburg State College
academy was opened
private
traces
in
its
to 1839 when a
During the next two
beginnings
Bloomsburg.
under the leadership of C. P. Waller, a graduate of Williams Colbecame a successful and well-established school. After Mr.
Waller left in 1841, the academy continued through varied fortunes
years,
lege,
it
until
1856,
when
it
was chartered and incorporated
as the
Bloomsburg
Literary Institute.
The following decade was a period of struggle for the Institute, but
1866 the election of Professor Henry Carver as principal brought a
change.
Under his strong leadership new policies were established and
a building to house 300 students was erected. This building, the present
Carver Hall, was dedicated with gala observance by the townspeople and
students on April 4, 1867. Members of the first class at the new school
including D. J. Waller, Jr., George E. Elwell, and Charles Unangst
by popular subscription raised $1,200 in a single week for a bell which
in
—
—
called the students to classes.
new
In the autumn of the same year, a view of the
hill
school on the
"ablaze with lights" suggested to John P. Wickersham, State Super-
intendent of Public Instruction, that the location would be ideal for a
State
Normal School whose establishment
in the Sixth District
was then
pending.
After necessary negotiations, official action, and the construc-
tion of a
new
Institute
dormitory, the school became the Bloomsburg Literary
and State Normal School on February
The next
19,
1869.
were trying ones that included the resignation
two interim principalships, a fire that totally destroyed
the dormitory, and the short-term principalship of Dr. T. L. Griswold
(1873-1877). In Dr. Griswold's administration the school began paying expenses and constructed a new dormitory, the original part of the
present Waller Hall. The installation of Dr. D. J. Waller, Jr., in 1877 as
principal brought thirteen years of stability and growing prosperity to the
school.
While he was principal, the Model School and the east wing of
the dormitory were built.
eight years
of Professor Carver,
Dr. Judson P. Welsh became principal in 1890,
resigned to
become
to the four-story
when Dr. Waller
State Superintendent of Public Instruction.
dormitory and to the
gymnasium were
built
Additions
under Dr.
Welsh, and Science Hall was opened in 1906, shortly after his resignation.
Dr. Waller returned as principal in 1906.
Literary Institute and State
In 1916 the Bloomsburg
Normal School was purchased by
the
Com-
? r*
%£
ftfe^
I
U~ fT**"
,1
monwealth of Pennsylvania
School.
Bloomsburg
State
Normal
of instruction at the
Normal School was changed by
next principal, Dr. Charles H. Fisher (1920-1923), from secondary
and college preparatory work
remained
for special teachers to
full-time education
Dr. G. C. L. Riemer followed Dr. Fisher as principal and
of teachers.
in
becoming the
1920, at the age of 74, Dr. Waller retired.
In
The emphasis
its
—
c
in office until the institution
became
a State
Teachers College
May, 1927.
Under
Haas 1927-1939),
program o\ teacher education
and in the physical plant.
Eighteen acres of land were added to the
college plant; several buildings were constructed, including a laundry.
the elementary training school, the gymnasium, the junior high school.
and the shop and maintenance building; and Other construction work
was completed. Dr. Haas resigned in August, 1939, to assume, tor the
the
college
second
the administration of President Francis B.
made
time,
the
for Pennsylvania.
great
duties
advances
of
State
in
(
the
Superintendent
of
Public
Instruction
10
Dr. Harvey A. Andruss,
who had
organized and directed the De-
partment of Business Education and had served as Dean of Instruction
from 1937-1939, was appointed to succeed Dr. Haas as president. During the next
two decades the campus was enlarged, new buildings were
added, and the number of students and faculty quadrupled.
Early in 1960, Bloomsburg became a State College.
In the same
year, the college celebrated the Thirtieth Anniversary of the Division of
Business Education, received continuing accreditation from the Middle
States Association as a degree-granting institution,
the
State
studies leading to the
1961.
when
and was approved by
Council of Education to inaugurate a program of graduate
The scope
Master of Education degree, beginning in June,
May, 1962,
Council of Educa-
of curriculum offerings was broadened in
the college received permission from the State
tion to grant the Bachelor of Arts degree in the Humanities, the Natural
Sciences,
and the Social Sciences.
The 1964-1965
college year
was highlighted by a year-long observ-
ance of the 125th anniversary of the founding of the college and the 25th
anniversary of the administration of President Andruss; 1964 also marked
the ninety-fifth year of teacher education at Bloomsburg.
The
college,
ever-responsive to cultural change and the needs of
society, has in the past
its
programs of study
two years continued
at
to review, revise,
and broaden
both the undergraduate and graduate
levels.
An appropriation of $10,800,000 by the State Legislature early in
1966 provided construction money for a dormitory for 672 men, a science
and classroom building, an air conditioned dining hall-kitchen, an extension of utilities, parking areas, and a student center.
The allocation
also included funds to purchase additional land and to design a dormitory
for 400 women, a classroom building, a gymnasium-fieldhouse, and a
maintenance-garage building.
According to plans being developed by President Andruss, Bloomsburg State College should have instructional and auxiliary facilities to
accommodate 5,600-6,000 students during
the next decade.
PRINCIPALS
Henry Carver
Charles G. Barkley
John Hewitt
T.
L. Griswold
D.
J.
Waller, Jr
Judson P. Welsh
D.
J.
Waller, Jr
1869- 1871
December
1871 -March 27, 1872
March 27, 1872- June, 1873
20,
1873-1877
1877-1890
1890-1906
1906-1920
11
1920-1923
1923-1927
Charles H. Fisher
G. C. L. Riemer
PRESIDENTS
Francis B. Haas
1927-1939
Harvey A. Andruss
1939-
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE: TODAY
The lower campus, which
currently contains
all
facilities
for living,
and recreation, consists of approximately 60 acres and is bound
by Penn Street, Second Street, and Light Street Road. A recently purchased tract of 68 acres of land, which was formerly the Bloomsburg
Country Club, is located north of Light Street Road, a short distance from
the lower campus.
This area, the upper campus, has a magnificent
view and will eventually provide sites for all varsity intercollegiate athletic
activities, as well as parking areas, dormitories, classroom buildings, and
learning,
The Bloomsburg State College campus overlooks the
town of Bloomsburg and the picturesque Susquehanna River. The many
related facilities.
new
buildings intermingle with the older buildings, reflecting the growth
of the institution.
CARVER HALL,
named
for
Henry Carver,
stands at the entrance to the college campus.
oldest of the college buildings.
Its
the
Built in
first
1
867,
principal,
it
is
the
white bell tower and pillared entrance
are an attractive introduction to the campus.
The building contains an
auditorium which seats 900 and a number of administrative offices
in-
cluding those of the President, the Assistant to the President, the Registrar,
the Director of Placement
WALLER HALL,
Dr. D.
is
J.
Waller,
Jr.,
and Financial Aid, and the Business Manager.
on campus, was named
for
principal of the college for twenty-seven years.
It
the oldest dormitory
four stories high with a frontage of 165 feet and a wing span enclosing
a patio and fountain, which are fronted by
Long Porch, a familiar campus
The ground floor contains
Duplicating Room, and offices
landmark and gathering place over the years.
a lobby, the guest suite, the College Store,
for the
Dean
of Instruction, the
Dean
of Students, the Director of Sec-
ondary Education, the Comptroller of Community Activities, the Alumni
Association, and the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds.
The
spacious lobby, with
and
is
its
comfortable furniture,
frequently used for art exhibits.
is
a favorite
meeting place
Faculty and Studenl
mailboxes
and the central telephone exchange are also located in this building.
The second, third, and fourth floors provide housing accommodations
for
approximately 400 students.
The
Infirmary,
with
registered
some department heads,
nurses in attendance, as well as offices for
located
on the second
are
floor.
The Alumni Room, located on the first floor of Waller
room for alumni and faculty. College
nished as a reception
Hall,
is
fur-
trophies are
displayed in this room, as well as two beautiful tapestries embroidered
with the college
seal.
The Faculty Lounge,
Hall,
is
situated adjacent to the
Alumni Room
an attractively furnished room reserved for
faculty.
lounge chairs, sofas, and an apartment-style kitchen unit.
in
It
Waller
contains
Faculty com-
mittees frequently meet in this room.
The Husky Lounge,
the northwest side.
there
is
a former
gymnasium, adjoins Waller Hall on
In addition to the Snack Bar, tables, and booths,
which provide a wide selection of
"Husky" is one of the most popular
The offices of the College Community Gov-
a battery of vending machines
food and beverages for students.
meeting places on campus.
ernment Association and the Director of Student Activities are located
An
near the main entrance of Husky Lounge.
Lounge, recently established
Hall, provides
Husky
in
Waller
built in 1906, contains classrooms, lecture
rooms,
in part of the
former library area
an attractive television lounge.
SCIENCE HALL,
faculty offices,
extension of the
and the Day Men's Lounge.
Originally built for science
13
been used more recently as a general classroom
is the Day Men's Lounge which is furnished
and equipped to supply a restful atmosphere for the commuting men
This building will be demolished in 1968 to furnish a site for
students.
classes, the building has
In the basement
building.
a recreation area.
BENJAMIN FRANKLIN,
and faculty
offices, a so
]
which
is
used
college
for
classes
houses the offices of the Director of Admissions,
Director of Development and Public Relations, the Director of the
the
Elementary Division, and the Director and Supervisors of Student Teach-
The Day Women's Lounge and
ing.
the Data Processing Center occupy
large areas of the basement.
NAVY HALL
its
V-12
was made available to the United
Program during World War
eleven classroorrs as well as faculty offices.
was completely remodeled
to
provide
It
II.
for
contains
1961 the ground floor
In
for
facilities
Navy
States
Officer Training
Department of
the
This area includes clinics for Speech and Hearing
Special Education.
A
therapy, reading improvement, and psychological services.
large area
designed for group activities and clinical observation augments the more
specialized functions of the department.
The
Director of
offices of the
Graduate Studies, and two language laboratories are located on the
first
and Crafts Center.
floor along with an Arts
COLLEGE COMMONS,
accommodates
a dining hall built in 1956,
800 students who dine at tables with places for
wall on the south side of the building creates
eight; a continuous glass
phere for
A
decorated interior.
attractively
its
a
passage connects the lobby of Waller Hall with the
facilities in
cooking and refrigeration are used
light
and
partially
atmos-
air)
underground
Commons.
The
latest
to provide a tasteful selec-
tion of food prepared by a national catering service.
NORTH HALL,
a three story men's dormitory completed in
has complete facilities for
located
each
lounge.
floor
ters
on
of
laundry
the
floor
former
tion
areas,
with
food
A
large
vending
lounge and
machines
in
TV
the
1960.
room
is
ground
The building also houses the office and living quarDean of Men. Coin-operated machines provide complete
facilities.
SOUTH HALL,
College
200 men.
a lour story
dormitory tor 300
Commons, was completed m September.
site
of
areas,
study
Old North
post
office
rooms,
resident counselor.
Hall, the
boxes,
an
administrative
men
1967.
adjacent to the
Located on the
new structure has lounge and recreaintercommunication
offices,
and
an
system,
apartment
storage
for
a
u
EAST HALL
and WEST HALL, two dormitories with accommo500 women, were occupied for the first time in September,
Each residence hall, divided into four wings, is four stories high
dations for
1964.
with fully automatic hydraulic elevators.
communication systems, storage areas
Each dormitory has
study rooms.
Special features include large
on each
recreation rooms, lounge areas
post office boxes, inter-
floor,
and
offices
and well-furnished
luggage,
for
dean
living quarters for a
or resident counselor.
CENTENNIAL GYMNASIUM
at the top of the hill.
located on East
is
Second
Street
This building contains a large main gymnasium
two auxiliary gymnasiums, locker rooms, swimming
and complete office and classroom facilities for the
Department of Health and Physical Education. The Director of Athletics
and the nine varsity athletic teams at Bloomsburg State College will conseating 1,200 to 2,000,
pool, athletic offices,
tinue to use Centennial
gymnasium-field house
Gymnasium
is
classrooms plus faculty offices.
laboratories
The
first
floor houses classrooms
teaching of science courses
the
for
Boyd Sutliff, a former Dean
Gymnasium and has fourteen
for William
adjacent to Centennial
is
new
completed on the upper campus.
SUTLIFF HALL, named
of Instruction,
as their headquarters until the
and
and eight specialized
classrooms are located on the second floor for instruction in business
education.
is
The
office of the Director of the Business
Education Division
located on the second floor.
HARVEY
A.
ANDRUSS LIBRARY,
completed
August, 1966,
in
Benjamin Franklin building. The library
seating
includes
for 750 readers, shelving for 200,000 volumes, two
general classrooms, a seminar room, a curriculum materials center, and
is
located near
special
Navy Hall and
facilities
the
audio-visual
for
excess of $1,000,000, the library
FRANCIS
B.
education.
is
HAAS AUDITORIUM
Spruce Street near Navy Hall and
Constructed
at
a
cost
in
completely air-conditioned.
is
is
located
air-conditioned.
end of
Completed in
at
the
it
has a main floor and balcony seating 2,000 people, a
projection room,
classrooms and specialized work and practice rooms
August, 1967,
for music, debating,
and drama groups, lounges, areas for exhibits and
display purposes, and offices for faculty.
located on Light Street Road at the
main campus, was originally the home of U. S.
Senator Buckalew from 1863-1869. The surrounding area is attractively
PRESIDENT'S RESIDENCE,
northeast end of the
landscaped to further enhance the architectural structure.
HEATING PLANT,
situated
on the northwest corner of the lower
15
campus, has been recently enlarged and fully modernized to take care of
and proposed building additions on
the increased needs of the present
the lower campus.
LAUNDRY,
the best
located between East Hall and North Hall,
modern equipment
MAINTENANCE BUILDING
to the laundry
and
is
is
a
modern
brick building adjacent
used for maintenance and storage purposes.
PURCHASING AND RECEIVING DEPARTMENT
north side of Light Street
DILLON HOUSE,
faculty
offices
and
provides
for handling the laundry needs of the college.
also
Road
is
on the
opposite the Heating Plant.
opposite the President's Residence,
houses
the
offices
and
work
is
areas
used for
for
all
student publications.
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE: TOMORROW
Shortly before 1960, Dr. Harvey A. Andruss, President of the Col-
announced the approval of a campus plan to accommodate 3.000
The
students by 1970 on the main campus of approximately sixty acres.
lege,
16
demand
for higher education for
an increasing number of young people
Pennsylvania led to a revision of the campus plan, however;
now
it
in
will
5,600-6,000 students by 1975. The recent acquisi68 acres which comprised the golf course of the former
Bloomsburg Country Club more than doubles the size of the campus.
provide
facilities for
of the
tion
Plans for the future place living, learning, and recreation areas on
the
lower campus with an enrollment of 4,000-4,200 students.
living area will include dormitories for
The
2,400 resident students and two
dining halls to serve
3,000 persons, the heating plant, the laundry, a
maintenance building, and Carver Hall, an administration building.
The
learning area will consist of the library, the auditorium, and six
The gymnasium and playing
and physical education classes and for recreation will
dominate the recreation area in the upper portion of the lower campus.
This area will also provide sites for an administration building and a
maintenance building. The president's residence will remain in this area.
buildings for classrooms and laboratories.
for health
fields
With the exception of Carver
1930
will
Hall,
be demolished to provide
all
buildings constructed before
for
sites
modern
structures to
meet
the needs of increased enrollment.
The former Country Club property
hilltop
site,
will
playing fields
or upper campus,
provide locations for the
for
outdoor varsity intercollegiate
mitories and a dining hall for
and laboratory buildings
a
beautiful
new gymnasium-field
athletic
house,
contests,
dor-
1,200-1,400 resident students, classroom
to educate
1,800-2,000 students, and areas for
student recreation activities.
Programmed
dollars.
construction currently involves
more than
15
million
This consists of projects which are being designed, others on
which construction
constructed.
extension of
is
about to begin, and several which are already being
Work began
utilities
in
December, 1965, on a half million dollar
new and existing buildings.
to service
A dormitory for 672 men will be completed in July, 1968 and a
$2,000,000 science and classroom building will be ready for use in
December, 1968.
Design work has begun on the new
athletic field,
dining hall and kitchen to seat 1,000 and
center, parking areas, a dormitory for
a
gymnasium-field house,
a
an air-conditioned
feed 2,000 students, a student
400 women, a classroom
building,
maintenance building-garage, and another
Funds have been requested for additional parking
and land purchases, for an administration, fiscal, and supply
building, and for site development and recreational areas.
extension of
areas, roads,
utilities.
17
Long-range planning indicates
a
need for dormitories
to
house an
additional 1,500 students, six classroom buildings, and expansion of the
library.
These are the
facilities
necessary to accommodate 6,000 stu-
dents by 1975.
><\\
s
%
»
M.
('
%
si
v
J
jj1.
I
V -^^H
«*
4
>
#
^'
&v
.*.
»'.*;
K'>
s?-
^
1
19
ADMISSIONS
A
— Admission
Requirements:
General scholarship as evidenced by graduation from an ap1.
proved secondary school or equivalent preparation as determined by the
Credentials Evaluation Division of the Pennsylvania Department of Public
Instruction.
make
College authorities will
appraisal of the
a detailed
student's secondary school record in order to determine his capacity to
The
do satisfactory college work.
college
also
seeks further evidence
from the results of the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance
Examination Board.
All candidates for admission must complete the
English Composition Achievement Test and the Mathematics (Level
I
or
Level II) Achievement Test of the College Entrance Examination Borrd.
Candidates
who
expect to major
in
complete a third Achievement Test
one of the following subjects
the appropriate area
in
is
I
lusI
ed below.
Required College Board
Achievement Tests
Proposed College Major or
Area of Concentration
Physics
Chemistry
Chemistry
Chemistry
History
French
American Historj and Social Studies or
European History and World Cultures
French
German
German
Spanish
Spanish
Biology
Biology
If
your proposed major
required
to
complete
only
Composition Achievement
II
)
Achievement
Arrangements
is
the
lest
not
among
Scholastic
those
listed
Aptitude
I
above, you are
est,
and the Mathematics (Level
the
I
English
or
lest.
for taking these
tests
are
left
to
the applicant.
Level
20
and personality
Satisfactory character
2.
and
attitudes
interests as
traits
as
well as proper
determined by the high school principal, guid-
ance director, or other school officials acquainted with the student.
Health and physical condition as evidenced by a health examin-
3.
ation by the
family physician reported on a prescribed form
student's
and approved by the college physician.
who
student shall be admitted
4.
candidate
which would impair
his
pursue a normal college program.
ability to
in
No
has, in the opinion of the college, disabilities
For admission to special curricula, the college may require the
to take an appropriate aptitude test in the special field
order to obtain further evidence of ability to succeed in the stu-
dent's chosen field.
Although a personal interview
5.
may
candidates, the college
view
B
at
a time designated
— Admission
is
not
a
requirement
all
by the Director of Admissions.
Procedures:
Applicants must have on
file
the following credentials before admis-
sions consideration can be given:
Application for admission and application fee
1.
for
request that a candidate report for an inter-
applicant.
2.
Physical examination form
3.
High school
transcript
—
—
filed
by the
filed by a physician.
filed by high
and personality rating
—
school principal or guidance counselor.
Official
4.
required
Board
—
Princeton,
results
Achievement
sent directly
New
the
of
Scholastic
the
Aptitude
College
Test
Entrance
and
the
Examination
from the College Entrance Examination Board,
Jersey.
The necessary
sheet, will
of
Tests
application materials, as well as a detailed instruction
be forwarded to applicants upon request.
Personal interviews
may be arranged by contacting the Director of Admissions.
views may be scheduled on Monday through Friday 9:00
These
inter-
a.m. to 5:00
p.m. and Saturday 9:00 a.m. to noon.
C
— Transfer
Requirements:
Students wishing to transfer to Bloomsburg State College
candidates for admission only
may
be
if:
good standing academically and otherwise at the
institution previously attended and have a record of honorable dismissal
or completion of their work at that college or university.
They have a cumulative quality point average of C-plus or
2.
1.
better.
They
are in
21
Note: Generally, not more than 60 transfer credits will be accepted.
transfer candidates
Bloomsburg
D
must complete
30
their final
All
credits in residence at
State College.
— Transfer Procedures:
All transfer students
applicants and must
must follow the admissions procedures
Complete college transcript (s)
1.
new
for
the following additional credentials:
file
—
sent by previous college
or
university at applicant's request.
— obtained from
Clearance form
2.
the
Bloomsburg
State College
Office of Admissions to be completed by the appropriate official at pre-
vious college or university.
Letter explaining in detail the student's reasons for wishing to
3.
transfer to
Bloomsburg
State College.
The above procedures must be completed by June
the
fall
semester and by January
The
1
for admission to
tor admission to the spring semester.
1
applications of students meeting the transfer requirements and
completing the necessary transfer procedures
sideration as those of other
new
will receive the
same condemon-
candidates, but the applicant must
strate better-than-average results
on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the
College Entrance Examination Board and have personal characteristics
pointing to success as a Bloomsburg student.
Readmission of Former Students
Students who have attended Bloomsburg State College and have with-
drawn
may
for acceptable reasons
request readmission by writing directly
Admissions Office for an Application for Readmission. Any stuhas interrupted his normal progress of studies (has failed to
complete either Fall or Spring Semester), and wishes to re-enroll for a
to the
who
dent
subsequent
semester,
must
request
All those seeking readmission
universities since leaving
the Director of
fall
who have
before
the
deadlines
attended other colleges or
Bloomsburg must send
Admissions
at
semester or January
1
a complete transcript to
Bloomsburg.
All readmission applications
the
readmission
below.
listed
must be
filed not later
than June
1
for
for the spring semester.
Evaluation of Credits
All evaluations are
made by
Dean
the
of Instruction after the student
has been admitted and are subject to change according to an\
made
in the
Courses
revisions
requirements for graduation.
to be transferred
must have been completed
college or university, must carry a
M
C"
in
an accredited
or better grade, must
be within
22
framework of the student's proposed curriculum at Bloomsburg and must be comparable in content and in scope to courses offered
the general
at
Bloomsburg
No
State College.
student
may
obtain a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts
Bloomsburg without a minimum residence of one year in the
curriculum in which the student intends to graduate.
Correspondence courses are not offered or accepted by Bloomsburg
degree
at
State College.
All evaluations are tentative until a student has satisfactorily
com-
pleted at least one full semester at Bloomsburg.
Present Bloomsburg students desiring to take work at any other
tution
must make written application
proval in advance, otherwise credits
to the
may
Dean
insti-
of Instruction for ap-
not be accepted.
VETERANS AT BLOOMSBURG
The educational opportunities for Veterans authorized by Public Law
90-77 (Veterans Pension and Readjustment Assistance Act of 1967), and,
in special cases Public
Law
87-815, are available.
Veterans of
at least
281 days of continuous active duty any part of which occurred after
January 31, 1955 or who were released from active duty after January
31, 1955 for a service connected disability, may use their eligibility for
The
educational benefits.
college cooperates with the Veterans'
istration in offering the regular degree curriculums in the arts
and
to
Admin-
and sciences
those desiring to teach in the fields of elementary,
secondary,
business, or special education.
Graduates of approved four year high schools are admitted to these
educational programs upon application, in conformity with the established
entrance requirements.
Veterans
who
are not graduates of four-year high schools
may
admitted to the college under certain provisions as set forth in Bulletin
be
I,
The Pennsylvania Plan for Evaluation of Secondary Credentials, for
Examinations and for the Issuance of the High School Equivalent Diploma
under Act Number 212, Approved May 15, 1945, issued by the Department of Public Instruction, September 7, 1945. Veterans who desire
information
should
contact
whether or not they are
To
the
Director
eligible for
of
Admissions to determine
admission under
qualify for educational benefits under the G.
this plan.
I.
Bill of Rights, all
Veterans are required to present a Certificate for Education and Training,
secured from the nearest Regional Veterans Administration Office, at time
of original registration.
The
dence or
does not accept credits for courses taken under the
college
United States
Armed
Forces Institute Program, but credits earned in
work
in extension
at accredited colleges
evaluated for transfer by the
Dean
tentative until the student has
been
resi-
or universities will be
of Instruction.
in residence for
All evaluations are
one semester.
ANALYSIS OF ENROLLMENT TRENDS
(Figures are for years ending
Number
963
2047
1
Regular Students
Part-time Students
Summer
May
31)
of Different Students
129
1964
2283
242
1965
2454
200
1966
2835
255
Session Students
No. of Different Students
Total Enrollment
Totals
1475
1614
1843
2118
(2390)
(2751)
(2756)
(3389)
3651
4139
4497
5208
2283
2454
2835
80
736
67
85
777
982
Adjusted Enrollment on Full-Time Basis
Regular Students
Part-time Students
Summer
Session Students
Totals
2047
46
631
2724
3298
I
mm
1H
25
FEES AND FINANCIAL AID
A.
I.
Community
A
from
fee to
all
UNIFORM FEES
Activities Fee
be determined by each state institution
students and administered
Board of Trustees through
will
be collected
under regulations approved by the
a cooperative organization.
This fee
will
cover
the cost of student activities in athletics, lectures, entertainments, student
publications,
accident
insurance,
et
cetera.
Students
taking
extension
courses, or regular session students taking less than nine credit hours,
may
secure the
benefits
of the
payment of the Community
II.
Activities
Program by
the
Basic Fees
1.
(a)
Community
Activities Fee.
A
as
Semester of eighteen weeks:
basic fee for each student
in
each
curriculum
is
charged
follows:
SEMESTER FEES
Elementary Education
Secondary
Regular
$125.00
(none)
Special
Totals
$125.00
125.00
(none)
125.00
Business Education
125.00
137.00
Business Administration
Education
125.00
$12.00
(none)
Education
125.00
10.00
135.00
Arts and Sciences
125.00
(none)
125.00
Special
This fee
is
fixed
by the
Board of Trustees
proper operation of the College as
School Laws of Pennsylvania.
provided
in
as
125.00
necessarj
Section
P2008
for
the
of
the
—
26
(b)
Students taking nine or less credit hours shall pay at the rate of
$12.50 per credit hour; students taking ten or more credit hours
shall pay the regular basic fees; basic fees for special curriculums
(c)
Students taking extension courses shall pay at the rate of $12.50
shall
be prorated on the basis of an eighteen credit hour load.
per credit hour, provided that the regular fees for special curricu-
lums
2.
be prorated on the basis of an eighteen credit hour load.
shall
Summer
Sessions:
(a)
$12.50 per credit hour (Teacher Education); $12.50 per credit
hour (Arts and Sciences); out-of-state students, $20.00 per credit
hour.
(See paragraph VI
Fees for Out-of-State Students).
A
minimum fee of $37.50 will be charged for Pennsylvania students
and $60.00 for out-of-state students.
(b)
All students must pay a $10.00 (ten dollars) Pre-Registration Fee.
This will be credited to the student's account.
late shall
pay a Late Fee of $10.00, but
it
will
Students registering
not be credited to
their account.
(c)
In addition to the above fees, students in the special curriculums
will
be required to pay a fee to cover the cost of materials, supplies,
equipment, and special services used in the laboratories or
clinics
of the special curriculums.
— $2.00
—
Education Fee
$5.00
Business Education Fee
Special
(d)
Students
enroHed
per three-week session.
per three-week session.
for
periods
of
instruction
differing
from the
schedule pay fees in addition on a pro rata basis of the schedule
of fees provided for the regular three-weeks
III.
session.
Housing Fees
1.
(a)
summer
Housing rate for students shall be $162.00 per one-half semester
This includes
and $54.00 for a three-weeks summer session.
rooms and meals.
Students expecting to occupy dormitory rooms in September must
pay $162.00 (one-half of the housing fee for a semester) before
August 15. The remainder, $162.00, may be paid before November.
(b)
For the purpose of meeting the requirements in those colleges
where off-campus rooming students board in the college dining room,
the housing rates shall be divided as follows: $8.00 for room and
$9.00 for table board.
2.
The
rate for transient
meals and lodging shall be:
breakfast, $.65; lunch, $.85; dinner, $1.25; room, $1.50.
Damage Fee
IV.
Students shall be responsible for damages, breakage,
loss,
or delayed
return of college property.
Infirmary Fee
V.
After three days in the college infirmary, boarding students shall be
charged an additional $1.00 for each day in excess of that period.
Day
students
who may be
admitted to the infirmary shall pay board
$3.00 a day, starting with the
at the rate of
first
day.
This charge in-
cludes the regular nurse and medical service, but does not include special
nurse or special medical service.
Fees for Out-of-State Students
VI.
Students whose legal residence
shall
be charged
out-of-state
If
pay the
shall
at the rate of
regular fee
out of the State of Pennsylvania
students are enrolled in
special
of
is
$20.00 per semester hour of
fees
as
found
in
a
II,
$20.00 per semester hour of
special
1-a,
in
credit,
credit.
curriculum, they
addition
to
the
stated
in
the
as
preceding paragraph.
Degree Fee
VII.
A
fee of
$5.00
shall
be paid by each candidate for a degree to cover
the cost of diploma.
VIII.
Record of Transcript Fee
One dollar ($1.00) shall be charged
for the
second and each sub-
sequent transcript of records.
Delinquent Accounts
IX.
No
student shall be enrolled, graduated, or receive a transcript of his
record until
X.
or
all
previous charges have been paid.
Fee for Late Registration and or Course Change
Each student completing registration or requesting a change of course
courses after the date officially set for registration may be required to
pay a
late registration or
September
XI.
1,
change of registration fee of $10.00, effective
1967.
Schedule Change Fee
A
$2.00
fee
for students
who, once they have conferred with the
scheduling officer and have decided on their schedules, change their class
schedules for personal or other considerations.
Special Clinical Services
XII.
1.
Diagnostic evaluation of reading
standardized
reading
tests,
tele-binocular examination
Lavell
skills
which
includes
Hand-Eye Co-Ordination
— $15.00.
selected
lest,
and
2.
Reading Clinic Services
3.
Reading Clinic Services twice a week per semester
— $20.00.
(Subject to
be
Change without Notice)
Application Fee of $10.00, payable to the Commonwealth, shall
made by
all
applicants; this
requests registration.
When
ing fee
— $25.00.
DEPOSITS
B.
An
one hour for a six-week period
daily for
a student
It
is
is
amount
shall
be paid when the student
not repayable.
approved for admission to the
college, the follow-
must be paid:
An Advance
(1)
This fee
(2)
Registration Fee of twenty-five dollars ($25.00).
payable to the
is
is
credited to basic fees.
A
Community
fee
is
Activities
Commonwealth
It is
of Pennsylvania, and
not refundable.
Fee of
fifty dollars
($50.00).
This
payable to Community Activities, and represents the
Community Activities Fee for the year.
who were not in attendance in a prior semester, when readmitted to college, are required to pay the Advance Registration Fee and
the Community Activities Fee.
Returning students shall pay a deposit of $50.00, payable to ComStudents
munity
If
Activities, in
advance of their
registration.
any fees other than the Activities Fees are paid by bank
post office orders, or checks, they must be
which
is
made
being paid, and drawn payable to the order of the
of Pennsylvania.
Commonwealth
All post office orders paying such fees must be
on the Post Office
at
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania.
drafts,
out for the exact amount
If
the Activities
not paid in cash, a separate order must be drawn payable to
drawn
Fee
is
Community
Post office orders for these fees must be drawn on the Post
Activities.
Office at Bloomsburg.
Any
other inquiries relating to fees should be addressed to Mr. Paul
G. Martin, Business Manager, Bloomsburg State College,
Bloomsburg,
Pennsylvania 17815.
NO OTHER FEES OR DEPOSITS, OTHER THAN AS SPECIFIED
MAY BE CHARGED BY A STATE COLLEGE
ABOVE,
C.
I.
II.
REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICY
The Application Fee will not be refunded for any reason whatsoever.
The Advance Registration Fee of $25.00 will not be refunded for
any reason whatsoever.
29
III.
The Community
Activities
Fee
requests for repayment of the Community Activities Fee must be in writing in the Office of the
Comptroller of Community Activities before September 1, if
the repayment involves the following college year, or February 1,
A. Repayment Policy.
if
1.
All
only the second semester
a.
is
involved.
New
Freshmen and or
Incoming Students
repayment
A
of $50.00 will be granted to Freshmen or
new incoming students who have had the offer of admission withdrawn by the college, have been inducted into
the Armed Forces, or prevented from enrollment because
of illness as certified by a physician.
This
application to the Comptroller of
September
fore
b.
Community
make
written
Activities be-
1.
Freshman or other new incoming student decides not
to come to Bloomsburg for reasons of his own, he will be
granted a repayment of $25.00 if he makes written application to the Comptroller of Community Activities before
If a
September
2.
not an auto-
is
matic policy and persons so affected must
1.
who have completed at least one
year's Community Activities Fee in
Students
semester and paid
a
advance, assuming
full
they plan to return in the
a.
Any
who
student
Bloomsburg
Community
State
fall.
has completed at least one semester
at
College and paid the following year's
Fee in advance and then decides not
Bloomsburg will receive a repayment of the
$50.00 if written request is received by September 1.
Activities
to return to
full
or $25.00 for the second semester,
received by February
B.
if
written request
is
1.
Refund Policy
1.
Students who, once having begun classes
in
the
fall,
do not
complete the school year.
a.
Any
student temporarily suspended, indefinitely suspended.
or dismissed for academic failure during the college year
will not receive a
refund of any portion of the fee for the
semester so involved.
b.
If a
the
may
student voluntarily withdraws from the college before
first
nine
week period ends,
in
the
firs!
semester, he
receive a refund of $12.50 lor the second nine
weeks
so
plus $25.00 for the second semester or a total of $37.50,
assuming written application
before the end of the
IV.
Other fees
will
first
is
made
to the Comptroller
semester.
not be repaid except for personal illness or for
such other reasons as
may be approved by
the
Board of Trustees
(see below).
A. Repayment
will
not be
made
to students
who
suspended, indefinitely suspended, dismissed, or
are temporarily
who
voluntarily
withdraw from college for any cause whatsoever.
B.
Repayment may be made
in the case of personal illness
which
is
by an attending physician or for other such reasons
as may be approved by the Board of Trustees for the amount
of the housing and contingent fees paid by the student for that
part of the semester which the student does not spend in
certified to
the college.
D.
SUMMARY OF EXPENSES
(Subject to
The
Change without Notice)
cost of one semester for students living at
I* tf
V
31
Basic Fee
Housing Fee (Board and Room)
Community Activities Fee
Books and Supplies (Estimated)
Total
Home
College
$125.00
(none)
$125.00
324.00
25.00
25.00
75.00
75.00
$225.00
$549.00
Business students pay $12.00 additional.
Special Education students pay $10.00 additional.
Out-of-state students pay $20.00 per semester hour of credit.
E.
The Director
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID
Aid is responsible for the administration
program at Bloom sburg State College.
of Financial
the student financial aid
All entering students are advised to
file
a Parents' Confidential State-
ment with the College Scholarship Service of Princeton,
to designate the Director of Financial Aid, Bloomsburg
the recipient of copies
forms
may be
of the
Confidential
Parents'
of
New
Jersey,
and
State College as
Statement.
These
obtained from high school guidance counselors or from the
'4-
/
'
.<.»
-•
V\-*-?1
-
1
^43
Hu imi|
+"**%
<
n
mntaui
*+
^
**—+
"V
'
.
Box
College Scholarship Service,
Confidential Statement
176, Princeton.
required of
is
all
New
A
Jersey.
entering students
Parents"
who wish
to be
considered for financial aid available through the college.
Financial aid opportunities
into three categories; loans, student
fall
For up-to-date information
employment, and scholarships and grants.
and directions on our various financial aid programs, please consult Stua brochure available
from the Office of the Director of Financial Aid.
dent Financial Aid at Bloomsburg State College,
OTHER EXPENSES
F.
At
the time of application
mary of estimated expenses
of
fees
all
is
due
as directed
the right to withhold
who
is
The
living
The payment
The
college reserves
by the Business Office.
payment of
fees or other charges, including stu-
college does not offer a time
college
in
students are furnished with a sum-
information regarding the record of any student
all
in arrears in the
dent loans.
new
for the current college year.
residence
halls
are
payment
required to
plan,
and students
pay one half of the
semester housing fee before August 15; the remainder must be paid before
November
A
1.
billing statement of student
which accompanies the
requirement
accounts
will
be mailed prior to regis-
All accounts must be paid as directed b,
tration each semester.
billing
will eliminate
Failure to comply
statement.
from
a student
n nice
with this
registration.
Keys
Each student secures a room key or locker key for $1.00. This deis refunded when the key or lock is returned.
Baggage
Incoming baggage should be clearly marked with the owner's name
and "Bloomsburg State College. Bloomsburg. Pennsylvania.**
Guests
Arrangements for room guests at residence halls must be approved
by the Dean of Women or the Dean of Men.
The guest rates arc as
posit
$.65; luncheon. $.85; dinner. $1.25; room, $1.50.
Books and Supplies
follows:
breakfast.
Books and supplies
are estimated at
dents ma\ secure books and supplies
at
$75.00
lor
each semester.
the College Store.
Stu-
This store
is
operated on a cash basis.
College Banking
The Community
Library,
they
is
may
prepared
to
Activities
Office,
located
in
Waller
handle deposits of cash for students
secure small amounts of
mone\
at
convenient
in
tin:.
Hall.
Old
order that
Notice of Withdrawal
Students leaving the college must notify the Office of the
Students and the Office of the
Regular charges
will
Dean
be made until the notice of withdrawal
to the Business Office
by the
Dean
Dean
of
of Instruction of their withdrawal.
is
forwarded
of Instruction.
Physical Education Uniforms
Students must wear regulation uniforms for all physical education
classes.
These are to be purchased in the College Store.
Laundry
The
College has discontinued personal laundry service with the ex-
ception of bed linens which are supplied by the college.
Coin-operated
and dryers are available
community.
Commercial laundry
of Bloomsburg.
in
washers
service
and
dormitories
college
in
available
is
the
in
the
town
Student Residence
home and
homes approved by
rooms are available. They must
not leave dormitory rooms vacant before the end of the semester.
Students not living at
must
the college,
live in the
Residence on Campus
Each dormitory room
not working in
dormitories
is
if
furnished with double-decker or single beds,
mattresses and pillows, dressers, a study table, and chairs.
cases,
and white spreads are furnished
Sheets, pillow
for the beds.
Students must provide the following equipment:
2.
A
A
3.
Blankets or bed comforters.
4.
Towels.
5.
Metal wastebasket.
6.
Study lamps (approved by college).
1.
mattress pad for mattress 36 by 75 inches.
by 27 inches.
cloth or plastic cover for pillow 21
Resident Students Living Off Campus
In situations where dormitory housing
may
not be available, upon
from the college, students are required to select off campus
rental accommodations from lists of college inspected and approved rooms
and apartments in the town of Bloomsburg. Lists of approved off campus
housing may be obtained from either the Dean of Men or the Dean
notification
of
Women.
Each
resident student living off
campus
is
required to enter into a
written agreement with his householder or landlord covering the period
of proposed tenancy, using Student
by the
college.
Housing Agreement forms provided
35
PLACEMENT
1966 the term "placement" at Bloomsburg meant teacher
With the graduation of students from the Arts and Sciences
Program Bloomsburg is also sending graduates into non-teaching fields
in ever increasing numbers.
Until
placement.
We
proud of the record which our graduates have made.
And the Placement Service has had its job made easier by this record.
Many satisfied employers return each year to recruit new graduates. Most
The tables
of the graduates to date have entered the field of teaching.
below indicate the success of the Placement Service.
are very
Table
I
—
How Many
Teach?
Number
Available
Education
for
Number
Percent
Year
Graduates
Teaching
Teaching
Teaching
1963
395
381
1964
1965
1966
1967
468
475
472
508
416
448
432
445
344
393
423
Table
II gives
93%
97%
89%
87%
91%
411
405
an indication of how the average starting salaries for
our teachers have changed over the same years referred to
Table
II
— How
Starting
344
393
423
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
Earn'.
Average
Beginning
Teachers
Year
Much Do They
405
Table
I.
>
Range of
Beginning Salaries
Sale iry
$4656
4725
4981
5100
5320
411
in
$3600
4200
4200
4500
4500
-
-
8400
6200
5900
7000
6300
These figures indicate that beginning teachers from Bloomsburg State
College are in great demand.
The figures available for the Arts and
Science graduates
taining gainful
in
the Class of
employment.
1967
In this
reflect
comparable sueeess
way Bloomsburg
in
sjvlls sueeess.
ob-
27
STUDENT LIFE
Since Bloomsburg
State College has a strong commitment
to the
education of teachers for our public schools and to the preparation
of civic leaders through our curricula, the college requires the mainten-
ance of high standards in academic work, balanced programs of social
and recreational activities, and opportunities for the development of
initiative and leadership.
The attainment of these objectives is aided by
a sound health program, favorable study conditions, a good library, and
supplementary social and recreational activities.
In general, these opportunities are provided through a broad pro-
gram of
college organizations
Government Association.
ci
is
1
,
and
activities
which are developed and con-
through the participation of the entire college in the Community
trolled
the general con'.rol
This organization, through the College Coun-
body
In ac-
for the various college activities.
cordance with the constitution of the Community Go\ernment Associahandled for
tion, resident affairs are
dent
Women, and
activities
women
men by
of students not
living
the
in
women by the Association of
Men Residents' Association.
community
life
Resi-
The
the dormitories are handled for the
by the Day Women's Association, and for the
Men's Association.
lege
for
men by
the
Day
The
detailed plans for student participation in col-
arc
presented
issued at the beginning of the
fall
in
The
Pilot,
the
college
handbook.
semester.
Community Government Association
The Community Government Association cooperates
ministration in promoting personal and group responsibility
all
with
in
the
ad-
regulating
student affairs.
The College Council, which meets ever) two weeks, nets as the
Community (io\ eminent Association. The presidents of the following groups automatical!) become members of the
executive board of the
38
council: Association of Resident
Men
Men's Association;
Women; Day Women's
Resident's Association.
Association;
Senior,
Junior.
Day
Sopho-
more, and Freshman Classes; Editor of The Maroon and Gold.
The
College Council administers the affairs of the association and formulates
its
policies.
Women
Association of Resident
This association
body
trative
each
class.
is
an organization of resident women.
Its
adminis-
is the Governing Board whose members are selected from
The Governing Board has the responsibility of making and
enforcing regulations, directing social activities and promoting the gen-
women students.
Day Women's Association
The Day Women's Association
eral welfare of all
an organization of commuters not
is
living in the college dormitories or college
The governing body
burg.
is
the Official
housing in the town of Blooms-
Board consisting of
a President
and Vice-President elected by the entire association, and two representatives from each class.
Its purpose is to promote the general welfare of
the day
women and
to cooperate with the other student organizations in
matters affecting the general welfare of the institution.
Day Men's Association
The Day Men's Association
from
their
President.
homes
to
men who commute
The Governing Board consists of a
The association
Secretary, and Treasurer.
is
an organization of
the college.
Vice-President.
on a varied program of activities for
benefit of the college community.
carries
Men
own
welfare and for the
Resident's Association
The Men Resident's Association
men
its
students including unmarried
is
men
the governing
body for resident
accommodations
in campus dor-
living in rented
town of Bloomsburg as well as those living
The administrative body is composed of the President. ViceBy means of this organization,
President, Secretary, and Treasurer.
the men cooperate with the administration in fostering personal and
in
the
mitories.
group
responsibilities.
EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
All students are required to take part in one extra-curricular activity
one semester each year.
The
extra-curricular activities during the past
year included the following:
Amateur Radio Club
The Bloomsburg
State College
Amateur Radio Club
is
composed
of
.
39
students interested in the art of amateur radio communication.
ments for admission are an
interest
Require-
''ham radio communication." a
in
desire to be a "ham'* operator,
and satisfactory standing
American Chemical Society
(Student
in college.
Columbia Chapter)
affiliate.
This chapter of the national organization affords opportunities for
students of chemistry and the teaching of science to
become
better ac-
quainted, to secure the benefits of professional association, to experience
the preparation
sional audience,
fessional
spirit
and presentation of technical materials before a profesand to become engaged in activities which foster a proand pride in the fields of chemistry and the teaching
of science.
Athenaeum Club
The purpose
Athenaeum Club
of the
acquainted with and appreciative of
classical,
all
is
become
to enable students to
types of music
—
classical,
semi-
and popular.
Athletics
In addition to the required courses in physical education,
men
extra-curricular credit for football, basketball, track, wrestling,
receive
swimming.
cross-country, golf, tennis, baseball, and intramural participation.
Women
a well-organized
program
receive extra-curricular credit participating in
of intramural
and extramural
activities.
B Club
B Club is
number of
The
a
given
sports
an
organization
points.
athletic
of
women who
The
have
club
promotes
college
affairs
earned
interest
in
and sportsmanship.
Bloom sb urg Players
The dramatic club
public.
It
plays
stages
for
and
the
for
has installed a chapter of Alphi Psi Omega, national honorary
dramatic fraternity, on the campus.
Cheerleaders
Cheerleaders, who stimulate an active
from members of the student bod\
Chi ss Club
The Chess Club provides
students with an opportunity
Team
play and to improve their game.
the
team competes
Players are taught
in
how
numerous
to
interest in all sports, are
to
chosen
learn
to
players arc chosen from the club:
intercollegiate
conduct chess clubs
matches and tournaments.
schools and community
in
recreation centers.
C'IR(
IE
K
Circle
omm u nity.
c
K
is
a
kiwanis-aft'iliatcd organization serving the college
The purpose
o\
this
organization
is
to
and
foster a spirit oi ^o-
40
among the members of the club in serving the college and
community. Membership is open to male students only.
Class Organizations
For purposes of government and conduct of social affairs, the Senior,
Junior, Sophomore and Freshman Classes are organized under these ofoperation
,
Male RepresentaFemale Representative, and a Class Advisor, who is a member of
ficers:
tive,
President, Vice-President, Secretary, Treasurer,
the faculty.
Concert Choir
The Concert Choir is composed
Community.
of both
men and women
students
of the College
Council for Exceptional Children, Alpha Chapter
The Council for Exceptional Children, Alpha Chapter, was organized
on the Bloomsburg State College campus in February, 1960. This was
the
first
college or university chapter in Pennsylvania to be affiliated with
the state and national councils.
This organization promotes the welfare
and education of exceptional children by coordinating the work of students enrolled in the Division of Special Education with the agencies and
individuals, public and private, who are interested in the movement.
Forensic Society
The Forensic Society encourages an interest
The club has set as its goal the formation
participate
tively
torical
in intercollegiate debate.
debate with other colleges.
in
and extemporaneous speech contests
is
teams
of
that
ac-
will
Participation
in
ora-
a recent addition to the
society's activities.
German Club
The German Club was
established for the primary purpose of de-
veloping student conversational ability in the
is
German
language.
given to increasing student appreciation of aspects of
Membership
is
open
to
those students
who have
Attention
German
a sincere
culture.
interest
in
using the language.
Harmonettes
The Harmonettes comprise
ing and developing musical
a group of
skills.
show tunes to the semi-classical.
The Harmonettes participate
women
The musical
in the
with interest in sing-
selections
may
range from
Christmas and spring programs,
convocations, and other special performances.
Huski Club
The purpose of
the club
is
to
promote leadership
as well as to cultivate
an interest in the sport of skiing among the faculty and student body.
1*
International Relations Club
The International Relations Cub is an organization of students
interested in current events and problems in th? world today. The purpose of this c'ub is to develop among its members an interest and a
greater
knowledge of national and international
affairs.
Le Cercle Francais
Le Cercle Francais, organized
in September 1961, is a conversaFrench club for the purpose of improving the pronunciation and
fluency of spoken French.
Membership is open to any student who has
tional
a genuine interest in the art of conversation and a sincere desire to im-
prove
in the
spoken language.
Students enrolled in this club meet monthly
during the college year.
Literary and Film Society
Organized
tion
of cinema
in
1967, this group encourages the study and apprecia-
and
through monthly
literature
film
progran
s
and the
publication of student writings.
Maroon and Gold Band
The band
plays at
all
group and ensemble playing.
and other college affairs.
offers training in
athletic functions
The band
U2
Physics
Club
(Student section of the American Institute of Physics)
The purpose
fusion
Club
Physics
of the
of knowledge
of the
science
advancement and difand its application to
the
is
of physics
human welfare.
Psychology Club
For psychology majors and minors and
for faculty
members who
are
interested in the science of psychology.
Science Club
Members
of the
student body
physical science constitute the group.
who
are
interested
in
and
natural
Subjects for study and observation
include the history of the various branches of science, plant and animal
life,
geology and mineralogy, chemistry, and physics.
Spanish Club
The Spanish Club has been organized for the purpose of developing
The club's program is designed to
the use of conversational Spanish.
develop the appreciation of such aspects of Spanish culture as
Membership
literature, etc.
proving their personal
is
abilities
open
to students with
an
music,
art,
interest in im-
with the Spanish language.
Student Education Association of Pennsylvania
This group is an organization of students who are preparing for
teaching profession.
The purpose of the organization is to promote
terest in
the
in-
education and to familiarize prospective teachers with the prob-
lems, obligations, and opportunities awaiting
them
in the
near future.
Studio Band
The Studio Band is a stage band composed of college community
members. Its activities include concert tours and performances both on
and off campus.
Varsity Club
Men who
collegiate sport
won
have
a
major
letter
award
comprise the membership.
won such an award
Bloomsburg are
at
All
student
about
his
veterans informed on
and
all
responsibilities, past
any authorized
men
eligible for
Veterans' Association
The purpose of the Veterans' Association
any
in
students
inter-
who have
membership.
and educate
prospective military obligations, and to keep
matters concerning their governmental benefits
is
to orient
and present.
Women's Service Society
The Women's Service Society is based on the high ideals of
Not only do the members serve the campus, but they are active
munity
affairs.
service.
in
com-
US
ALUMNI ACTIVITIES
Graduates of the college automatically become members of the
Bloomsburg State College Alumni Association upon the payment of dues.
The Alumni Association and its Board of Directors recently approved a
plan to send the
Alumni Quarterly
to all graduates.
There are county groups which are fully organized and actively
engaged in supporting programs of activities. Meetings are held during
the year by county groups.
Alumni: they are
Two
dates are set aside especially for the
Homecoming Day
in
the
fall,
and Alumni Day
in
the spring.
The Alumni Association supports various
including scholarships and loans for students,
projects
at
the
college,
and book purchases
for
the library.
COLLEGE PUBLICATIONS
Maroon and Gold
Published weekly by a student
staff,
the college
paper keeps the
student body informed of current college happenings.
Obiter
This yearbook
is
published annually by the graduating
contains a review of the activities of the class, with pictures of
acti\ ities,
the campus, students, clubs,
and teams.
^XAWA\^?/#AV
class.
all
It
college
Olympian
Students publish this literary magazine.
In
this
con-
publication
an outlet for literary expression in the fields of poetry
Unpublished work of nationally-known writers is sometimes
tributors will find
and prose.
included as a special feature.
Pilot
This
the
Dean
burg.
for
It
an annual handbook, edited jointly by a student editor and
is
of Students, which informs students about college
life at
Blooms-
serves as a guide to freshmen and also as an information booklet
upper classmen.
Placement Brochure
An
annual publication of the Placement Service,
this
brochure con-
tains photos of graduating seniors, plus personal data of interest to
em-
ploying officers.
PROFESSIONAL FRATERNITIES
National honorary and professional fraternities which foster and ad-
vance educational ideals through scholarship, social efficiency, and moral
development have chapters on the campus.
Kappa Delta Pi (Coeducational Honor Society
Kappa Delta Pi originated at the University
in
Education)
1909 as
was incorporated June 8, 1911, under
the laws of the State of Illinois as the Honorary Education Fraternity.
On
October 4, 1932, this title was changed to Kappa Delta Pi, an Honorary
Society in Education, and was so registered at ths office of the Secretary
of State at Springfield, Illinois.
Both men and women who have
a scholarship record in the upper quartile of the institution are eligible
for
membership.
Kappa Eelta Pi is both an undergraduate and
of Illinois in
the Illinois Educational Club, and
graduate
society.
Phi Sigma Pi (Professional Education Fraternity for Men)
Phi Sigma Pi, a National Educational Fraternity, was founded
State Teachers College,
The
Warrensburg, Missouri, on February
objective of the fraternity
fraternity for
men
in
is
to
14,
at the
1916.
maintain a professional educational
teacher training institutions.
The organization
bcsed on scholastic attainments and seeks to advance educational
is
ideals,
promote close fellowship, improve the training of teachers, and uphold
and efficient government.
jus;
Alpha
Psi
Omega
(Coeducational Dramatic Fraternity)
Alphi Psi Omega, national dramatic
1925
at
fraternity,
Fairmont State College, Fairmont, Virginia,
was organized in
an honor
to provide
work in college dramatics, and
them the mutual helpfulness provided by a large national
The Bloomsburg chapter, Alpha Omicron, was organized in
society for those doing a high standard of
to secure for
fraternity.
March, 1928.
Gamma Theta Upsilon (Coeducational Geography Fraternity)
Gamma Theta Upsilon originated in the Geography Club
of the
Normal University on May 15, 1931. Delta Chapter was
organized at Bloomsburg in October, 1931.
Membership is limited to
students making special preparation to teach geography.
The purpose
Illinois State
of
organization
this
to
is
advance
geog-
of
and a practical subject for study
raphy both as a cultural discipline
and
study
professional
the
investigation.
Lambda
Phi Beta
(Coeducational Business Fraternity)
Formerly the Business Education Club, the fraternity affords business
students an opportunity to participate in an organization designed to develop professional interest in business education.
Pi
Kappa Delta (Coeducational Debate
The
Fraternity)
Chapter of Pi Kappa Delta
local Pennsylvania Delta
is
a fra-
and instructors
teaching debate and forensic speaking. Its purpose is to promote forensic
activities and scholarship in senior American colleges and universities.
ternal
Pi
organization
Omega
Pi
intercollegiate
for
debaters,
Membership
Pi.
is
organized
is
open
in
1923
at
ticipated actively
in
the
Society)
Northeast Missouri State
a national business teachers education honor society.
to students
in
the Division of Business Education
who have demonstrated keen professional
who have attained above average scholastic
was
Honor
Pi (National Business Teacher Education
Omega
Teachers College,
ter
orators,
the
installed at the
interest
in
Business Education Club.
Bloomsburg
aims of the honor society are:
(a)
State College
to
business teaching,
standing, and
who have
par-
Alpha Delta Chap-
on May
2.
The
1935.
encourage, promote, extend, and
and scholarship in commerce; (b) to aid in civic bettercolleges; (c) to encourage and foster high ethical standards in
create interest
ment
in
business and
basis of
all
professional
life;
(d)
to
teach
the
idea
of service
as
the
worthy enterprise.
Sigma Alpha Eta (Honor Speech and Hearing Fraternity)
The Iota Chapter o{ Sigma Alpha la. National Honor Speech and
Hearing Fraternity, was installed at Bloomsburg Februarj W. 1951.
The aims o{ this organization are: (a) to create and stimulate an
1
interest in
speech pathology, audiology, and education o{ the acoustically
to encourage professional growth; (e) to insure high
handicapped; (b)
planes of achievement in academic and clinical activities; (d) to aid in
building
wholesome public
relations with other college departments
and
with local organizations interested in knowing about the field of speech
and hearing
rehabilitation.
Alpha Phi Omega
(National Service Fraternity)
Dedicated to the principles of Leadership, Friendship, and Service,
Alpha Phi Omega assembles college men in the fellowship of the Scout
Oath and Law. in service to the student body and faculty, youth and the
community, and the nation as citizens. The Xi Lambda Chapter of Alpha
Phi Omega, founded in May 1962, was installed at Bloomsburg State
College on October 26, 1963.
Sigma Tau Delta (Coeducational English Fraternity)
Sigma Tau Delta, national honorary and professional fraternity in
was established at Dakota Wesleyan University in Mitchell, South
Dakota, in 1924 for the purpose of promoting mastery of written expression, encouraging worthwhile reading, and fostering a spirit of fellowship among men and women specializing in English.
The Bloomsburg
Chapter, Theta Kappa, was organized in October, 1965.
English,
U7
Phi
Alpha Theta
(National
Honor
Society in History)
Phi Alpha Theta provides programs giving a deeper insight into the
nature of history, the historical profession, and topics of special interest.
Delta Phi Alpha
(Co-educational
Delta Phi Alpha
and
is
Honor
Society in
German)
German language
the national honor society for
literature.
SOCIAL FRATERNITIES
On May
lege
27, 1966, the
Board of Trustees of Bloomsburg State Colsocial fraternities and sororities for a
approved the establishment of
probationary period of three years.
The following
local social fraternities
are presently approved organizations at Bloomsburg.
nities are
members
Delta Omega Chi
Delta
Phi Sigma Xi
Pi
The following
Pi
Epsilon Chi
Sigma Iota Omega
Kappa Epsilon
Pi
All of these frater-
of the local Inter Fraternity Council.
local social sororities are also presently
zations at Bloomsburg.
Chi Sigma
Tau Sigma
approved organi-
All belong to the local Inler Sorority Council.
Rho
Delta Epsilon Beta
Theta Gamma Phi
Pi
OFF CAMPUS STUDENTS
It
is
expected that resident students living off campus
will
conduct
themselves with the same decorum expected of other resident students
and that they
will
comply with the house
rules
and regulations of
their
householders or landlords.
An
Women
Assistant to the
Dean
of
Men
and an Assistant
to the
Dean
of
supervise the housing of resident students living off campus.
Commuting (Day) Students
Day room facilities are provided for women and men students who
do not live on the campus or in off campus rental housing approved for
resident students.
The women's day room is located in the lower level of the Curriculum Materials Center in the Benjamin Franklin building.
Comfortable
lounge furniture provides for rest and relaxation.
Locker space and
facilities
for study are also available.
The men's day rooms
spacious lounge has
are
facilities
Oil
lor
the
basemen!
study,
floor
recreation,
o\'
Science Hall.
lunch,
The
and storage.
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Prior
to the beginning
of each semester, the student prepares a class
schedule with the help of a faculty advisor.
After this schedule has
been approved by the divisional director involved,
it
will
be printed in
Data Processing Center and handed to the student at registration. Any
changes in this schedule must be approved by the director of the curriculum in which the student is enrolled. At the end of each grading period,
members of the faculty record grades on course cards, which become the
basis of the permanent record of each student.
the
Class Attendance
A
for
student
which he
is
is
expected to attend punctually every class and laboratory
registered.
to the instructor
It is
the responsibility of the student to
an absence report form
at the first class
hand
meeting following
the absence.
If the absence report is approved, the student may make up the
work he has missed during his absence. However, the effect of absence
upon course requirements is determined by the instructor.
Absence report forms may be purchased at the College Store. It is
advisable to have absence report blanks on hand.
Change of Schedule
in class schedules may be made during the first ten
days of any semester by the Divisional Directors with the approval of the
Adjustments
Dean
of Instruction.
A
fee of
$2.00
will
be charged for each individual
schedule change.
After the second week, students dropping a course from their schedule
will receive
Dean
dropped.
to
an "E" on their permanent record card
of Instruction
If
if
they are not passing
passing, the grade of
drop a course from
"W"
their schedules
will
at
in the Office of the
the
be given.
time the course
is
Students wishing
must receive written approval of
the
50
instructor before presenting the request to the
withdrawals must be approved by the
Dean
Dean
All
of Instruction.
of Instruction.
Students are
not permitted to withdraw from a course after nine weeks.
Transfer of Division of Enrollment
In order to be eligible for transfer from one division to another, a
student should have at least a 2.00 cumulative average
(although for
may
be made).
freshmen certain
justifiable exceptions to this
The
for the student to bring a note of parental permission to
first
step
is
requirement
is enrolled, which is to be attached
form for Approval of Divisional Transfer. On this special
form the student must obtain the following signatures: (1) the signature
the Director of the Division in which he
to a special
of his current Divisional Director, (2) the signature of the
Dean
of Stu-
dents (required only in the case of a student transferring from Arts and
Sciences to Teacher Education), (3) the signature of the Direcctor of the
Division to which the student
of the
Dean
intending to transfer, (4) the signature
is
This form should be
of Instruction.
filed
immediately preceding that in which the transfer
during the semester
to take effect.
is
Provision for Superior Students
A
may
student whose
petition the
work
Dean
in addition to that
for a semester averages 3.0
— "B,"
or above
of Instruction for approval to schedule course
work
normally scheduled for that semester (16 credit hours).
Progress Reports and Records
For the purpose of reporting the progress of each
semester
is
instructor
at
student, each
During each period the
divided into periods of nine weeks.
hands to the Dean of Instruction a special deficiency report
At the end of nine
is not doing satisfactory work.
any time the student
weeks a complete grade report
At
the
made
is
to the parents of each student.
the end of the semester final grades are reported, recorded
permanent progress card of each student, and
then sent out as before.
Any
filed.
The
may be
follows:
A
—
very
high;
B
in this college
—
high;
C
—
and
W—a
proved by the Dean
of Instruction while the student
Incomplete
not handed
in,
its
average;
failure involving repitition of the entire course.
— work
that
mailed.
Grading System
The system of grading used
as
is
parent not receiving such a report at the
end of any grading period should notify the Dean of Instruction so
a duplicate
upon
report
is
interpretation
is
D — low; E —
withdrawal, ap-
passing the course.
or material does not satisfy the in-
structor's standards or the course requirements.
51
Quality Point System
each semester hour
A
carries
4 quality
each semester hour
B
carries
3 quality points.
2 quality points.
For
For
For
For
For
A
each semester hour
C
carries
each semester hour
D
carries
each semester hour
E
carries
W
grade of
Incomplete
To be
less
is
1
points.
quality point.
quality points.
not considered in computing quality points.
not considered in computing quality points.
is
graduated, a student must have a quality point average of not
than 2.0.
Removal of "Conditions" and "Incompletes"
Each
instructor listing a condition or
semester shall
with the
file
Dean
the steps to be taken by the student for the
A
an incomplete
end of a
at the
of Instruction a detailed statement of
removal of such condition.
printed form (blue) must be secured at the office of the
Dean
of
It is the
Instruction to be used when an incomplete has been removed.
responsibility of the student to have this form signed by the instructor
removing the incomplete, and
to present
it
to the
Dean
of Instruction
for recording.
// the
grade "Incomplete"
the grade automatically
not removed within one calendar year,
is
becomes an
E
and
the course
must be repeated.
Prerequisite for Student Teaching
A
student
is
eligible
for assignment to student teaching
attained a quality point average of 2.0 in not less than
90
if
he has
credit hours.
Residence Required for Graduation
The minimum period of residence at this college is one year or its
equivalent.
Former students certified for teaching by having completed
two or three years of college work who are candidates for the Bachelor
of Science Degree in Education, must complete at least one half of the
remaining work required for the degree in residence at Bloomsburg.
Residence credit
summer
may be earned
in the classes of a regular semester,
Requirements for Graduation
The conferring of the degree
of Bachelor of Science in Education,
or any other degree which the Bloomsburg State College
to grant,
in
school, or in Saturday classes for teachers-in-service.
is
authorized
and the Application for the Pennsylvania Teaching Certificate
require the following:
1
— Completion
graduate
of
128 semester hours of credit
required for
in
30 hours of graduate
the degree of Master of Education.
curriculum,
or
a
specified
credit
in
undercourses
52
—
must
complete
minimum
hours
Education and
— Emotional
evidenced by
and academic
4 —
considered by
be adequate
ber
teaching
— High moral and
standards
conduct.
All students
2
3
Health.
stability,
active participation in college
as
social
activities.
Personality traits
the college to
of the
for a
mem-
profession.
5
of
ethical
The
of five semester
a
satisfactorily
of Physical
college reserves the right to withhold the degree or the applica-
tion for a certificate to teach in the
Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania
if
one or more of these conditions for graduation are not met.
All candidates for degrees are individually responsible for meeting
all
the requirements for graduation outlined above.
Physical Education Requirements
minimum
All students are required by the College to complete a
of five semester hours of health and physical education to receive a de-
Students should complete
gree.*
first
All students must take the
is
HPE
100 and
HPE
101 during their
year at Bloomsburg State College.
passed, the student
(HPE
may
swimming
proficiency
If
test.
the test
then elect an advanced section of Aquatics
151 or 152) or select an additional course from one of the #200
courses.
If the test is failed,
tion of Aquatics
(HPE
the student must enroll in a beginning sec-
150).
All students must elect one semester hour credit from the
may
200
series
two hours from this area if they have
passed the swimming proficiency test. These courses may also be selected
If a student elects more than
as elective hours by upper class students.
one course from the 200 series, subsequent courses must contain two
Students
of courses.
elect
different activities.
Academic Probation
At
the end of each grading period a student
average cf
period.
less
If at
average, he
mittee
has a quality point
the end of that grading period he has not attained a 2.0
may be
composed of
of three
who
than 2.0 will be placed on probation until the next grading
instructors
given an opportunity to meet with a faculty comthe director of his curricular division and a
one of
whom
has taught or
is
currently
minimum
teaching
the student.
Students
who have passed
man
the
of
the age of thirty should consult with the ChairHPE in planning their physical education
Department of
program.
Men with at least six months of active military service may enroll in one
course in the 200 series and pass the swimming proficiency test (minimum).
53
The purpose
of this kind of meeting
two-fold
is
to enable the
( 1 )
student to determine the cause of his apparent failure, (2) to enable the
and promise of the
be able to profit
educationally by remaining in college.
The action of any faculty committee is subject to the approval of the Dean of Instruction and the
committee
faculty
student,
and
to assess the professional interest
whether or not the sudent
to determine
will
President of the College.
The
to
committee
privilege of meeting with a faculty
one time during
a student only
his
attendance
at
be extended
will
the college unless
extenuating circumstances should warrant a second conference.
A
who
student
on academic probation
is
be permitted to
will not
schedule more than fifteen semester hours of course work without the
specific permission of his divisional director
Placement Tests
Every new student
and
the
Dean
of Instruction.
entering Bloomsburg State College
is
required to
take a battery of tests covering English, reading, social studies, science,
mathematics, and contemporary
The
affairs.
results of the tests are con-
verted into percentiles, both local and national, and are projected on a
graph called a
of the
Dean
profile.
of Students.
These profiles are available through the office
Every student is given an opportunity to review
his profile with a professional counselor, noting the areas of his strength
He
and weakness.
ing
Bloomsburg
sees himself in relation to the
group of students enter-
State College, as well as to the national
group of students
entering liberal arts colleges and pre-professional schools.
Testing Programs
In addition
freshman
tion provided
problems
A
to
to take
by the
in their
the Placement Tests,
such
tests as the
tests
is
College Deans
academic and
may
sophomore
Informa-
advise.
who encounter
also be administered to
A
vide information for further guidance.
the
require each
social adjustment.
to determine the student's
student by selected faculty
may
may
issued in counseling students
battery of achievement tests
more students
the college
members
is
all
academic progress and
sophoto
pro-
careful study of each individual
recommended before
the end
of
year.
The college also administers the Graduate Record Examination to
measure the academic achievement of the student, as well as the effectiveness of the instructional program.
This battery of tests is given prior to
the senior year and the student is responsible for paying the costs of
the examination.
54
All candidates for undergraduate degrees at Bloorrsburg State College
are required to complete the following Graduate
Record Examinations:
GRE APTITUDE TEST
GRE ADVANCED TEST
The Advanced Test
be completed in the student's area of spe-
shall
cialization or in a field related to his specialization.
The
tests
are administered three times a year during the semester
or term in which the student
ments.
The payment
is
scheduled to complete his degree require-
of the examination fee of five dollars
($5.00)
is
the responsibility of the student.
STUDENT TEACHING
An Overview
Faculty and administration of Bloomsburg State College consider the
student teaching assignment to be the culmination of four years of pre-
For
professional education leading to teacher-certification.
an entire semester of the academic program for each student
for student teaching.
A
this
is
reason,
reserved
student teaching assignment requires that the
Monday through Friday
student spend the entire day from
in supervised
educational activities in public schools, for the duration of one semester.
Student teaching, including Professional Practicum,
offered for twelve
is
semester hours of credit.
In order to orient student teachers
more
effectively to public school
programs, the calendar of schools to which they are assigned
However, the college calendar
is
followed.
determine opening and closing dates
will
for student teaching assignments.
Student Teaching Centers
In meeting
the
responsibility for providing high quality graduates for
its
teaching profession,
the
college
centers and cooperating teachers.
carefully
Each
selects
student teaching
curricular division of the college
has centers established as follows:
Division of Busines Education
Student teachers are assigned
High Schools. Allentown; Liberty
to: Louis Dieruff and William Allen
High School, Bethlehem; Central Col-
umbia High School. Espy; and senior high schools
Bloomsburg.
Danville,
Lewisburg,
Milton,
Muncy, South Williamsport, and Warrior Run.
utilized in
in
Emmaus, Berwick,
Loyalsock,
Montoursville,
Junior high schools are
Bloomsburg, Berwick, and Allentown.
Division of Elementary Education
School
gram
which are cooperating in the student teaching proColumbia Area Joint Schools, Berwick Area Joint
districts
are Central
55
Schools,
Danville
Bloomsburg Area Joint Schools, Selinsgrove Area Joint Schools,
Area Schools, and Shikellamy Area Schools.
Division of Secondary Education
Cooperating with
this division in the
preparation of student teachers
are the Berwick Area Joint High School Berwick; Central Columbia Joint
High School, Espy; Bloomsburg Senior High School, Bloomsburg; Danville Senior High School, Danville; Milton Senior High School, Milton;
Council Rock High School, Newtown; Bristol High School, Bristol; Warrior Run Joint Senior High School. Watsontown, R. D.; Southern Area
Senior High School, Catawissa, R. D.; Shikellamy High School. Sunbury;
Shamokin Area High School, Shamokin; Mt. Carmel Area High School,
Mt. Carmel; four senior high schools and four junior high schools in
Pennsbury, Bensalem Township, and the Bristol-Delhaas School Districts
in Bucks County.
Division of Special Education
Student teachers in Special Education are assigned to the White
Haven State School and the Selinsgrove State School and Hospital and
to the public schools of Lycoming, Schuylkill, Chester, and Montgomery
Counties through the offices of the superintendents of those counties.
Student teachers are also assigned to the Harrisburg Cleft Palate Clinic.
As
greater
numbers of students
are
through increased enrollment, other centers
may be assigned to a
he may be re-assigned
assigned
will
to
teaching
student
A
be developed.
student
school district or county for an entire semester, or
in
mid-semester to other school
districts or counties.
PROGRAM OF GRADUATE STUDIES
The Bloomsburg State College is authorized by
Education of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to
graduate studies
in
Board of
program of
the State
offer a
Business Education, Elementary Education, Special
Education for the Mentally Retarded, Speech Correction, English, Social
Studies (including Geography), Biology, History, Speech. Spanish, French,
and German.
Upon
completion by a student of the requirements established by the
Graduate Council of the College, the Master of Education degree will be
conferred.
The program of graduate studies has as its primary purpose
the
increasing of the competency of professional
personnel
in
the
field
of education.
Persons desiring to enroll
in
graduate courses must
file
Council.
an applica-
and meet the requirements established b\ the Graduate
Students wishing to earn the Master o\' Education degree must.
tion for admission
in addition,
request admission to candidacy lor the degree.
56
The following
program of graduate
$10.00
fees* are applicable to the
Application Fee
(Payable
time of application for ad-
at
mission to graduate courses.
Not refund-
or applicable to graduate
able
tuition.)
Graduate Tuition Fee
Activities
studies:
Fee (summer term only)
$16.00
per sem.
$ 3.00
per
week
$ 6.00
session
per six-
week
Graduation and Diploma Fee
hr.
three-
session
$10.00
(Not including rental of cap, gown, and hood)
Detailed information relating to the program
Graduate Studies Bulletin.
Requests for
this
is
contained in the
bulletin,
application
for
forms, and for additional information concerning the program should be
addressed
to:
Director of Graduate Studies, Bloomsburg State College,
Bloomsburg, Pa. 17815.
SUMMER SESSIONS
The summer
sessions are designed primarily to enable Pennsylvania
teachers to advance professionally and to meet the certification standards
approved by the State Board of Education. All of the courses offered
will be on a college level, and will be of particular interest to the following:
(1)
Undergraduates qualifying for advanced standing or the
re-
moval of conditions.
(2)
Teachers-in-service qualifying for (a)
cation,
and (c) the Permanent College
(3)
College
advanced
state
certifi-
(b) the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education,
graduates
qualifying
Certificate.
for
through
certification
state
courses in education and student teaching.
Students
attending
the
summer
sessions
may
schedule
as
many
semester hours as there are weeks in the session.
Special opportunities will be provided during the
for persons
certified
certification
which
to
will include teaching
The enrollment
summer
teach on the secondary level to
in the
summer
on the elementary
sessions
work toward
level.
session will be limited to teachers-in-
service, presently-enrolled students of the college,
All fees are subject to change without notice.
and others who have
.
ill
IP
XI
been
in
attendance
enrolling
at
at
an accredited college.
Bloomsburg
for
the
first
having attended another college and
certifying that they are
A
in
Students from other colleges
time should
a written
evidence
o\
good academic standing.
copy of the current summer session bulletin
request addressed to the
present
statement from their college
Registrar of the College.
will
be sent upon
a
m$£8®a
*m.Z*
HB9
JHBm
m*
mtezsBiBBn
mmsm
mmt
—
59
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
— Introduction
Art 101
A
ART
to
Art
3
consideration of the great works of
art,
analysis of the structure of art as determined
hrs.
cr.
past and present, with an
by
civilization,
communica-
and expression.
tion,
Art 301
Children's Art
Study devoted to the
3
and ways
art of children
promote
to
hrs.
cr.
attitudes
of discovery and invention.
— American
Art 311
A
Art History
3
hrs.
cr.
detailed study of the history of the visual arts in America.
— European Art History
Art 321
A
3
hrs.
cr.
on the European
detailed study of the history of the visual arts
continent from the Greek era to the nineteenth century.
—
Art 331
A
India,
Oriental Art History
3
cr.
hrs.
detailed study of the history of the visual arts in Japan, China.
and the countries of the Near East.
— History
Art 341
A
of
Modern Art
3
detailed study of the contemporary
movements
in
art
hrs.
cr.
from the
nineteenth century to the present.
Art 397
—
Drawing I
The course will
3
consist
of
a
basic
form, structure and personal expression
analysis
in
well as
—
development
requisite:
Art 397.
in
hrs.
drawing.
Drawing II
The course will emphasize experimentation with
Art 398
cr.
and understanding of
composition and individuality
3
various
in
hrs.
cr.
media
drawing.
as
Pre-
—
60
—
Drawing III
The course will develop
stressing what will become
Art 399
requisite:
Art 398.
Art 401
— Painting
3
cr.
hrs.
individual creativity and ability in drawing,
future
personal
involvement
in
art.
3
I
Pre-
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to form and color through studio experience.
Art 402
—
3
Painting II
Continued
sensitive
development toward a maturing
style in painting.
Prerequisite: Art 401.
Art 403
— Painting
3
III
Advanced work planned
Art 404
—
for individual needs.
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite: Art 402.
Sculpture I
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs
Studio exploration of three-dimensional expression.
Art 405
—
Sculpture II
Continued sensitive development toward a maturing
Prerequisite: Art 404.
Art 406
— Sculpture
3
111
Advanced work planned
Art 411
Ceramics
style in sculpture.
for individual needs.
cr.
hrs
Prerequisite: Art 405.
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Introduction to ceramic processes and design.
Art 412
—
3 cr. hrs.
Ceramics II
Emphasis upon quality ceramic design, throwing on the wheel,
Preexperiments in decorative processes and mixing clays and glazes.
requisite:
Art 411.
Art 413
— Ceramics
3
III
Advanced work planned
Art 450
— Art Education
Designed
art in the
Art 499
for individual needs.
in the
cr.
hrs.
Prerequisite: Art 412.
Elementary School
to explore the theories
3 cr. hrs.
and techniques behind the use of
elementary school.
—
3
Visual Aesthetics
Directed study of the "silent image" emphasizing
environmental relationships.
artistic
cr.
hrs.
concern with
—
61
BIOLOGY
Biol.
tion
— General Biology
I
3 cr. hrs.
Emphasizes major principles and theories in the structure and funcof plants and animals at levels of organization and development
103
Class discussions and laboratory studies
from molecule to ecosystem.
are included.
Biol.
A
in
— General Biology
104
Classification of organisms
nature.
A
mental niche.
Biol.
to
3
II
hrs.
cr.
survey of the plant and animal phyla with emphasis on their role
—
210
The
received from their environPrerequisite: Biol. 103.
Invertebrate Zoology
3
hrs.
cr.
principal phyla of invertebrate animals are studied in relation
anatomy,
their
is
course for non-science majors.
and
classification,
A
which they participate.
their
role
in
course for biology majors.
the
ecosystems
in
Prerequisite: Biol.
103.
Biol.
211
Vertebrate Zoology
The biology
physiology,
3
and development.
Laboratory work with living and preserved
will
specimens
will familiarize students
Biol.
220
hrs.
Evolutionary and ecological aspects of
each class
be covered.
major classes of
cr.
of the vertebrate animal with emphasis in morphology,
this
with representative individuals of the
important group.
— General Botany
Prerequisite: Biol. 103, 210.
3
I
cr.
hrs.
General consideration of the plant kingdom with emphasis on plant
anatomy, physiology, economic botany, and other related areas.
requisite:
Biol.
221
The
Biol.
— General Botany
plant
life
requisite:
Biol.
331
in
cycles of plants representing the
Biol.
and
3
ar-
cr.
hrs.
concepts pertaining to energy flow succession patterns.
level.
and population studies
at
the species, inter-
Prerequisites: Biol. 210, 220.
— Genetics
The study
hrs.
Emphasis is placed
various taxonomic levels. Pre-
Ecology
and community
341
cr.
development and
220.
— General
Principles
Biol.
the phylogenetic
the taxonomic system.
limiting factors, habitat studies,
species,
3
II
kingdom showing
rangement of the plants
upon
Pre-
103.
of inheritance in living things.
3
The
cr.
hrs.
practical application
—
62
principles in animal breeding, in plant propagation, and in
improvement of the human race is emphasized. Stress is placed upon
the mathematical and molecular concepts of modern genetics. The course
Prerequisites: Biol. 103, Biol.
is fundamental for all biological students.
210 or 211, Biol. 220. Math. 116 is suggested but not required.
of genetic
351
3 cr. hrs.
and physical concepts applicable to
Emphasized will be the
the functional aspects of biological systems.
interrelation between molecules and the organism.
Prerequisites: Biol.
Biol.
The
103,
Molecular Biology
chemical
of
integration
Chem. Ill, or consent
361
of the instructor.
3 cr. hrs.
and control of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria, viruses, and fungi. Consideration
will be given to their distribution in nature and the importance of their
Prerequisite:
beneficial activities as well as harmful effects on man.
Biol.
Microbiology
The metabolism,
cultivation,
103 or consent of instructor.
Biol.
371
Biol.
A
Embryology
3
maturation of the germ
and the chick.
381
Biol.
The
Laboratory work includes the study of the
and the early development of the starfish,
Prerequisites: Biol. 210 or consent of instructor.
functions of tissues,
Emphasis
will
organs,
3
and systems and
requisites: Biol. 211,
411
adult insects.
study.
Biol.
413
Pre-
or consent of instructor.
3
cr. hrs.
course covering collection and identification of larval and
Attention
Prerequisites:
The
Chem. Ill,
and endocrines.
— Systematic Entomology
field
cr. hrs.
chemical
their
be on mammalian circulation, respiration,
digestion, metabolism, renal function, reproduction,
A
hrs.
cells
— Vertebrate Physiology
integration.
Biol.
cr.
study of animal reproduction and development with particular
emphasis on the vertebrates.
frog,
identification,
is
Biol.
given to mounting and preparing insects for
103 and 104 or Biol. 210.
— Ornithology
basic biology of birds with emphasis
fication in the field.
Saturday morning
on
field trips.
3 cr. hrs.
and identiPrerequisite: one year
their ecology
of biology or consent of the instructor.
Biol.
414
— Ichthyology
3
cr.
hrs.
Field and laboratory study of the fishes of the streams and rivers
—
63
of this area including their collection, taxonomy, anatomy, and ecological
methods.
Prerequisite: Biol. 482.
Recommended:
Biol. 331.
— Biology
3 cr. hrs.
of the Arthropods
with
arthropod
classes
special
emphasis
on
prominent
A study of the
Insecta.
Studies of functions, morphology, histology, embryology, and
415
Biol.
metamorphosis.
Laboratory
techniques of dissection, preser-
will stress
vation of tissues, and experimentation with live insects.
Biol.
210 and
Biol.
416
A
—
Prerequisites:
Biol. 416.
3
Parasitology
human
study of parasites in relation to
parasitic diseases; their
disease.
prevention and treatment.
cr.
hrs.
Epidemiology of
Prerequisites:
Biol.
210 or 211.
Biol.
—
417
Field Zoology
Animals observed and
3
The study
and management of wild vertebrates and
Biol.
Two
Prerequisite:
value.
their
on the
upon
and economic
Emphasis
classified in the field.
natural history of terrestrial vertebrates.
cultural
—
mended:
The
Plant
3
function:
Prerequisites:
cr.
hrs.
the processes involved in plant
Biol.
212, Chem.
Recom-
111.
Chem. 331.
Biol. 421,
421
Biol.
is
of man's effect
years of biology or consent of the instructor.
420
Plant Physiology
The study of how plants
growth and behavior.
cr. hrs.
Anatomy
3
cr.
hrs.
and structural features of vascular plants are studied
with emphasis on origin, development, and function.
Fundamental concepts concerning gross, histological, and physiological aspects are correcells, tissues,
lated in terms of growth, patterns of differentiation,
plant parts.
week.
Two
Prerequisite:
422
Biol.
A
phasis
—
Biol.
220 or permission
upon
taxonomic keys.
requisite:
432
of instructor.
Field Botany
3
cr.
hrs.
Columbia County and vicinity. Emin the field and on the use of
of habitats are explored on field trips.
Pre-
study of the Flora found
is
and maturation of
hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per
in
identification of plants
A
variety
Biol. 220.
—
their
Fresh Water Biology
3 cr. hrs.
advanced course in the biology of streams, lakes, and ponds and
relationship to the health and welfare of the country.
Prerequisites:
Biol.
210, 220, or permission of the instructor.
Biol.
An
——
64
433
Biol.
phasis
is
cr. hrs.
of plants and their interactions with the environment.
Em-
placed on populations and communities and their respective
Practical experience
successions.
ite:
3
Plant Ecology
The study
is
gained during field
trips.
Prerequis-
Biol. 331.
441
Biol.
A
3
Evolution
cr.
hrs.
study of the mechanics of evolution; the nature and behavior of
genes, factors affecting gene frequencies, environmental factors, special ion
mechanisms, and population
443
Biol.
A
Biol.
341.
— Cytology
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the structure and function of cytoplasmic and nuclear
organelles of
Emphasis
cells.
will
chemical, and cytogenetic aspects.
techniques for
341,
Biol.
Prerequisite:
analysis.
cell,
Chem.
be placed upon ultrastructural, bio-
Laboratory studies
chromosome, and
tissue
will include various
preparation.
Prerequisite:
Recommended: Chem. 331.
111.
—
3 cr. hrs.
452
Radiation Biology
The principal effects of ionizing radiation and other types of radiation on living systems.
Applications of isotopes in biological research;
use of radiation sources and detectors.
Prerequisite: Biol. 341, Chem.
Ill and 112, Physics 111, Math. 116, or consent of instructor.
Biol.
453
Biol.
A
—
Physiological Chemistry
study of the
life
3
and system s.
biologically important corr pounds and
relationship to the functional aspects of tissues
tion will be given to
cr. hrs.
processes with emphasis on chemistry and
its
Consideratheir effects
on function.
471
Biol.
A
Histology
3
study of vertebrate tissues from the various body systems.
cr.
hrs.
Labor-
atory studies will include the use of prepared slides, color photomicro-
Two
graphs, and basic histological techniques.
hours of laboratory per week.
482
Biol.
A
Prerequisites: Biol. 103, 211.
— Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
3
comparative study of the morphology of the vertebrate
Laboratory work includes
shark,
hours of lecture and three
and the
Biol.
490
Biol.
492
cat.
Seminar
anatomical
Prerequisites:
in
— Research Topics
in
of Lamprey, the dogfish
210 or consent of instructor.
cr.
Biology
hrs.
classes.
study
Biol.
Biology
cr.
1-3
hrs. to
cr. hrs. to
be arranged
be arranged
——
65
BUSINESS
Bus.
101 — Introduction
to
Business Organization and Finance 3
cr. hrs.
Business activity with attention to types of business organization,
managerial controls utilized in business and financing of business enterprises.
Bus. 201
Elementary Typewriting
2
I
cr.
hrs.
Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts of
the typewriter; stroking techniques and control emphasized; instruction in
preparing business
letters,
manuscripts, carbon copies, envelopes, business
forms, and cards; teaching techniques.
Bus. 202
— Elementary
Typwriting II
Production techniques; typing
2
letters,
cr. hrs.
envelopes, and cards; multiple
carbon work, preparation of manuscripts, tabulation, and legal forms;
preparation of stencils and liquid process masters; teaching techniques.
Prerequisite:
Bus. 211
Bus. 201.
Elementary Shorthand
3
I
cr.
hrs.
Beginning course in Gregg Shorthand Diamond Jubilee in which
theory
is
presented with dictation
woven
into
an integrated course; fluent
reading and writing of familiar and unfamiliar material.
Bus. 212
—
Elementary Shorthand II
3 cr. hrs.
Development of ability to read shorthand notes; fluency of writing
and correctness of outlines stressed; dictation and transcription teaching
methods and techniques. Prerequisite: Bus. 211.
—
Principles of Accounting I
Development of the accounting cycle covering both
Bus. 221
merchandising
activities of
3
cr.
hrs.
service
and
a sole proprietorship; consideration of special
journals and special ledgers,
accrued and deferred items, and business
papers.
Bus. 222
—
Principles of Accounting II
3
cr.
hrs.
Further development of the accounting cycle; recording, summariz-
and interpreting financial data for partnerships and corporations;
development of an understanding of the voucher system.
Prerequisite:
ing,
Bus. 221.
Bus. 241
Salesmanship
Fundamental
principles
3
cr.
hrs.
underlying the sales process; consideration
of the salesman in relation to his firm, his goods and his customers; a stud)
of the approach, demonstration, and close of individual sales transactions.
—
66
Advanced Typewriting
Advanced application of typewriting
Bus. 301
2
skills.
hrs
cr.
Accuracy, speed, and
job techniques; spelling, grammar,
and principles of teaching stressed.
Coordinated with Advanced Shorthand for those students seeking certification in shorthand.
Bus. 202.
Prerequisite:
Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 311
3
cr.
hrs.
Practice in dictation and transcription of shorthand, with speed and
accuracy stressed; grammar,
teaching of shorthand.
—
Bus. 312
and principles of
shorthand penmanship,
Bus. 212.
Prerequisite:
3
Secretarial Practice
Stenographic and secretarial
activities;
cr.
hrs.
dictation of type of corres-
pondence; study of problems and procedures encountered in business
work
consideration of office etiquette; supervised secretarial
offices;
school offices.
Bus. 321
Prerequisite:
in
311.
Bus.
— Intermediate Accounting
3
I
cr. hrs.
Preparation and interpretation of principal accounting statements;
theoretical discussion of the standards of
emphasis on current items.
Bus. 322
good accounting
Bus. 222.
Prerequisite:
— Intermediate Accounting
practice, with
3
II
cr.
hrs.
Further discussion of the standards of good accounting practice with
emphasis on non-current items; solution and discussion of various con-
temporary
accounting
problems;
detailed
statements of business organizations.
Bus. 323
A
good
the price level
ning.
will,
and
The flows
hidden balance sheet reserves, inventory evaluation,
historical cost,
budget and actual
and tax plan-
costs,
of cost accounting, financial accounting, and tax ac-
The
case
concepts, applications, and systems.
— Business Law
Legal rights and
study
approach
Prerequisite:
is
used to study
Bus. 221 and 222.
3
I
liabilities;
contracts, bailments, personal
cr. hrs.
fundamental principles of law applicable
to business transactions with specific consideration of
and the
financial
3 cr. hrs.
for Management Decision
management problems of depreciation methods, valu-
counting are considered.
Bus. 331
major
of
— Accounting
study of the
ation of
analysis
Prerequisite: Bus. 321.
and
real property,
and
law as
it
pertains to
sales; sources of
law
judicial system.
Bus. 332
— Business Law
3
II
Fundamental principles of law
as
they
pertain
to
cr. hrs.
guaranty and
67
and agency relationships, employeremployee relationships, bankruptcy proceedings, estates and trusts, and
Prerequisite: Bus. 331.
various forms of business organization.
surety contracts, insurance, principal
Bus. 333
— Business Correspondence and Reports
Review of
essentials of
3 cr. hrs.
grammar; study of the vocabulary of business;
preparation of business forms; writing business letters of various types;
preparation
of
Bus. 334
data
personal
business reports.
sheets;
Prerequisite:
organization
and preparation of
Bus. 202.
— Business Mathematics
3
cr. hrs.
Basic concepts and principles related to fundamental business operations.
and finance, investments, the intermethods of teaching business arithmetic in
Credit, insurance, taxes, selling
pretation of statistical data;
the secondary school.
Bus. 341
—
Retail
Management Concepts
3
cr.
hrs.
Presents a view of retailing as a dynamic sphere of business, characterized by the necessity of adapting
its
graphic characteristics of trade areas.
operations to changing demo-
Competitive
retail
problems are
considered as they arise in the struggle between established and innovational
methods.
company
Considerations involved in formulating specific
policies include such factors as location, layout, promotion, service,
personnel.
to
Analyses of actual case
apply sound principles to current
requisite:
Bus. 342
situations
retail
management
Econ. 211, Econ. 212, Bus. 342.
— Marketing:
develop student
Pre-
practice.
Spring.
and Practices
Principles
and
ability
3
cr.
hrs.
Studies the structure of the business system of distribution of
ma-
terials
and products.
ered.
Agricultural,
Both functional and institutional aspects are covand consumer products sectors of the
economy are reviewed. Also studied are the significance of quantitative
and qualitative changes in population characteristics. Trade-channel.
price, and other marketing policies are taken up to provide a background
industrial,
for the establishment of individual
211, Econ. 212.
Bus. 343
Fall
firm
decisions.
Econ.
Prerequisite:
and Spring.
— Business Finance
3
cr.
hrs,
Financial data are analyzed for the solution of managerial problems
in
finance, security contracts, capital structures, cost of capital,
security
underwriting and marketing; management of working capital, use oi the
capital
market,
discussed.
dividend
Prerequisite:
policy
and
Bus. 221
asset
and 222.
valuation
are
studied
and
68
Bus. 344
— Management Processes
The study
3
cr. hrs.
Em-
and administration.
of fundamentals of organization
phases: planning, direction, coordination and controlling of business activities,
structuring of
Bus. 345
management and
supervision.
— Personnel Management
3
cr. hrs.
and current practices in the selection, placement, trainingdevelopment, evaluation, compensation and motivation of employees at
all levels in business firms.
Prerequisite: Economics 211 and 212.
Policies
—
Bus 346
Quantitative Analysis and
Review of mathematical concepts
tive statistics, averages, dispersion,
3
Statistics
cr.
hrs.
in business administration, descrip-
elementary
statistical inference,
index
numbers, time series and measurement of relationships as applied to
business and economic problems.
Bus. 401
Prerequisite: College mathematics.
— Records Management and
Office
Machines
3
cr.
hrs.
Office dictating and transcribing machines; adding-listing machines;
and key-driven calculators; filing systems, business papers,
Prerequisite:
and office procedures; teaching methods and techniques.
Business Education 202.
printing, rotary,
Bus. 412
— Touch Shorthand
3
cr.
hrs.
Dictation and Transcription involving the use of a machine, key-
Development of limited proficiency in the use
and techniques for teaching machine shorthand. PreBus. 301 or consent of the instructor.
board shorthand system.
of a touch system
requisite:
Bus. 421
— Cost Accounting
The elements
3
cr. hrs.
of production costs using the job order system, the
process cost system, and the standard cost system; development of the
ability
to interpret the
Bus. 422
meaning of cost
data.
Prerequisite:
— Auditing Theory and Procedure
Principles,
Bus. 222.
3
cr. hrs.
standards, procedures, and techniques applicable to in-
ternal and public auditing; consideration of the audit report and development of working papers for preparation of the report. Prerequisite: Bus.
222.
Bus. 423
— Federal Tax Accounting
3
cr. hrs.
Procedures in accounting as dictated by Federal tax laws; study of
laws governing the preparation of Federal Income
dividuals
and small businesses.
Prerequisite:
Tax
Bus. 222.
returns for in-
69
Bus.
—
424
Tax Problems
Group and individual assignments
of advanced tax accounting:
trusts,
3
cr. hrs.
selected from the following areas
partnerships and corporations, estates and
reporting to governmental agencies.
Lectures, discussion of issues,
intensive practice in the solution of problems.
Prerequisite:
Bus. 422
and 423.
Bus. 430
— Business
3
Statistics II
Sampling, distributions of chi square and
t,
cr.
hrs.
estimation, probability,
hypotheses, decision-making, regression and correlation analysis,
tests of
contingency tables, analysis of variance and computer applications, design for experiments in selected fields of business.
Bus. 442
— Advertising
Prerequisite: Bus. 346.
Management:
Organization and Planning
3
cr.
hrs.
Surveys the entire field of advertising both as a marketing function
Examines the relationships among the adand media. Both printed and broadcast media are
explored. Develops the creative approach, strategy, and tactics applicable
to the direction of demand by the individual firm; readings and selected
exercises for report and discussion are assigned; review of social, ethical,
and legal aspects. Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212. Bus. 342. Fall
and promotional medium.
vertisers,
agencies,
Bus. 443
—
Sales
Management
Management
3
viewpoint of the individual business enterprise
cial
emphasis
is
in the
cr. hrs.
products from the
materials and
of the sales of the
United
States.
Spe-
placed upon the market-concept; the role of the sales
manager in modern marketing and his line and staff responsibilities; management of sales divisions and territories; organization of the sales force
selection, supervision, compensation, and motivation.
Demand-pull
rather than supply-push is emphasized as a basis for contemporary practices in Sales Management.
Prerequisite: Econ. 211, Econ. 212. Bus.
—
342.
Bus.
Fall
—
444
Marketing Management
Group and individual marketing
J
search of both documented sources and the results of
cr.
hrs.
These entail the
research studies.
field
dents arc encouraged to follow various fields o{ interest
work.
Stu-
such as Man-
agement, Distribution, Advertising and Marketing Practices for greatest
motivation and benefit.
Prior approval o\ research projects h\ the instructor
is
required.
All class
presentations; discussion
members
will participate in oral
and evaluation
o^i
projects.
and written
Prerequisite:
Bus.
342 and two of the following: Bus. 341, Bus. 442, Bus. 443; with the
consent of the instructor.
Bus. 445
Spring
— Business Report Writing
3
The organization and preparation
business firms.
Techniques of
collecting, interpreting,
formation useful to management.
Bus. 446
— Business
cr. hrs.
of reports of the types used in
and presenting
in-
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing.
3
Policies
cr.
hrs.
Sound business principles and policies are studied in relation to daily
decision and policy making by the upper level of management. Financial,
production, marketing and other functions of business are discussed.
Quantitative methods and the techniques contributed by the various subject fields of business and economics are applied to selected case problems.
senior standing, required of
Prerequisite:
Bus. 447
— Research
Studies in
all
seniors.
Management
3
cr. hrs.
and preparation of a reStudent selection of a problem relating to
Identification of a problem, investigation,
port on an individual basis.
some
field of
marketing,
Business Administration:
general
and
personnel
accounting, finance, advertising,
management.
Prerequisite:
senior
standing and consent of the instructor.
Bus. 448
—
Bus. 449
— CPA
Advanced Cost Accounting
3 cr. hrs.
The utilization of cost data for planning, control and decision making.
The extension of methods and procedures to standard, estimated
and distribution cost systems. Prerequisite: Bus. 221, 222 and 421.
The
Problems
3
cr.
hrs.
application of procedures for the solving of a cross-section of
complex accounting problems, and the discussion of related theory and
practice.
Emphasis is placed upon advanced financial, cost, governmental, tax and other kinds of accounting problems; the discussion of
Preprofessional standards, ethics, accounting criteria and other factors.
requisite: Bus. 323, 421, 422, 423, or consent of instructor.
Bus. 450
An
— Introduction
to
Data Processing
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction and basic orientation to the field of business data
processing.
Content to include information on the history and applications
how the equipment works,
of business equipment used in data processing,
The machines
and an understanding of data systems and procedures.
be used in this course are the keypunch, interpreter, collator,
sorter, reproducing punch, and computer.
that will
—
71
— Introduction
Computers and Programming
3 cr. hrs.
programming for the comThe various methods of programming will be included in this
puter.
Students will be required to write, assemble, and test actual procourse.
grams in the computer. Prerequisite: Bus. 450.
Bus. 451
An
to
introduction to computer training and
Courses
—
Econ. 211
economics available
in
Principles of
to business students.
Economics
3
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
cr.
hrs.
(See Department of Social Sciences for course description)
Econ. 212
—
Principles of
Economics
3
(See Department of Social Sciences for course description)
Econ. 313
3
Industrial Relations
(See Department of Social Sciences for course description)
Money and Banking
Econ. 413
3
(See Department of Social Sciences for course description)
Econ. 423
— History
of
Economic Thought
3
(See Department of Social Sciences for course description)
CHEMISTRY
Chem. Ill
— General Chemistry
4
I
cr.
emphasis on atomic structure,
Basic principles of chemistry:
hrs.
peri-
odic tables, chemical bonding, the states of matter and chemical calculations; laboratory practice in techniques,
methods and solution of chemical
problems.
6 hours week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Chem. 112
— General Chemistry
A
continuation of
groups; introduction to
tion
week: 3
analysis.
mon
Chem. Ill: study of the elements
modern inorganic chemistry including coordina-
emphasizes
to organic chemistry; laboratory
Prerequisite:
—
Chem. Ill
6
or equivalent.
hours
Qualitative Inorganic Analysis
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the systematic identification and separation oi the com-
cations and
anions.
chemical equilibrium as
Chem.
hrs.
class, 3 lab.
Chem. 221
A
cr.
by periodic
compounds; introduction
qualitative
4
II
112.
sions only.
7
it
The theory
o\
ionization,
mass
applies to analytical chemistry.
hours week:
1
class.
6
lab.
Offered
in
action,
and
Prerequisite:
summer
-
—
72
—
Chem. 222
Quantitative Analysis
4 cr. hrs.
The fundamental principles of gravimetric and volumetric analysis,
with development of ability in performing quantitative chemical calcula-
Chem. 112.
Prerequisite:
tions.
8 hours/week:
2
class,
6 lab.
—
Chem. 225
Water Analysis
The chemical, physical, and
2
hrs.
cr.
biological aspects of water analysis.
Laboratory exercises include the examination of water from the entire
hydro
Prerequisite:
cycle.
Chem.
112. 4 hours/week:
1
3 lab.
class,
— Organic Chemistry
Chem. 331
I
4 cr. hrs.
Fundamental principles of organic chemistry. Molecular structure,
stereo-chemistry and reactions of hydrocarbons and their derivatives. Reaction mechanisms and syntheses emphasized.
Prerequisite: Chem. 112;
Secondary Biology majors
112 also
recommended.
is
Chem. 332
A
mon
— Organic
continuation of
may
enter with only
4
Chemistry II
Chem. 331, with emphasis on
functional groups, synthesis and mechanism.
methods
and
Chem. 331.
the
Chem. Ill but Chem.
6 hours /week: 3 class, 3 lab.
interpretation
spectra
of
Modern
introduced.
hrs.
cr.
reactions of
com-
spectroscopic
Prerequisite:
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Chem. 351
Industrial Chemistry
The application of chemistry
3
to
modern
industry.
cr.
hrs.
The operating
equipment, and methods of attacking new problems of industry
efficiency,
through research.
Each student
selects a simulated research
problem
to
be developed experimentally and prepares an oral and written report.
Prerequisites:
Chem.
112, Phys. 112.
3
hours class/week, plus
field trips.
—
Chem. 411
Physical Chemistry I
The study of the theoretical foundations
kinetic theory;
first,
illustrate
the above.
of the in-
6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Chem. 412
A
Laboratory experiments to
Chem. 222, Phys. 212, Math. 212, or consent
Prerequisites:
cr. hrs.
Gas laws and
second, and third laws of thermodynamics; free en-
ergy and equilibrium.
structor.
4
of chemistry.
—
4
Physical Chemistry II
continuation of
Chem. 411: binary
cr.
hrs.
solutions; colligative properties;
conductance; electromotive force; reaction kinetics; crystals; atomic structure
the
and simple quantum theory.
above.
class, 3 lab.
Prerequisites:
Laboratory experiments to
Chem. 411, Math. 311.
illustrate
6 hours/week:
3
—
73
Chem. 421
A
— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
3
cr. hrs.
course designed to enlarge the student's knowledge of the chemical
and physical properties of inorganic substances as related to atomic strucPrerequisite: Chem.
ture, electronic configuration, and bond energies.
3 hours class/week.
222.
Chem. 422
A
—
Qualitative Organic Analysis
3
cr.
hrs.
laboratory course in the qualitative analysis of organic compounds.
compounds accomplished by means of separation
Methods and techniques studied, applications to industry and scientific research emphasized.
Prerequisite: Chem. 332.
7
The
analysis of carbon
and
identification.
hours/week:
Chem. 424
class,
1
6 lab.
— Instrumental Analysis
3
cr.
hrs.
This course covers the theory and applications of some of the instru-
mental methods of analysis currently in use in modern analytical chemistry.
Topics include chromatography, spectrophotometry, polarography, electroanalysis, nuclear
course.
istry,
A
magnetic resonance, and others.
Prerequisites:
laboratory-centered
Chem. 222 and some contact with
7 hours week:
or consent of instructor.
1
class,
physical chem-
6 lab.
—
Chem. 426
Inorganic Preparations
2 cr. hrs.
The preparation and isolation of selected inorganic compounds of an
unusual nature employing whatever advanced or specialized techniques
are required
tures,
— such
as high
vacuum,
and non-aqueous conditions.
Prerequisite:
Chem. 433
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Advanced theory, stereochemistry and
Reactive
intermediates;
carbonium
Prerequisite:
instructor.
ions,
Chem. 421 completed
6 hours lab week.
or concurrent, or consent of the instructor.
emphasized.
tempera-
inert atmospheres, high
3
utility
carbanions,
Chem. 332; Chem 412
cr.
hrs.
of organic reactions.
and
free
radicals
or permission of the
hours class/week.
3
—
Chem. 434
Organic Synthesis
3 cr. hrs.
Advanced syntheses of organic compounds; development of technique; use of laboratory instruments; correlation of theory with practice.
Prerequisite:
Chem. 332.
7 hours week:
1
class. 6 lab.
Modem Biochemistry
3 cr. hrs.
Chemistry of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates; intermediary metabo-
Chem. 441
lism; introduction to
enzyme chemistry.
332; Chem. 412 recommended.
5
Prerequisite:
hours week:
Chem. 222. (hem.
2 class. 3 lab.
—
74
— Chemistry Seminar
491 —
Topics
Chem. 490
Chem.
Special
May
1
to 3 cr. hrs.
take the form of a directed laboratory or library oriented investi-
gation on one or
Not intended
more
topics of
mutual interest to student and instructor.
an extension of some topics into a
as a research course but
second semester might become
tor
1 cr. hr.
so.
Registration by consent of the instruc-
and Department Chairman.
Chem. 492
— Chemical Research
3
cr.
hrs.
Laboratory investigations of selected problems for advanced
stu-
dents. Registration
by consent of the instructor and Department Chairmen.
ECONOMICS
—
Econ. 211
Principles of
Microeconomics:
Economics
Laws
3
I
of markets.
cr.
hrs.
Operation of market system
compared with alternative economic systems.
Determination of wage,
interest, rent, and profit rates.
Behavior of competitive and monopolistic
economic units compared. Beneficial and detrimental government interferences in a mixed economic system.
Econ. 212
—
Principles of Economics II
3 cr. hrs.
Macroeconomics: Study of factors determining the level of employment, prices, and gross national product. G.N.P. accounting. Monetary
policy and fiscal policy affecting the level of prices, G.N.P. and employment.
International trade and finance.
Economic development.
(Economics 211 and 212 are prerequisites for
in the
all
succeeding courses
department.)
Econ. 313
The
fields of
3
Industrial Relations
practical questions in our
modern
cr. hrs.
industrial organization in the
management and labor unions; the economic life of members of
The history of organized labor and the growth of
in management; current policies in the national and state govern-
the working force.
theories
ments to control industrial
Econ. 314
The
relations.
— Money and Banking
3
cr.
hrs.
background and development of monetary practices
and principles, the principles of banking, with special attention to commercial banking and credit regulations, and current monetary and bankhistorical
ing development.
—
75
Econ. 333
International
Economics
3
cr.
hrs.
Pure theory of international trade. Study of the gains from trade,
free trade, and protection; balance of payments; foreign exchange; capital
movements; the dollar and the international monetary system; international
liquidity shortage.
Econ. 411
Intermediate Micro-Economics
3 cr. hrs.
Theory of how a competitive market system determines the composition of output, allocation of resources, and distribution of incomes.
Comparison of theoretical and actual behavior of competitive, monopolistic, and oligopolistic firms.
—
Public Finance and Macro-Economics
3 cr. hrs.
Theory of determination of G.N. P., employment, and price level.
Federal, state, and local fiscal policy in the light of modern theory;
principles of taxation and government spending; management of the
Econ. 412
national debt.
Econ. 422
— Contrasting Economies
3
cr. hrs.
on
Comparison of theoretical and actual performance of
socialism, and communism.
Theories
of
capitalism
and
socialism
with
special
emphasis
Marxian theory.
capitalism,
— History
3 cr. hrs
of Economic Thought
economic theories propounded in the past and their
effect on present day thinking about economic, business, and political
systems. The surplus value theory, economic planning as a part of government responsibility, relations of family budgets to Engel's Law. government responsibility for employment, and rent control. Prerequisites: For
Bus. Ed. Students
Hist.
Econ. 211,212. For other students
12.
13. and Econ. 211, 212.
Econ. 423
The
different
—
—
1
1
Econ. 434
A
— Economic Growth
of
Underdeveloped
study of stagnating economies.
Anas
development; operative resistances to economic growth;
labor, population
3
Topics include: theories
role
o\'
cr.
hrs.
under-
oi capital,
growth, and technological advance; development plan-
ning; trade in a development setting.
Psy.
460
— Basic
For
a description oi this
Statistical
course descriptions.
receive
credit
Department.
lor
Method
^
Liberal arts students concentrating
this
cr.
hrs.
course see Psychology 4(>0 under psychology
course.
Prerequisite:
in
permission
economics
of
will
Economics
76
—
3 cr. hrs.
466
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
For a description of this course see Sociology 466. Liberal arts
students concentrating in economics will receive credit for this course.
Prerequisite: Psy. 460 and permission of Economic Department.
Soc.
Econ. 470
A
— Senior Seminar
tutorial course
3
cr. hrs.
which provides an opportunity for intensive work
adapted to the interests of the individual student. Some
particular aspects of economic theory or policy will usually be selected
in a selected area
as a research
Prerequisites:
Soc. 466,
problem on the basis of which a paper will be written.
15 hours of economics, including Econ. 423, Psy. 460,
and permission of the department.
EDUCATION
— Methods and
Ed. 202
Materials in
Elementary School Science
3
cr. hrs.
Includes scientific concepts and facts of most interest to children.
Includes the environmental experiences of children, and
new
areas where
the experiences of children are limited.
— Educational Media
Ed. 301
2
cr. hrs.
A
to
comprehensive study of all communicative media.
Opportunity
develop skills in the use of various audio-visual materials in education
is
provided during the laboratory periods.
Prerequisite:
Ed.
393 and
Psy. 371.
— Educational Measurements and Evaluation
Ed. 311
The
Methods
principles
of testing in
the
various
Ed. 321
matter.
Prerequisite:
371.
Psy.
3
cr.
hrs.
and kindergarten age boys and
and equipment necessary for working
to nursery school
Programs, materials,
activities,
effectively with these age groups.
Ed. 322
cr. hrs.
— Early Childhood Education
Problems peculiar
girls.
3
of subject
of grading and problems involved, representative standardized
and the vocabulary of measurement.
tests,
fields
— Preschool Education
Prerequisite: Psy. 211.
"Operation Head Start"
3
cr.
hrs.
A
study of the needs of three, four and five year old children and
experiences adapted to what is known about growth needs at these age
levels.
Emphasis
will
be placed on Operation Head Start as a
point in the poverty cycle.
and education which
and achievements.
social services
tunities
critical
Activities associated with the fields of health,
will
improve both the
child's
oppor-
—
Ed. 351
— Teaching
of English in the Secondary School
3
cr.
hrs.
Investigates the following areas: general objectives of the secondary
school in respect to this particular discipline; daily and long range planning
with emphasis on resource unit construction; and examination of courses
of study to familiarize and provide information on the scope and sequence
knowledge of the research concerning current methods
a compilation of materials, resources, and
bibliographies pertinent to this area; and opportunities to examine, construct and apply tests, as well as other forms of evaluating, diagnosing,
Prerequisite: Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.
and reporting pupil programs.
of the discipline; a
of
teaching this discipline;
Ed. 352
— Teaching
of Mathematics in the Secondary School
3
cr. hrs.
See Ed. 351 for course description.
Ed. 353
—
Teaching of Biological Science
Secondary School
in the
r,
hrs.
See Ed. 351 for course description.
Ed. 354
— Teaching
of Physical Science in the
Secondary School
3
Cr. hrs.
See Ed. 351 for course description.
Ed. 355
— Teaching
of Social Studies in the
Secondary School
hrs.
>
See Ed. 351 for course description.
Ed. 356
— Teaching
of Speech in the Secondary School
•
hrs.
See Ed. 351 for course description.
Ed. 357
— Teaching
in the
of
Geography and Earth-Spc
Secondary School
See Ed. 351
—
Teaching of Business Subnets
Secondary School
Ed. 358
hrs.
'
for course description.
in the
I
hrs.
foundations of teaching; methods of teaching short-
Psychological
hand, typewriting, bookkeeping, and
building
procedures; demonstration
Ed. 36i
bask business
teaching;
lesson
subjects;
bask
Problems of Secondary Education
Including Guidance
'
Problems in teaching with paiticulai emphasis upon the lust
includes problems of pupil gTOWtfa and development, cumculun
counseling.
skill
planning
Prerequisite:
Ed.
\9
;
and Ps)
371,
n,s
Ed. 362
— Problems
of Business Education in the
Secondary School
The
3
administration
follow-up;
of
the
business
department; physical layout,
equipment, supplies, selection of textbooks; curriculum and
and measurements; current trends
Prerequisite: Ed. 393 and Psy. 371.
ment;
cr. hrs.
objectives of secondary business education: guidance, placement,
tests
in
business
develop-
its
education.
—
Teaching of Reading in the Elementary Grades
3 cr. hrs.
Developmental reading from readiness through the entire elementary
school curriculum.
Principles, problems, techniques, and materials used
Ed. 371
in the total
elementary school program.
Prerequisite: Ed.
393 and Psy.
371.
Ed. 372
— Foundation
of Reading Instruction
The reading program
in the
comprehension, speed, study
3
skills,
hrs.
and enrichDevelopment of a secondary
library skills, recreation
ment, and method of using information.
school reading program required of each student.
Ed. 373
cr.
secondary school, including the areas of
Prerequisite: Psy. 371.
— Diagnostic and Remedial Reading
3
cr. hrs.
Diagnostic and remedial procedures in the area of reading, empha-
and informal techniques. Designed for elemenand or secondary school teachers.
Prerequisite: Ed. 371 and/or
Ed. 372 or Ed. 374.
sizing both standardized
tary
—
Teaching of Reading in Academic Subjects
2 cr. hrs.
Developing the understanding and improving techniques for develop-
Ed. 374
Emphasis on readiand oral reading through secondary
ing reading skills applicable to the secondary school.
ness,
comprehension,
silent reading,
school academic subjects.
who wish
Ed. 391
The
The course lends
itself
to
English teachers
certification in the area of reading.
— Learning and
the Learner
psychological foundations of education:
3
cr. hrs.
a study of individual
differences, learning theories as applied to classroom situations, physical
and mental growth, personality development and mental hygiene.
Systematic observation and participation in the public schools. Prerequisites:
Psy. 101 and Soc. 211 or Soc. 224.
Ed. 393
A
—
Social Foundations of Education
study of social processes underlying education.
3
cr.
hrs.
Major areas cov-
ered include an examination of the current social forces affecting educa-
79
place
the
tion,
stratification
of
school
social change.
Prerequisites:
— Curriculum and
Ed. 395
American
in
on education, and
culture,
impact
the
of
101 and Soc. 211 or Soc. 224.
Psy.
Instruction in the
Elementary School
6
Curriculum study, methods and practices
social studies.
social
role of the teacher in a period of rapid
in the
Includes audio-visual laboratory.
language
cr. hrs.
arts,
and
Prerequisites: Ed. 391
and Ed. 393 or Psy. 371.
Ed. 396
— Curriculum and
Instruction in the
Secondary School
6
cr. hrs.
Curriculum study, methods and audio-visual laboratory work.
cludes preparation in the special teaching
In-
Ed. 391
Prerequisites:
field.
and Ed. 393 or Psy. 371.
Ed. 397
— Science and Mathematics
in the
Elementary School
A
3
cr.
hrs.
course designed to provide prospective elementary teachers with
the methods, materials,
skills,
understandings, and attitudes which will help
them to meet the needs of children
Emphasis will be placed on the
and mathematics.
scientific principles of modern mathePrerequisites: Phys. 103 and 104, Biol. 103 and 104, and Math.
matics.
in the areas of science
231 and 232.
Ed. 398
— Mathematics
for Elementary Teachers
Mathematical concepts essential
grams
the elementary school.
in
Ed. 401
— Student Teaching
Scheduled on
week.
and
full
Prerequisite:
in the
3
hrs.
Ed. 397.
12
Elementary School
semester basis with a
cr.
contemporary pro-
minimum
cr. hrs.
of 30 hours per
Opportunities for direct participating experience at two grade levels
in as
many
areas of the elementary curriculum as possible.
tion with carefully selected
Ed 402
— Student
Scheduled on
week.
in the teaching of
Teaching
full
in the
Secondary School
semester basis with a
minimum
12
this
cr.
hrs.
of 30 hours per
Requires the construction or adaptation of a resource
by the student teacher during
guided observation.
Associa-
master teachers.
unit
for use
period as well as daily planning and
Students are exposed to actual teaching and other
experiences to give them a wide sampling of the activities of the professional teacher.
no
— Student Teaching
Ed. 403
in
Business Subjects in the
Secondary School
12
Supervised educational activities in the secondary school.
cr. hrs.
Students
observe and teach in actual classroom situations through the cooperation
of business departments in various student teaching centers of the College.
—
Ed. 411
Professional Practicum
2 cr. hrs.
Operated concurrently with Student Teaching and includes orientation to Student Teaching, planning, professional growth in service, place-
ment, school law, and classroom management.
— Curriculum Development
Ed. 421
An
3
cr. hrs.
examination of current curricular offerings of elementary and
Emphasis placed upon philosophical, social, political
and technical trends in the community, nation, and the world, and the
effect they have upon the role of the teacher and the school in
secondary schools.
curriculum development.
— Education
in Urban Society
3 cr. hrs.
and systematic study of the problems of education in urban
setting. An analysis of conditions of life in urban society with special
reference to social and economic deprivation as they relate to education.
Curriculum problems resulting from social-technological and cultural up-
Ed. 422
A
careful
The course
heaval.
is
primarily designed for students planning to teach in
urban schools.
Ed. 431
—
Ed. 441
— Workshop
Independent Study
Admission only by consent of Department Chairman.
An
3-6
Education
cr.
hrs.
cr. hrs.
intensive study of a selected area in elementary or secondary
education.
Ed. 451
A
in
3
Prerequisite: 9 credits in education
— Pupil Personnel
and teaching experience.
3
Services in the Public School
cr. hrs.
comprehensive study of the pupil personnel services in the ele-
mentary and secondary schools which include the areas of school attendance, school health programs, pupil transportation, psychological services
and guidance services.
ENGLISH
Eng.
101 — English Composition
3
cr. hrs.
Close study of reading and writing to produce proficiency in both.
Frequent
themes,
and grammar.
intensive
study
of
the
principles
of
rhetoric
81
— English Composition
Eng. 102
A
3
cr. hrs.
continuation of English 101, with increasing emphasis on effective
diction, tone,
and
views, a term paper
—
Eng. 202
At
In addition to regular compositions and
style.
is
required.
book
re-
Prerequisite: Eng. 101.
3
Creative Writing
cr. hrs.
and five original poems receive
the
instructor
critical analysis by
and by the class in group discussion.
Form, metrics, imagery, and diction are evaluated.
least three original short stories
— Survey
Eng. 207
of
World Literature
Acquaints the students with
many
works of the western world and with
movements.
— Survey
Eng. 208
A
of
3
cr. hrs.
most important
literary genres and
literary
literary
3
cr. hrs.
of the
significant
World Literature
continuation of English 207, generally covering works of
recent date than those
in
Considerably more collateral
English 207.
reading.
Prerequisite: Eng. 207.
Eng. 209
—
more
Literary Genres
3
cr. hrs.
Designed for English majors and concentrators, replacing General
Education requirement of English 207.
Emphasizes
literary
form
as a
vehicle for expression of ideas.
—
Eng. 231
3
British Writers
Required second-semester course for English majors.
cr. hrs.
Selections
from Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Bacon, Donne, Milton, Dryden,
Swift,
Pope, Boswell, and Johnson.
Eng. 232
—
British Writers
3
cr.
hrs.
Required third-semester course for English majors. Selections from
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, Browning,
Arnold, Shaw, Yeats, and Eliot.
Eng. 249
Prerequisite: Eng. 231.
— Shakespeare
3
Required for English majors,
to
be taken
in third
CT. hrs.
or fourth semester.
Study of eighteen of Shakespeare's plays with emphasis on Shakespeare
poet
and
playwright,
Theater and
Eng. 301
An
editing.
and
attention
to the history of the
to
conditions
Shakespearean
of
the
as
Elizabethan
text.
— Journalism
3
cr, hrs.
introduction to the fundamentals o( news gathering, reporting and
Includes both the study oi criteria for newspaper evaluation and
a brief survey of
newspaper development
in
the United States.
82
—
Advanced Composition
3 cr. hrs.
Designed for English majors and concentrators, though other students
Aims to develop in the student a greater mastery over the
are admitted.
Attention is given to the problem of
elements of effective writing.
Eng. 302
evaluating writing.
Eng. 307
An
— Russian
Readings
Pushkin to Sholokhov.
short stories.
the
3
Literature in Translation
introduction to the "golden age" of Russian literature
poems, plays, and
in English of novels,
Attention given to ideas reflected in the works as well as to
medium through which
Eng. 312
cr. hrs.
— from
— Ideas
they are dramatized.
3
in Literature
cr. hrs.
Examines such recurrent concepts in literature as the conflict between
freedom and fate, the place of good and evil in the scheme of things, and
the role of the individual in society.
Eng. 316
—
3
Children's Literature
Examination and study of
literature for children, with
cr. hrs.
emphasis on
and the library, sugworks in the elementary classroom, and
Required of all students in Elementary Education.
for selecting literature for the classroom
criteria
gestions for presenting literary
basic literary concepts.
Eng. 321
An
story,
— Short
Story
introduction to the French, Russian, English, and
and analysis of representative samples.
One
and one oral critical analysis of a well-known short
through reading
original short story
story
3 cr. hrs.
American short
may be
Eng. 322
required of each student.
— Modern Drama
3
cr. hrs.
Major Continental, English, and American plays from Ibsen to
Beckett, with emphasis on contemporary attitudes, themes, and structure
as contrasted with those of traditional dramatists.
—
Modern Novel
3 cr. hrs.
Reading limited to British and American novelists from D. H.
Lawrence to Faulkner. Treats the current novel as a developing art form,
Eng. 324
as a vehicle providing insight into
human
problems, and as a reflection of
the modern.
Eng. 325
— Poetry
3
cr. hrs.
Designed to permit student exploration of the genre, under guidance
—
its
aims,
and individual changes and variations
in
manner and
of instructor.
The nature
of poetry
how
it is
created, historical
matter.
83
— Modern Poetry
Eng. 326
An
3
cr. hrs.
movements through study of
Emily Dickinson, T. S. Eliot, E. E. Cummings, Robert Lowell, Allen Ginsberg, Thomas Hardy, Gerard Manley Hopkins, W. B. Yeats, W. H.
Auden, Dylan Thomas, and other poets.
introduction to contemporary poetic
— Blake and Yeats
Eng. 332
A
3
cr. hrs.
study of two great poets united by their search for a vision and
by having created
in this search
perhaps the most original and complete
mythological systems in English literature.
— Early and Middle English
Eng. 341
A
3
Literature
cr. hrs.
study of Beowulf and other Old English works in translation and
of medieval chronicles
Knight and Le Morte
and romances including
d'
Sir
Gawain and
the
— Early English Drama
Eng. 342
Green
Arthur.
3
cr. hrs.
Early native drama, including miracle and mystery plays, morality
plays,
and
Elizabethan dramatists:
interludes.
Hey wood, Marlowe, Kyd,
Jonson, Webster, Middleton, and Ford.
Eng. 343
— Chaucer
3
Study of Chaucer's major poetry, with practice
ing
Middle
Eng. 347
and with major emphasis
English
achievement and
his
in
cr.
hrs.
speaking and read-
on Chaucer's
literary
humanism.
— The Renaissance
in
England
3
cr. hrs.
The non-dramatic prose and verse of the period, emphasizing the
last quarter of the century.
The humanists: Erasmus, More, Castiglione,
Elyot, Ascham; Renaissance forms and ideas in Lyly, Sidney, Spenser,
Daniel, Drayton, Shakespeare, Marlowe, Chapman, Greene, and others.
Eng. 352
— 17th Century
3
Literature
er. hrs.
The rival traditions of
Vaughn.
Herbert,
Quarles, Cowley,
Poetry and prose, beginning with Jonson.
Donne and Jonson
in
Herrick, and Marvell.
Fuller, Baxter,
Eng. 356
such poets as
Principal prose writers: Burton, Browne, Taylor.
Bunyan, and Dryden.
— Restoration and Later Drama
3
CT.
hrs.
Wycherley, Ethercge, Congreve, Farquhar, Dryden, and Otway, with
consideration
o\'
Moliere's
century sentimental
smith and Sheridan.
influence
comedy and
Trends
in
in
Restoration
dra
i
a.
tragedy, and reaction against
L9th centUIJ drama.
I
it
ighteenth
in
Gold-
—
8A
Eng. 357
— 18th Century
3
Literature
Survey of literature of the Augustan
Steele,
Swift,
Age
in
cr. hrs.
England: Addison and
Pope, Boswell, and Johnson; forerunners of the Romantic
Revival; beginnings of the British novel; the plays of Addison, Steele,
Sheridan, and Goldsmith.
Eng. 358
—
18th Century Novel
3 cr. hrs.
Emphasizes major novels of Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett,
Sterne, and Austen; traces the development of the English novel from
picaresque to
realistic.
363 — 19th Century Novel
Eng.
The major
3
cr. hrs.
British writers of the Victorian Period, with supplement-
ary readings in the works of the great continental novelists.
Eng. 364
— 19th Century
Covers
the
3
Literature
major poets such
as
cr. hrs.
Wordsworth, Keats, Tennyson,
Arnold, as well as major prose writers: Hazlitt, Lamb, DeQuincey, Peacock,
Newman, Huxley,
Carlyle,
and
others.
American Literature
Eng. 381
3
Surveys American Literature from
its
cr. hrs.
Colonial beginnings through
War, with emphasis on the writers of the American Renaissance.
the Civil
Eng. 382
— American
3
Literature
cr. hrs.
Continues English 381, covering major writers and significant social
and
literary
Eng. 385
movements up
to the present day.
— The American Novel
3
cr. hrs.
Surveys development of the novel in America from Charles Brockden
Brown
to the present, with
emphasis on outstanding American novelists
of the Twentieth Century.
Eng. 386
— Later American Prose
3
Covers representative writers from the
sent: Veblen, Steffens,
and others.
Eng. 40 1
A
—
A
19th Century to the pre-
and
artistic milieu.
3
Structure of English
graphic formulas of
— History
study
of
the
phonology,
modern American
morphology,
cr.
syntax,
hrs.
and
English.
3 cr. hrs.
Language
and effects of phonemic, morphoand semantic change in the English language from the
of the English
descriptive study of the causes
logical, syntactic,
hrs.
Hearn, Mencken, Babbitt, More, Brooks, Lippman,
Stresses political, social,
descriptive
Eng. 402
late
cr.
Anglo-Saxon conquest
to the present.
——
85
Advanced Grammatical Theory
Eng. 403
3
cr.
hrs.
Explores the most recent theories of grammatical analysis and pays
particular attention to transformational
grammar.
Prerequisite: Eng. 401,
or permission of instructor.
Eng. 405
—
3
Criticism
cr. hrs.
Admission must be
For advanced students majoring in English.
of
major
critics: Plato, Arisinstructor.
Examines
works
arranged with
Applies critical
totle, Longinus, Sidney, Boileau, Coleridge, and others.
principles to literary texts.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
FRENCH
Fr.
— Beginning French
101
3
cr. hrs.
no previous study of French)
An organic approach is undertaken which uses well-integrated texts
and tapes in a student-culture confrontation consisting of authentic French
situational conversations and readings, structural analyses, and practice
in speaking, understanding, reading, and gradually writing, with weekly
(for students with
laboratory sessions integrated with the program.
Fr.
— Beginning French
102
3
Continues the development of basic
skills
in
cr.
understanding
hrs.
and
speaking with increased emphasis upon reading and written assignments
through the use of the same tape-articulated
text,
outside readings, fre-
quent dictations, and thematic compositions.
Fr.
103
Intermediate French
3
cr.
hrs.
two or more years of French background)
Continues the above approach with appropriate review, pattern
practice, exercises in inflectional and structural variations, based upon
(for students having
an intermediate college text and appropriate outside readings in paperbacks published for this purpose, with weekly laboratory sessions integrated with the program.
Fr.
104
— Intermediate French
The above
3
cr. hrs.
upon the same text, is enriched with appropriate works of fiction, including two plays and selections from authors
of the stature of Voltaire, Flaubert, Anatole
ranee, and Andre (iide. and.
process, based
1
86
who
for students
are qualified, outside reports
on the shorter works of
major French authors.
Fr.
— The Culture and
210
This course
is
Civilization of
France
3
cr.
hrs.
designed to give students a thorough understanding of
French geography, government, customs, education, arts, lores, regional
idiosyncracies, history, and a vivid sense of the current scene in France.
The
basic text
is
enriched with a limited
paper-back and perhaps a class
Fr.
— The Contemporary
211
number
of outside readings in
trip to see an authentic French play.
Literature of France
3
cr.
hrs.
This course begins with an anthology of selected literary works published for this purpose,
abridged form.
course
and
Except for
is
enriched with plays and short novels in un-
difficult
nuances and useful analogies to Eng-
conducted entirely
in
French.
lish
this
Fr.
Advanced Conversation and Grammar
212
While the audio-lingual approach continues to serve
is
—
and practice
A
current college-level French conversation text
this
purpose.
Fr.
213
tion
and
is
— Advanced Conversation and Prose Composition
A
hrs.
which are analyzed and discussed, and whose models
grammar
provide standards for imitation and thematic reworking of the
points.
cr.
in reviewing the difficulties of the language, the text presents
selections
literary
3
in presentation
elected for
3
cr.
hrs.
second more advanced composition text continues the conversa-
and composition work begun in French 212, with longer assignments
stressing those grammatical points which still present difficulty to
the class.
Fr.
— The Modern French Novel
316
Selected
modern French novels
are read
3 cr. hrs.
and discussed by the class.
honor students are assigned additional novels for individual
Potential
report.
Fr.
— The History
321
A
of French Literature
French genres and to give the student an
which he should later return.
the development of
works
Fr.
3
cr.
hrs.
survey course, primarily for majors in French, intended to show
to
402
— The Methods
Teaching French
of
and Materials
insight into
for
3 cr. hrs.
Current linguistic findings are applied in an exposition of theory
and practice in French language teaching.
87
Fr.
A
Fr.
Fr.
— Proust
407
3
critical editions
— Phonetics
420 — Balzac
Flaubert
1
et
— Le Theatre Francais
This course
is
and
cr.
hr.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
based upon a suitable anthology of plays from the
medieval period to the theatre of Ionesco and Genet, and
lectures
hrs.
on the French novel.
contrastive study
430
cr.
published by Germaine Bree.
408
A
Fr.
Gide
et
course based on
on the
library readings
is
enriched by
history of the theatre
and by the
assignment of current plays in paper-back.
Fr.
435
— Les Lumieres
3
This course on the Enlightenment
Fr.
440
is
cr.
hrs.
to be offered in a later year.
— La Poesie Francais
3
cr.
hrs.
This course, chronological in development and based upon several
volumes of the
Fr.
499
finest
French poetry,
is
open only
to majors.
— Directed Readings
Open
3
cr.
hrs.
only to honor students in French.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
Fr.
Fr.
— Intermediate French
204 — Seminar
France
104
in
Six to eight
permits
the
The students
weeks
student
are
foreign students.
in
to
housed
get
in
native
instruction
Fr.
Fr.
in
to
assist
cr.
the
native
summer
hrs.
setting.
course for
Resident evaluators from Bloomsburg accom-
Two
students and keep records of progress.
in
— The Culture and
France
211 — The Contemporary
France
212 — Advanced Conversation and Grammar
210
6
This study-practicum
dormitories and attend the
semesters of French are required for participation
Fr.
cr. hrs.
Daily and weekend excursions to places of interest arc
included in the program.
pany the group
a French University.
3
this
program.
Civilization of
3
cr.
hrs.
Literature o)
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
88
GERMAN
Ger.
— Elementary German (For
101
students with no previous
study of German)
An
vocabulary accumulation
able pronunciation,
cr. hrs.
a
in
contextual
— Elementary German
102
3
Continuation of the development of basic
reading,
speaking,
frame of
Understanding and speaking are stressed.
reference.
Ger.
3
audio-lingual approach toward the rapid development of accept-
with some
writing,
skills
increase
in
cr.
hrs.
of understanding,
amount
of
reading
and writing.
— Intermediate German (For
Ger. 103
more years
of
Outside reading
students with two or
German background)
of material having a modern modus
3
cr. hrs.
vivendi content.
Compositions are assigned; pronunciation perfected as well as intonation,
fluency of basic dialogues.
— Intermediate German
Ger. 104
A
and a
cultural reader
course.
3
cr. hrs.
concluded by the end of
fiction story are
this
Students should be able to comprehend without translating.
Ger. 201
— Conversation and Grammar
3
Grammar
Present-day conversational German.
review to
cr.
hrs.
control
correctness of speech.
Ger. 210
— Culture
Geographic,
the
German speaking
Ger. 215
and
historic,
3
Civilization
economic and
political aspects of
hrs.
countries.
— Readings
in
German
3
Literature
Selected prose readings by well-known
German
centuries.
Ger. 301
— "Texte zum Nacherzaehlen" and Composition
Oral and written repetition of short
German
cr.
hrs.
authors of the 19th
and 20th
tions
cr.
Germany and
texts.
3
cr.
hrs.
Short composi-
on given themes.
Ger. 310
— German
Culture
Germany's contributions
Ger. 315
— Goethe and
3 cr. hrs.
and the Arts and Sciences.
Schiller
and lyrical poems of Goethe.
and other dramas by these poets.
Faust, Part
by Schiller
to Philosophy,
I,
3 cr. hrs.
Wilhelm Tell and ballads
ay
— Advanced Grammar and Syntax
Ger. 401
Detailed study of present-day
3
German grammar and
— German
reinforced by
Ger. 402 — Methods and Materials
differences
— Survey
of
German
— Survey
German
German Literature II
German literature
of
3
Literature I
Study of the major masterpieces of
Ger. 451
English
translation exercises.
of Teaching German
Theory and practice of German language teaching.
Ger. 450
hrs.
cr.
syntax.
Additional great works in
cr. hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
literature.
for the
advanced student.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
— Intermediate German
104 — Intermediate German
215 — Readings
German
301 — "Texte zum Nacherzaehlen" and Composition
103
Literature
in
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
RUSSIAN
— Elementary Russian (For
Ru. 101
students with no previous
3
study of Russian)
An
able
pronunciation,
reference.
Ru.
vocabulary
102
accumulation
in
— Elementary Russian
speaking, reading, and writing.
develop the faculty
Ru.
in
Pronunciation
103
3
Reading
in
Maximum
is
recognizing whole
is
of
skills
stressed
phrases
cr.
hr.s.
of understanding,
somewhat more to
more rapid
toward
perfected.
— Intermediate Russian (For
years
frame
but students learn
Cyrillic alphabet.
Continuation of the development of the basic
reading.
textual
a
Understanding and speaking are stressed,
and write the
to read
cr. hr.s.
audio-lingual approach toward the rapid development of accept-
students with two or
Russian study, or the completion of 102)
class use of the spoken language is designed
good comprehension and speech. A
outside class and discussed in class
text
in
mure
3
on Soviet modus Vivendi
the
cr.
to bring
Russian language.
hrs.
about
is
read
90
— Intermediate Russian
Ru. 104
A
3
and selected
cultural reader
fiction stories are
cr. hrs.
completed during
Students should begin to comprehend the spoken language
this semester.
without translating and are expected to be able to begin conversing in
Russian on simple themes.
— Excerpts From Russian
Ru. 210
3
Literature
from well known Russian writers from Pushkin
be read and discussed in class in Russian.
Selections
nak
will
— Excerpts From Science and Technology
Ru. 211
cr.
hrs.
to Paster-
3
cr.
hrs.
Selections from Russian scientific
try,
in
works dealing with physics, chemisbiology, cosmonautics, and others will be read and discussed in class
Russian.
SPANISH
Span.
— Beginning Spanish (For
101
students with no
3
previous study of Spanish)
An
cr.
hrs.
audio-lingual approach toward the rapid development in speaking,
understanding,
reading,
and gradually
with weekly laboratory
writing,
sessions integrated with the program.
— Beginning Spanish
102
Span.
3
Continuation of the development of basic
reading, writing, with an increase in the
skills
amount of
cr.
hrs.
of understanding,
reading, writing, dicta-
and thematic compositions.
tions,
— Intermediate Spanish (For
Span. 103
students with two or
more years of Spanish background)
3
Continue the above approaches with appropriate review.
hrs.
introduced in an expanding mastery of speech, comprehension,
reading
is
writing,
and
Span.
cr.
Outside
literary appreciation.
— Intermediate Spanish
104
Continue the above approaches.
3
cr.
hrs.
Cultural reading, plays and short
novels leading to a good mastery of the language at the end of the course.
Authors
to
Span. 201
The
tice
be considered: Jose Marmol, Perez Galdos, Garastiza. Pre-
Span. 103.
requisite:
— Grammar and Composition
3
cr.
hrs.
audio-lingual approach will continue in presentations and prac-
in reviewing the
difficulty
stress
correct writing forms,
Span.
104.
of the language.
and grammatical
Written compositions
structures.
Prerequisite:
91
— Conversation
Span. 202
A
begun
3
more advanced composition
(201), with longer assignments
in the previous course
Spanish,
hrs.
cr.
text continues the conversation
work
in written
developing longer conversations and free compositions.
Pre-
requisite: Span. 201.
— Culture and
Span. 210
Civilization of Spain
3
hrs.
cr.
Designed to give students a thorough understanding of Spanish geography, government, customs, education, fine arts, and history.
Current
events are viewed through magazines and newspapers; and perhaps a class
trip to see
an authentic Spanish play.
Span. 301
—
A
Literature of Spain
3
hrs.
cr.
general study of literature of Spain, primarily for Spanish majors,
intended to give incentives towards more appreciation of literary work
from
"la
epoca primitiva",
—
Span. 302
to the "literatura
Literature of Spanish-America
from before Columbus
— Culture and
Span. 303
This course
is
Spanish-America
Civilization of
3
hrs.
cr.
designed to give students a good understanding of the
toms, education, fine
—
hrs.
cr.
to the present time.
A
Spanish-American countries.
Span. 304
3
Selections of Spanish-American litera-
Classes are held in Spanish.
ture
contemporanea."
and history
arts,
—
Oro
Siglo de
study of the geography, government, cus-
V
conducted
is
One
Part
room.
in the class
3
cr.
hrs.
La poesia de Garcilaso y epica
renacintista.
Lope de Vega
Lazarillo y la novela picaresca.
Tirso de
Molina
Gongora y Francisco de Quevedo.
Calderon de la Barca
LaEspana de
Carlos
y Felipe
—
Span. 305
—
Oro
Siglo de
in
—
Part
— Methods and
intensive
successful today.
XX
El Persiles.
Quijote de
of
la
cr. hrs.
Mancha,
Prerequisite: Span. 304.
3
cr.
hrs.
methods of teaching which arc
the
Materials are discussed, copies of texts are examined.
— Survey
of
is
practiced.
Spanish
Literature
— XVIII,
XIX, and
Centuries
Characteristics
Zorrilla;
3
Don
Materials
investigation
the audio-lingual approach
Span. 402
Two
Cervantes,
Spanish.
La Galatea, Novelas ejemplares,
An
—
—
Classes are held
Span. 401
II.
of
post-romantic:
3
the
romantic
movement:
Becqucr, Campoamar.
Larra,
Echcgaray,
cr.
hrs.
Fsproneeda
Pereda.
\
Pal-
—
92
acio Valdes, Blasco Ibafiez,
Menendez Pelayo, The Krausismo, Ortega
y
Gasset, F. G. Lorca.
— The Poetry
Span. 411
3
of Spain
cr.
hrs.
This course, chronological in development and based upon several
volumes of the
—
Span. 414
Spanish poetry,
finest
is
open only
XIV
Spanish Literature of the
and
to majors.
XV
Centuries
3
This course will concentrate on the
Juan Manuel and
Rimado de
XIV
cr. hrs.
Century: El Infante
Don
desarrollo de la prosa, "El Arcipreste de Hita", and
el
Palacio.
For the XV Century: the humanisrro, la poesia, el Cancionero de
Baena, el Marques de Santillana, Juan de Mena, and Jorge Manrique's
"Coplas."
Span. 499
Open
— Directed Readings
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
only to honor students in Spanish.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
Span.
104
— Intermediate
Grammar and Composition
Span. 201
Span. 204
Spanish
— Seminar
in
6
Spain
Eight weeks in Spain at the University of Madrid.
practicum permits the student to get native instruction in the native
The
students are housed in dormitories and attend the
foreign students.
cr. hrs.
This study-
summer
setting.
course for
Daily and weekend excursions to places of interest are
included in the program.
An
evaluator from Bloomsburg accompanies
the group to assist students and keep records of progress.
Span. 210
— Culture
and
Civilization of Spain
3
cr.
hrs.
GEOGRAPHY
—
World Physical Geography
3 cr. hrs.
Geog. 101
Considers earth-sun relationships, land masses, oceans, landforms,
weather and climate, and natural resources as elements and controls
related to the adjustments
Geog. 102
A
— World
man makes
to his environments.
Cultural Geography
3
cr.
hrs.
course designed to show the close relationship that exists between
man, land,
culture,
and economic
activities.
9S
—
Economic Geography
Geog. 121
The economic regions of the world together with
3
cr.
hrs.
their relationship to
current world economic problems.
— Geography
Geog. 223
The
physical
of Anglo- America
present
setting,
3
inhabitants,
occupations,
cr.
hrs.
resources,
present use of resources, and future outlook for Anglo-America.
Geog. 224
The
States
— Geographic
the
Geog. 225
The
Hist.
— Weather
3
cr.
hrs.
movements in the United
stage on which the action is
historical
and the natural environment
portrayed. Prerequisite:
The
Influences in American History
relationship between
a
as
218.
3
and Climate
between the elements of weather and
interrelationships
functional application of these basic elements
is
cr.
hrs.
climate.
elaborated upon
through a study of climatic realms.
Geog. 233
— Geography
Europe
of
3
cr.
hrs.
Europe's physical characteristics, topography, transportation systems,
resources, population,
Geog. 243
The
economic
— Geography
physical
trade.
of Asia
characteristics
3
of Asia
and
its
social,
cr.
hrs.
cultural,
and
3
hrs.
aspects.
Geog. 244
A
and
— Geography
of Latin
America
regional study of South America, Central
of the Caribbean Sea.
The human and
America and
cr.
the islands
physical factors of the geographic
environment.
Geog. 245
The
— Geography
of Africa
3
physical geographic elements (climate,
soils,
cr.
hrs.
natural vegetation,
minerals, physiography and water) as they relate to agriculture, grazing,
mining,
manufacturing,
boundaries for
Geog. 246
The
all
transportation,
communication,
and
political
of Africa.
— Geography
physical and
of the Soviet
Realm
human geography
o\'
3
the
Soviet
Union
is
cr.
hrs.
studied
along with some emphasis upon the relationship between that count r\ and
the so-called "satellite" nations.
Geog. 323
—
Political
Geography
This course includes an analysis of the factors
and economic
map
of the
—
world.
—
3
physical,
which influence the changing pattern of the
cr.
hrs.
human.
political
—
94
Geog. 353
Physiography
The study
in
its
3
cr.
hrs.
of the dynamic, tectonic, and graduational forces, which,
conjunction with climatic and biologic forces, have shaped the earth into
present form and are constantly refashioning and modifying
Geog. 354
The
3
cr.
hrs.
and interpretation of maps, models, globes,
construction,
and geographic diagrams are presented.
charts,
Geog. 355
A
— Cartography
use,
it.
— Meteorology
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the atmosphere and the laws and underlying principles of
atmospheric changes.
Geog. 356
— Climatology
3
cr. hrs.
Climate, (temperature, moisture, pressure and winds, air masses and
storms)
requisite:
and the distribution of varied climates over the
Geog. 355.
Geog. 357
— Physical Geology
The landscape
3
work changing
— Conservation
nation's vital resources.
the
Geog. 359
An
air,
to
hrs.
The
life.
of Natural Resources
The extreme importance
Pre-
the earth's forms, the classification
and interpretation of rocks, and the evolution of
minerals,
cr.
in relation to the structure of the earth's crust.
agencies continually at
Geog. 358
earth.
3
our economy and to our very
Conservation of
soils, forests,
cr.
hrs.
lives of this
grasslands, waters,
and human resources.
— Oceanography
3
cr. hrs.
introduction to the geologic, chemical, and physical aspects of
Emphases will be on ocean basin structure, topographic
wave motion, current circulation, and methods of investigation.
the ocean basins.
features,
Geog. 361
Historical Geology
3 cr. hrs.
Chronology of earth history as interpreted from rocks and fossils.
Maps, slides, specimens, films, field trips, and correlative reading supplement lectures. Prerequisite: Biol. 103-104 or Geog. 357.
Geog. 363
— Urban
This course
framework
in
is
Geography
3
which
to
hrs.
view the process of urbanization.
—
Geomorphology
The study of major land features and
them with particular emphasis on their
Geog. 365
cr.
designed to provide a conceptual and methodological
geologic formations and structures.
3
cr. hrs.
the processes that help to
relationship
Laboratory and
to
the
form
underlying
field trips included.
—
)
95
Geog. 45
1
— Field Techniques
in
Earth and Space Science
3
cr. hrs.
Intensive field training in the use of equipment and techniques in the
Each area
areas of geology, astronomy, meteorology, and cartography.
is
offered in successive years under the guidance of the instructor normally
Permission of the instructor required to enroll.
responsible for that area.
Geog. 453
Astronomy
The solar system, its
esting phenomena of our
3
cr. hrs.
physical characteristics and motions, the inter-
and those of extra-galactic
Prerequisite: Math. 101
space, together with the study of constellations.
or Math. 111.
Geog. 492
galactic
systems,
— Geography Seminar
3
cr. hrs.
Student pursues in depth such areas as the geographic literature, techniques,
and the practical application of Geography. (A minimum of 21
Geography must be completed before a student schedules
credit hours in
this
course).
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
H.P.E.
100
— Personal and Community
This course
is
required of
all
Health
2
students and
is
The course
(by an authority
in
is
hrs.
communin
basic concepts and understandings concerning personal and
health.
cr.
intended to provide
structured around a weekly one-hour presentation
some area
of health
i.e.,
alcohol, smoking, etc.)
mass lecture followed by a one-hour weekly meeting
in
in
groups
small
for discussion.
— Physical
men
Men — This course
H.P.E.
Fitness Education
101
cr.
J
hr.
and women)
consists of one team sport (either soccer or
speedball), tumbling, gymnastic apparatus, and a physical fitness test
(separate for
given to determine the fitness level of each student.
Women
— This
course
consists
of
hockej or volleyball), a physical fitness
of each student, concentrated
to
work
to
one
test
to
improve
team
sport
(either
determine the
this
level,
and
field
fitness level
post-test
a
measure the improvement.
H.P.E.
150
— Aquatics
(co-cducational
The swimming program
student
is
taught the proper
is
divided
1
into two pans,
method o{ adjusting
to
in
Part
the water,
breathing, floating, finning, treading water, surface diving,
a
cr.
hr.
1.
the
rhythmic
standing from
—
dive,
safety
and the nine basic swimming strokes.
Part II emphasizes water
and provides the opportunity for Senior Lifesaving. Aquatic games
are also included in the program.
H.P.E. 151
Advanced Aquatics (co-educational)
1 cr. hr.
This course includes a review of swimming strokes, lifesaving techniques, and provides an opportunity to qualify for Red Cross Water
Safety Instructor certification.
management,
swimming.
pool
basic
In addition, emphasis will be placed on
and
scuba,
and
competitive
synchronized
—
H.P.E.
152
Survival Swimming (co-educational)
lcr.hr.
This course consists of instruction and participation in techniques
of personal survival including such skills as rhythmic breathing, swimming
strokes necessary for survival, drownproofing float, and an emphasis
on
and confidence under adverse conditions.
emphasized and an opportunity provided ior Senior Life-
building personal endurance
Water
safety
is
saving for those students
H.P.E. 201
who
qualify.
Archery and Badminton (co-educational)
Archery
— This course
is
1
intended to develop knowledge,
cr.
skill,
hr.
and
appreciation of target archery as a recreational pursuit.
Badminton
ing,
— This
course
is
intended to develop
and appreciation of badminton
— Archery and
Archery — This course
H.P.E. 202
skill,
understand-
as a recreational pursuit.
Bowling (co-educational)
is
1
intended to develop knowledge,
cr.
skill,
hr.
and
appreciation of target archery as a recreational pursuit.
—
Bowling
This course
and appreciation of bowling
H.P.E. 203
intended to develop
is
as
skill,
a recreational activity,
understanding,
(fee
required)
Archery and Golf (co-educational)
Archery
— This course
is
1
intended to develop knowledge,
cr.
skill,
hr.
and
appreciation of target archery as a recreational pursuit.
Golf
— This
course
is
intended to develop
skill,
understanding, and
appreciation of golf as a recreational activity.
— Archery and Square Dance
— This course intended develop knowledge,
H.P.E. 204
Archery
(co-educational)
to
is
1
cr.
skill,
hr.
and
appreciation of target archery as a recreational pursuit.
Square Dance
ing,
— This course
is
intended to develop
and appreciation of square dance
as a social
skill,
understand-
and recreational
activity.
97
—
Badminton and Bowling (co-educational)
1 cr. hr.
Badminton
This course is intended to develop skill, understanding,
and appreciation of badminton as a recreational pursuit.
H.P.E. 205
Bowling
—
— This
course
intended to develop
is
and appreciation of bowling
— Badminton and Golf
Badminton — This course
intended
H.P.E. 206
understanding,
(fee
(co-educational)
is
and appreciation of badminton
Golf
skill,
a recreational activity,
as
— This course
is
1
develop
to
required)
skill,
cr.
hr.
understanding,
as a recreational pursuit.
intended to develop
understanding, and
skill,
appreciation of golf as a recreational activity.
— Badminton and Square Dance
Badminton — This course
intended
develop
H.P.E. 207
(co-educational)
to
is
and appreciation of badminton
skill,
1
cr.
hr.
understanding,
as a recreational pursuit.
—
ing,
This course is intended to develop skill, understandSquare Dance
and appreciation of square dance as a social and recreational activity.
— Bowling and Golf
Bowling — This course
intended
H.P.E. 208
(co-educational)
is
and appreciation of bowling
Golf
— This
course
is
as
to
develop
a recreational activity,
intended to develop
cr.
1
skill,
ski'l,
hr.
understanding.
(fee
required)
understanding, and
appreciation of golf as a recreational activity.
— Bowling and Square Dance
intended
Bowling — This course
H.P.E. 209
to
is
and appreciation of bowling
Square Dance
as
— This course
(co-educational)
develop
recreational
a
is
skill,
activity,
intended to develop
1
cr.
hr.
understanding.
(fee
skill,
required)
understand-
ing, and appreciation of square dance as a social and recreational activity.
— Golf and Square Dance
— This course intended
H.P.E. 210
Golf
is
to
(co-educational)
develop
skill,
I
cr.
hr.
understanding, and
appreciation of golf as a recreational activity.
—
ing,
This course is intended to develop skill, understandSquare Dance
and appreciation of square dance as a social and recreational activity.
H.P.E. 222
— Dancing
(co-educational)
This course stresses both formal and
with special
I
cr.
hr.
forms of dance,
emphasis on the following forms of dance: folk, square,
fundamental, round, and
social.
recreational
98
— Coaching (men)
H.P.E. 250
1
hr.
cr.
This course will attempt to provide knowledge and insights concerning the problems of school athletics.
H.P.E. 301
— Basic
Activities I
1
hr.
cr.
Elementary Physical Education
This course consists of instruction and participation in the techniques
of teaching elementary school rhythms and dance,
and marching.
It
will include
movement
exploration,
both classroom and laboratory work for
students.
— Basic
H.P.E. 302
Activities II
1
hr.
cr.
Elementary Physical Education
This course consists of instruction and participation in the techniques
of teaching elementary school conditioning exercises; stunts and tumbling;
games of low organization including running, circle tag, and classroom
games; relays; and games for special occasions.
It will include both
classroom and laboratory work for students.
H.P.E. 303
— Basic
Activities III
1
hr.
cr.
Elementary Physical Education
This course consists of instruction and participation in the technique
of teaching elementary
team
sports, simple
fitness testing.
H.P.E. 311
school simple ball
team games, team
It will
activities,
sports,
skill
lead-up games to
and physical
testing,
include both classroom and laboratory work.
— Methods and
Materials in Elementary School
Health and Physical Education
This course
is
meet the needs and
3
cr.
hrs.
intended to provide the principles and procedures to
interests of
health and physical education.
elementary age children in the area of
The program
will include basic
and objectives of health and physical education; basic motor
philosophy
skills
neces-
sary for participation in elementary school physical education; as well as
opportunities to aid development of enrichment in the area of health education.
Laboratory experience
is
included.
This course
is
not to be
taken by H.P.E. Area of Concentration students.
H.P.E. 320
— Health and
This course
and training
is
Safety in the Elementary School
2
cr.
hrs.
intended to provide students with health knowledge
in the areas of
elementary school environment and health
appraisal, techniques for teaching elementary school health, the elementary
school health program, and safety education in the elementary school.
—
99
H.P.E. 321
—
First
This course
needs training in
and practice
and
gencies,
modern
tion
Aid
2-3
will
cr. hrs.
designed for the elementary-secondary teacher
aid
first
and
safety.
in the recognition
society.
may be
is
who
Students will be given preparation
and treatment of
common
first
aid emer-
be given an understanding of the role of safety
Red Cross Standard Advanced and
in
Instructor certifica-
obtained.
H.P.E. 331
2-3
Recreational Education
cr.
hrs.
This course consists of a discussion of and practice in recreation
activities that
is
also
may be used
placed
in school
and playground
situations.
on recreation planning, techniques
of
Emphasis
leadership,
and
worthy use of leisure time.
School Camping and Outdoor Education
H.P.E. 333
3
cr.
hrs.
This course meets three hours a week for three hours' credit, and
it
includes both classroom and field experience.
The work
is
designed to
acquaint students with the scope of organized camping and the acquisition of and practice in the basic skills required of teachers involved
camping and outdoor education training.
H.P.E. 400
— Seminar
in
in
Elementary School
3-6
Health and Physical Education
cr. hrs.
This course offers techniques for meeting the goals of a fitness pro-
gram.
Techniques that can
non-specialist are presented.
to achieving balance
skill
among
easily
be adapted for practical use by the
The workshop
will
also serve
as
a guide
the desirable objectives of physical fitness,
development, personal-social adjustment, and desirable use of leisure
time.
H.P.E. 410
the
—
Health and Physical Education
Elementary School
in
3
cr.
hrs.
This course consists of a study of the philosophy, objectives, values,
and techniques necessary to plan and evaluate a sound program of health
and physical education for the elementary school.
H.P.E. 411
— Adapted Physical Education
3
cr.
hrs.
This course consists of a study of the handicapped child and techEn phasis is placed
niques used in recognizing and meeting his problems.
on the kinesiologies analysis o\ human motion and bod\
mechanics as
applied to programming physical education activities for (he atypical.
100
H.P.E. 412
— The
Education
This course
in
Teaching of Health and Physical
in the Elementary Grades
is
3
cr.
hrs.
designed to provide methods, materials, and practice
teaching health and physical education for primary, intermediate, and
upper grades.
H.P.E. 420
— Techniques
of Health
and Physical Education
for
Special Education Teachers
The purpose
3
cr.
hrs.
sound principles and procedures for meeting the physical, emotional, and social needs of the
mentally retarded in health and physical education.
of this course
is
to develop
HISTORY
Ill
Hist.
— World History
to
from
earliest times to
1500
3
man and
Surveys development of
1500.
his culture
cr.
hrs.
throughout the world
All the great civilizations are studied, with
emphasis upon the interaction of Western Europe with other cultural
systems.
112
Hist.
— World History 1500
to
1815
3
cr. hrs.
and cultural forces in the
Western and non-Western world, with emphasis on the interaction of
major cultural systems from 1500 to 1815.
Survey of
113
Hist.
political,
social,
— World History
Survey of
since
economic,
1815
3
cr. hrs.
work
Emphasis upon increasing importance of
the development of the modern world.
political,
social,
economic, and cultural forces
at
since post-Napoleonic period.
rion- Western
Hist.
world in
—
3 cr. hrs.
United States and Pennsylvania Survey
218
Major and usually recurring political, social, and economic problems
are emphasized.
Hist.
312
—
Classical
World
3
cr. hrs.
Study of the ancient world from the ancient Near East to the fall of
the Roman Empire in the West, with an intensive emphasis upon Greece,
Rome,
the rise of Christianity, and their influence on Western
civilization.
Hist.
314
Prerequisite:
6
cr.
— Medieval Europe
hrs.
European
of history.
3
cr. hrs.
Study of the peoples and countries which emerged following the fall
of the Roman Empire in the West; a critical analysis of feudalism and
manorialism, the development of Western institutions, and of the church
101
and temporal authorities
Hist.
318
— England
Glorious
Revolution,
6
Prerequisite:
cr.
319
Hist.
1688
3
and
social,
cultural
the
to
growth and evolution of English
the
especially
cr. hrs.
England
in
life
and the emergence of England as a world power. Prerequisite:
institutions
cr. hrs.
to
economic,
Political,
6
14th century.
to the late
of history.
hrs.
of history.
— England
since
1688
3
hrs.
cr.
and cultural development in England
from the Glorious Revolution to the present with emphasis upon the
development of democracy, the Industrial Revolutions, and the growth
economic,
social,
Political,
and decline of the British Empire.
Hist.
322
Prerequisite:
6
cr.
hrs.
— Renaissance and Reformation Eras
Political, social,
ments from
1300
ca.
economic,
in Italy
throughout Europe; also a
literary, artistic,
of history.
3
and
cr. hrs.
intellectual develop-
and including the spread of the Renaissance
study of the Protestant and Catholic
critical
reformations in relation to the political, economic, social, and cultural
developments
in
Western Europe
in the
16th and 17th centuries.
Pre-
requisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Hist.
324
— The Age
of Absolutism,
1600-1789
3
cr. hrs.
growth of absolutist power in
Eastern and Western Europe, and the colonial wars between the major
Western powers.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Rise of the
Hist.
326
modern nation
states, the
— Revolution, Liberalism and
Nationalism, 1789-1914
3
cr. hrs.
Causes and effects of the French Revolution and the Napoleonic
Wars; the conflict of restoration with the rising tides of nationalism and
liberalism;
leading to
Hist.
332
the
unification of
World War
— Europe
since
Analysis of major
European
I.
history from
Germany and
6
Prerequisite:
cr.
Italy;
the
diplomatic crises
hrs. of history.
1914
3
political, social,
World War
I
CT.
hrs.
economic, and militar) aspects of
to the present.
problems laced by the present-day world.
Emphasis upon
Prerequisite:
6
CT.
hrs.
the
ot
history.
Mist.
348
— Contemporary Europe Culture
Tour
6
cr. hrs.
Professionally guided stud) tour of Western Europe, usually scheduled
each summer.
Research paper required.
102
— Latin America
352
Hist.
After brief
attention
is
summary
354
social,
and
political
cr. hrs.
development of
— The Modern Far East
change and
— Russia
3
civilizations with
cr. hrs.
emphasis upon cultural
response in consequence of European expansion and
political
the spread of nationalism.
356
3
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Survey of Eastern Asiatic
Hist.
1820
of course and results of the revolutionary era,
devoted to the economic,
individual nations.
Hist.
since
to
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
1917
3
cr. hrs.
Survey of Russia from the beginning of the Russian State in the ninth
century through the
Kievan,
Muscovite,
and Imperial periods
Bolshevik Revolution of 1917. Emphasis placed on geographical,
to
the
political,
socio-economic, and cultural factors which contribute most to an understanding of present-day Russia.
358
Hist.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— Modern Africa
3
cr. hrs.
Surveys the transformation of the societies of Sub-Sahara Africa from
colonialism to national independence.
362
Hist.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
— The Near and Middle East
since
1800
3
cr. hrs.
Beginning with the gradual dismemberment of the Ottoman Empire
and the extension of European
interests in the nineteenth century, surveys
the West's continuing involvement in the area
and the
rise of nationalism.
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
3 cr. hrs.
372
Colonial Period of America to 1783
European colonization in the New World with attention to the
establishment and development of England's thirteen colonies and emphasis
upon the problems which produced conflict between the colonies and the
Prerequisite: 6
British Empire resulting in the American Revolution.
Hist.
cr. hrs.
of history.
—
3 cr. hrs.
374
Early National Period of the United States
Confederation, Federalist, and Jeffersonian adminMajor periods
analyzed as to their
istrations, War of 1812, Era of Good Feelings
from 1783 to
States
United
the
of
establishment
to
the
contributions
Hist.
1828.
Hist.
War;
—
Prerequisite:
6
—
cr.
hrs. of history.
—
3 cr. hrs.
American Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
376
Study of Jacksonian Democracy, Manifest Destiny, and the Mexican
the
requisite:
issue
6
cr.
of slavery
and expansion,
hrs. of history.
and the
Civil
War.
Pre-
103
— Emergence
378
1865-1898
3 cr. hrs.
and political problems inherent
the transformation of the United States from an agrarian nation into a
Hist.
Study of economic,
in
modern
social, cultural,
world power.
industrial
— Early
382
Hist.
of Industrial America,
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
Twentieth Century
United States, 1898-1932
3
cr. hrs.
Survey of domestic and international issues concerning the United
from the Spanish-American War to the Great Depression, with
analysis of the Progressive Era and its contributions, the role of the
United States as world power, World War I and the League of Nations,
expansion of the American economy, and the tensions of the 1920's.
States
Prerequisite:
cr.
hrs. of history.
— Contemporary United
384
Hist.
6
States,
Study of the Great Depression with
1932
its
3
to the Present
ramifications on
cr. hrs.
American
World War II, problems of the cold war, and domestic
from the Truman Presidency to the present. Varying interpreof the era examined to understand conflicting views of the present.
entry into
life,
issues
tations
Prerequisite: 6 cr. hrs. of history.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Pennsylvania
388
Examines in depth major contributions of Pennsylvania to national
and contrasts significant movements on the state level with those on
Hist.
life
Prerequisite:
the national.
Hist.
Colonial period to
of the United States to
1898
3
cr. hrs.
from the
the 1898 war with Spain, with emphasis upon the
analysis
critical
hrs. of history.
cr.
— Diplomatic History
391
A
6
of
United
States
foreign
relations
development
in
of, the role of public opinion in, and the peculiar conditions
America which have profoundly influenced fundamental foreign policies.
Prerequisite:
Hist.
392
A
6
cr.
hrs. of history.
— Diplomatic History
critical
of the United States since 1898 3
analysis of United States
with Spain in 1898 to the present.
History 391
nation
in
power.
Hist.
world
—
To
relations
the Stud} of factors considered in
affairs
6
in
cr.
its
transition
hrs.
to
the
status
oi a
approach
to
great
the
world
of history.
Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
topical
cr. hrs.
from the war
added an emphasis on the increasing involvement oi
Prerequisite:
396
A
is
foreign
3
cr, hrs.
various political and constitutional problems
10 u
American
of
effects,
399
Hist.
A
use
will
Selected problems or periods, and their causes and
life.
be intensively studied.
6
Prerequisite:
cr.
hrs.
— Bibliography and Research
3
accompany a
careful analysis of the problems
and consent of
hrs. of history
cr.
412
Hist.
cr. hrs.
review of basic historical bibliography and exercises in location and
and
tools of historical
research and a practical application of research methods.
9
of history.
— Central Eastern Europe
Survey of the
Prerequisite:
instructor.
since
1815
3
cr. hrs.
and cultural development of the nations of
between Germany and Italy on the west and Russia
political
Europe which lie
on the east since their emergence
nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
independent nation-states in the
as
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.
421
Hist.
—
Diplomatic History of Europe from 1815 to 1919
3 cr.
hrs.
Analytical study of foreign policies and relations of the European
nations from the Congress of Vienna to the First
requisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of history.
World War.
Pre-
Offered for undergraduate or graduate
credit.
422
Hist.
— Diplomatic History Europe
and
study
Interwar Years — League
of
Analytical
during the
of foreign policies
since
1919
3
cr. hrs.
Powers
war debts and repara-
relations of the Great
of Nations,
—
the diplomacy of the
tions, disarmament, causes of World War II
Second World War, and the origins and evolution of the cold war. Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate
credit.
Hist.
428
—
Intellectual History of
Europe
3
since the Enlightenment
cr. hrs.
Changes in currents of thought during the period are related to
Special attention given to
political, economic, and social developments.
various interpretations of major intellectual movements.
cr.
hrs. of history.
Hist.
452
—
Soviet Russia
Critical analysis of the political, social,
lution of the Soviet Union,
national relations.
Prerequisite:
9
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.
3 cr. hrs.
economic, and cultural evo-
and a study of Soviet foreign policy and
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
graduate or graduate credit.
inter-
Offered for under-
105
454
Hist.
A
— China and Japan
survey of the
Twentieth Century
in the
3
and economic problems
political, social,
of these nations to international power.
cr. hrs.
in the rise
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.
456
Hist.
—
Selected Problems in Africa and
Near and Middle East
the
3
cr. hrs.
Intensive study of critical social, political, and economic problems
of the contemporary peoples
9
cr. hrs.
471
Hist.
in these regions.
Industrial History of the United States
Survey of industrial growth of the United
political,
Prerequisite:
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.
of history.
—
and nations
and cultural
social,
institutions
3
States
with special
cr. hrs.
relation
in
attention
to
the
to
development of resources, technology, transportation, consumer products,
and modern industrial problems.
Prerequisite: 9 cr. hrs. of history.
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.
472
Hist.
— History
Surveys
the
United States
3
cr.
hrs.
to
the
of
present, with emphasis
in national life.
Labor
problems of labor from the colonial period
upon
in the
the development of unions and their role
9
Prerequisite:
cr.
hrs. of history.
Offered for under-
graduate or graduate credit.
481
Hist.
— United
States Social, Cultural,
Intellectual History to
and
1860
3
cr. hrs.
Studies impact of English institutions, the development of a distinct
American
society,
and the divergence of the cultures of the North and the
South with emphasis upon Puritanism, the Enlightenment, and Transcendentalism.
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
of history.
hrs.
Offered
for
under-
3
cr. hrs.
graduate or graduate credit.
482
Hist.
— United
States Social, Cultural,
and
Intellectual
History since 1860
Modern American
social
and cultural
temporary systems of thought are analyzed.
history.
institutions
and major con-
Prerequisite:
9
cr.
hrs.
of
Offered for undergraduate or graduate credit.
MATHEMATICS
Math.
101
— Fundamentals
Consideration
tial
to
quantitative
is
of
Mathematics
3
cr. hrs.
given to mathematics as a universal language essen-
communication
in
a
technical
age.
A
stud)
of the
—
106
logical basis of deductive science,
sets,
the structure of the
number
systems,
and functions.
— Pre-Calculus
Math. 110
This course
is
4
a preparatory one for those students
meet the requirements
to begin the calculus sequence.
cr.
hrs.
who do
not
It is
a study of
elementary algebraic functions and relations, exponential and logarithmic
and inverse functions.
functions, circular functions
—
Math. Ill
College
Designed
A Igebra
strengthen
to
3
and
increase
Emphasis
secondary school algebra.
is
the
cr. hrs.
developed in
concepts
placed on the study of functions,
and determinants.
matrices,
— Trigonometry
Math. 112
3 cr. hrs.
have the student become proficient in the use of trigonometric functions. Also includes complex numbers and vectors. PreDesigned
to
Math.
requisite:
111.
— Introductory
Math. 116
3
Statistics
cr. hrs.
This course aims to develop the ability to read, interpret, and construct tables of statistical data; to
tical
compute values
measures; and to apply the basic
Biological sciences majors only.
sciences.
— Calculus
Math. 211
A
critical
Math. 212
4
and applications; and
cr. hrs.
anti-derivatives.
4
II
cr. hrs.
elementary transcendental functions; the indefinite
and techniques of
Math. 221
Math. 111.
study of the definite integral and application; conic sec-
tions; differentiation of
integral
Prerequisite:
study of the cartesian plane, functions, limits and con-
— Calculus
critical
for the various statis-
of statistics to the biological
I
tinuity; the derivative, differentials
A
skills
integration.
Prerequisite: Math. 211.
3
Statistics
cr. hrs.
Descriptive and inferential statistics with emphasis on probabilistic
Both
distribution.
discrete
and continuous probability density functions
Practical training in the calculation of various statistical
are discussed.
measures and the use of automatic calculators
Prerequisite:
Math. 222
Sophomore
— College
in
obtained in the laboratory.
3 cr. hrs.
Geometry
Incidence
from an advanced standpoint.
planes and space, geometric inequalities, properties of the
Elementary
geometry
is
standing.
geometry
—
10?
the
triangle,
quadrilateral,
the
circle
and sphere.
Math.
Prerequisite:
112.
— Theory
Math. 231
The use
of Arithmetic
3
hrs.
cr.
of language in mathematics, sets and relations; the four
elementary operations in counting numbers, integers, and different number
and elementary theory of numbers.
bases;
Elementary education majors
only.
Math. 232
— Algebraic and
Geometric Structures
3
hrs.
cr.
Clock arithmetic and modulo systems; rational numbers, decimals,
and
area,
numbers; measurement of
irrational
and volume.
Math. 241
An
Prerequisite:
segments, triangles, circles,
line
Math. 231.
Introduction to Computer Programming
I cr. hr.
introduction to computer programming using the Fortran Lan-
guage with examples chosen from the natural and physical sciences.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Field Work in Mathematics
Mathematics takes on new interest when it is applicable to life situations.
Instruments used in the field are the slide rule, angle mirror, hysometer, and clinometer, plane table, vernier, transit, and scale drawing.
Prerequisite: Math. 112.
Math. 246
Math. 311
A
in
the
plane and
Math. 312
—
space,
improper
partial
integrals;
and
differentiation
Differential Equations
3
cr.
hrs.
study of elementary ordinary differential equations: infinite scries
and La Place transforms.
series,
Math. 321
— Introduction
Modern
requisite:
and
algebra
cussed include
sets,
rings,
to
its
Prerequisite:
Math. 311.
Modern Algebra
3
concepts and
Subjects
fields,
terminology.
cr. hrs.
groups, relations, and functions.
dis-
Pre-
Math. 212.
Math. 322
— Linear Algebra
3
study of vectors and n-dimensional
vector space:
matrices, linear transformations, quadratic forms,
space.
hrs.
Prerequisite: Math. 212.
and power
A
cr.
study of polar coordinates, parametric equations, vectors
multiple integration.
A
4
Intermediate Calculus
critical
cr.
hrs.
determinants,
and applications
in
3-
Prerequisite: Math. 321.
Math. 331
— Algebra
This course
will
for Secondary School Teachers
discuss
some
of the
topics
3
of elementary
cr. hrs.
algebra
—
108
from an advanced viewpoint. Consideration
contemporary school mathematics programs.
be given to topics of
will
Prerequisite:
Ed. 352.
—
Math. 332
Modern Geometry
Euclidean and various non-Euclidean geometries and
ment from postulate systems. Prerequisite: Math. 222.
Math. 411
A
Advanced Calculus
modern approach
systematic and
A
— Complex
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
and integral
Prerequisite: Math. 311.
to the differential
calculus of functions and transformations.
Math. 412
3
their develop-
3
Variables
cr.
hrs.
rigorous presentation of theory through the differential and integral
calculus of analytic functions,
with applications.
Math. 421
An
residues,
and conformal transformations,
Prerequisite: Math. 311.
— Introduction
to
3
Topology
cr. hrs.
Topics
introduction to the fundamentals of general topology.
included are elementary set theory, topological spaces, mappings, compactness, product
and metric spaces, nets and convergence.
Prerequisite:
Math. 311.
Math. 422
An
—
Introduction to
Group Theory
3
introduction to the fundamentals of group theory.
cr.
Topics
hrs.
in-
cluded are groups and related systems, normal subgroups and homo-
morphisms, Abelian groups, permutation groups, automorphisms, and
groups.
Prerequisite: Math. 321.
Math. 43 1
An
— Number Theory
introduclion to
the
3
cr.
free
hrs.
Topics included are
theory of numbers.
Euclidean algorithm, congruences, continued fractions, Gaussian integers,
and Diophantine equations.
Math. 432
A
— Elementary
Prerequisite:
Math. 321.
3
Numerical Analysis
cr.
hrs.
computer-oriented analysis of algorithms of numerical analysis.
Topics discussed include non-linear equations, interpolation and approximation, differentiation and integration, matrices, and differential equations.
Prerequisite: Math. 311.
MUSIC
Music 101
An
— Introduction
to
Music
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to music listening to develop an understanding of
music and the various media through which
it
is
expressed.
masterpieces, composers, musical forms, and styles considered.
Selected
—
109
—
Music 22 1
History of Music
3 cr. hrs.
Music from Bach to the present day with emphasis upon active
listening and the development of a musical vocabulary.
Music 23
1
— Ear Training and
3
Sight Singing
Recognition of melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic patterns.
tion of melodic
Music 232
A
and harmonic
— Harmony
cr. hrs.
Dicta-
intervals.
3
I
cr.
hrs.
study of music theory including tonic, subdominant, and dominant
harmonies leading
to altered chords
and modulation.
Keyboard experi-
ences will be included.
Music 233
A
— Harmony
continuation of
3
II
Harmony
I
cr.
hrs.
including the study of the supertonic,
submediant, and mediant harmonies.
In addition to keyboard experiences,
the development of rhythmic vocabulary and harmonic dictation, selected
compositions will be analyzed.
Music 241
Prerequisite:
Harmony
Class Piano
Group piano
I.
3
instruction for the beginner.
cr.
hrs.
Emphasis on creating and
playing accompaniments for songs, and on sight reading.
Music 251
Concepts for Music Listening
3 cr. hrs.
Examination of styles, techniques, and mediums.
Comparison of
musical objectives and philosophies of schools, eras, and individual comDevelopment of critical attitudes and listening techniques. Preposers.
requisite: Music 101.
Music 311
A
— Music
Activities in the
Elementary School
3
cr.
hrs.
course designed to provide the prospective elementary teachers
with the
skills,
understanding, and attitudes which will help them to func-
tion effectively in the area of
classroom.
Emphasis
is
music as
it
is
related to the self-contained
placed on personal music development, an under-
standing of the basic musical content, the developmental growth process
in
music, desirable musical experiences for children, and effective organi-
zation of these experiences.
Music 322
A
— Music
of the
Romantic Era
3
cr.
hrs.
study of nineteenth century European music.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Twentieth Century Music
Music 323
Trends and development of contemporary music, with emphasis
on selected representative works.
—
110
— American Music
Music 324
A
3
cr.
hrs.
study of the works of selected American composers with reference
to characteristics indigenous to
Music 341
American music.
Choral Techniques
3
cr.
hrs.
Class voice instruction with emphasis on the development of tech-
niques and
abilities
necessary for participation in choral groups.
Principal
and appro-
attention will be given to tone production, proper breathing,
priate literature.
—
Music 412
Literature and Materials of Music
3 cr. hrs.
Designed primarily for elementary majors who have an area of interest in music.
Provides a broad knowledge of the music program
content in the elementary grades. Review basic texts, recordings, filmstrips, films, sources of literature, and materials.
Develops a repertoire of
songs, rhythmic activities, and other musical information representing a
foundation
core
for
music
elementary
the
curriculum.
Prerequisite:
Music 311.
Music 461
3
Directed Study
Individual study under the direction of a
partment faculty which
music
may
hrs.
cr.
of the music de-
extend areas normally covered in specialized
Pre-student
courses.
member
teaching
classroom
experience
may
also
3
hrs.
be included.
NURSING
NED.
— Public School Nursing
301
Public
is
school
considered
of
sion
in this course.
responsibility,
are
nursing,
and
discussed
the
along
as
The
I
branch
a
new
and
public
health
cr.
nursing,
background, various
historical
problems
with
of
limitations
techniques
of
of
the
fields
profes-
handling
public
3
cr. hrs.
school health problems.
NED. 303
A
— Public School Nursing
II
study of physical, emotional, and social problems affecting the
health of the school child and the methods that
may
be employed by
home, school, and community in helping to solve health problems with
on the nurse
and federal resources.
emphasis
NED. 304
as
co-ordinator
— Public Health Nursing
I
in
the
use
of
local,
3
state,
cr.
hrs.
Historical background, fundamental principles, organizational frame-
Ill
work, problems of community participation, and trends
in public health
nursing.
NED. 305
—
3
Nutrition
cr. hrs.
A
review of basic principles of nutrition with relation to economic
factors
and cultural food patterns with special emphasis on the nutritional
needs of the school-age child.
NED. 306
An
— Family Case Work
3
cr. hrs.
overview of social welfare and interviewing principles for school
Case
nurses.
histories
and interviewing
situations are selected for critical
discussion to acquaint the student with application of case
work methods
in school nursing practice.
NED. 309
A
— Community Health
3
I
cr. hrs.
study of the various facets of community health including historical
background, environmental concern, and methods of control.
will
be made
to
Reference
contemporary and future problems dealing with radiation,
air-water pollution, and space.
NED. 310
A
— Modern Communicable Diseases
3
cr. hrs.
study of current practices and the role of the school nurse in com-
municable disease prevention and control with emphasis on the relationships between physical, socio-economic,
and biologic environment.
PHILOSPHY
— Introduction
211
Phil.
An
which the sciences,
Some
to
cr.
hrs.
in
their
attempts to specialize, do not encompass.
of these are forms of argument, kind of knowledge, nature of reality,
individual and social values,
Phil.
3
Philosophy
attempt to develop systematically a number of general topics
and standards of conduct.
—Ethic*
301
3
cr.
hrs.
Analysis of the criteria for choosing between alternatives; the relation
of
interests
ethical
Phil.
means and ends;
and community of
interests,
and
social
justification
interests;
conflict
of
and genesis of values,
relativism.
302
A
individual
— Logic
study of the laws o\ systematic thinking.
tion of logical
3
Included
is
cr.
hrs.
an examina-
forms of argumentation, the syllogism, and the methodology
of the deductive sciences.
—
112
303
Phil.
— Philosophy
3
of Science
cr. hrs.
Analysis of the logic of inquiry in the natural and social sciences;
the nature of scientific explanation; problems of causality, measurement,
prediction,
306
Phil.
A
and
verification.
— Philosophy
3
of Religion
critical analysis of religious faith.
Particular attention
cr.
hrs.
given to
is
the nature of religion, evidence supporting religious belief, and problems
and challenges
to religion.
Prerequisite: Phil. 211.
PHYSICS
101
Phys.
An
elementary mechanics,
clude
3
Physical Science
introduction to physics, chemistry, and astronomy.
magnetism, sound,
light,
energy,
the
solar
system,
cr.
Topics
electricity
hrs.
in-
and
atomic structure, radioactivity, heat and kinetic
and chemical properties, simple chemical reLaboratory to illustrate some of the above topics. This course is
designed for students other than science majors in the Secondary program,
and for those in Business Education and Special Education. 4 hours/
week: 2 class, 2 lab.
theory, the periodic table
actions.
103
Phys.
A
— Physical Science
for Elementary Teachers
3
cr.
hrs.
two-term laboratory "discovery" type of course in the physical
sciences designed for non-science majors, especially for students in the
elementary teaching program.
Emphasis on the physics and chemistry
of the solid state with a constant attempt to correlate observed properties
of matter with theoretical models of
its strucure.
First term topics include
waves and of light, crystals, kinetic theory, forces, and
motion.
Enrollment limited to students in the elementary program. 4
hours/week: 2 class, 2 lab.
the behavior of
Phys.
A
104
—
Physical Science for Elementary Teachers
continuation of Phys.
103.
3
cr.
hrs.
Second term topics include energy,
forces inside matter, electrons in motion, atomic structure, ionic crystals,
molecules,
and covalently bonded
hours week: 2
Phys.
A
Ill
class,
2
solids.
Prerequisite:
Phys.
103.
4
lab.
— Introductory Physics
4
I
cr. hrs.
non-calculus approach to the basic principles of mechanics, the
physics of fluids, and heat and thermodynamics.
This course
is
designed
meet the requirements of students in the General Science and Biology
programs and for students in Liberal Arts not majoring in Physics or
Chemistry. 6 hours/week: 3 class, 3 lab.
to
——
113
112
Phys.
A
— Introductory Physics
geometrical
and physical
requisite: Phys.
Phys. 211
A
4
II
and
optics,
electricity
and magnetism.
4
General Physics I
using calculus,
of the
principles
physics of fluids, and heat and thermodynamics.
and
pleted or concurrent.
6 hours week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Phys. 212
A
— General Physics
Chemistry.
of
cr.
hrs.
mechanics,
the
This course
for majors in Physics
in
Prerequisite:
Math. 212 com-
4
cr.
hrs.
Includes the principles of sound, geo-
metrical and physical optics, and electricity and magnetism.
Phys. 211, and Math. 212 completed.
— Demonstrations
designed
is
II
continuation of Phys. 211.
Phys. 225
Pre-
6 hours /week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Ill or equivalent.
treatment,
cr. hrs.
Includes the basic principles of sound,
continuation of Phys. 111.
in the
Prerequisites:
6 hours week: 3 class, 3 lab.
3
Physical Sciences
cr.
hrs.
Designed to give the science student or in-service teacher practical
experience for conducting demonstration experiments in physics, chemgeneral science, and earth science.
istry,
The course
will
emphasize the
use of materials, apparatus, and films characteristic of the
in science
such as
PSSC
Physics,
CHEM
new program
Study, Earth Science Curriculum
and the Physical Science Program. Prerequisites: Physics 112.
Chemistry 112, or their equivalent. 4 hours/week: 2 class, 2 lab.
Project,
410
Phys.
An
—
Introduction to Atomic Physics
4
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the fundamentals of atomic structure: the election.
Bohr's theory of the hydrogen atom, X-rays, the photoelectric effect, and
other fundamental processes; radioactivity, including natural and
artificial
transmutation, and an elementary treatment of fission and fusion.
requisite:
Phys. 212, Math. 212.
Phys. 411
Pre-
6 hours week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Mechanics
3
cr.
hrs.
A course in intermediate mechanics treating statistics and dynamics
of particles and extended bodies, motions of bodies by conservative and
dissipative forces, energy relations, impulse and momentum, rotation oi
a rigid
body, angular
momentum, and
Math. 311 or concurrent.
Phys. 412
3
elasticity.
Prerequisites:
Phys. 212.
hours class week.
— Optics
3
Brief review of geometric optics; extended
treatment
o{
cr,
hrs.
topics
in
physical optics including diffraction, interference, polarization, and spectra.
Prerequisite:
Phys. 212. Math. 311.
3
hours class week.
—
m
—
Phys. 414
An
and Magnetism
Electricity
4
cr. hrs.
intermediate-level study of the electric field, potential, dielectric
properties, capacitance,
and direct and alternating currents.
The study
mag-
of magnetism includes magnetic fields, electromagnetic induction, and
netic properties of matter.
is
A
waves
brief introduction to electromagnetic
Prerequisites: Phys. 212, Math. 311.
included.
6 hours /week: 3 class,
3 lab.
Phys. 415
4 cr. hrs.
and theory of semiconductors and vacuum tubes
with special emphasis on circuitry.
Transistor and electron tube characteristics are determined and studied for use in amplifiers, oscillators, and
computers. Prerequisites: Phys. 112 or Phys. 212, Math. 212. 6 hours
week: 3 class, 3 lab.
Electronics
The
application
!
Phys. 420
An
—
Vibrations and
Waves
3
cr. hrs.
damped, and
forced oscillations. The study of waves includes the propagation of waves
in three dimensions with analysis of reflection, transmission, and refraction for various boundary conditions.
Electromagnetic, acoustical, fluid,
and mechanical applications are included. Fundamental to much of advanced physics. Prerequisites: Phys. 411, Math. 311. 3 hours class/week.
intermediate-level treatment of simple harmonic,
—
Phys. 421
An
cr.
hrs.
Basic quantum concepts, crystal structure, electrons in metals, elec-
state.
trical
3
Solid State Physics
introduction to the physical properties of matter in the solid
band theory, the p-n junction. Eiand magnetic properties of matter.
Prerequisites: Phys. 414,
conductivity, semiconductors,
electric
Math. 312.
Phys. 422
An
3 hours class/week.
— Thermodynamics
3
cr.
hrs.
introduction to the concepts and principles of classical thermo-
The
dynamics.
first
and second laws.
Entropy.
Physics of very low temperatures.
simple systems.
212, Math. 311.
3
Thermodynamics
Prerequisites:
of
Phys.
hours class/week.
— History
3 cr. hrs.
and Mathematics
and of mathematics, especially since 1600, is
considered through a study of selected personalities and their significant
Phys. 480
The
of Science
history of science
contributions.
requisites:
A
A
cultural
minimum
elective
for
students
in
the
Pre-
sciences.
of two years of science courses and one year of
mathematics, or vice versa.
Phys. 490
— Physics
Seminar
1
cr.
hr.
115
POLITICAL SCIENCE
211
Pol. Sci.
A
— United
Government
States
3
cr.
hrs.
study of American national government with emphasis on basic
concepts, structure, powers, procedures, and problems.
—
212
Elements of Political Science
3 cr. hrs.
Emphasis on a mix of empirical and normative theory in order to
furnish a conceptual framework as an introduction to the discipline.
Pol. Sci.
(Either Pol. Sci. 211 or 212
is
a prerequisite for
all
succeeding courses
department.)
in the
Pol. Sci.
313
—
State
and Local Government
3
cr.
hrs.
A
comparison of the states' structural institutions, together with an
examination of the functions and problems of state, municipal, and special
governmental
314
units.
—
3 cr. hrs.
and Elections
and functions of political organizations, minor parties,
campaign financing, theories of voting and voting behavior, and the history of the development of the American two-party system.
Pol. Sci.
The
Pol. Sci.
Political Parties
structures
316
— Public Opinion and Propaganda
3
cr.
hrs.
Various methods and techniques for analyzing, measuring, and pro-
some
cessing public opinion are explored, with opportunity allowed for
practical experience.
analysis tests for
Pol. Sci.
323
Components such
and content
as pressure groups
propaganda are included.
— Comparative European Governments
Principles
of comparative
role of ideology; political
analysis;
social
interest groups,
3
and economic
parties
cr. hrs.
interests;
and electoral systems;
the evolution, structure, organization, and operation of the governments ol
Great Britain. France, the U.
Pol. Sci.
324
—
S. S.
R.,
and the German Federal Republic.
International Relations
3
Political theory of the state, sovereignty,
tailed
examination of their component
power, the results of national power,
parts.
in the
cr.
and government, and
The sources
form of disputes,
hrs.
a de-
of national
conflicts,
and
wars, or alliances, balances of power, and settlements of international law
in international courts.
Pol. Sci.
The
352
— Public
Administration
useful contributions
made
b)
3
cr.
hrs.
organizational theor) to the prob-
—
116
lems of decision-making functions and coordination of program budgeting and personnel are considered.
—
424
Politics and Institutions of Latin America
3 cr. hrs.
examination of organizational forns, functions, and operations of
selected countries of Latin America. Emphasis on indigenous institutions.
Pol. Sci.
An
—
425
Politics and
the Middle East
Pol. Sci.
An
and
3 cr. hrs.
examination of the history, structure, functions, and problems of
and the Middle East.
selected countries of Africa
426
Pol. Sci.
An
Institutions of Africa
—
Politics
and
Institutions of the
Far East
3
cr.
hrs.
examination of the history, structure, functions, and problems of
selected countries of the
433
Pol. Sci.
— History
Important
political
Far East, including China, Japan, and India.
of Political Thought
theorists
3
of the past
and
their
cr. hrs.
proposals with
reference to their validity at the time, and their application and acceptance
today.
Liberty, authority, democracy, individualism, nationalism,
ternationalism.
451
Pol. Sci.
A
Constitutional
study
of
the
Law
history,
and
in-
112, 113.
Prerequisite: Hist.
3
organization,
cr.
hrs.
and functions of the
Su-
preme Court including a case study approach of the Court's interpretations of the commerce and taxing powers, state-federal relationships,
and
Psy.
civil rights.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Basic Statistical Method
460
Psychology
under
For a description of this course see Psychology 460
course descriptions.
Liberal arts students concentrating in political
ence will receive credit for
tical
Soc.
this course.
sci-
Prerequisite: permission of Poli-
Science Department.
466
For
— Research Methods
3
in the Social Sciences
a description of this course see Sociology 466.
cr.
hrs.
Liberal arts stu-
dents concentrating in political science will receive credit for this course.
Prerequisites:
Pol. Sci.
470
Psy.
460 and permission
of Political Science Department.
— Senior Seminar
3
Individual research projects determined
dent and instructor.
Prerequisites:
Pol. Sci. 433, Psy. 460, Soc. 466,
15 hours
in consultation
cr. hrs.
between
stu-
of political science including
and permission of the department.
——
117
PSYCHOLOGY
Psy.
General Psychology
101
3
Develops an understanding of
have as they do.
how
people behave and
cr.
why
hrs.
they be-
Heredity and environment, the nature and function of
perception, emotions and thought, the forces that bring about various
kinds of behavior, and the problems of personal adjustment.
Psy.
— Advanced General Psychology
102
3
cr. hrs.
Designed to provide students with a more intensive and detailed
understanding of psychological processes which are covered at an elementary
Psychology
in
level
development,
personality theory.
and current,
torical
101.
Topics to be covered include
will also
be exp'ored.
Prerequisite:
Psy.
101.
— Child Growth and Development
Psy. 211
(Child Psychology)
The
principles of
for understanding
rooms and
Psy.
human
memory, perception, motivation, emotion, and
The methods and systems of psychology, both his-
learning,
and working with children
in
cr.
hrs.
significance
elementary school class-
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
activities.
—
321
3
human development which have most
Tests and Measures
3
cr.
hrs.
Critique of testing in the elementary and secondary schools, construc-
and appraisal of the various instruments of measurement. Practice
tests, in administering and scoring them, and
in the analysis and presentation of test results.
Attention given to remedial
measures for the improvement of instruction and teacher-made tests. Pre-
tion
in
evaluating and selecting
requisite: Psy. 101.
— Mental Hygiene and Problems
Psy. 331
A
Adjustment
3
cr. hrs.
discussion of the processes necessary for the development
healthy mental state.
Practical applications of principles of
hygiene demonstrated.
requisite:
Psy.
351
Psy.
of
A
Field trips to nearby
of a
^ood mental
mental institutions.
Pre-
101.
Social Psychology
3
study of the behavior of individuals and groups
in society.
cr.
It
hrs.
deals
with the psychological forces within individuals and emanating from the
social
environment
quisite:
Psy.
101.
that
causes
people
to
behave
as
they
do.
Prere-
118
Psy.
— Educational Psychology
371
A
first
Deals with the learner, that which
learning situation.
and the learning processes.
motivation,
3
individual
Prerequisite:
Psy.
is
to
be learned,
Consideration of development, adjustment,
differences,
social
adaptations,
Deals with normal processes and
learners.
cr. hrs.
course in providing for the applications of psychology to the
disabilities
and
in
abilities
101.
— Foundations
Psy. 401
3 cr.
of Contemporary Psychology
Designed to provide basic background for those students who
have psychology as a major or as a minor field. An examination of
backgrounds and schools of thought
torical
of
subject areas.
in psychology.
hrs.
will
his-
Careful ex-
amination of methods of investigation and their implications for the various systems of psychology.
Particular regard to the contributions of the
various fields of psychology for education.
Psy.
Prerequiste: Psy. 101.
— Psychology Seminar
406
3
Designed for students who have adequate
for the carrying out
psychology.
for the
ability
cr.
hrs.
and background
and reporting of independent research
in the field of
In a three-hour session the researcher will present his paper
judgments and discussion of the enrollers and the instructor. Topics
are assigned by the instructor
the beginning of the course.
and should be arranged well in advance of
Each semester will have another area of
psychology as the main theme for the researcher.
Prerequisite:
Permis-
sion of the instructor.
Psy.
416
The
— Adolescent Psychology
physical, social,
3
and psychological
attributes of
eleven to mid-teens and their adjustment in a dynamic society.
Psy.
—
Individual Mental Tests
The nature
sidered.
of intelligence
Emphasis
tations of results of,
is
is
3
studied and ways of measuring
placed on understanding the uses
commonly used
— Abnormal Psychology
of,
cr. hrs.
it
con-
and interpre-
individual intelligence scales: Binet.
Wechsler, various picture-vocabulary and performance
Psy. 431
(Formerly
Prerequisite: Psy. 211 or 371.
411)
Psy. 421
cr. hrs.
youth from age
tests.
3
cr.
hrs.
Mental abnormalities including symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment.
Problem cases and characteristics of handicapped and subnormal children.
Prerequisite:
Psy.
101.
—
119
Psy.
—
436
The Study of Personality
The nature and organization of
3
cr. his.
dynamic forces
that shape the individual.
Personality types, conscious and unconscious
processes, individual differences, abnormal trends, and ways of measuring
personality characteristics.
Psy. 45
— Psychology
1
personality and the
Prerequisite:
for Business
101.
Psy.
and Industry
3
Services of the psychologist to business and industry.
job analysis, motion studies, selection of
new employees,
motions and terminations, training, problem employees,
Psy.
research.
Prerequisite:
456
— Psychology
Psy.
An
cr. hrs.
Included are
transfers, pro-
rating, morale,
and
101.
of Motivation
3
investigation of the basic dynamics of
human
cr. hrs.
A
behavior.
con-
sideration of the concepts, principles, and empirical findings concerning
those basic factors which underlie
to
human
both inate and acquired behavior bases.
motivation.
Attention
is
paid
Prerequisite: Psy. 101.
—
Basic Statistical Method
3 cr. hrs.
460
Methods of collecting, tabulating, and treating data; measures of
central tendency, deviation, correlation, and graphic representation;
Psy.
descriptive statistics.
Hypothesis
from, and interpretations
Psy. 461
An
testing,
chi-square and variance tech-
Provision for practical exercises in computation
niques will be treated.
of,
various measures.
Experimental Psychology
3
cr.
introduction to the methodology of experimental research.
hrs.
Stu-
dents delve into the theory of experimental research, experimental design,
individual study,
site:
Psy.
and
critical
analysis of complete
462
A
— Advanced Experimental Psychology
Prerequi-
3
continuation and an extension of Psychology 461.
evaluates reports of experiments and research.
in
research.
Psy. 101.
more advanced procedures and techniques
practice.
466
Prerequisite:
—
There
is
The
cr.
hrs.
student
an involvement
of experimental design
and
Psy. 461.
3 cr. hrs.
Research Projects in Psychology
h\
followed
selected
and
interest
problem
of
special
A
each student
RecomPrerequisites:
under the immediate supervision of the instructor.
mendation of the advisor and permission of the department chairman.
Psy.
—
120
SOCIOLOGY
Soc. 211
ciety
cr.
hrs.
basic characteristics of group behavior, the organization of so-
and
culture, individual
218
and community adjustments,
in the light of
development, form, and functions.
their origin,
Soc.
3
Principles of Sociology
The
—
Religion in American Society
3
cr. hrs.
Analysis of the relationship between religion and American social
institutions
Soc.
224
and
—
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
society.
Cultural Anthropology
Origin and development of
3
human
cr.
hrs.
culture; function of elements
and
configurations of material and non-material culture
in
meeting
human
Examples of the dynamics of cultural processes from the social,
economic, governmental, religious, and artistic life of various peoples.
needs.
Soc.
233
— Introduction
to Social
Work and
3
the Welfare Services
An
study of
cr. hrs.
examination of the modern welfare services, followed by the
some
of the methods by which social workers help to solve a
host of problems which range from adoption and care for the aged to
marital counseling, parole supervision, and
Soc.
community
organization.
—
313
Contemporary Social Problems
Urgent social problems and proposals offered for
3
cr.
hrs.
solution.
their
Topics include social change, personal maladjustment, social disorganization, mobility,
delinquency, racial and economic tensions, and special prob-
lems of youth, families, and aging.
Soc.
315
An
Prerequisite:
Soc.
211.
— Racial and National Minority Groups
3
cr. hrs.
and minority relations involving racial, national,
and religious minorities in the United States. Emphasis will be placed on
the present system of minority relations with efforts being made toward
analysis of racial
possible adjustments.
Soc.
Prerequisite:
Soc. 211.
316
Urban Sociology
Analysis of origin and growth
3
on the contemporary scene.
— Introduction
hrs.
Emphasis on
dynamic patterns of inter-
of the city in the U. S.
ecological changes taking place as well as the
action
cr.
Prerequisite: Soc. 211.
Anthropology
3 cr. hrs.
Human prehistory, physical types of man, language distributions, cultural and social achievement of preliterate peoples, cultural processes, and
Soc.
323
to
the role of culture in personality formation.
121
Soc.
325
— Comparative Non-Literate
Cultures
3
cr.
hrs.
Intensive functional analysis of selected non-literate societies in con-
and natural areas (Africa, Pacific
trasting cultural
Islands,
Pre-
etc.)
requisite: Soc. 211, 214, or 323.
Soc.
326
— Indians
of North
and South America
3
cr. hrs.
Survey of the cultural types and language distributions of the
World through
prehistoric
and early
historic periods.
New
Includes Indians
of Pennsylvania.
Soc.
327
—
Selected Contemporary Cultures
3
cr.
hrs.
Survey of peoples and cultures of the contemporary world, with emphasis
and
on areas outside North America and Europe.
social
literary expression
Soc. 331
Stress
on the natural
environment, national character, religion and world view, and
through musical and
artistic
media.
— Marriage and Family
3
Cultural traditions of the marriage and the family and the
cr.
lems in social behavior these institutions face in a changing society.
requisite:
Soc.
hrs.
new probPre-
Soc. 211.
—
3 cr. hrs.
332
Personality in Culture and Society
Examination of cultural influences on the development of personality;
analysis of personality differences
in
various cultures.
Presentation of
explanatory hypotheses.
Soc.
334
A
—
Social
Casework
3
cr.
hrs.
detailed study of representative cases in the field of social work;
techniques of investigation and criteria for appraisal.
Soc.
341
— Criminology
Scientific study
of crime.
3
cr.
hrs.
Theories of causes of crime, including
physical type, differential association, psychiatric, etc.
Volume, scope, and
trends in crime; police, administration of justice, rehabilitation theory and
practice.
Soc.
429
Prerequisite:
—
Soc. 211.
Field Archaeology
3
cr.
hrs.
Field investigation of various aboriginal cultures which have occupied
Branch of the Susquehanna River since the glacial
Emphasis on excavation of sites in this area, preceded b) orientaPrerequisite: Soe. 224
to stratigraphic and recording techniques.
the valley of the North
age.
tion
or 323.
122
Soc.
430
—
Projects in Field Archaeology
3
cr. hrs.
Intensive study of problems encountered in archaeological research
on the
prehistoric creatures of the
Susquehanna Valley, as revealed by
excavation and comparative study of finds.
—
442
Juvenile Delinquency
3 cr. hrs.
Examination of social pressure operative upon children in American
society which lead to deviant behavior.
Factors leading to formation of
delinquency personality.
Methods of treatment and prevention, juvenile
courts, clinics and correctional institutions will be considered.
PreSoc.
Soc. 211.
requisite:
Psy.
—
Basic Statistical Method
460
For a description of this course see Psychology 460.
students will receive credit for this course.
Prerequisite:
3
cr.
hrs.
Liberal arts
Permission of
Sociology Department.
Soc.
462
—
Sociological Theory
3
cr. hrs.
Survey of the development of sociological theory from Comte and
Comparison of modern schools of thought, including mechan-
Spencer.
istic,
geographical, analytical, functional, and neo-positivistic.
12 hours of sociology or permission of instructor.
sites:
Soc.
—
466
Research Methods in the Social Sciences
Methods and techniques in social science research.
research projects, questionnaires, sampling, interviews,
to
Prerequi-
methods
for analysis
and interpretation of
data.
etc.
3
cr. hrs.
Preparation of
Introduction
Liberal arts students
concentrating in sociology will receive credit for the course.
Prerequisite:
12 hours of sociology including Psy. 460.
Soc.
470
— Senior Seminar
Individual
3
research projects
cr. hrs.
and reports within selected areas of
sociological interest, such as the family, criminology, social stratification,
Prerequisites: 18 hours of sociology including
and ethnic minorities.
Soc. 462 and 466, Psy. 460, and permission of the department.
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Spec. Ed. 201
— Education
of Exceptional Children
The educational problems
3
cr. hrs.
of exceptional children; the gifted, retarded,
neurologically impaired, physically handicapped, and emotionally maladjusted.
The
history
exceptional children.
and philosophy of
special education,
programs for
—
123
— Speech Improvement For The Classroom
Spec. Ed. 251
An
elective course,
room
class
speech
methods and
room
is
hrs.
cr.
given to language and
commonly found among school
attitudes for
3
curriculums and in service
all
which an introduction
teachers, in
problems
for students of
children.
improvement of communication
Practical
the class-
in
setting are outlined.
Spec. Ed.
— Experience
352
with Emotionally Disturbed
1-3
cr.
hrs.
1-3
cr.
hrs.
3
cr.
hrs.
By appointment.
Spec. Ed.
— Experience with Learning Disorders
354
By appointment.
Spec. Ed. 361
— Problems
in Special
Education
Current and evolutionary trends, objectives and organization of special
education classes and programs.
Competence of
teachers, curricu-
lums, equipment and materials.
Exploration of the problems of the
teacher and school in implementation of special education programs.
—
416
Psychology of Exceptional Children
3 cr. hrs.
Emphasis on symptomatology, personality formation, and developmental and therapeutic consideration for the exceptional child.
Spec. Ed.
SPEECH CORRECTION
Sp.
Corr.
—
101
Clinical Voice
Elective course for
Included
articulation.
all
and Diction
I
hr.
cr.
students seeking improvement of voice and
in the
course are generalized instruction in voice
production and articulation as well as individualized guidance with personal speech problems.
Sp. Corr.
152
Voice and Diction
The mechanical
ciples of speech therapy
performance
in
3
are illustrated in relation to the students'
terms of voice quality, pitch,
articulation,
Ear-training and self-improvement of prospective
ments.
hrs.
cr,
aspects of speech production are studied and prin-
own
and time
ele-
clinicians
or
teachers are emphasized.
Sp. Corr. 251
The
Phonetics
3
International Phonetic Alphabet
the sounds of speech.
is
cr.
hrs.
used as a basis lor study of
Students develop competence
in
reading and trans-
cription of symbols, with a view to practical application in recording defective
sounds during articulation
testing.
Prerequisite: Sp.
(on.
152.
—
124
Sp.
Corr. 252
— Speech Pathology
The neurophysiological bases
fundamental
Norms
to the
cr.
hrs.
understanding of pathologies of language and speech.
communication
of
3
I
of language and speech are studied as
skills
for respective
age levels provide back-
ground for consideration of social, environmental and constitutional factors, traumatic injuries and disease processes that may interfere with
normal communication. Prerequisites: Sp. Corr. 251, 276.
Sp.
Corr. 253
— Speech Pathology
3
II
cr.
hrs.
Evaluative procedures and techniques for identifying communication
Research findings are explored for the continu-
disorders are outlined.
ing development of the most effective therapeutic measures and
habiiitation
and
The
Prerequisite:
Sp.
Corr.
3
causes, evaluation techniques,
and
and educational
of parent, educator, and specialist
roles
psychological,
factors
in
of
cr.
hrs.
rehabilitative procedures for
the various types of hearing problems are explored.
speech,
means
252.
— Hearing Problems
276
Sp. Corr.
rehabilitation.
the
Related auditory,
are
The
discussed.
program
rehabilitation
are investigated.
Sp. Corr.
351
Clinical
Methods and Practicum
3
cr.
hrs.
Materials and methods applicable to clinical practicum and practice
teaching are discussed.
the staff are provided.
Opportunities for observing demonstrations by
Students are required to compose sample lesson
plans and evaluation reports.
These experiences are culminated with the
students doing closely supervised therapy with milder cases of speech and
hearing disorders.
Prerequisites:
Spec.
Ed. 251; Sp. Corr.
152,
251,
252, 276.
—
352
Clinical Practicum:
Speech and Hearing Disorders
Sp. Corr.
Students continue supervised clinical
responsibility
site:
3
work and
cr. hrs.
are given increasing
and experience with cases of greater complexity.
Prerequi-
Sp. Corr. 351.
360
Language
Sp. Corr.
— Psycho-Linguistics
is
3
studied as a psychological phenomenon.
cr. hrs.
The nature
and acquisition of meaning, and the learning of systems are investigated.
The influences of verbal and nonverbal antecedent conditions on both
Descriptive models of
verbal and nonverbal learning are discussed.
language mediators in behavior are reviewed.
152, 251, 276.
Prerequisites:
Sp.
Corr.
—
125
Corn 361
Sp.
Problems of Speech Correction
3 cr. hrs.
day problems encountered by the
in clinical and public school programs are discussed.
would include organization and administration, schedul-
Practical considerations of day to
speech clinician
Areas of
interest
ing, evaluative criteria
and
mandated
State
client
— Auditory
376
Sp. Corr.
and
management. Pennsylvania School Law
programs are also considered.
service
special
Training and Speech Reading
3
cr.
hrs.
Current teaching methods for educating children and adults with moderate
is
and severe hearing
made
losses are investigated.
of prevailing theories and techniques.
A
comparative analysis
Prerequisites:
Sp.
Corr.
251, 276.
—
402
Sp. Corr.
Clinical Experience
and
12
Professional Practicum (Student Teaching)
A
is
cr.
hrs.
semester program of 30 hours of speech correction per week
full
Prospective teachers of the speech and
provided for each student.
hearing handicapped gain experience by working with professional people
in the field.
—
452
Anatomy of Speech and Hearing Mechanisms 3 cr. hrs.
Embryology, anatomy, neurology, and physiology of the larynx and
ear are studied.
The actual processes involved in human speaking and
hearing are explored.
A co-operative lecture series is developed for the
Sp. Corr.
students by the medical staff at Geisinger Medical Center.
Prerequisite:
Sp. Corr. 351.
466
Sp. Corr.
— Advanced
Clinical Practicum (Internship)
Clinical experience with
ferential
diagnostic
more complex disorders
and therapeutic procedures
for
is
use
3
cr.
provided.
in
cases
hrs.
Dif-
with
cerebral palsy, aphasia, auditory impairments, cleft palate, and stuttering
are covered.
Case studies and research are
utilized.
Prerequisites:
Sp.
Corr. 351, 352.
—
Psychology of Speech and Hearing
3
467
The developmental aspects of language, normal and abnormal
Sp. Corr.
cr.
hrs.
speech.
and hearing patterns of individuals are discussed in relation to their perCurrent educational and therapeutic trends and practices arc
sonality.
reviewed.
Sp. Corr.
Prerequisite:
471
Sp. Corr. 351,
— Seminar
in
3 cr. hrs.
Speech Pathology
in communication problems are in-
Pathological conditions resulting
vestigated
in
some
detail,
and remedial techniques are considered
tion to current research findings.
in
rela-
Students are given orientation to various
1 26
types of clinical settings and to a projection of needs for services.
Pre-
requisites: Sp. Corr. 252, 351, 352.
—
472
Measurement of Hearing Loss
The anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanisms
Sp. Corr.
3
cr.
hrs.
are studied.
Etiology of hearing losses, interpretation of audiometric evaluations and
available rehabilitative procedures are discussed.
in the administration of clinical
Laboratory experience
audiometric evaluations
is
provided.
Pre-
requisites: Sp. Corr. 276, 376.
475
Sp. Corr.
The
— Introduction
to
Speech Science
3
cr. hrs.
physical properties of acoustic signals are considered as factors
that affect the nature of production
Phonetic instrumentation
The
thesis of speech.
is
and subsequent reception of speech.
introduced in relation to the analysis and syn-
application of principles of speech science to speech
therapy and other areas
is
discussed.
Sp. Corr.
Prerequisites:
152, 251,
252, 276, 376.
TEACHING OF THE MENTALLY RETARDED
Teh.
MR. 201
—
3 cr. hrs.
Introduction to Mental Retardation
Overview of behavioral and learning characteristics of the mentally
retarded.
Etiology of mental retardation with special consideration of
medical and environmental aspects of the development of the mentally
retarded.
Observations of special classes and
field trips to institutions to
give students understanding of various levels of mental retardation
and
types of programs for them.
Teh.
MR. 303
—
4
Crafts for All Levels of Mentally Retarded
Laboratory experiences with craft
the mentally retarded.
Use
activities for
use with
cr. hrs.
all levels
of
of tools and exploration of various media.
Analysis of the crafts experiences for development of techniques and curricular
emphases and correlation with the
total
program
for the mentally
retarded.
Teh.
MR. 332
A
— Language Arts
student-centered
2
for Special Classes
workshop
approach
in
analysis
of
cr.
hrs
methods,
research and philosophies currently in use in the teaching of the language
arts to special classes.
Practice in the use of various teaching aids and
machines related to student projects
in language
dividual needs of children in special classes.
arts
applicable to in-
—
127
Tch.
MR
—
Special Class Methods:
Primary and Intermediate Levels
A
351
course
specialized
dealing
with
3
organization
hrs.
cr.
instruction
of
for
and educ?.ble mentally retarded.
Major emphasis will be on
curriculum, methods and materials for primary and intermediate levels,
with observation of special classes and construction of units and teachtrainable
ing materials.
Tch.
MR. 352
A
—
Special Class Methods: Secondary Levels
student-centered
research,
workshop
and philosophies currently
tally retarded.
approach
in use
in
analysis
3
hrs.
cr.
methods,
of
in the teaching of the
men-
Practice in the use of various teaching aids and machines
related to student projects in secondary special classes for the mentally
retarded.
Tch.
MR. 375
1-3
Individual Project
cr.
hrs.
Project planned according to interests and needs of the individual
student,
any of the following suggested areas: library research, cur-
in
riculum study, work with individual children, internship in special aspects
of educational programs.
Tch.
MR. 400
(Open
— Workshop
in
to seniors only with staff approval).
Problems and Methods
Special Education
Investigations are
made
in
of recent developments in the education of
the educable mentally retarded.
The impact
of these trends
and techniques of teaching special classes are emphasized.
vary according to interest and needs of students.
Tch.
MR.
on methods
Topics
will
— Student
Teaching of Mentally Retarded
Children and Professional Practicum
401
(varies)
cr. hrs.
12
cr.
hrs.
Thirty hours per week of supervised student teaching experience
under the direction of the professional staff in cooperation with local and
state school divisions.
SPEECH
Speech
103
— Introduction
The study and
to
Speech
practice of skills in oral communication.
3
cr.
hrs.
Emphasis
on sound organization and effective language; with awareness of different
The course includes theor\
speech patterns, and audience adaptation.
and practice in the requires cuts for effective speaking and interpretation
is
of literature and group discussion.
—
128
Speech 105
Open
Communication Theory and Rhetoric
speech majors.
to all students; required of
3
cr. hrs.
The course
treats
both the principles of classical rhetoric and the contemporary theories in
A
communication.
survey
of
behavioral
science,
and the
semantics,
philosophy of language.
Speech 206
A
— Oral
3
Interpretation of Literature
cr.
hrs.
study of the intellectual and emotional meanings used in the pre-
sentation of poetry and prose.
Practice in the skills required for the
successful reading aloud of these meanings to a group of listeners.
Speech 208
A
—
Introduction to Theatre Arts
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of the arts of the theatre: directing, play production, theatre
history, stage design,
and
acting.
background
in theatre.
Speech 211
— Theatre Production
A
The student
is
given a broad general
3
hrs.
cr.
study of the physical aspects of producing a play: scene design,
make-up properties, stage management, and
The student is thus equipped with the basic
work of production. Crew work is assigned.
costuming,
business
cedures.
skills
technical
Speech 218
A
— Discussion
3
pro-
for
the
cr. hrs.
study of the principles and processes of group discussion in policy
making
situations
and interpersonal
relations.
Practical
problems
in
leadership and participation are provided.
Speech 231
A
of radio
and
is
—
Introduction to Radio and Television
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of communication practices and techniques in the media
and
television.
The student
is
given practice in these techniques,
provided with a background of their dynamics in relation to modern
society.
Speech 241
A
— Voice and Diction
study
students
of
who wish
the
vocal
organs
to
improve
their
3
cr. hrs.
Designed for
vocal quality and who have no voice
and
their
function.
defects.
Speech 307
A
careers.
— Business and
Professional Speech
3
cr.
hrs.
study and practice of speech as applied in business and professional
Analysis
labor relations.
of
employer-employee
situations,
and manag ;rr. ent-
—
.
129
Speech 311
A
— Scene Design
3
cr. hrs.
study of the techniques of design and execution of stage settings
with the integration of lighting, costume, and makeup.
development of scene design and
historical
staging.
A
survey of the
Prerequisites: consent
of the instructor.
Speech 312
An
— Fundamentals
of Acting
3
of the development of the character physically, emotionally,
and
study
intellec-
Individual and group exercises.
tually.
Speech 318
A
—
Creative Dramatics
3
cr.
hrs
study of the background and methods of creative dramatics for the
The techniques
teacher.
drama,
Speech 319
A
of
psycho-drama,
are studied and analyzed.
etc.
form of theatre
—
is
socio-drama,
therapeutic
Dramatics as an improvisational
emphasized.
3
Children's Theatre
cr. hrs.
survey of dramatic literature for children and an investigation into
the theories
is
cr. hrs.
A
introduction to the theories and techniques of acting.
and techniques of theatre for children.
introduced.
Speech 321
The
Lab hours
Creative dramatics
required.
Argumentation
3
basic principles of argument, with practice in debate.
mentals of logic are provided.
Stress
is
cr.
hrs.
The funda-
on the techniques of
effect ive
thinking and speaking on controversial issues.
—
3 cr. hrs.
Extempore Speech
Speech 325
An advanced public speaking course. Theories of, and exercises in.
Major emphasis is on the composition and
the four types of speaking.
delivery of the extemporaneous speech.
Speech 411
A
script
—
3
Directing
cr.
hrs.
comprehensive study of staging a play, from the selection oi a
up
Each student
Lab hours required.
to the opening performance.
pates in classroom projects.
Speech 414
—
directs
Costuming for Stage
Costuming for the theatre through application of
ments and elements of design to the requirements of
hours required.
and
partici-
3
cr. hrs.
historical develop-
the theatre.
Lab
130
Speech 415
— History
of the Theatre
3
cr. hrs.
Study of the major periods of theatrical history from the viewpoint
of play and the production.
in
Greece
and African
Speech 416
A
survey of the theatre from the beginnings
1860, with consideration given to the influences of Asiatic
to
cultures.
— Modern Theatre
Developments
Wagner and Appia
modern
in
3
theatre
practice
World
the present day.
to
studied, with particular attention to the
hrs.
cr.
and philosophy
from
theatre since Ibsen
is
contemporary American theatre
scene.
Speech 421
— Persuasion
3
Analysis of problems of
A
situations.
human
study and practice of both the ethical, and scientific ap-
proach, by the speaker.
Methods of applying
and tools of persuasion presented
Speech 490
cr. hrs.
motivation as encountered in audience
— Speech
a
knowledge of the basis
in detail.
3
Seminar: Theatre
cr.
hrs.
A survey of the field of speech, with special emphasis on dramatic
art.
Purpose is to broaden the student's knowledge in his special field
of learning by research and investigative papers and projects.
Speech 492
A
address.
— Speech Seminar: Public Address
3
cr.
hrs.
survey of the field of speech, with special emphasis on public
Purpose
is
as in
Speech 490.
SUMMER THEATRE PROGRAM
The summer of 1967 saw the inaugural of the Speech Department
Summer Theatre Program. Two major plays were produced during the
Main
was
tions.
Shirl
Must Fall," and "The Corn Is Green." A precedent
by the inclusion of a professional actor in each of these producMr. Robert Salvio appeared in "Night Must Fall," and Miss
Conway assumed the leading role in "The Corn Is Green."
Session: "Night
set
Joining these stars in the two plays were students, faculty
bers,
and interested adults from the Bloomsburg
mem-
area.
Because of the outstanding success of the 1967 Summer Theatre
Program an expanded version
will
be offered
in the
summer
of 1968.
131
-
f
"--,
131
CURRICULUMS
CURRICULUMS
The
overall goal of teacher education
tribute to the
citizens,
improvement of
The
and
become informed,
active
—
as active
who
as guides
citizens.
programmed in each of the teacher-education curriculums
Bloomsburg State College are designed to develop citizen
through a well-organized sequence of courses in the area of
education,
general
manner
courses
at
teachers
to prepare teachers to con-
is
society in a three-fold
as educational leaders in their communities,
help children and youth
offered
TEACHER EDUCATION
IN
professional
education,
and
specialization.
GENERAL EDUCATION
The underlying philosophy and
tion
sequence
in the teacher
objectives
of
educa-
general
the
education programs were developed coopera-
with a committee of the Middle States Association of Secondary
tively
Schools and Colleges.
In
general,
ideals, a
bility,
these
sound code of
objectives
ethical
include
the
and moral values,
of democratic
cultivation
a sense of civic responsi-
the capability of personal and social adjustment, and individual self-
realization.
More
specifically,
this
phase of the academic program
intended to develop such qualities as the following:
(
1
)
skill
in
is
com-
(2) familiarity with general methods of tact finding;
of basic scientific principles and their application;
comprehension
(3)
cultural heritage and its relevance to current social
of
our
knowledge
(4)
munication;
issues; (5)
lectual
discrimination
endeavors and
in
the arts;
((>)
appreciation lor diverse
their relationship to one's
physical and mental well-being.
own
intel-
field o{ interest;
(7)
1SU
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
The
general
objectives
of
the
education
professional
cooperatively developed by the faculty,
are
basically
sequence,
same
the
for
all
and can be briefiy stated: to alert college
students to the needs of youth and society and to the principles of learning applicable to the meeting of these needs.
An understanding of the
dynamics of mental hygiene pertaining to youth and community is stressed.
teacher-education curricu
ui:;s
This sequence, which includes student teaching, proposes to prepare
students for service in the communities and schools by stressing similarities
and contrasts
in philosophy, facilities,
and with the problems encountered
part of the
and pupils among various school
Modern methods
systems and social settings.
of dealing with learners
in professional
employment
are
made
prospective teacher's professional preparation.
ACADEMIC SPECIALIZATION
The teacher-education programs
concept that academic
as well as individual
The academic
Bloomsburg
at
field specialization is
and
fields
on the
are based
basic to achieving professional
social goals.
which pertain
to the humanities,
science, the
mathematics, history and other social sciences, are central in the
arts,
experiences which provide competence in fields of specialization, which
the student will use in teaching children
and youth.
The
prospective
teacher as an individual and citizen needs understanding of the academic
fields
because teaching requires accurate knowledge of relevant facts
and values, and
The
skills
of reflective thinking, creativity, and analysis.
areas of specialization rrake a two-fold contribution to the
of the teacher. First, they provide
and youth
the
much
work
of the content with which children
will deal as the teacher guides their general education.
Second,
prospective teacher, through concentration or specialization in the
academic
more
field,
gains that depth of understanding and insight into one or
areas of knowledge which
special interest or abilities to
DIVISION OF
is
basic to helping the child with the
work more
intensively
on a problem.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students in the Elementary Education Division are given a wide and
versatile
background of academic and cultural
prepared to work in
all
learnings.
They must be
of the subject areas of the curriculum with a
generation of alert and precocious boys and
girls.
They must be
sensitive
to the problems which children encounter in their growth and development
and how those problems affect their learning. Instruction in program
135
planning and budgeting of the school day
students will
know how
is
provided to the end that the
to provide for individual differences.
Students in this curriculum are required to choose their electives from
a sequence of courses* which will give them real depth in one academic
subject.
This "Area of Concentration" will help equip them to serve as
resource persons or team leaders for the schools in which they teach.
THE FOUR- YEAR ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Provisional College Certificates issued on the basis of the four-year
elementary curriculum are valid for Kindergarten and Grades
inclusive as well as for
One
to Six
Grades Seven and Eight under the old 8-4 system.
(For administrative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
first number after each course refers to clock hours, while the second
The
indicates the credit hours.)
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
FIRST
Hours
CL
Art 101 -Introduction
to
Art
3
_
103-General Biology
Eng. 101— English Composition
Geog. 101-World Physical Geography
Hist. 218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
Biol.
I
101 -Physical
H.P.E.
Fitness
._
Ed
5
3
3
3
2
19
3
211 -Introduction to Philosophy
H.P.E. -Elective
Phys. 103— Physical Science for
Phil.
FIFTH
_
211-U.
S.
_
_.
Area
of
Concentration
3
3
1
Biol.
104
General
Biology
5
il
102— English Composition
Geog. 102— World Cultural Geography
Music 101— Introduction to Music
Eng.
H.P.E.
150-Aquatics
Area of Concentration
Elective
16
3
2
3
3
2
1
1— Principles of Economics
Ill-World History to 1500
Phys. 104-Ph/sical Science for
Econ. 21
Hist.
Elementary
Teachers
4
3
Soc. 224— Cultural Anthropology, or
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology
3
3
3
3
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Area of Concentration Elective
20
18
SEMESTER
Psychology
3
3
Elective
3
3
3
3
3
3
15
15
Government
371-Educational
Psy.
3
2
Ed. 393 — Social Foundations of Education 3
Maih. 231-Theory of Arithmetic
3
Pol. Sci
3
3
CL
_
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
3
19
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207-Survey of World Literature
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com. Health
Elementary Teachers
Psychology
Psy. 101 -General
Area of Concentration Elective
Hours
CR
3
3
4
3
3
3
19
II
30
12
30
12
SIXTH SEMESTER
Ed. 372 — Foundation of Reading
Instruction
Math. 232— Algebraic
and Geometric
Structures
Psy.
211— Child Growth and
Development
English
Elective
Area of Concentration
Specialization
Ed.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
395— Curriculum and Instruction
Ed.
397— Science and Mathematics
the
Elementary School
the Elementary School
Specialization Elective
Specialization Elective
Ed.
in
Practicum
in
3
3
3
17
Art,
EIGHTH SEMESTER
401— Student Teaching, including
Professional
8
Elective
Elective
15
Biology, English, French, Speech, Geography, German, Health and Physical Education,
Music, Physical Science, Psychology, Social Studies, Spanish.
Mathematics,
History,
8
136
AREAS OF ACADEMIC CONCENTRATION
Each elementary education student shall be required to take from 1
24 semester hours of work in one of the following areas of academic
concentration, 15 of which may be considered as part of general education.
Academic Areas Offered:
to
Art
History
Biology
Mathematics
English
Music
French*
Physical Science
General Speech
Psychology
Geography
Spanish*
German*
Social Sciences
Health and Physical Education**
DIVISION OF SECONDARY EDUCATION
Programs of studies
in
Secondary Education have been designed
give students the academic, cultural, and professional
sary to
make them competent
to
background neces-
teachers in their respective fields.
The
General Education requirements provide the prospective teacher with a
broad basis in the Arts and Sciences, while Professional Education,
including student teaching, stresses the needs of youth and society.
The majors
of (1)
offered in Secondary Education have the dual objective
giving the student a background of sufficient breadth and depth
to enable
him
to be a confident
and knowledgeable teacher
in his particular
area of preparation, and (2), where not incompatible with the above, to
provide in his chosen field a basis for the pursuit of graduate study in
the indicated academic discipline or a related general field.
(For administrative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to change.
first number after each course refers to clock hours, while the second
indicates the credit hours.
Minimum number of credit hours for graduation
The
is
*
128.)
Those students who select an area of concentration in a foreign language, having no required
general education credits to apply, might conceivably have to take more than 128 hours
for graduation.
'^Elementary education majors who wish to secure an Area of Concentration in elementary school
health and physical education must complete these courses: HPE 301, 302, 303, 320, 321, 331,
The 300 series courses in the Area of Concentration must be taken before
410, 411, and 412.
the 400 series courses.
137
TYPICAL PROGRAM
— Secondary
Education
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
Hours
CL
101— English Composition _
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Biol. 103-General Biology
Eng.
CR
3
5
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
2
19
17
3
_
I
Art 101-lntro. to Art or
Music 101 — Intro, to Music
_
CL
102— English Composition
Hist. 112-World History 1500 to 1815
Geog. 101-World Phys. Geog
Eng.
3
_
101 -Physical Fitness Ed.
Gen. Ed.— Humanities elective
H.P.E.
Math. 101 -Fundamentals of Math
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com. Health
3
2
3
3
Electives
17
FOURTH SEMESTER
218-U.S. and Pa. Survey
-Gen. Psychology
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207-Survey of World Lit
Hist. 113-World History since 1815
Phys. 101— Physical Science
Gen. Ed.— Math, or Science _
Electives
Hist.
or Soc. 224-Principles of
Sociology or Cultural Anthropology
150-Aquatics
H.P.E.
Electives
19
_
....
_...
H.P.E.-Elective
Electives
„..
4
Ed.
_ 3
......
2
9
Electives
SIXTH SEMESTER
396— Curriculum and Instruction
the
Pol. Sci.
18
16
3
3
12
3
3
12
18
18
Ed.
S.
__
16
8
3
6
3
in
_
Government
17
_
6
6
17
15
EIGHTH SEMESTER
402— Student Teaching in
the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
12
12
Total
into
Secondary School
211-U.
Electives
SEVENTH SEMESTER
or 212-Prin. of Economics
211-lntro. to Philosophy
Econ. 211
Phil.
3
2
6
18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
Ed. 393-Social Found, of Ed.
16
3
3
Psy. 101
Soc. 211
_
CR
3
Credit
Hours
128
The program listed above illustrates a typical application of the three broad areas of learning
which the prospective high school teacher's education at Bloomsburg is divided.
They are
as follows:
I.
GENERAL EDUCATION
A.
(62 Credits)
Humanities
Art or Music Appreciation
English Composition
3
6
World Literature
3
Philosophy
Speech
3
Humanities elective
3
Total
B.
CR
3
21
Social Sciences
World History
Hist, of United States and Pennsylvania
United States Government
3
3
World Physical Geography
General Psychology
Economics
*Sociology or Cultural Anthropology
8
3
•1\
Comprehensive Social Studies majors take both courses.
138
C.
CR
Natural Sciences
General Biology
Physical
3
Science
3
Mathematics
3
Science elective (Biology, Mathematics, Earth Science)
3
Total
D.
12
Health and Physical Education
Personal and Community Health
Physical Education (Fitness, Aquatics, Recreation)
Total
Total General
II.
3
5
Education
62
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
A.
2
(24 Credits)
Foundations
1. Educational Psychology
(Psychological Foundations of Education
including observation and participation)
2. Social Foundations of Education
(Including observation and participation)
Curriculum and Instruction in the Secondary School
Student Teaching in Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum)
—
B.
C.
Total
III.
Professional
SPECIALIZATION
3
3
6
12
Education
24
(42 Credits)
This block of credits is allocated for study in breadth and depth devoted
to the student's major teaching field.
42
Total Specialization
MINIMUM TOTAL FOR GRADUATION
128
—
30 Credit Hours
ENGLISH
REQUIRED COURSES (18 CRS.)
:
CL
—
Eng. 209 Literary Genres
Eng. 231— British Writers
Eng. 232— British Writers
Eng. 249— Shakespeare
Eng. 302 Advanced Composition
Eng. 381 American Literature, or
Eng. 382 American Literature
Eng. 401 Structure of English, or
Eng. 402 History of the English Language
—
—
—
—
—
3
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Eng. 209 replaces Eng. 207 as General Education requirement for English
majors.
139
ELECTIVE COURSES (Minimum
of 12
Group A —Survey and Period Courses
Eng. 307 — Russian Literature
Translation
Eng. 341 — Early and Middle English Literature
Eng. 343— Chaucer
Eng. 347 — The Renaissance
England
Eng. 352 — Seventeenth Century Literature
Eng. 357 — Eighteenth Century Literature
Eng. 364 — Nineteenth Century Literature
Eng. 381 — American Literature
Eng. 382 — American Literature
Eng. 402 — History of the English Language
Group B — Literary Forms Courses
in
CL
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
202— Creative Writing
3
3
301
302
312
3
3
3
3
in
Eng. 209— Literary Genres
Eng. 321— Short Story
Eng. 322— Modern Drama
Eng. 324— Modern Novel
Eng. 325— Poetry
Eng. 326— Modern Poetry
Eng. 342— Early English Drama
Eng. 356 Restoration and Later Drama
Eng. 358— Eighteenth Century Novel
Eng. 363— Nineteenth Century Novel
Eng. 385— The American Novel
Eng. 386 Later American Prose
—
Group
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
CRS.)
—
C— Composition
and Miscellaneous Courses
—Journalism
— Advanced Composition
— Ideas Literature
332— Blake and Yeats
403 — Advanced Grammatical
405 — Criticism
Group D — Speech and Drama
Speech 206 — Oral Interpretation
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
3
in
3
Theory
3
Arts
— Introduction to Radio and
— Voice and Diction
— Fundamentals of Acting
— Argumentation
— Directing
— Costuming for the Stage
415— History of the Tlu
416— Modern Theatre
(No more than one course
in
3
3
208— Introduction to Theatre
211— Theatre Production
231
241
312
321
411
414
3
3
3
Television
•"
3
:;
it]
Group
1)
will be
counted aa an English elective.)
—
1U0
Group
E—Developmental
CL
Reading
— Foundation of Reading- Instruction
— Diagnostic and Remedial Reading
Ed. 372
Ed. 373
Note:
CR
3
3
3
3
These two courses meet the state requirements for certification in
Developmental Reading for the public schools, but are not counted
as English electives.
English majors
may
substitute 111 for Hist. 112 or 113 in general.
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
Specialization
24
30
Electives
12
Total
128
FRENCH — 30
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES
Fr.
— Beginning French
102 — Beginning French
103— Intermediate French
104 — Intermediate French
Fr.
210— Culture and
(6
CRS.)
CL
CR
Fr. 101
4
3
Fr.
4
3
4
3
4
3
3
3
Fr.
ELECTIVE COURSES
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
(24 CRS.)
France
211
Contemporary Literature of France
212 Advanced Conversation and Grammar
213 Advanced Conversation and Composition
316— French Novel
321— The History of French Literature
402— Methods and Materials of Teaching French
407—Proust et Gide
—
—
—
Civilization of
408— Phoenetics
420— Balzac et Flaubert
430— French Theater
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Fr. 104
3
3
Fr.
6
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
Fr.
Les Lumieres
Fr. 440— French Poetry
Fr. 449
Directed Readings
Fr. 435
—
SUMMER ELECTIVES
Fr.
Fr.
Fr.
(9
CRS.)
— Intermediate French
204 — Seminar in France
210— The Culture And Civilization of France
211 — The Contemporary Literature of France
212 — Advanced Conversation and Grammar
Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination.
—
Ul
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization Education
62
24
30
Electives
12
Total
128
GERMAN — 30
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES
— Beginning- German
— Beginning German
103 — Intermediate German
104— Intermediate German
(6
CRS.)
CL
CR
Ger. 101
Ger. 102
4
3
4
3
Ger.
4
3
4
3
Ger.
ELECTIVE COURSES
— Conversation and Grammar
210— Culture and Civilization
215 — Readings In German Literature
(24 CRS.)
Ger. 201
3
3
Ger.
3
3
Ger.
zum Nacherzaehlen and Composition
310— German Culture
315— Goethe and Schiller
401 Advanced Grammar and Syntax
Ger. 301
Ger.
Ger.
Ger.
Texte
—
402 — Teaching
450 — German
Methods and Materials
Ger.
Lit. Survey I
Ger. 451— German Lit. Survey II
Ger.
SUMMER ELECTIVES
— Intermediate
— Intermediate
215 — Readings In
Ger. 103
Ger. 104
Ger.
(9
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CRS.)
German
German
German Literature
3
3
3
3
3
3
Texte zum Nacherzaehlen and Composition
Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination.
Ger. 301
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
Specialization
30
Electives
12
24
Total
L28
—
30 Credit Hours
SPANISH
REQUIRED COURSES (6 CRS.)
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
— Beginning Spanish
102 — Beginning Spanish
103 — Intermediate Spanish
104 — Intermediate Spanish
101
CL
l
1
1
CR
142
ELECTIVE COURSES
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
Span.
CL
(24 CRS.)
— Grammar and Composition
— Conversation
— Culture and Civilization of Spain
— Literature of Spain
— Literature of Spanish-America
— Culture and Civ. of Spanish-America
304— Sigh de Oro — Part One
305— Sigh de Oro — Part Two
401 — Methods and Materials
402 — Survey of Spanish Literature
411 — Spanish Poetry
414 — Early Spanish Literature
499 — Directed Readings
201
202
210
301
302
303
SUMMER ELECTIVES
(9
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CRS.)
—
—
—
—
Span. 104 Intermediate Spanish
3
3
Span. 201 Grammar and Composition
3
3
Span. 204 Seminar in Spain
6
6
Span. 210 Culture and Civilization of Spain
3
3
Students desiring certification to teach will be required to pass a proficiency examination.
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
Specialization
24
30
Electives
12
128
Total
—
SPEECH
33 Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES (18 CRS.)
— Communication Theory
208— Introduction to Theatre
218 — Discussion
241 — Voice and Diction
321 — Argumentation
105
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Sp. Ed.
251— Speech Problems
(Minimum
Group
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
CL
and Rhetoric
Arts
A — Public
206
231
307
325
421
492
ELECTIVE COURSES
from Groups A and B
of 12 credits,
Address (Maximum of
—
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Speech)
9 credits)
— Oral Interpretation of Literature
— Introduction to Radio and Television
— Business and Professional Speech
— Extempore Speech
— Persuasion
— Speech Seminar (Public Address)
3
3
3
3
1U3
—Theatre (Maximum of credits)
— Theatre Production
— Scene Design
— Creative Dramatics
319— Children's Theatre
411 — Directing
412 — Fundamentals of Acting
414 — Costuming for the Stage
Group B
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
CL
9
211
311
318
415— History of the Theatre
416— Modern Theatre
490— Speech Seminar (Theatre)
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
—
Group C Speech Correction
(A maximum of 3 credits may be counted from Group C toward
eral Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
*
a Gen-
major)
Correcton
Correction
Correction
Correction
Correction
Speech 241
may
— Voice and Diction
— Phonetics*
252 — Speech Pathology
276 — Hearing Problems
360 — Psycho-Linguistics
152
251
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
be substituted as a prerequisite by Speech Majors.
—
Group D English
(A maximum of
eral Speech major)
3 credits
may
be counted from Group
D toward
English 249— Shakespeare
English 322— Modern Drama
English 342— Early English Drama
English 356 Restoration and Later Drama
English 401— Structure of English
English 402 History of the English Language
English 405— Criticism
—
—
SUMMARY
a Gen-
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CR
General Education
Professional Education
24
Specialization
33
62
Electives
9
Total
L2«
GENERAL SCIENCE — 54
Credit Hours
(Replaces Comprehensive Science)
Graduates of this program
grade 9.
will
he
qualified
to
teach
Bcience
through
Since students electing this program will satisfy the science requirements
program within the confines of the couraet listed
Physical Science, nor Math. 101
below, they should not take Phys. 101
of the General Education
Fundamentals
of Mathematics.
—
—
1U
REQUIRED COURSES
(43 CRS.)
CL
Biological Sciences (12)
103— General
Biology I
Biol. 210
Invertebrate Zoology
Biol. 211— Vertebrate Zoology
Biol. 220— General Botany I
Biol.
—
Physical Sciences (16)
Chem. Ill General Chemistry I
Chem. 112 General Chemistry II
Phys. Ill Introductory Physics I
Phys. 112 Introductory Physics II
—
—
—
—
Earth Sciences
CR
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
6
4
6
4
6
4
6
4
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
(9)
— Meteorology
— Physical Geology
— Astronomy
Geog. 355
Geog. 357
Geog. 453
Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill College Algebra
Math. 112— Trigonometry
—
ELECTIVE COURSES
(11
CRS.)
Biological Sciences
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
221— General Botany II
331— General Ecology
361— Microbiology
371— Embryology
381— Vertebrate Physiology
413— Ornithology
417— Field Zoology
422— Field Botany
432— Fresh Water Biology
441— Evolution
Earth Sciences
Geog. 353— Physiography
Geog. 354 Cartography
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
—
356— Climatology
358 — Conservation of Natural
359 — Oceanography
361— Historical Geology
365 — Geomorphology
Resources
Physical Sciences
Chem. 221 Qualitative Inorganic Analysis
Chem. 222 Quantitative Analysis
—
—
Chem. 225— Water Analysis
Chem. 331 — Organic Chemistry
Chem. 332— Organic Chemistry
Chem. 351 — Industrial Chemistry
Phys. 225 — Demonstrations in the Physical
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
7
3
8
4
4
2
I
6
4
II
6
4
Sciences
3
3
4
3
U5
Notes:
Four
(1)
elective courses will be needed to give a
credits.
They may be
tributed
among them.
Some
(2)
all
from one
field,
minimum of 11
may be dis-
or they
of the above courses are given only in the
Summer
Ses-
sions; consult the catalog descriptions.
Students in this program
(3)
may
ence to fulfill
—
Teaching
Teaching of Physical Scithe Professional Education requirement in this
take either Ed. 353
of Biological Science, or Ed. 354
—
area.
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
Science
62
24
42
Specialization
128
Total
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
—
44 Credit Hours
Biological Science majors are not required to take Phys. 101
Science, H. E. 101
:::
— Health, and Math.
101
— Fundamentals of
—
Physical
Mathematics.
All five required biology courses should be taken by the end of the sophomore
year.
Both of the required mathematics courses and at least two of the required chemistry courses should also be taken by the end of the sophomore
year.
Recommended and elective courses in the biological sciences would
then be taken during the junior and senior years.
REQUIRED COURSES
(20)
CL
Biology (15)
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
103— General
Biology I
210 Invertebrate Zoology
211 Vertebrate Zoology
220— General Botany I
221— General Botany II
**Biol.
—
—
CR
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
6
4
Chemist I'd (12)
—
—
**Chem. Ill General Chemistry
Chem. 331 Organic Chemistry I
Chem. 332— Organic Chemistry II
Mathematics
::::;:
*
"'
Ill— College Algebra
.Math.
IK;
the
12
4
4
(6)
Math.
Plus
I
— Introductory
credits
3
Statistics
from the General Education requirements
3
in
science.
double asterisk are needed to meet the General Education requirements
and do not count toward the 44 credits needed in the Biological Science area of specialization.
Courses
denoted
by
H6
—
Although Phys. Ill
Introductory Physics I is not required of all biology majors, it is highly recommended. Those students who anticipate doinggraduate work in biology should have a minimum of one and preferably two
physics courses. Physics could be scheduled during the junior or senior year.
Credits earned in physics will increase a student's graduation total in excess
of the 128 credits normally required.
CL
Required Core of Biological Science Courses (12)
Select any four of the following six courses.
Biol. 331— General Ecology
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
341— Genetics
351— Molecular Biology
361— Microbiology
371— Embryology
381— Vertebrate Physiology
CR
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
ELECTIVES (12 or 9 if physics was taken)
Of these twelve (12) credits, six (6) must be taken in field-type courses.
Biology majors should expect to attend summer school at least once during
their undergraduate program in order to obtain field courses which are
ordinarily offered during the summer.
Field Courses
Biol. 411
Systematic Entomology
Biol. 413— Ornithology
Biol. 414— Ichthyology
Biol. 417— Field Zoology
Biol. 422— Field Botany
Biol. 432— Fresh Water Biology
—
Laboratory-Type Courses
Biol. 415
Biology of Arthropods
—
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
Biol.
416— Parasitology
420— Plant Physiology
421— Plant Anatomy
433— Plant Ecology
441— Evolution
443— Cytology
452— Radiation Biology
Biol.
453
5
Biol.
471— Histology
5
3
5
3
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
— Physiological Chemistry
482 — Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
492 — Research Topics in Biology
Biol.
492— Research
Biol.
Topics in Biology
SUMMARY
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
3
5
2
7
3
60
128
Total
in
3
24
44
Specialization
credit hours represent a
3
5
CR
General Education
Professional Education
The 128
5
minimum requirement
Secondary Education with a major in Biological
for graduation
All biology
Sciences.
147
majors should plan,
if
possible,
to
take additional elective courses in the
Biological Sciences in order to obtain a broad spectrum of courses within the
of biology.
Students planning graduate study in biology should
expect to take courses beyond the minimum established for graduation.
discipline
CHEMISTRY
— 52
Credit Hours
Since students majoring in Chemistry will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Chemistry
program, they should not take Phys. 101
Physical Science, Math. 101
Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor Biol. 103
General Biology I.
—
Chemistry
Chem. Ill,
Chem. 222
Chem. 331,
Chem. 411,
—
—
CR
(28)
112— General Chemistry
and
II
8
Analysis
332— Organic Chemistry I and II
412— Physical Chemistry I and II
4
I
— Quantitative
8
8
Physics (12)
Phys. 211, 212— General Physics I and II
Phys. 410 Introduction to Atomic Physics
Mathematics (12)*
Math. 211, 212— Calculus I and II
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
8
—
4
—
4
8
SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
62
24
40
Specialization
Free elective
2
128
Total
PHYSICS
— 48
Credit Hours
Since students majoring in Physics will adequately satisfy the science
requirements of General Education within the requirements of the Physics proPhysical Science, Math. 101
gram, they should not take Phys. 101
General Biology I.
Fundamentals of Mathematics, nor Biol. 103
—
—
—
REQUIRED COURSES
(42 CRS.)
CR
Physics (19)
Phys. 211, 212— General Physics I and II
Phys. 410 Introduction to Atomic Physics
Phys. 411
Mechanics
Phys. 414 Electricity and Magnetism
8
—
—
—
Chemistry (8)
Chem. Ill, 112 General Chemistry
Mathematics (15)*
Math. 211, 212— Calculus I and II
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 312— Differential Equations
—
I
and
4
3
4
II
8
—
!:
Pre-Calculus, Math,
prepared students.
no
(i
credits),
4
:>
may
also
in-
required of insufficiently
U8
ELECTIVE COURSES
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
CR
(at least 6 Credits)
412— Optics
3
415
420
4
— Electronics
—Vibrations and Waves
421— Solid State Physics
422 — Thermodynamics
490 — Physics Seminar
3
3
3
1
SUMMARY
General Education
Professional Education
62
Specialization
24
36
Free electives
6
Total
128
MATHEMATICS — 33
Credit Hours
strongly recommended that two of the science
General Education be satisfied with Physics 211 and 212.
It
Math.
is
requirements
CL
110— Pre-Calculus
of
CR
4
4
4
4
(Does not apply to credits for mathematics major.)
REQUIRED
CRS.)
(21
Math. 211— Calculus I
Math. 212— Calculus II
Math. 221— Statistics
Math. 222— College Geometry
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 321 Introduction to Modern Algebra
—
—
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
Math.
241
— Introduction
ELECTIVES
to
— Algebra for Secondary
— Modern Geometry
School Teachers
411— Advanced
Calculus
412- Complex Variables
42]
Introduction to Topology
422 Introduction to Group Theory
—
—
431— Number Theory
432 — Elementary Numerical
Analysis
SUMMARY
62*
General Education
Professional Education
Specialization
24
29
Electives
13
128
Total
*
Count Math. 211
—
Calculus
I
4
4
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
(Choose 4)
Computer Programming
312— Differential Equations
322— Linear Algebra
331
332
4
(4 c.h.)
as General Education.
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
11*9
EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE — 39
Credit Hours
Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take Math. 101
Physical Science.
Fundamentals of Mathematics or Phys. 101
—
REQUIRED COURSES
(39 CRS.)
CL
Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill— College Algebra
Math. 112 Trigonometry
—
Physics
Phys. Ill — Introductory
—
CR
3
3
3
3
I
6
4
II
6
4
6
4
(8)
Phys.
112— Introductory
Chemistry
Chem. Ill
Physics
Physics
(4)
— General Chemistry
Earth Science (21)*
Geog. 354 — Cartography
Geog. 355 — Meteorology
Geog. 356— Climatology
Geog. 357 — Physical Geology
Geog. 359 — Oceanography
Geog. 361— Historical Geology
Geog. 365 — Geomorphology
Earth
Geog. 451 — Field Techniques
Geog. 453 — Astronomy
I
in
and Space Science
At
Student must complete 7 of the listed 9 courses.
4
3
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
least 1 lab course
must be included.
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
24
33
Specialization
Electives
9
Total
GEOGRAPHY
128
and
EARTH
and
SPACE SCIENCE
— 45
Credit Hours
Geography and Earth and Space Science majors are not required to take
Math. 101 Fundamentals of Mathematics and Phys. 101 Physical Science.
—
—
REQUIRED COURSES
(33 CRS.)
CL
Mathematics (6)
Math. Ill— College Algebra
Math. 112— Trigonometry
Physics (8)
Introductory Physics
Phys. Ill
Phys. 112 Introductory Physics
—
—
Chemistry (4)
Chem. Ill General Chemistry
—
*
—
CR
3
8
3
3
I
6
4
II
6
4
6
1
I
Count Math. Ill College Algebra and
as General Education.
Phys.
Ill
Introductory Phyi
1 50
CL
Earth Science (15)*
354 Cartography
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
—
355 — Meteorology
356— Climatology
357 — Physical Geology
359 — Oceanography
361 — Historical Geology
365 — Geomorphology
451 — Field Techniques
453 — Astronomy
in
Earth and Space Science
ELECTIVE COURSES
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
CR
4
3
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(12 CRS.)
— Economic Geography
— Geography of Anglo-America
233 — Geography of Europe
243 — Geography of Asia
244 — Geography of Latin America
245 — Geography of Africa
246 — Geography of the Soviet Realm
323— Political Geography
358 — Conservation of Natural Resources
121
223
363— Urban Geography
SUMMARY
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
24
33
Specialization
Electives
9
128
Total
GEOGRAPHY — 30
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSES
(12 CRS.)
Basic Geography (12)
Geog. 102— World Cultural Geography
Geog. 353— Physiography
Geog. 355 Meteorology
Geog. 492 Geography Seminar
—
—
3
3
4
3
3
3
—
Restricted Electives
At least one course must be chosen from each of Groups
Group
Earth Science
Geog. 354 Cartography
—
Geog. 356— Climatology
Geog. 357— Physical Geology
Geog. 359 Oceanography
Geog. 361— Historical Geology
—
*
At
1,
2,
and
3.
1.
least 1 lab course
must be included.
4
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
151
Geog. 365
Geog. 451
Geog. 453
Group
— Geomorphology
— Field Techniques
—Astronomy
in
Earth and Space Science
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Human Geography
2.
— Economic Geography
— Geographic Influences American
323—
Geography
358 — Conservation of Natural Resources
363 — Urban Geography
Regional Studies
Group
Geog. 223 — Geography of Anglo-America
Geog. 233 — Geography of Europe
Geog. 243 — Geography of Asia
Geog. 244 — Geography of Latin America
Geog. 245 — Geography of Africa
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
Geog.
CR
CL
121
224
History
in
Political
3.
— Geography
Geog. 246
of the Soviet
Realm
SUMMARY
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
24
33
Specialization
Electives
9
128
Total
COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL SCIENCES
BASIC SPECIALIZATION REQUIREMENTS
(9
credit
requirements as indicated)
hours
area
plus
CR
Elements of Political Science
Economic and Cultural Geography
Principles of Economics II
3
3
3
9
The above requirements must be supplemented with more intensive work
one of the three major areas of emphasis indicated below.
1.
in
SOCIAL PROBLEMS EMPHASIS
Within the
social
problems emphasis, the student must select one of
Coupled with the above require-
the specialized curricula described.
ments, this will permit certification
and the SINGLE subject indicated.
a.
ECONOMICS— 21
(1)
in
Comprehensive Social Sciences
Credit Hours
Required Courses (9 CRS.)
Comparative European Governments
Contemporary Social Problems
Money and Banking
Comparative Economic Systems
CR
OR
3
3
3
152
(2)
b.
3
Intermediate Micro-Economics
Public Finance and Macro-Economics
3
Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
History of Economic Thought
3
SOCIOLOGY— 21
(1)
CR
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
Industrial Relations
3
Credit Hours
Required Courses (12 CRS.)
Comparative European Governments
International Relations
Selected Contemporary Cultures
(2)
3
OR
3
OR
Personality in Culture and Society
Racial and National Minority Groups
3
Contemporary Social Problems
3
Elective Courses (9 CRS.)
Sociological Theory
3
3
Comparative Non-Literate Cultures
Indians of North and South America
Social Work and the Welfare Services
Marriage and the Family
3
3
3
3
Urban Sociology
3
Criminology
Introduction to Social
3
Work
3
Casework
Contemporary Cultures
Cultural Anthropology
c.
Social
3
Selected
3
POLITICAL SCIENCE—21
(1)
3
Credit Hours
Required Courses (9 CRS.)
Diplomatic History of the U. S. Since 1898
Contemporary Social Problems OR
Comparative Economic Systems
International Relations
OR
3
OR
Comparative European Governments
(If both courses are desired, one
may
in place of a political science elective)
(2)
3
Elective Courses (12 CRS.)
State and Local Government
Political Parties and Elections
3
HISTORY-GOVERNMENT—21
(1)
3
History of Political Thought
Public Opinion and Propaganda
Public Administration
History of Political Thought
Politics and Institutions of the Far East
d.
be counted
Credit Hours
Required Courses (15 CRS.)
(Minimum
of one course from each of the
groups below.)
3
3
3
3
3
153
Group (a): European History
England to 1688
England since 1688
The Age of Absolutism, 1600-1789
Revolution, Liberalism and Nationalism, 1789-1914
Europe since 1914
CR
3
3
3
3
3
Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1914
Diplomatic History of Europe since 1914
Central Eastern Europe since 1815
3
Non-Western World History
Latin America since 1820
Modern Far East
3
Group
(
b)
3
3
:
Russia to 1917
Soviet Russia
Modern Africa
,
3
3
3
3
The Near and Middle East since 1800
Group (c)
United States History
3
:
Early National Period
Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
The Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
Early Twentieth Century, 1898-1932
Diplomatic History of the U. S. to 1898
Diplomatic History of the U. S. since 1898
Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
Contemporary United States, 1932 to the Present
Group (d): National Politics
State and Local Government
Political Parties and Elections
Group
(2)
e.
(e)
:
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
International Politics
International Relations
3
Comparative European Governments
Elective Courses (6 CRS.)
Two courses to be selected by the student from
History and/or Political Science
3
GEOGRAPHY— 21
(1)
3
3
6
Credit Hours
Required Courses (18 CRS.)
(Minimum
of one course from each of the
groups below.)
Group (a):
Earth Science
Physiography
3
or
Geomorphology
Group (b): Human Geography
Economic Geography
3
3
Conservation of Natural Resources
Geographic Influences in American History
3
Political Geography
Urban Geography
3
3
154
(2)
Group (c): Regional Studies
Geography of Anglo-America
Geography of Latin America
Geography of Europe
Geography of Asia
Geography of Africa
Geography of the Soviet Realm
Elective Courses (3 CRS.)
(One course from one of the five groups below.)
Group (a) : Economics
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
Industrial Relations
3
Micro-Economics
Comparative Economic Systems
3
Intermediate
Group (b) : Sociology
Racial and National Minority Groups
Urban Sociology
Contemporary Social Problems
Group (c) : Political Science
State and Local Government
3
3
3
3
3
International Relations
3
Comparative European Governments
3
Group (d)
History
Europe since 1914
Latin America since 1820
The Modern Far East
Modern Africa
Contemporary U. S., 1932 to the Present
Emergence of Industrial America, 1765-1898
3
Soviet Russia
3
:
Group
(e)
:
3
3
3
3
3
Philosophy
Logic
3
2.
HISTORICAL EMPHASIS— 18 Credit Hours
This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with a concentra-
tion in history.
(1)
Required Courses (12 CRS.)
(Minimum of one course from each of the
groups below.)
Group (a) : Ancient to Early Modern Era
England to 1688
3
World
Medieval Europe
The Renaissance and Reformation
The Age of Absolutism, 1600-1789
3
Colonial United States to 1783
3
Group (b) : Modern Europe
England since 1688
3
Revolution, Liberalism and Nationalism, 1789-1914
3
The
Classical
3
3
3
155
CR
Europe since 1914
3
Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1914
Contemporary Europe Culture Tour
Diplomatic History of Europe since 1914
Intellectual History of Europe since
3
the Enlightenment
Group
3
The Non-Western World
Latin America since 1820
The Modern Far East
(c)
:
Russia to 1917
Modern Africa
Near and Middle East since 1800
China and Japan in the 20th Century
Problems in Africa, Near and Middle East
Soviet Russia
Group (d)
United States
Early National Period
Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
Early Twentieth Century, 1898-1932
Contemporary U. S., 1932 to the Present
History of Pennsylvania
Diplomatic History of the U. S. to 1898
Diplomatic History of the U. S. since 1898
Selected Political and Constitutional Problems
(2)
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
:
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Elective Courses (6 CRS.)
(One course from two of the five groups below.)
Group (a)
:
Economics
Industrial Relations
3
Money and Banking
3
Intermediate Micro-Economics
Public Finance and Macro-Economics
3
Comparative Economic Systems
3
3
Group
Sociology
(b) :
Racial and National Minority Groups
Urban Sociology
3
Contemporary Social Problems
3
Group
(c)
:
3
Political Science
State and Local Government
Constitutional Law
3
Public Administration
International Relations
3
Comparative Governments
8
Group (d)
Geography
:
3
Geography
of the U. S. and Pennsylvania
Geographic Influences
Political
3
Geography
in
U.
S.
History
3
3
3
156
CR
Group (e) : Philosophy
Philosophy of Science
Philosophy of Religion
CULTURAL EMPHASIS— 18
3.
3
3
Credit Hours
This program, coupled with the General Education requirements, will
permit certification in Comprehensive Social Sciences with broad orientation in a specific geographic area.
(1) Required Courses (15 CRS.)
Selected Contemporary Cultures
3
The other twelve
selecting
ONE
credits in the required courses are to be completed by
of the following four sequences.
Group (a)
Latin America
Geography of Latin America
Latin America since 1820
Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
Politics and Institutions of Latin America
Group (b)
Europe
Geography of Europe
Europe since 1914
Comparative Economic Systems
Comparative European Governments
Group (c)
Far East
Geography of the Orient
Modern Far East
Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
Politics and Institutions of the Far East
Group (d) : Africa
Geography cf Africa
Modern Africa
Economic Growth of Underdeveloped Areas
Politics and Institutions of the
:
3
3
3
3
:
3
3
3
3
:
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Middle East and Africa
(2)
3
Elective Courses (3 CRS.)
One course from any one of the above outside
the selected sequence.
HISTORY
— 24
Credit Hours
REQUIRED COURSE
Hist.
ELECTIVE COURSES
Group
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
CRS.)
A —European
(15
CRS.
CR
3
FROM ONE GROUP)
Survey
—Renaissance
324— The Age
CL
3
312— Classical World
314— Medieval Europe
318— England to 1688
319— England since 1688
Hist. 322
Hist.
(3
399— Bibliography and Research
and Reformation Eras
of Absolutism, 1600-1789
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
157
CL
Hist.
Hist.
326— Revolution, Liberalism and
332— Europe since 1914
B—Recent Europe
Group
Hist.
319— England
1688
Liberalism and Nationalism, 1789-1914
332— Europe since 1914
412— Central Eastern Europe since 1815
421— Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1919
422— Diplomatic History of Europe since 1919
428 Intellectual History cf Europe since the Enlightenment
452— Soviet Russia
Hist. 326
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
A —Recent Non-Western
Group
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
since
— Revolution,
—
II.
Hist.
Nationalism, 1789-1914
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
World
352— Latin America since 1820
354— The Modern Far East
356— Russia to 1917
358— Modern Africa
362— The Near and Middle East
452— Soviet Russia
since 1800
— China and Japan the Twentieth Century
Hist. 456 — Problems in Africa and the Near and Middle
Group B — The Contemporary World
Hist. 454
CR
3
in
332— Europe since 1914
384— Contemporary United
392— Diplomatic History of
East
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
States, 1932 to Present
3
3
the U. S. since 1898
3
3
Hist. 412
3
3
Hist.
3
3
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
— Central Eastern Europe since 1815
422— Diplomatic History of Europe since 1919
452 — Soviet Russia
454 — China and Japan
the Twentieth Century
456 — Problems
Africa and the Near and Middle
in
in
III.
Group
Hist.
A — United
East
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
States Survey
372— Colonial Period
374— Early National
of America, to 1783
Period of the United States
American Expansion and Disunion, 1828-1865
Hist. 376
Hist. 378— Emergence of Industrial America, 1865-1898
Hist.
3
—
382— Early Twentieth Century United States, 18DSHist. 384— Contemporary United States, 1932 to Present
Hist. 388— Pennsylvania
Group B United States Topics and Problems
Hist. 391— Diplomatic History of the United States to 1898
Hist. 392— Diplomatic History of the U. S. since L898
Hist.
'.•:
>
>
.l
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
•"•
>
3
3
—
— Selected
and Constitutional Problems
Hist. 471— Industrial History of the United States
Hist. 472— History of Labor in the United States
Hist. 481— United States Social, Cultural and
Hist. 396
Political
Intellectual Historv to 1860
8
3
158
CL
Hist.
482— United
CR
States Social, Cultural and
Intellectual History since 1860
3
3
Additional 6 credits to be selected from outside of group of concentration.
ELECTIVES
(18 CRS.)
Single-subject (6 CRS.)
From
of the disciplines of:
ONE
Economics
Geography
Science
Political
Sociology
A
Humanities
1
Language
single Foreign
1
2
Students electing Foreign Language must complete 12 credits unless exception is approved by the Department of History.
2
Among
Art
Art
Art
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Eng.
Speech
Music
Music
Music
Music
Phil.
Phil.
the courses fulfilling the Humanities block are:
— American
— European
Art History
Art History
331— Oriental Art History
3
3
3
3
231— British
232— British
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
311
321
3
Writers
Writers
— Russian Literature Translation
—American Literature
— American Literature
385— The American Novel
386— Later American Prose
307
381
382
in
415— History
221— History
324
322
323
—
—
—
of the Theatre
Music
American Music
Music of the Romantic Era
Twentieth Century Music
of
303— Philosophy
306— Philosophy
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
of Science
3
3
of Religion
3
3
General (12 CRS.)
Except for history majors who pursue a foreign language and who will
usually complete only 6 credits of general electives, majors will complete 12
credits in courses approved by their Department of History advisor.
SUMMARY
CR
General Education
Professional Education
62
Specialization
24
24
Electives
18
Total
128
159
DIVISION OF ARTS
AND SCIENCES
OBJECTIVES
The
universally recognized goals of liberal education are those which
relate to the
maturation of the individual in knowledge and wisdom.
terms of the customary three-fold division of knowledge
Social Sciences, Natural Sciences
—
a
more
In
— Humanities,
detailed description of the
(1) to cultivate a sensitive, appreciative, and
goals might be as follows:
media of creative expression as
communicative of man's ideas, aspirations, and needs, (2) to develop an
awareness of our social heritage, the relevance of social, political, and
economic factors to human behavior, and the relationship between the
judicious attitude towards the various
past and the present, (3) to provide a basic understanding of critical and
analytical
methods of investigation
into the nature of the universe
the application of scientific discovery to
modern
and of
life.
In addition to cultivating the "whole" individual, the Arts and Sciences Program
single field in
is
intended to offer an opportunity for exploration of a
some depth, not only
as a
means
to possible further edu-
cation at the graduate level, but also for the value inherent in terminal
experience of the complexities of any one discipline.
Bloomsburg, leading
to
breadth and penetration
in
Hence, the Bachelor of Arts curriculum
the A. B.
degree,
offers
both exposure
in
at
depth, proceeding from the assumption that
among
sequences of a more enlightened individual
is
the
many
vital
con-
a more stable and toler-
ant society.
AN OVERVIEW
The Arts and
sists
Sciences program at Bloomsburg State College con-
of four parts, which
I.
II.
may
be briefly outlined as follows:
66-70
General Education
Core Studies
in
the
Credit Hours
Social
Sciences, the Humanities or
the
III.
Natural
14- IS Credit Hours
Sciences
Additional studies
in the
Core or
Major Area
IV.
Electives
Total Required for the A. B. Degree
24 Credit Hours
Credit Hours
16-24
128 Credit
Hours
160
THE GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT
The General Education requirement
Arts and Sciences.
in the
Its
purpose
is
essential to
is
any curriculum
to prepare all students,
their field of concentration or their vocational intentions,
as
men and women
The General Education requirement
and Sciences
is
to
life
for students enrolled in Arts
similar to that for students enrolled in the various divisions
leading to the degree in professional education.
students
for adult
members of their local comCommonwealth, of the nation and of the
living private lives; as
munities; and as citizens of the
world.
whatever
over"
"cross
from
one
program
Thus
to
it
is
another
possible for
within
the
two years with a minimum of difficulty. In order to achieve
the purposes of General Education, the following 66-70 hour requirement
has been established:
Credit Hours
first
Science
(Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or Earth
6-8
Science)
Art or Music
3
Literature
Philosophy
3
6
History of Civilization
Political Science 211 or 212
Psychology
Social Science (Any two of the following: Econ. 211, Econ. 212,
Soc. 211, other Soc, Anthro. 224, Anthro. 323)
English Composition
Introduction to Speech
Mathematics 111, 112, or 211, 212
Foreign Language (Fr., Ger., Span., or Rus. 103-104)
World Geography
Personal Health
Physical Education
6
3
3
6
6
3
6-8
6
3
2
I,
II,
III,
IV
4
66-70 Cr. Hrs.
THE CORE REQUIREMENT
The beginning
of specialization or study of material in depth in the
Arts and Sciences Program occurs with the student's choice of one of
three broad areas of concentration: Humanities, Social Sciences, or
tural Science
and Mathematics.
Following
is
each area.
I.
Humanities Core
English 249— Shakespeare
Any
additional semester of English Literature
Philosophy 307— Ethics
or Philosophy 302— Logic
Speech 208 Introduction to Theatre Arts
Argumentation
or Speech 321
—
—
Na-
the Core Requirement for
Credit Hours
3
3
3
3
:
161
Any
Any
semester of Art History
semester of Music History
3
3
Total
II.
18
Social Science Core
The general intent of the Social Science Core is to require the comtwo semesters of study in the areas of geography, psychology,
political science, economics, and sociology, plus one semester in anthropology.
A portion of this program is fulfilled by the Social Science
courses in General Education.
(As regards history, two courses are
already required in General Education.)
The Social Science Core conpletion of
sists of the
1.
following
The four courses below which have not been taken
to
complete the General Education requirement.
Political Science 211, Political Science 212
Economics 211, Economics 212
Sociology 211, one additional semester of sociology
Anthropology 224 (or 323)
12
2.
An
additional semester of geography and an additional
semester of psychology
6
18
Total
III.
Natural Science and Mathematics Core
1.
Math. 211 and 212
2.
A
full
—
Calculus
year of a science that
I
is
and
II
(a)
outside of, yet
8
relevant to, the major and (b) in addition to and in
a field separate from the year of science taken in
fulfillment of the General Education Requirement.
Biology,
Chemistry, Physics,
Possible selections:
Earth Science
6-8
14- 16
Total
THE MAJOR-AREA REQUiREMl
Above and beyond
a
minin
um
the General
\
I
Education and Core Requirements
amassed in one of the three gen-
of 24 credit hours must be
eral areas o\
concentration (Humanities, Social Science, Natural Sciences
and Mathematics) or preferably
in
a
specific
discipline
within
i
le
of
these areas.
For
the
achievement
oi
this
courses or course sequences are
Major-Area
prescribed
bj
Requirement,
some department
specific
162
1.
Biology 1
Nine semesters basic:
103— General
Biol.
210
Biol. 211
Biol.
220— General Botany
221— General Botany
Biol.
Biol.
PLUS
Biol.
Biol.
Biology
I
—Invertebrate Zoology
—Vertebrate Zoology
any four
I
II
of the following:
331— Ecology
341— Genetics
— Molecular Biology
—Microbiology
371 — Embryology
381 — Vertebrate Physiology
Biol. 351
Biol. 361
Biol.
Biol.
Additional courses, according to advisement:
i.
Field Courses
Biol. 411
Entomology
413
Biol. 414
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
ii.
417— Field Zoology
422— Field Botany
432— Fresh Water
Biology
Laboratory Courses
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
Biol.
2.
—
—Ornithology
— Ichthyology
—Parasitology
—Plant Physiology
— Plant Anatomy
— Evolution
—Radiation Biology
— Biological Chemistry
471— Histology
482 — Comparative Vertebrate
416
420
421
441
452
453
Business-Economics
Anatomy
(combination)
Bus. Ed. 221, 222— Principles of Accounting2
Bus. Ed. 321, 322 Intermediate Accounting
Econ. 211, 212 Principles of Economics
Bus. Ed. 101 Intro, to Business Organization and Finance
Bus. Ed. 331 Business Law
Econ. 413 Money and Banking
—
3.
—
—
—
—
English
Eng. 231, 232— British Writers
Eng. 401 Structure of English
OR Eng. 402 History of the English Language
—
—
Biology majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses: Chem. Ill
331 and 332, Phys. Ill and 112, and Math. 211 and 212.
2 Normally begun in the sophomore year.
1
and
112,
Chem.
1$3
4.
Geography 3
A. Geography (Not necessarily in sequence)
Geog. 225 Weather and Climate
Geog. 223 Geography of Anglo-America
Geog. 323 Political Geography
Geog. 354 Cartography
Geog. 363 Urban Geography
Geog. 365 Geomorphology
Seminar in Geography
Geog. 492
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
B.
Choice of regional course in Geography
in sequence)
Earth Science (not necessarily
Geog. 357 Physical Geology
Geog. 361 Historical Geology
Geog. 355 Meteorology
Geog. 365 Geomorphology
—
—
—
—
Geog. 453 — Astronomy
Geog. 359 — Oceanography
Geog. 451 — Field Techniques
Earth and
Earth Science
Geog. 495 — Seminar
Meteorology (not necessarily in sequence)
Geog. 355— Meteorology
Geog. 356 — Climatology
Geog. 359 — Oceanography
Geog. 365 — Geomorphology
Geog. 453 — Astronomy
Geog. 493 — Seminar in Meteorology
in
Space Science
in
C.
Theoretical Mechanics
Integral Calculus
5.
History
6.
—
—
Bibliography and Research
Mathematics
Math. 110 Pre-Calculus (remedial only)
Math. 211— Calculus I
Math. 212— Calculus II
Math. 221— Statistics
Math. 311 Intermediate Calculus
Math. 321 Modern Algebra
PLUS any five of the following:
Math. 241 Introduction to Computer Programming
Math. 312 Differential Equations
Math. 322— Linear Algebra
Math. 332 Modern Geometry
Math. 411 Advanced Calculus
Math. 412 Complex Variables
Math. 421— Topology
Math. 422— Group Theory
Math. 431— Number Theory
Math. 432 Numerical Analysis
Hist. 399
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1 cr. hr. only)
—
3 Required
in
for
Computing.
any
of
the
three
majors
in
Geography are a course
in
Statistics
and a
course
16 J,
7.
Physical Sciences
A.
1
Chemistry
Chem. Ill,
Chem. 222
Chem. 331,
Chem. 411,
Chem. 421
Chem. 424
112— General Chemistry
— Quantitative
I
and
II
Analysis
332— Organic Chemistry
412— Physical Chemistry
and II
and II
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
I
I
—
— Instrumental Analysis
PLUS at least one of the following:
Chem. 422 — Qualitative Organic Analysis
Chem. 490 — Chemistry Seminar
Chem. 491 — Special Topics
Chem. 492 — Chemical Research
B.
Physics 2
Phys. 211,
Phys. 410
Phys. 411
Phys. 414
212— General
Physics
I
and
II
— Introduction Atomic Physics
— Mechanics
— Electricity and Magnetism
8.
to
PLUS
at least 12
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
Phys.
412— Optics
cr. hrs.
drawn from the following:
(3 cr. hrs.)
— Electronics (4 hrs.)
—Vibrations and Waves
421— Solid State Physics
422 — Thermodynamics
490 — Physics Seminar
415
420
cr.
(3 cr. hrs.)
(3 cr. hrs.)
(3 cr. Hrs.)
(1 cr. hr.)
Psychology
— General Psychology
— Child Growth and Development (Child Psychology)
OR Psy. 416 — Adolescent Psychology
Psy. 321 — Tests and Measures
Psy. 331 — Mental Hygiene and Problems of Adjustment
OR Psy. 431 —Abnormal Psychology
Psy. 351 — Social Psychology
OR Psy. 451 — Psychology for Business and Industry
Psy. 406 — Psychology Seminar
Psy. 460— Basic Statistical Method
Psy. 461 — Experimental Psychology
Additional courses which may be chosen:
Psy. 102 — Advanced General Psychology
Psy. 401 — Foundation of Contemporary Psychology
3
Psy. 101
Psy. 211
4
1
Chemistry majors are expected to take the following auxiliary courses: Phys. 211, 212, 410 and
Math. 211, 212, 311, 312.
2 Physics majors are exoected to take the following auxiliary courses:
to be taken in the freshman year) and Math. 211, 212, 311, 312.
Chem.
Ill,
112
(these
two
3 Usually taken during the freshman year in fulfillment of the General Education Requirement. Also
recommended for Psychology majors during the freshman year are: Biol. 103, 104 and Math.
Ill, 112.
4 Prior
approval of the instructor
is
required.
165
Psy.
436— The Study
of Personality
—Psychology of Motivation
— Advanced Experimental Psychology
466 — Research Projects
Psychology
Psy. 456
Psy. 462
Psy.
9.
in
1
Social Sciences
A.
Comprehensive Major
Any
six semesters of work in the Social Sciences beyond the
General Education and Core Requirements
B.
Economics
International Economics
Intermediate Micro Economics
Public Finance and Macro Economics
Money and Banking
Introduction to Statistics and Experimental Design
Seminar in Economics 1
C.
Political Science
Six semesters of work beyond Pol. Sci. 211 and 212, to be determined in consultation with an appropriate faculty advisor.
D.
10.
Sociology
Six semesters of work beyond Soc. 211 and the core semester of
sociology, to be determined in consultation with an appropriate faculty advisor.
Speech
Basic
Speech
Speech
Speech
Speech
A.
B.
206
241
325
412
— Oral Interpretation
— Voice and Diction
— Extempore Speech
— Fundamentals of Acting
Further Sequence for Public Address
Speech 231 Introduction to Radio and Television
Speech 307 Business and Professional Speech
Speech 418 Discussion
Speech 421 Persuasion
Speech 492 Seminar
—
—
—
—
—
Further Sequence for Theatre Studies
Speech 211— Theatre Production
Speech 311 Scene Design
Speech 318 Creative Dramatics
Speech 319— Children's Theatre
Speech 411 Play Direction
Speech 414 Costuming for the Stage
Speech 415 History of the Theatre
Speech 416 Modern Theatre
Speech 490 Speech Seminar
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
Prior
approval
of
the
instructor
is
required.
166
ELECTIVES
For the
elective portion
of the curriculum,
which makes up the
balance of the 128 credit hours required for graduation, students
may
take
almost any courses offered by the college, with the logical exception of
those in Professional Education, Physical Education, certain Business
cation
skills,
lowed for
etc.
Approximately 16
electives
to
24
Edu-
credit hours are normally al-
(courses of the student's
own
Note on Pre-Professional Programs:
choice).
Students
intending
to
transfer ultimately to a college of medicine, veterinary medicine, dentistry,
pharmacy, law, engineering, theology,
etc.
should write immediately for
the catalog and/or admission requirements of that particular college and,
with the aid of the Director of Arts and Sciences at Bloomsburg State
College, plan their undergraduate programs
accordingly.
SCHEDULING
For
becomes progrestwo suggested schedule guides are given below, one
assistance in planning a course of study that
sively concentrated,
for students concentrating in either the Social Sciences or the Humanities,
the other for students concentrating in Mathematics or the Natural Sciences.
The
difference between the two schedules results from the fact
that the latter areas are
more
rigorously sequential.
Hence, students con-
would be apt to take
two years each of mathematics and science during the first two years of
college, deferring certain General Education Requirements until the sophomore and junior years, while students concentrating in the Social Sciences or the Humanities would be apt to take only one year each of
mathematics and science during the first two years of college, thus fulfilling their General Education Requirements earlier and experiencing
somewhat greater emphasis upon Major-Area Requirements and Electives
during the last two years. These two schedules are to be considered only
centrating in Mathematics or the Natural Sciences
as guides in planning the A. B. program; they
the consent of the student's advisor
It is
and
may be
departed from, with
as scheduling difficulties arise.
apparent that an average of 16 hours of credit per semester
should be maintained in order for a student to graduate within the usual
8 semesters
(8x 16 = 128).
sume course
loads that are too heavy for
to
However, students are advised not to asthem to manage creditably and
bear in mind that a full-time student
credit hours.
may
carry
as
little
as
12
1S7
SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR AREAS OF
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
English
3
3
3-4
3
3
101
Speech 103
Science
History 211
Foreign Language
H.P.E.
Hrs.
.
101-Physical Fitness Education
1
Cr. Hrs.
Geography
101
Science
History 212
Foreign Language
H.P.E.
_
_
102
English
_
_
_
150-Aquatics
3
3
3-4
3
3
1
16-17
16-17
SECOND YEAR
207
Mathematics
English
Social Science
H.P.E. 100-Personal & Community
Art or Music
Major-Area or Elective
Health
3
3
3
2
3
0-3
H.P.E.-Elective
1
English
298
Mathematics
Science
Political Science
Social
Psychology
Major-Area
or
H.P.E.-Elective
211
3
3
3
3
3
0-3
—
Elective
1
16-19
15-18
THIRD YEAR
3-6
12
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and/or Electives
Philosophy
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and or Electives
Average
15-18
Average
._
3
_
_
3-6
_
15-18
._
._
3-6
12
9
FOURTH YEAR
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and/or Electives
3-6
12
Average
Humanities or Social Science Core
Major-Area and/or Electives
Average
15-18
Required for graduation:
15-18
128 Semester Hours.
SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR AREA OF
THE NATURAL SCIENCES
(SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS)
FIRST
FIRST
English
101
Speech
103
Science
SECOND SEMESTER
3
3
...
3-4
4
_
Mathematics
Foreign
YEAR
SEMESTER
Language
3
English
102
3
3
3-4
4
Geography
Science
Mathematics
Language
Foreign
16-17
3
16-17
SECOND YEAR
History 211
Art or Music
2nd Year Science
7
3
2nd Year Mathematics
H.P.E. 100-Personal & Community Health
H.P.E.
101-Physical
HUtnry 91?
3
1
3 4
1-4
Fitness
Education
T
?
1
15-16
Political
H.P.E.
Science
211
150-Aquatics
3
3
1
16-17
168
THIRD YEAR
Cr. Hrs.
207 _
_
_
Core
Major Area and/or Electives
English
Science
H.P.E. -Elective
„.
Cr. Hrs.
3
FnglUh
1
H.P.E. -Elective
3
3
3-4
6-8
9f)R
_
.._
_
1
16-19
16-19
FOURTH YEAR
Philosophy
_
.„
.
Major Area and/or Electives
15-17
.._
12-14
_
.
Average
15-17
15-17
Required for graduation:
128 Semester Hours.
DIVISION OF BUSINESS
THE FOUR YEAR BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUMS
The purpose
of the Business Administration
program
is
to prepare
students for successful careers in business that will be personally satisfying
and
socially useful.
Students enrolled in the Business Administration curriculums take
courses during their
first
two years that
most part, identical
and Sciences proplaced on courses in
are, for the
to those required of all students enrolled in the Arts
grams.
After the
first
two years, emphasis
Business Administration; at
also
own
one of the
is
time Business Administration majors will
have the option of specializing
either business or
their
this
arts
in
and
some area
sciences.
of their choice
Students thus
may
—
in
satisfy
personal interests in business as well as receive a substantial
general education.
Graduates
degree
(or
a
of
may
program
the
Bachelor
Arts
of
receive
degree
by
studies
in
a
Bachelor
completing
of
Science
the
foreign
language requirement).
Specifically,
is
the
program
of
Business
Administration
designed:
1.
To
in
2.
To
provide essential knowledge of the social and physical world
which we
cultivate
live.
skills,
attitudes,
which can be applied
3.
To develop
to the
understandings,
and knowledges,
world of business.
personality and characteristics in the students which
are required by business.
1
169
4.
To understand
the organization
and management of our indus-
trial society.
5.
To develop
the ability to think rationally and to apply this kind
of thinking to
6.
To develop
their efforts to
Upon
complex business problems.
the skills and techniques which will aid students in
become business managers or
administrators.
satisfactory completion of the basic year of the curriculum,
students must choose one of the sequences (General Business. Accounting,
or Economics)
shown on
the
following
pages.
NOT HAVE HAD BUSINESS TRAINING
IN
STUDENTS NEED
HIGH SCHOOL to
complete the various business sequences.
Present or prospective transfer students from Junior Colleges should
consult Paragraph I (A, B, C, and
D)
of the "Criteria
For Business Ad-
ministration," January 1968 with respect to college course offerings for
the school years 1968-71.
Transfer students from junior colleges or community colleges will
in their designated curri-
be required to complete the following courses
culum:
—Accounting Management Decision and
quent accounting courses
450 — Introduction
Data Processing
— Introduction Programming
Bus. 323
for
other subse-
as prescribed
Bus.
to Electronic
or Bus. 45
to
All
requirements
Electives as
shown
for
for
General
Education,
Core,
Specialized,
each curriculum.
GENERAL EDUCATION
(all
sequences)
Business Administration
Science
6-8
Art or Music
3
Literature
6
Psychology
3
Social Sciences:
Economics
Political
Science
English Composition
Speech
Mathematics (111 and higher level)
World History
,;
3
6
6
6
Geography
Health
2
Physical Education
Philosophy, Advanced Speech, Sociology, or Foreign Language
6
and
170
CORE
(all
sequences)
— Introduction Business
221 and 222 — Principles of Accounting
323 — Accounting for Management Decisions
331 — Business Law
342 — Marketing Principles and Practices
Bus. 343 — Business Finance
Bus. 344 — Management Processes
Bus. 346 — Business Statistics
Bus. 413 — Money and Banking
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
101
to
I,
II
I
446— Business
Policies
Cremg
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
TOTAL GENERAL AND CORE
33
95-97
Subject to change for administrative reasons without notice.
ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE
Business Administration
SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS
—
Bus. 321 and 322 Intermediate Accounting I, II
Bus. 421
Cost Accounting
Bus. 422 Auditing Theory and Procedures
Bus. 423— State and Federal Tax AOccounting
—
—
6
3
3
3
15
ELECTIVES**
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
332— Business Law
II
—Retail Management Concepts
— Personnel Management
424— Tax Problems
430 — Advanced Statistics
445 — Report Writing for Management
447 — Research Studies
Management
Bus. 448 — Advanced Cost Accounting
Bus. 449— CPA Problems
Bus. 450 and 451 — Data Processing
341
345
in
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
18
The student must complete the following courses:
General
Core
Education
Specialized
Requirements
Electives
62-64
33
15
18
Typewriting or proficiency
128
Subject to change for administrative reasons, without notice.
** 30 credits offered
18 credits needed
171
SEMZSTER
FIRST
Credits
Geog. 101— World Phys.
V\ath. Ill— Algebra
Ill-World
Hist.
H.P.E.
*Bus.
101-Phys.
221— Acctg.
3
3
3
3
Geog
History
Fitness
Principles
_
_
1
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 102-Eng.
Art 101 Music
Credits
Comp.
3
II
101
3
3
Bus.
222-Acctg.
1
Hist.
3
H.P.E.
Principles
II
_
3
3
_.
112-World History
150— Aquatics
1
16
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207-World
Credits
Lit.
_
1
Econ. 211— Prin. of Economics
H.P.E. 100-Personal and Com.
Psy. 101— Gen. Psychology
1
Health
.,
2
_
.,
3
3
_
3
3
3
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng. 208-World Lit.
Credits
3
3
3
II
Speech 103— Intro, to Speech
'-con. 212— Prin. of Economics II
Bus. 323-Acctg. for Mgmt. Dec.
Bus. 322-lnter.
H.P.E. -Elective
Accounting
3
_
II
I
16
17
FIFTH
Eus.
Bus.
Bus.
Phil.
SEMESTER
Credits
331— Bus. Low
441— Prin. Marketing
423— Fed. State Taxes
1
211/Sor.
911
._._
3
3
3
3
3
3
SEMESTER
SIXTH
Credits
_
Bjs.
344— Management
Bus.
Bus.
450— Intro, to
346— Statistics
3
3
3
E.D.P.
15
18
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Bus.
422— Auditing
Pol. Sci. 212 211 -Government
Speech 307— Bus. and Prof Speech
Credits
3
3
3
6
Electives
3
3
Processes
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Bus. 446— Bus. Policies
Credits
3
12
15
15
GENERAL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION SEQUENCES
ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS
Credits
Education
General
Core
62-64
33
Electives in Business Administration
(Accounting or Economics as approved by advisor)
33
128
A
student must complete 33 elective credits which can include one
additional course in Accounting and one additional course in Economics.
The remaining courses would be
—
selected from those listed under Electives
Business Administration.
Students should also refer to Core courses and General Education.
ELECTIVES
—
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Data Processing
Business
Advanced
Law
II
Statistics
Business Report Writing
Personnel Administration
Students with an accounting objective
Introduction to Business.
should
enroll
in
Bus.
221
in
the
first
sem?stor
and omit
172
Credits
Transportation
Advertising Management: Organization and Planning
Marketing Research Studies
Research Studies in Management
Retail Management Concepts
3
3
3
3
3
Management
Sales
3
—
ELECTIVES
ECONOMICS
International Economics
Public Finance
3
Econometrcs
3
3
ELECTIVES
State and Federal
—
ACCOUNTING
Tax
Advanced Cost Accounting
Cost Accounting
Tax Problems
SEMESTER
101— Composition
FIRST
Eng.
Credits
3
3
I
-World Phys. Geog.
Ill-Algebra _
101— Intro, to Business
Ill-World History
*Geog.
Math.
Bus.
Hist.
101
3
3
3
101-Fitness
H.P.E.
1
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 102— Composition
Art 101 Music 101
Credits
3
II
..._
Mathematics
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Psy. 101— General Psychology
H.P.E. 150-Aquatics
—
_
_
16
SEMESTER
221— Accounting
21 1— Principles
207-World Lit.
THIRD
Bus.
Econ.
Eng.
H.P.E.
Hist.
Eio!.
Credits
3
Principles
of Economics
I
3
2
I
100-Personai and Com. Health
_
3
3
1
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Bus. 222— Accounting Principles II
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics
**Eng. 208-World Lit. II ot
2
Humanities
112-World
3
103 or
3
Bus. 346-Sta1istics
H.P.E.-Elective
Science Elective
History
Physical Science
3
3
Credits
3
3
Elective
3
3
_
1
3
17
16
FIFTH
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
SEMESTER
323— Accig.
for Mgt. Decisions
331 -Business Law
343— Business Finance
450— Intro, to Data Processing
345— Personnel Management
I
.
Credits
3
3
3
3
SIXTH SEMESTER
Eus.
Bus.
344— Management Processes
342— Marketing Principles
& Banking
Econ. 413— Money
Electives
Credits
3
.
...
3
15
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Bus. 446— Business Policies
Bus. 445— Report Writing
Credits
3
3
3
...
Pol.
Sci.
211
or 212
6
Electives
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Credits
Management 3
447-Research Studies
Electives—
Business Administration, Acctg.
or Economics
Bus.
15
ECONOMICS SEQUENCES
Business Administration
General Education
Core
62
33
15
13
Specialized Economics Courses
Electives
Business Administration
—
128
*
*
Economic Geography
Humanities Electives: Philosophy.
Alternate
Professional
Speech
or
Literature.
173
SPECIALIZED REQUIREMENTS
The student must complete
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
the following courses
Credits
— Intermediate Micro Economics
— Intermediate Macro Economics
— History of Economic Thought
422 — Contrasting Economies
313 — Industrial Relations
411
412
423
ELECTIVES
3
3
3
3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Business Law II
Personnel Management
Cost Accounting
Federal and State Taxes
Advanced
15
3
3
3
3
3
Statistics
3
Report Writing
Research Studies
3
Introduction to Electronic Data Processing
Introduction to Computers
3
3
18
3
AND ELECTIVES
ADD GENERAL AND CORE
TOTAL, SPECIALIZED
Subject
to
change for administrative reasons without
SEMESTER
FIRST
Credits
Eng. 101 —Composition
*G
Gcog.
Ill-World History
H.P.E. 101 -Fitness
Bus. 101— Intro, to
SECOND SEMESTER
Credits
3
3
3
3
II
Mathematics
Soeech 103— Introduction to Speech
Psy. 101— General Psychology
H.P.E. 150-Aquatics
Ill-Algebra
Hist.
notice.
Eng. 102— Composition
Art 101 Music 101
I
Math.
33
95
Business
3
1
16
SEMESTER
221— Accounting
21 1— Principles
207-World Lit.
THIRD
Bus.
Econ.
Eng.
H.P.E.
Hist.
Biol
Credits
Principles
of Economics
I
...
I
100-Personal and Com. Health
112-World
History
103
FOURTH SEMESTER
222— Accounting
3
3
Bus.
3
2
3
3
**Eng. 208-World
Bus. 346-Statistics
H.P.E. -Elective
Econ.
212 — Principles
Credits
Principles II
of Economics
3
3
3
3
Lit.
1
Physics
3
17
'
18
credits
**Alternate
16
needed
Economic Geography
For Humanities Requirement, 12 credits are required,
plus Art or Music will satisfy the requirements.
two Philosophy Courses, one
Literature
Note: Students must complete 15 semester hour credits in the following courses
Specialized Requiremenfs in Economics: Econ. 41 1 —Intermediate Micro Economics,
Public Finance and Macro Economics, 3; Econ. 423 -History of Economic Thought,
Comparative Economic Systems, 3; Econ. 313— Industrial Relations, 3.
Course,
to
satisfy
3;
Econ.
Econ.
3,
the
412 —
422 —
17U
FIFTH
SEMESTER
Credits
—
Bus. 323— Acctg. for Mgt. Decision
Bus. 331— Business Law
Bus. 343-Business Finance
Bus. 450— Intro, to Data Processing
Econ. 423— Hist. Econ. Thought
I
*Phil.
211— Introduction
Philosophy
to
3
3
3
3
3
3
SIXTH SEMESTER
Credits
Bus.
Bus.
344— Management
Pol.
Sci.
Processes
342 -Marketing Principles
211 or 212
_..._
Econ. 314— Money & Banking
Econ.
313— Industrial
_
__
_
_
_
Relations
18
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Econ. 411— Inter. Micro Econ
Bus. 446— Business Policies
Bus. 445— Report Writing
Credits
_
3
3
3
—
15
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Bus. 447— Research
Credits
Studies
Electives
Econ.
in
Management
Econ.
3
9
_
422— Comp.
Systems
3
_
6
Electives
3
3
3
3
3
15
15
*
Phil.
—
Introduction,
Logic or
Ethics
THE FOUR YEAR
BUSINESS EDUCATION CURRICULUMS
The
State
Bloomsburg
Department of Public Instruction has designated the
one of the institutions in which secondary
State College as
Commonwealth may be educated. The primary
purpose of the program of the Division of Business Education is to prepare teachers for the junior and senior high schools of Pennsylvania.
business teachers of the
Upon
completion of the Business Education Curriculum, the Bachelor
is conferred and application may be made to the State
Department of Public Instruction for a teaching certificate. The courses
of Science Degree
included in the curriculum qualify graduates to secure certification to
teach business subjects in any junior or senior high school in Pennsylvania.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
was
The Business Education Curriculum has proved so popular since it
introduced in 1930 that only a limited number of selected stu-
first
dents are admitted.
All prospective students
who
plan to select
this
curriculum should apply to the Director of Admissions early in the year
preceding the year in which they expect to enroll in the college.
Only
those high school students whose records indicate the ability to complete
the curriculum satisfactorily are accepted.
This does not
mean
that stu-
dents applying for admission must have had business courses in high
school or business college.
Many
students
who have had no
previous
business training successfully complete the Business Education Curriculum.
As
this
curriculum
is
of college grade, advanced standing
is
not
granted for work completed in secondary schools, business colleges, or
non-accredited business schools.
175
ADVANCED STANDING
who
Applicants for admission to the Business Education Curriculum
kave earned credit
at other colleges or universities should
cript of this credit
when applying
for admission.
be granted for courses completed
when,
in
the
at other
submit a trans-
Advanced standing
will
of college grade
institutions
judgment of the Dean of Instruction, such courses are
equivalent to subjects prescribed in the Business Education Curriculum.
If a tentative
universities
is
evaluation of courses completed at other colleges or
desired, a transcript
showing the names of the courses, the
grades, and the credit hours earned should be sent to the Director of the
Division of Business Education.
making application
prior to
The
1.
A
tentative evaluation can be requested
for admission to the college.
Education program are:
specific objectives of the Business
To
contribute to the development of a broader understanding of
the culture of our society.
2.
3.
To develop an appreciation of the contributions
can make to the total educational program of
To prepare students for certification to teach
business teachers
the school.
or supervise the
teaching of business subjects.
4.
To develop
vocational
competency
in
the
skill
subjects
and
in accounting.
5.
To
provide sufficient basic business education to insure
com-
petency and to develop interest in the teaching of basic business subjects.
6.
To
provide training and experience in methods and techniques
of teaching business subjects.
Upon
satisfactory completion of the basic year of the
curriculum,
students must choose one of the sequences (General, Secretarial, or Ac-
counting) shown on the following pages.
HAVE HAD
STUDENTS
NEED NOT
BUSINESS TRAINING IN HIGH SCHOOL
to
com-
plete the business sequences.
For administrative reasons the sequence of courses is subject to
The first number after each course refers to clock hours, while
change.
the second indicates the
number
of credit hours.
All Business Education program students must complete 128 credits
of courses distributed approximately equally
between General Education
and Business Education.
Prior to the end of the junior year students must receive clearance
Business Education tor adfrom the Student Teaching Committee
—
mission to student teaching
in
public secondary schools.
176
For the Provisional
Certificate to teach Business
Education
pub-
in a
high school in Pennsylvania, candidates must complete the Account-
lic
ing,
the General, or the Secretarial Sequence
Bloomsburg
(or their equivalents)
at
These sequences incorporate courses in general, professional, and Business Education required under the regulations
published by the Department of Public Instruction.
The
State College.
following high school teaching areas and the college credits for
Bookkeeping, 12 credits of ac-
specific courses for these areas follow:
counting courses; Business English, 15 credits in English, including Business Correspondence; Business Mathematics, 15 credits in accounting and
business mathematics; Retail Selling, 9 credits in Salesmanship, Marketing, and Retailing; Shorthand, 9 credits; Typewriting, 6 credits.
Students
must complete all of the courses prescribed on a particular sequence to
qualify for a certificate.
FIRST
(all
YEAR
sequences)
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
Hours
CL
101— English Composition
Math. 101— Fundamentals of Mathematics
Geog. 101-World Physical Geography _
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Eng.
H.
P.
Phil.
E.
101-Physical Fitness Education
to Philosophy
211 -Intro,
CR
CL
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
Eng. 102— English Composition
Phys. 101— Physical Science
Art 101-lntro. to Art or
Music 101 — Intro, to Music
1
H.
17
16
3
P.
E.
100-Personal
and
CR
3
3
3
4
3
3
2
2
Community
Health
H. P. E. 150-Aquatics
Bus. 101— Introduction to
2
Business
Organization and Finance
Bus. 221— Principles of Accounting
1
3
4
3
3
21
18
I
GENERAL SEQUENCE
SECOND YEAR
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
Hours
Hours
CL
208-Survey of World
103-General Biology
Eng. 207 or
Biol.
Lit
_....
I
H. P. E. -Elective
Bus. 201— Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 21 1— Elementary Shorthand
Bus. 222— Principles of Accounting
3
Hist.
5
Bus.
Bus.
Bus.
2
_
I
_
I
4
22
218
or
Hist.
202— Elementary Typewriting II
212— Elementary Shorthand II
321— Intermediate Accounting
I
elective
15
CR
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
20
17
3
Ill
Natural Science or Malh.
Humanities elective
4
4
II
CL
CR
4
4
THIRD YEAR
Hours
CL CR
Hours
CL
Psy. 101— General Psychology
Econ. 21 1— Principles of Economics
Typewriting
Bus. 301— Advanced
Bus. 311— Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 322— Intermediate Accounting
Bus. 331— Business Law
I
—
CR
371— Educational Psychology
Econ. 212— Principles of Economics
—
Bus. 332-Business Law II
Bus. 334— Business Mathematics or
Reports
Bus. 333— Business Corres. and
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Education
Soc. 211— Principles of Sociology or
Soc. 323— Intro, to Anthropology
Psy.
_
II
20
17
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
18
.
FOURTH YEAR
Hours
Hours
CL
Econ.
423— Hist,
of
211-U.
S.
Pol. Sci.
401— Clerical
Bus.
Office
Ed.
Economic Thought
CR
3
3
CL
Ed.
Government
and
CR
403 — Student Teaching in Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including
Practice
Professional
Practicum)
Machines
396— Curriculum and
Secondary
(Including
Instruction
in
School
A-V Education)
19
15
ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE
SECOND YEAR
Hours
CL CR
Hours
CL
208-Survey of World
103-General Biology
Eng. 207 or
Biol.
CR
3
Lit.
3
5
I
H. P. E. -Elective
Bus. 201 —Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 222-Principles of Accounting
Business elective
_
I
II
3
2
1
4
4
3
2
3
3
21
15
218 or Hist. Ill
Bus. 202 — Elementary Typewriting
Bus. 321— Intermediate Accounting
Hist.
Business
II
I
elective
Natural Science or Math, elective
Humanities elective
...
THIRD YEAR
Hours
CL CR
Hours
CL
Psychology
_
Psy. 101 -General
Econ. 21 1— Principles of Economics
Typewriting
Bus. 301— Advanced
Bus. 322— Intermediate Accounting
Bus. 331— Business Law
Bus. 334— Advanced Mathematics
CR
4
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
—Educational Psychology
of Economics
332-Business Law II
Accounting elective
Ed. 393— Social Foundations of Education
3
3
Soc. 21 1— Principles of
Soc. 323 Intro, to
19
17
3
3
II
_
I
(Business Mathematics)
Psy. 371
3
3
3
Econ. 212 — Principles
Bus.
3
3
3
3
—
3
3
3
Sociology or
Anthropology
3
18
3
II
FOURTH YEAR
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
Hours
CL CR
Hours
CL
Econ.
423— History of Econ. Thought
211-U. S. Government
401— Clerical Practice and
Pol. Sci.
Bus.
Office
Ed.
3
3
3
3
5
3
8
6
19
15
Ed.
403 — Student Teaching in Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including
Machines
396— Curriculum and
CR
Professional
Practicum)
Instruction
Secondary
School
(Including
A-V Education)
SECRETARIAL SEQUENC]
SECOND YE
\R
Hours
CL CR
Eng.
Biol.
207-Survey of World
103-General Biology
H. P. E. -Elective
Bus. 201 —Elementary
Bus. 21 1— Elementary
Business elective
Lit.
I
I
Typewriting
Shorthand
I
I
Hours
CL CR
3
3
fcng.
5
3
Hist.
2
1
•4
•1
3
21
2
3
3
208-Survey
of
World
Lit.
II
218 or Hist. Ill
Bus. 202 — Elementary Typewriting II
Bus. 212 — Elementary Shorthand II
Bus. 333 — Business Corres. and Reports
Natural Science or Math, elective
20
17
1
78
THIRD YEAR
Hours
CL
Psy. 101 -General Psychology
Econ. 211— Principles of Economics
Bus. 301 -Advanced Typewriting
Bus. 311 -Advanced Shorthand
Bus. 331— Business Law
„
Business elective
I
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
20
17
4
4
I
Hours
CR
3
3
CL
Econ. 212-Principles
of Economics
Practice
_
Bus. 312-Secretarial
Bus. 332-Business Law II
Psy. 371— Educational Psychology
Ed. 393-Social Foundations of Ed.
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology or
Soc. 323— Intro, to Anthropology
FOURTH YEAR
423— Hist,
of
Economic Thought
211— U. S. Government
401— Clerical Practice and
Pol. Sci.
Bus.
_
Office Machines
Ed.
396— Curriculum and
Secondary
Instruction
School
3
3
18
Hours
CR
3
3
3
3
5
3
CL
Ed.
403— Student Teaching
8
6
19
15
CR
Business
Subjects in the Secondary School
(Including Professional Practicum) _ 30
12
30
12
in
in
_
3
3
3
3
3
20
Hours
CL
Econ.
CR
_ 3
5
3
3
3
A-V Education)
(Including
DIVISION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION
PURPOSE
This Division of Bloomsburg State College has been designated by
the State Department of Public Instruction to train people in Teaching
of the Mentally Retarded and in Speech Correction.
Science in Education degree
complete
either
in
receive certification
special classes
for
two
the
of
Those graduating
is
the
approved special
The Bachelor
satisfactorily
education
curriculums.
area of Teaching of the Mentally Retarded
from the Department of Public Instruction
the
of
who
conferred on students
to teach
educable or trainable mentally retarded in the
schools of Pennsylvania.
Graduates of the Speech Correction curriculum
are fully certified by the Department of Public Instruction to
work
as
speech correctionists in the schools of Pennsylvania.
EQUIPMENT
The Division of Special Education is well equipped with clinical and
aids.
The Special Education Center is located in Navy Hall.
classroom
The speech and hearing
suite
is
equipped with pure-tone and speech
audiometers, Bekesy audiometer, psycho-galvanometer, speech sonograph
equipment, single and dual track tape recorders, disc-record cutting machines, phonographs, auditory training units, desk
and individual model
hearing aids, language masters, and library materials in Speech Correction.
Instructional aids for the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded include
SRA
Reading Laboratories, tachistoscope, a primer typewriter, a collection of curriculum and workshop materials, and library materials concerning
all
areas of mental retardation.
179
CLINICAL PRACTICE
AND STUDENT TEACHING
proStudents enrolled in the Teaching of the Mentally Retarded
mentally
the
with
gram have the opportunity of participating in the work
After comretarded in carefully supervised and graded special classes.
teachstudent
pletion of the course work, students participate in full-time
nine weeks each.
ing programs in two separate settings for the duration of
Those enrolled in Speech Correction gain clinical experience at our
Upon completion of course
Section on Disorders of Communication.
students are placed in two
these
campus,
on
practice
work and clinical
to work full time with
each,
duration
weeks
different locations, for nine
setting.
a qualified speech correctionist in a school or clinic
in this program
participating
schools
Among those institutions and
State School
Haven
White
the
are: Selinsgrove State School and Hospital,
Censchools,
public
and Hospital, Geisinger Medical Center, Bloomsburg
Williamsport
Joint schools, Berwick School District,
tral
Columbia
County schools,
School District, Montour County schools, Northumberland
Lycoming County schools, West Chester public schools, Montgomery
CumberPublic Schools, Schuylkill County Public Schools, and
County
land County Special
Services.
SPEECH CORRECTION CURRICULUM
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)
The
objectives of the curriculum are to prepare state certified speech
requireto provide opportunity for students to meet the
correctionists,
ments of ASHA for Certificate of Clinical Competence in Speech Pathso that they
ology, and to extend the competence of speech clinicians
problems.
clinic
and
school
public
with
work
can adequately
FIRST
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMESTER
Hours
CL C*
Hours
CL
Eng. 101 -English Composition
Speech 103-lntroduction to Speech
Biology
Biol. 103-General
Geog. 101 -World Physical Geography
3
I
one)
(Elect
[
of Math.
Statistics
Fitness Ed.
...
3
4
3
3
CR
3
3
3
3
3
Math. 101-Fundamentals
Math. 116-lntroduclory
H.
101-PhyskaT
E.
P.
2
E.
H. P. E.
Ill-World
Hist,
IJJ-WorM
Hist.
Hist,
113-World
3
3
J
3
3
J
2
3
3
H
15
1500
1500-1815
1815
since
150-Aquai.cs
1
FOURTH SEMESTER
2
2
3
2
13
3
4
3
3
3
Spec. Ed. 201 -Education of
Exceptional Children
P E -Elective
Phys. 101-Basic Phys. Science
Sp. Corr. 276-Hearing Problems
Sp. Corr. 252-Sp. Path.
Psychology
Psy. 101 -General
„
to
16
THIRD SEMESTER
101-Personal and Community
Heailh
H
Hist.
Hist.
Hist.
__.
Sp. Corr. 251 -Phonetics
18
H. P.
1
Eng. 102-English Composition
Sp. Corr. 152-Vo.ce and Diction
Art 101 -Introduction to Art
(Elect one)
.J
Music 101-lntro. to Music
Psy. 211 -Child Growth and Development 3
00
Psy.371-Ed P**'"
-*.
..
3
Sp. Corr 253 Speech Pothology II
3
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of World Lit.
Sp. Corr. 376 Aud. Training &
"
J
3
-
.
3
1
3
3
20
18
Sp.
Reading
3
3
on
__
~_
180
Hours
CL CR
FIFTH SEMESTER
one)
(Elect
3
Soc. 211— Prin. of
Soc. 224— Cultural
Psy. 321— Tests and
Sociology
Anthropology
Measures
3
3
211— Intro, to Philosophy
351— Clinical Methods
Phil.
CR
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
18
15
30
12
30
12
352— Clinical
Practicum:
Speech and Hearing Disorders
(Elective)
Foreign Language
6
3
one)
(Elect
Corr.
Sp.
Sp. Corr.
and Practicum
Hours
CL
SIXTH SEMESTER
Sp. Corr. 467-Psy. of Sp. & Hrng
Hist. 218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
Ed. 393-Social Foundations of Ed.
Psy. 331 -Mental Hygiene
Psy. 416— Adolescent Psychology
18
SEVENTH SEMESTER
one)
Eng. 401— Structure of English
Sp. Corr, 360— Psycho-Linguistics
Sp. Corr. 452— Anatomy of Speech
(Elect
Hearing Mechanisms
(Two Electives from: Sp. Corr.;
Foreign Language or Reading)
Pol. Sci. 211— U. S. Gov't
Sp. Corr. 361— Probs. of Sp. Corr
3
'Sp.
Cor
EIGHTH SEMESTER
4C2— Clinical Experience
and
3
_
6
3
3
6
3
3
18
18
128 Crs.
Total
[Sp. Corr.
466, 571, 472
and 475 are recommended
for course selections
beyond
the
required.)
CURRICULUM FOR TEACHERS OF
THE MENTALLY RETARDED
(Subject to change for administrative reasons)
The
objectives of this curriculum are to prepare State certified teach-
ers in the area of
mental retardation and extend competency
in teaching
of the mentally retarded.
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
101— English Composition
Speech 103— Introduction to Speech
Eng.
Biology
Biol. 103-Genera!
Geog. 101— World Physical Geography
Math. 101— Fundamentals of Math.
Moth. 1 16— Introductory Statistics
Malh. 231-Theory of Arithmetic
H. P. E. 101 -Physical Fitness Ed
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
I
one)
(Elect
3
...
3
3
Eng. 102— English Composition
Phys. 101 -Physical Science
(Elect one)
Art 101 -Introduction to Art
Music 101— Introduction to Music
3
101— General Psychology
3
3
Psy.
2
18
1
16
(Elect one)
Hist. Ill-World
Hist. 112-World
Hist. 113-World
H.
P.
E.
E.
100-Personal
&
3
3
to
150-Aquatics
2
1
18
16
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
18
FOURTH SEMESTER
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng. 207 or 208-Survey of World Lit. _ 3
Spec. Ed. 251— Speech Problems
_ 3
(Elect one)
3
Soc. 21 1— Principles of Sociology
Soc. 224— Cultural Anthropology
Spec. Ed. 201— Education of
Exceptional Children
_..
3
Phil. 211 -Introduction to Philosophy
3
H. P.
3
3
3
3
1500
1500-1815
1815 to present
History
History
Hist.
4
3
3
3
3
3
Pol. Sci.
211-U.
S.
Government
Music 311— Music Activities
Elementary School
Teh. MR 201-lntroduction to
Mentally Retarded
(Elective) in Humanities
Psy. 211— Child Growth and
(Elective) in Social Sciences
in
the
Development 3
Community
Health
Student teaching equivalent.
2
2
17
17
—
1
181
FIFTH SEMESTER
H. P. E. -Elective
Teh. MR 303-Crafts
SIXTH SEMESTER
2
for
all
Levels
Mentally Retarded
Psy. 371 -Educational Psychology
Ed. 371-Teaching of Reading in
the Elementary Grades
(Elective) Science or
Teh. MR 351 -Special
Primary
and
1
of
8
3
4
Ed. 393-Social
Psy. 321 -Tests
MR
Teh
Special
3
Class Methods:
Intcrmsdiate Levels
3
3
3
3
3
3
22
17
3
3
Psy.
Psy.
3
3
3
_ 4
3
3
3
3
16
15
one)
Ed
Classes
352-Special Class Methods:
Secondary Levels
Hist. 218-U. S. and Pa. Survey
Eng. 316-Children's Literature __
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
_.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
(Elect
of
MR
Teh
Math
Foundations
and Measures
332-Language Arts for
Teh.
3
17
17
30
12
30
12
123
Crs.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Teaching and
MR 401— Student
416— Adolescent Psychology
Professional
Practicum
331-Mental Hygiene
Spec. Ed. 361-Prob.
Ed
H. P. E. 420-Techniques in Health and
P. E. for Spec. Ed. Teachers
Ed. 395-Curr., Instr. Meth. and A. V.
(Elective) Prof, area or Foreign Lang.
in
Spec.
......
Total
SPECIAL DEGREE PROGRAMS
THE TWO-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMS
The Bloomsburg
State College has
been approved
year program to Dental Hygienists and School Nurses
meet the conditions
set forth in the following
to
who
offer
two-
a
are able to
paragraphs:
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR DENTAL HYGIENISTS
(Subject to change without notice)
The degree
of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred
upon dental hygienists meeting
1.
the following requirements:
The possession of a valid license to practice dental hygiene in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania issued by the State Dental Council and Examining Board and the Department of Public Instruction.
'The professional education requirements for dental hygiene are the satisfactory completion of an approved dental
gienist course of instruction of
hy-
two years of not less than thirty-
two weeks and not less than thirty hours each week or its equivand graduation from a dental hygiene school approved
by the State Dental Council and Examining Board."*
The satisfactory completion in addition thereto of 70 credit
hours of professional and general education courses distributed
alent in
2.
as follows:
A.
Professional Education
Ed. 393 Social Foundations of Education
Psy. 101
General Psychology
Educational Psychology
Psy. 371
Ed. 301— Audio Visual Education
—
—
Total
Credit
Hours
l'
1
182
General Education
1. English and Speech
Eng. 101 English Composition
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
Eng. 102 English Composition
Any speech elective
Eng. 207— Survey of World Literature I
Eng. 208— Survey of World Literature II
2. Fine Arts
Art 101 Introduction to Art
Music 101 Introduction to Music
B.
16
—
—
—
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
—
3.
3
—
Geography
101 — World
3
6
Physical Geography
Cultural Geography
4. Social Studies
Pol. Sci. 211— United States Government
Econ. 211 Principles of Economics I
Hist. Ill— World History to 1500
Hist. 112— World History, 1500-1815 or
Hist. 113— World History, since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa
Soc. 211
Principles of Sociology
Total
Geog.
Geog.
3
102— World
3
18
3
—
3
3
3
3
—
C.
3
46
Electives
13
Grand Total
70
In each category above, credit will be given for equivalent courses
pursued
two year dental hygiene curriculum. In such cases stutheir electives by the number of credit hours
in the
must
dents
increase
earned previously.
who had less than two years of spewhich they were licensed to practice dental
hygiene, proportional credit will be given.
Such persons must pursue
additional general education courses in college to make up the deficiency.
In the case of dental hygienists
cialized training
tion
dent
on the
basis of
Electives
may be chosen
from any
field or
is
with the approval of the
curriculum offered
Dean
at the college in
of Instruc-
which the
stu-
enrolled.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
A
dental hygienist
who
desires to enroll in the
Degree Curriculum
and informa-
for Dental Hygienists should write for application blanks
tion to the Director of Admissions,
burg, Pennsylvania 17815.
Bloomsburg
State College,
Blooms-
183
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
The
last
30 hours of
Resident credits
College.
credits
must be earned
may be earned
at
Bloomsburg State
and summer
in day, evening,
which are offered on campus or approved by the college admin-
classes
istration.
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSES
Effective September
1,
1961
(Subject to change without notice)
The degree
upon
registered
1.
The
of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred
nurses
who meet
satisfactory
the
following
requirements:
completion of a three-year curriculum
in
an
approved school of nursing and registration by the State Board
of Examiners for the Registration of Nurses of Pennsylvania.
2.
All persons admitted to this degree program will be required to
satisfactorily
complete 60 credit hours of additional preparation
distributed as follows:
A.
Course Related to Public Nursing:
NED.
NED.
NED.
NED.
NED.
301— Public School Nursing
303— Public School Nursing
304— Public Health Nursing
305— Nutrition
306— Family Case Work
Credits
I
3
II
3
3
3
3
15
General Education:
Eng. 101 or 102 English Composition
Eng. 207 or 208— Survey of World Literature
Hist. Ill— World History to 1500 OR
Hist. 112— World History, 1500-1815 OR
Hist. 113— World History since 1815
Hist. 218— History of U. S. and Pa.
Pol. Sci. 211— U. S. Government
Soc. 211
Principles of Sociology
Biol. 103
General Biology
Psy. 101
General Psychology
Psy. 331— Mental Hygiene
B.
—
—
—
—
27
Professional Education:
Ed. 393
Social Foundations of Education
Psy. 371
Educational Psychology
Child Growth and Development
Psy. 211
C.
Ed.
—
—
—
341 — Introduction
to
Guidance and Counseling
L2
:
18 U
D.
Electives
—
—
—
Music 101 Introduction to Music
Art 101 Introduction to Art
Math. 101 Fundamentals of Mathematics
Speech 103 Introduction to Speech
—
3
3
3
3
6
Total
In
the
registration,
60
case
of nurses with
such persons
will
less
than three years preparation for
pursue additional courses to meet the
re-
quirements for the degree.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
A
registered nurse
who
desires to enroll in the
Degree Curriculum
for Public School Nurses should write for application blanks
tion to the Director of Admissions,
Bloomsburg
and informaBlooms-
State College,
burg, Pennsylvania 17815.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
The
last
30 hours of
credits
must be earned
day, evening, and
summer
classes
at
Resident credits
College to qualify for graduation.
Bloomsburg
may
State
be earned
in
which are offered on campus or ap-
proved by the college administration.
FORM OF WILL
I
give
and devise
the
to
(Real
Bloomsburg
Property)
State
College.
Bloomsburg,
Pennsylvania, the following real estate (here give the description of the
This devise
Real Estate).
of the
Bloomsburg
laws of the
State
is
to
be administered by the Board of Trustees
College.
Commonwealth
Bloomsburg,
1
give
the
bequest
sum
paid b\
to the
m\
to
the
(Monej
Bloomsburg
Pennsylvania,
to
of Pennsylvania.
I
State
Bequest)
College.
of $
rustees of the
Bloomsburg.
.
months
executors,
Board oi
under the
of Pennsylvania.
FORM OF WILL
Pennsylvania, the
Pennsylvania,
Bloomsburg
be administered under the
to
he
alter
m\ decease,
Slate College.
Bloomsburg.
Laws
of the
Commonwealth
186
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
David H. Kurtzman, Superintendent of Public Instruction
Chairman, Board of State College Presidents
Ex-Officio Member, Board of Trustees
Frederick K. Miller, Commissioner
George
B.
of Higher Education
Mohlenhoff,
Assistant Commissioner of Higher Education and Staff Director
George W. Hoffman, Director, Bureau of State Colleges
Louis W. Bender, Director, Bureau of Community Colleges
John H. McNally, Director, Bureau of Higher Education Facilities
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
Dr. Otis C. McCreary, Chairman
Council of Higher Education
Council of Basic Education
Mrs. Albert Greenfield, Chairman
Dr. Paul
S.
Christman
Parke H. Lutz
Dr. William
M.
Potter
Walter Wilmarth
Mrs. Emaline K.
Walter
J.
Mohr
Frank N. Hawkins, Chairman
Dr. Katharine E. McBride
Dr. Otis C. McCreary
Gail L. Rose
James H. Rowland, Esq.
Dr. Leonard Wolf
William H. Rea
Burke
Members-at-Large: Mario C.
Celli, Ira C.
Gross,
Duane
E. Wilder.
Severino Stefanon, Secretary to the Board
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Bloomsburg
Mr. William A. Lank, President
Hon. Harold L. Paul, Vice-President
Mr. J. Howard Deily, Secretary-Treasurer
Mr. Howard S. Fernsler
Hon. Bernard J. Kelley
Mr. Gerald A. Beierschmitt
Mr. E. Guy Bangs
Mr. Edgar A. Fenstermacher
Mr. William E. Booth
Harvey A. Andruss
Pottsville
Bloomsburg
Pottsville
Philadelphia
Mt. Carmel
R. D.
1,
R. D.
Orangeville
2,
Berwick
Danville
President of the College
187
BLOOMSBURG STATE COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
Harvey A. Andruss
President
Business Manager
Paul G. Martin
Thomas A. Gorrey
W. Horace Williams
Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
Comptroller,
James B. Watts
Community
Activities
Accounts
Director of Library Services
DEANS
John A. Hoch
Paul
S.
Dean of Instruction
Dean of Students
Dean of Women
Dean of Men
Riegel
Ellamae Jackson
Elton Hunsinger
DIRECTORS OF CURRICULAR DIVISIONS
Alden Buker
Reginald
Arts and Sciences
W. Shepherd
Royce O. Johnson
C. Stuart Edwards
Business Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Special Education
William L. Jones
Graduate Studies
Charles H. Carlson
DIRECTORS OF COLLEGE SERVICES
Boyd
F.
John L.
Buckingham
Walker
Russell E.
Development
Admissions
Houk
Athletics
John S. Scrimgeour
Lee E. Aumiller
Placement and Financial Aid
Field Experiences
CHAIRMEN OF DEPARTMENTS
Bruce E.
Adams
Clarence A. Moore
Eric
W. Smithner
William L. Carlough
Geography
Health and Physical Education
Foreign Languages
Social Sciences
Melville Hopkins
Speech
Donald D. Rabb
Biology
Charles R. Reardin
Mathematics
Musk
Nelson A. Miller
H. M. Afshar
Education
Craig Newton
Histoi)
Louis F.
Thompson
1
taglisfa
;
188
Richard C. Scherpereel
E. White
Art
Norman
Merritt
Physical Sciences
W. Sanders
Psychology
FACULTY
HARVEY
A. ANDRUSS
President of the College
University of Oklahoma, A.B., Certificate in Public and Private Business, Graduate Study; Northwestern University, M.B.A., Graduate Study;
Research Reader, Bodleian Library, University of Oxford, England;
Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
WILLIAM
A. ACIERNO
Speech
University of Pittsburgh, B.A.; Carnegie Institute of Technology, M.F.A.
E. ADAMS
Geography
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ed.D.
BRUCE
H. M. AFSHAR
Education
University of Teheran, B.A.; University of Florida, M.Ed.; University
of Florida, Ed.D.
WILLIAM
D.
ALABAUGH
Maryland Institute of Art, B.F.A.; University
Graduate Study, Academy of Fine Art.
of
Colorado,
Art
M.F.A.
French
ALBERT
Arts College, Manreza, Budapest, B.A.
Philosophy Institute,
Szeged, Hungary, Ph. Lie; Graduate Study, Institute St. Bellarmin,
Namur, Belgium; University de Montreal, Graduate Study.
FRANCIS
E.
Liberal
;
D. ALDERFER
Speech
Grove City College, Bluffton College, B.A. Temple University, M.Ed.;
University of Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State University, Graduate
RICHARD
;
Study.
BEN
C.
ALTER
Spanish
Susquehanna University, B.A.; University of Maine, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University, Universidad de Puerto Rico, Allegheny College, Bucknell University.
M. ANDERSON
Nebraska Christian College, A.B.; Fort Hayes State
DALE
English
College, M.A.; Grad-
uate Study, Indiana University.
Education
E. AUMILLER
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
LEE
DONALD
R.
BASHORE
Psychology
Susquehanna University, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Bucknell University.
Business Education
M. BAYLER
Susquehanna University, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.B.A., C.P.A.
CHARLES
189
MRS. IVA MAE
Lock Haven
BECKLEY
Elementary Education
State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Columbia University.
FRED E. BEERS
Mathematics
Bucknell University, B.S., M.S.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State
University.
ROBERT
BENDER
L.
Lycoming
A.B.;
Bucknell
Pennsylvania State University.
College,
Director of Student Activities
M.A.; Graduate Study,
University,
Chemistry
W. BENSON
Middlebury College, A.B.; University of Vermont, Ph.D.
Health and Physical Education
DOUGLAS BOELHOUWER
Rutgers University, B.S.; University of Illinois, M.S.; Graduate Study,
Tulane University.
BARRETT
JOHN
BRADY
P.
Spanish
King's College, A.B.; Graduate Study, Universidad Nacional
de Mexico, Universidad de Madrid.
Autonoma
Mathematics
M. BRENNAN
Bloomsburg State College, B.S. Ed.; Montclair State College, M.A.
CHARLES
Philosophy
J. BROOK
Antioch College, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate Study. New
School for Social Research.
RICHARD
Mathematics
H. BROWN
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Lafayette College, Pennsylvania State University.
LEROY
BOYD
BUCKINGHAM
F.
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Bucknell
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
ALDEN BUKER
Director of Development
M.S.; Graduate
University,
Director of Arts and Sciences
Harvard University, A.B., M.A.; Boston University, Ph.D.
ROBERT
BUNGE
L.
Registrar
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Bucknell University. .M.S.;
Study, Pennsylvania State University. Syracuse University.
WILLIAM
Hope
CARLOUGH
L.
Graduate
Philosophy
Western Theological Seminary, B.D. General Theological Seminary, S.T.M.; New York University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study,
Columbia University, University of Edinburgh.
College, B.A.;
;
CHARLES
H. CARLSON
Acting Direct,,,- of Graduate Studies
Reedly College, A. A.; San Jose State College, B.A.; reachers College,
Columbia University, M.A. Ed, Ph.D.
CHARLES WHITNEY CARPKXTKU.
Cornell University,
BARRY
E.
A..B.;
man
II
ol
Southern California. M.A.
COBB
Psychology
University of .Maine.
ARTHUR
University
B.
B.A.;
Miami University, M.A.
CONNER
University
Ph.D.
of
Southern
G<
California,
/LB.;
University
of
Iowa.
M.A..
190
JAMES
CREASY
Assistant to the President
Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
SYLVIA H. CRONIN
Music
Rhode Island College of Education, B.Ed., M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State
University, M.Ed., Graduate Study.
ROBERT G. DAVENPORT
Counselling
Bucknell University, B.S., M.S.; Graduate Study, Temple University,
Rutgers University, Columbia University, Syracuse University.
Assistant to the Director of Admissions
THOMAS A. DAVIES
Waynesburg College, B.A.; Duquesne University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study,
Kent State University.
Business Education
FRANK S. DAVIS, Jr.
B.
Bloomsburg State
College,
B.S.
;
Shippensburg State College, B.S.
WILLIAM
K.
DECKER
Eastman School
Seminary, Indiana University, University of
logical
BLAISE
C.
Lukow
JOHN
Music
M.M.; Graduate Study, Union Theo-
of Music, B.M.,
DELNIS
Illinois.
German and Russian
University, A.B.;
Fordham
University, M.A.
DENNEN
Business Education
Bucknell University, M.S.
Health and Physical Education
JERRY B. DENSTORFF
Evansville University, B.S., Indiana University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study,
Indiana University.
E.
Bloomsburg State
JOHN
C.
College,
B.S.;
DIETRICH
History
John's College, A.A.
M.A., Graduate Study.
St.
;
Capital University, A.B.; Ohio State University,
LESTER
J. DIETTERICK
Business Education
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bloomsburg State College, M.S.
BARBARA M. DILWORTH
Economics
Chestnut Hill, B.A.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate Study,
Catholic University.
DOYLE
G.
DODSON
Bloomsburg State
College, M.Ed.
ANITA
A.
College, B.S.
;
Business Education
Bucknell University; Bloomsburg State
DONOVAN
Wheaton
College, B.A.;
English
University of Missouri, M.A.
History
J. DRAKE
University of Notre Dame, B.A.; Georgetown University, M.A. Graduate Study, University of Minnesota, St. Lawrence University, School of
Advanced International Studies; Georgetown University, Ph.D.
EDSON
;
STANLEY
Education
T. DUBELLE, JR.
Franklin and Marshall College, A.B.; California State College, Washington and Jefferson College, Pennsylvania State University, West Virginia
University, M.A.
English
DUCK
Pennsylvania State University, B.A.; Bucknell University, M.A; Duke
University, Pennsylvania State University, Bucknell, Graduate Study.
MRS. VIRGINIA A.
;
191
Speech Correction
L. EBERHART
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, Temple University, Syracuse University.
Director of Secondary Education
STUART EDWARDS
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Northwestern Uni-
JOHN
C.
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.
versity;
EISENBERG
English
University of Delaware, B.A.; Lehigh University, M.A.; Graduate Study.
Duke University.
Education
ERNEST H. ENGELHARDT
Bucknell University, A.B.; New York University, Bucknell University.
M.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ed.D.
BEATRICE M. ENGLEHART
Elementary Education
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
Geography
JOHN A.
University of Maine, B.A.
Harvard University, M.A.; University of
Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
PHILLIP A. FARBER
Biology
King's College, B.S.; Boston College, M.S.; Catholic University, Ph.D.
RONALD A. FERDOCK
English
St. Vincent College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University. M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Nebraska.
WILLIAM
D.
ENMAN
;
*
ERICH
FROHMAN
F.
Sjn
Columbia College, B.A.; Syracuse University, M.A.
GEORGE
GELLOS
J.
Muhlenberg
Biological Science
College,
B.S.
Ohio University,
;
M.S.;
Pennsylvania
State
University, Ph.D.
IRA
B.
GENSEMER
Bloomsburg
University,
MARTIN
St.
M.
State
M.Ed.;
Special Education
College,
Western Maryland College,
Study, Temple University.
B.S.;
Graduate
GILDEA
Temple
Political Se
Vincent, B.A.; University of Notre Dame, M.A.
LEONARD
B.
Bowdoin
GILLEY
gliah
College, B.A.; Johns
Hopkins University, M.A.; University oi
Denver, Ph.D.
VIRGINIA
K.
Longwood
GILMORE
College,
A.B.;
teh
Com
University of Virginia, M.Ed.
ARLINE
E. GINGOLD
Cornell University, A.B.;
ology
Cornell
University, Temple
University,
M.A.
Graduate Study, Temple University.
HANS
K.
GUNTHKIi
Washington University.
A.B., M.A.;
ate Study, University of Missouri.
History
Stanford University, Ph.D.; Gradu-
A. HALLER
University of Notre Dame, B.A., M.A.
ROBERT
DAVID
J.
HARPER
University of Nottingham, B.S.;
Dtroetoi
•
Publications
/'//
University of Nottingham, Ph.D.
192
GERROLD W. HART
Education
Springfield College, B.S. American International College, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Temple University.
;
MICHAEL HERBERT
Biology
University of Maryland, B.S.; Lehigh University, Ph.D.
History
S. HERRE
Colgate University, B.S.; Teachers College, Albany, New York, M.A.;
Graduate Study, Clark University, New York University, University of
Buffalo, London School of Economics; Pennsylvania State University,
Ed.D.
L. HILGAR
Business Education
Grove City College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.A.
Graduate
Study, Bucknell University, University of Pittsburgh.
RALPH
NORMAN
;
CRAIG
HIMES
L.
Biology
Clarion
State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh,
Study, University of Pittsburgh.
M.S.;
Graduate
CLAYTON
Business Education
H. HINKEL
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Columbia
University, University of Pennsylvania, Northwestern University.
JOHN
A.
HOCH
Dean
of Instruction
Pennsylvania State University, A.B.; Bucknell University, M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
MELVILLE HOPKINS
M.A.;
Bucknell University, A.B.,
State University, Ph.D.
Syracuse University,
Speech
Pennsylvania
LEE
Geography
C. HOPPLE
Kutztown State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.S.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, University of Wash-
ington.
Health and Physical Education
E. HOUK
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
RUSSELL
ELTON HUNSINGER
Dean
of
Men
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Bucknell University, M.A.
MARGARET ANN JACK
Indiana State College, B.S.
CHARLES
G.
;
Business Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
JACKSON
Political Science
Westminster College, A.B.; University of North Carolina, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
ELLAMAE JACKSON
West Chester State
Graduate Study,
University.
SARAH
Bell
E.
Dean of Women
College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Columbia University, American University, Syracuse
JEFFREY
Haven
College,
A.B.;
George Peabody College,
Study, George Peabody College.
M.A.;
Art
Graduate
193
MRS.
MARY LOU JOHN
Bloomsburg State
French
Bucknell University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
BRIAN A. JOHNSON
Geography
Indiana State College, B.S., M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Johns Hopkins University, Rutgers University, Clark University.
Director of Elementary Education
ROYCE 0. JOHNSON
Lock Haven State College, B.S. University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
College,
B.S.;
;
WARREN
JOHNSON
I.
West Chester State
College, B.S., M.Ed.;
Elementary Education
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania
State University.
WILLIAM
Director of Special Education
L. JONES
University of Nebraska, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.
Political Science
PRAKASH C. KAPIL
University of Delhi, B.A., M.A. University of Rhode Island, M.A.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
Teaching Mentally Retarded
J. KARPINSKI
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed., D.Ed.
Acquisitions Librarian
ELINOR R. KEEFER
Muskingum College, A.B.; University of Pittsburgh, L.I.M.; Library
School, George Peabody College, Library Science, B.S.
Education
MARTIN M. KELLER
Indiana State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Graduate
Study, University of Pittsburgh, Rutgers University.
Business Education
G. KIRK
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
;
ANDREW
KENNETH
JEROME
J.
KLENNER
Francis College, B.S.
Notre Dame, Ph.D.
St.
ROBERT
L.
;
Biology
University of Pittsburgh, M.S.; University of
KLINEDINST
Gettysburg College,
B.A.;
Mathematics
Pennsylvania State Uni-
Graduate Study,
versity.
CHARLES
C.
KOPP
English
Frostburg (Md.) State Teachers College, B.S. West Virginia University,
M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study, University
of London.
;
ANN
R.
KRAUS
Mathematics
University of Pittsburgh, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University. M.A.
JULIUS
R.
KROSCHEWSKY
Biology
University of Texas, B.A., M.A.; Graduate Study.
versity, University of Texas, Ph.D.
MING MING KUO
Tunghai
University,
Oregon State Uni-
A—i*tant Catalog Librarian
B.A.;
Mount Holyoke
College,
M.A.;
School
of
Library Services-Columbia University, M.S.
YOU-YUH KUO
Taiwan Normal University, A.B.
National
University of Maryland, M.Ed., Ed.D.
;
Chengdu
Psychology
M.A.;
University,
%
19
HAROLD
H.
LANTERMAN
Chemistry
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
New York
University, M.A.; Pennsyl-
vania State University, Ed.D.
JAMES
LAUFFER
R.
Geography
Allegheny College, B.S.; University of Hawaii, M.S.
MARGARET C. LEFEVRE
Coordinator of Speech Correction
Western Michigan University, A.B.; University of Minnesota, M.A.;
Western Reserve University, Ph.D.; Graduate Study, University of Akron, Northwestern University.
ELLEN L. LENSING
Business Education
Wisconsin State College, B.Ed.; University of Wisconsin, M.S., Ph.D.
MILTON LEVIN
Education
West Chester State College, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; University
of Pennsylvania, M.S.; Graduate Study, Temple University, University
of Pennsylvania.
CYRIL ALBIN LINQUIST
Business Education
University of Minnesota, B.S.; New York University, M.S., Ph.D.
BARBARA LOEWE
Speech
Florida Southern University, B.S.; Western Reserve University, M.A.;
Graduate Study, University of Denver.
JAMES
LORELLI
T.
Geography
State University of New York at Binghamton, A.B.; Maxwell School of
Syracuse University, M.A. Graduate Study, Maxwell School of Syracuse
University.
;
HOWARD
K. MACAULEY, Jr.
Education
Bucknell University, A.B.; Stanford University, M.A. Temple University, M.Ed.; Graduate Study, University of Pennsylvania.
Counselling
E. MACDONALD
University of Michigan, A.B.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, Columbia University.
Biology
THOMAS
Fairmount State College, B.A.; West Virginia University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, Ohio State University, Bucknell University, Yale University.
Business Education
MRS. MARGARET E. McCERN
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
;
MARY
MANLEY
LAVERE
W.
McCLURE
Geography
Mansfield State College, B.S.; University of South Dakota, M.N.S.
Health and Physical Education
JOANNE E. McCOMB
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Indiana State College,
University of Pennsylvania; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
Speech
JAMES A. McCUBBIN
Marshall University, A.B.; Western Reserve University, M.A.
Education
J. MCDONNELL
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
ALOYSIUS
MICHAEL
J.
McHALE
Speech
University of Pittsburgh, A.B.; Western Reserve, M.A.; Graduate Study,
Pennsylvania State University.
195
ELI W. MCLAUGHLIN
West Chester State
Health and Physical Education
College, B.S.,
M.Ed.
G. MEEKER
English
Lafayette College, A.B.; University of Scranton, M.A.; Graduate Study.
ROBERT
Temple University.
JACK
L. MEISS
Business Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.
M.
BEATRICE METTLER
Health
Bucknell University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate
of the Johns Hopkins Hospital School of Nursing, R.N.; Graduate Study.
University of Chicago.
NELSON
A. MILLER
Music
Indiana (Pa.) State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania State University.
Assistant Reference Librarian
E. MILLER
University of Pittsburgh, A.B., M.A., M.L.S.
SCOTT
CLARENCE
Tarkio
A.
MOORE
College,
A.B.;
University
of
Health and Physical Education
M.A.
University of
Alabama,
;
Alabama, Ph.D.
JOSEPH
MUELLER
E.
Mathematics
Graduate Study.
University of Illinois, M.S.;
Manhattan College, University of Illinois.
Butler University,
B.S.;
MURPHY
JAMES
Psychology
J.
Lafayette College, A.B.; Jefferson Medical College of Philadelphia, St.
John's University, M.A.; Graduate Study, St. John's University.
GEORGE W. NEEL
French
Glassboro State College, B.S.; University of Aix-Marseille, Diploma
(French); University of Heidelberg, Diploma (German); Graduate
Study, University of Pennsylvania, Princeton University.
NEWTON
CRAIG
A.
University of Pennsylvania, B.A.; Southern
Western Reserve University, Ph.D.
CLYDE
Illinois
History
M.A.;
University.
NOBLE
S.
A.B.
Graduate
Institute of Technology; University of Hawaii. Ph.D.
Augustana
College,
Grinnell
College,
;
Study,
Chemistry
Carnegie
G. NORTON
Assistant to the Dean of Men
Slippery Rock State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Graduate Study, University of Pittsburgh.
ROBERT
RONALD
W.
NOVAK
Mathematics
California State College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.Ed.; Graduate Study, University of West Virginia,
CLINTON
J.
OXENRIDER
Bloonisbur^ State College, B.S.
JAMES
W.
Mathematics
;
Pennsylvania State University, M.A,
PERCEY
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Rutgers University,
Study, University of California at Los Angeles.
Political Se
M.A.;
Graduate
;
196
THADDEUS PIOTROWSKI
California
(Pa.)
State
Instructional Media
College,
B.S.;
Pennsylvania
State
University,
M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University, Syracuse University, Michigan State University.
JANE
PLUMPIS
J.
Sociology
Lock Haven State College, B.S.;
St.
Bonaventure University, M.A.; Grad-
uate Study, University of Pittsburgh.
DEAKE
PORTER
G.
Amherst
College,
A.B.;
Yale University, M.A.;
Economics
Graduate Study, Yale
University.
H.
BENJAMIN POWELL
History
Drew
University, A.B.; Lehigh University, M.A.
University.
DONALD
L.
;
Graduate Study, Lehigh
PRESTON
Syracuse University, B.A.
Geography
University of Oklahoma, M.A.
RONALD EUGENE PUHL
Health and Physical Education
Lock Haven State College, B.S.; West Chester State College, M.A.
DONALD D. RABB
Biology
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.
Bucknell University, M.S.; Colorado
University, Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.; Graduate Study, Syracuse University, University of Colorado, Duke University, North Carolina
State University.
FRANCIS J. RADICE
Business Education
Bloomsburg State College, B.S. Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Bucknell University; Pennsylvania State University,
Ed.D.
;
;
;
DONALD
R.
RAE
Mathematics
Central State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, Bowdoin College, University of Arizona, M.S.
EUGENE RAPPAPORT
Art
Brandeis University, B.A.; Indiana University, M.F.A.
MARGARET READ-LAUER
University of Michigan, A.B.; Indiana University, M.A.
Indiana University.
;
English
Graduate Study,
GWENDOLYN REAMS
Catalog Librarian
University of Alabama, A.B.; George Peabody College, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of North Carolina, University of Alabama, Syracuse
University.
CHARLES
R.
REARDIN
Duke University, A.B.; Montclair State
College, M.A.;
Mathematics
Graduate Study,
Paterson (N.J.) State College, Tulane University.
Physics
H. REICHARD
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.S.; University of Michigan, M.A.
Graduate Study, Lehigh University, Harvard University, Pennsylvania
State University, Temple University, Rutgers University.
HERBERT
JAMES
Teaching Mentally Retarded
T. REIFER
Shippensburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
Coordinator of Teaching Mentally Retarded
EMILY A. REUWSAAT
Iowa State College, A.B., M.A.; University of Nebraska, Ed.D.
197
A. RHODES
Biology
University of Virginia, B.S., M.A.; Graduate Study, Duke University,
Williams College, Colorado State University.
English
ALVA W. RICE
Madison College, B.S. George Washington University, Indiana University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Kentucky, University of Oslo,
University of London.
STANLEY
;
ROBERT
RICHEY
D.
Speech
Ohio State University, A.B., M.A.
JORDAN RICHMAN
English
Brooklyn College, B.A.; New York University, M.A.; Graduate Study,
University of New Mexico.
PAUL
RIEGEL
S.
Middlebury College, A.B.
Ed.D.
KENNETH
A.
;
Dean of Students
Teachers College, Columbia University, M.A.,
ROBERTS
Elementary Education
Graduate
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.;
Pennsylvania
Study,
ROBERT
Bucknell University, M.S.;
State University, Bucknell University.
ROSS
P.
University, Washington University, B.A., M.A.;
Study, Vanderbilt University, University of Connecticut.
Wesleyan
Economics
Graduate
English
C. ROTH
Syracuse University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Missouri.
WILLIAM
SUSAN RUSINKO
English
Pennsylvania State University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Minnesota, Columbia University.
Wheaton
College, B.A.;
ROBERT
Biology
G. SAGAR
Ohio State University, B.S., M.S.; Graduate Study, Ohio State University.
MERRITT WILLIAM SANDERS
Drew
University, A.B., B.D.;
Psychology
New York
MARTIN
A. SATZ
University of Minnesota, B.A.. M.A.
Public School Psychologist.
;
University,
Ph.D.
Psychology
University of Washington, Ph.D.;
English
C. SAVAGE
University of North Carolina, B.A.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate Study, University of Edinburgh, Scotland. Bucknell University.
RICHARD
TOBIAS
F.
SCARPINO
Phytic*
Kutztown State College, B.S.; Bucknell University. M.S.; Graduate Study.
Princeton University, Pennsylvania
State
University,
Bucknell
Univer-
sity.
RICHARD SCHERPEREEL
Art
University of Notre Dame, B.F.A.; McMurry College, M.Ed., University
of Notre Dame, M.F.A.; George Peabody College, Ed.D,
BERNARD
olog*
J. SCHNECK
University of Scranton, A.B.; West Virginia University, A.M.; Graduate
Study, Ohio State University.
198
SEYMOUR SCHWIMMER
Philosophy
York, B.S.S.; Teachers College, Columbia University,
M.A.; Graduate Study, Columbia University, New York University.
JOHN S. SCRIMGEOUR, Jr.
Director of Financial Aid and Placement
Bloomsburg State College, B.S. Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
GILBERT R. W. SELDERS
Education
Pennsylvania State University, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D.
REX E. SELK
Chemistry
Knox University, A.B.; State University of Iowa, M.S.; Graduate Study,
University of West Virginia, State University of Iowa, Ohio University,
City College of
New
;
Emory
JOHN
J.
University.
SERFF
Shippensburg State College, B.S.
;
History
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ph.D.
CECIL
C.
SERONSY
English
University of Virginia,
B.A.;
Harvard University, M.A., Ph.D.
LOUISE SERONSY
Psychology
Fort Hays Kansas State, B.S.; George Peabody College, B.A. Purdue
University, Ph.D.
THEODORE SHANOSKI
History
East Stroudsburg State College, B.S.; Ohio University, M.A. Graduate
;
;
Study, Temple University.
REGINALD W. SHEPHERD
Director of Business Education
Niagara University, B.B.A.; Stanford University, M.A., Ed.D.
MRS.
RUTH
D.
SMEAL
Bloomsburg State
Circulation Librarian
College, B.S.;
Marywood
College, M.S.L.S.
;
Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University.
RICHARD
M. SMITH
Edinboro State College, B.S.
Speech Correction
Temple University, M.A.
French
ERIC W. SMITHNER
Muskingum College, A.B. University of Cincinnati, University De Grenoble, Middlebury French School, New York University, M.A.; New
York University, Ph.D.
Anthropology
ROBERT R. SOLENBERGER
University of Pennsylvania, A.B., M.A.; Graduate Study, University of
;
;
Pennsylvania.
MARGARET
Education
C. SPONSELLER
Indiana State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed., Ed.D.
JANET STAMM
Mount Hoiyoke
WILLIAM
B.
English
College, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A., Ph.D.
STERLING
Geography
Plattsburgh (N. Y.) State Normal School, Diploma; University of BufDesfalo, B.S.; Syracuse University, M.S.; Flight Instructor's Rating.
ignated Flight Examiner No. 3499 (C. A. A.); United Air Lines Pilot
School, Cheyenne, Wyoming; Pennsylvania State University, Ed.D.
GEORGE
STRADTMAN,
Mathematics
Temple University, Ed.M.; Graduate
Study, Pennsylvania State University, Temple University, Union College.
G.
Millersville
State
Sr.
College,
B.S.;
199
GERALD
H. STRAUSS
English
University of Pennsylvania, A.B.; Columbia University, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Missouri, University of Pennsylvania.
English
THOMAS G. STURGEON
Westminster College, A.B.; Harvard University, M.A., Ph.D.
DAVID A. SUPERDOCK
Physics
Bloomsburg State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Bucknell University.
History
J. SYLVESTER
Newark College of Rutgers University, A.B.; Rutgers University, M.A.:
Graduate Study, University of Chicago.
WILBERT A. TAEBEL
Chemistry
Elmhurst College, B.S.; University of Illinois, M.S., Ph.D.
JERRY R. THOMAS
Health and Physical Education
Furman University, B.A.; University of Alabama, M.A., Ed.S.; Graduate Study, University of Alabama.
LOUIS F. THOMPSON
English
Columbia College, A.B.; Lehigh University, M.A., Ph.D.
A. TOLAN
Assistant to Dean of Women
State University of New York at Geneseo, B.S.
State University of
New York at Albany, M.S.
ANTHONY
MARY
;
ALFRED
TONOLO
E.
-
anish
Ca'Foscary University, Wilkes College, Scranton
University, Colgate University, M.A.
Madrid University, Ph.D.
Health and Physical Education
HENRY C. TURBERVILLE, Jr.
University of Alabama, B.S., M.A.
Littorio College, B.A.;
;
GEORGE
TURNER
A.
Eastern
Illinois
History
University,
M.S.;
B.S.,
Graduate Study, Indiana Uni-
versity.
DONALD
VANNAN
A.
Millersville
State College, B.S.
;
Elementary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.,
Ed.D.
JOSEPH
VAUGHAN
P.
/
A and M, University of Maine, B.S.; Bowdoin
of New York, University of Maine, Pennsylvania
Colorado
College
sity,
logy
City
State Univer-
M.Ed.; Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
EARL W. VOSS
West Chester State College,
Study, Temple University.
E.
College,
B.S.;
Health and Physical Education
Temple University, M.Ed.; Graduate
PAUL WAGNER
Psycho
Pennsylvania State University.
B.S.,
M.Ed., Ed.D.;
Public
School
chologist.
J.
CALVIN WALKER
Muskingum
College,
Psychology
B.A.;
University of
Hartford,
Temple Univei
Ed.M.; Graduate study. Temple University.
L. WALKER
Director <>i Admissions
Westminster College, B.B.A., M.S.; Graduate Study. University of Pitts-
JOHN
burgh.
;
200
ANDREW
WALLACE
L.
Purdue University,
History
Claremont Graduate School, M.A.; Graduate
Study, University of Arizona, Claremont Graduate School, University
B.S.;
of Pennsylvania.
STEPHEN
R.
WALLACE
C.
Music
Mansfield State College, B.S.; Graduate Study, University of Michigan.
Elementary Education
Millersville State College, B.S.; West Chester State College, Villanova
University, M.A.; Graduate Study, West Chester State College, Temple
EDWARD WARDEN
University.
ROBERT DANIEL WARREN
History
Appalachian State Teachers College, B.S.; Georgetown University, M.A.,
Ph.D.
A.
LYNN
WATSON
Elementary Education
Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.
Director of Library Services
George Peabody College, M.A. Graduate
Shippensburg State College, B.S.
JAMES
WATTS
B.
Birmingham-Southern, A.B.;
Study, University of
RICHARD
P.
;
;
Illinois.
WETTSTONE
Assistant
to
Dean
of
Men
Pennsylvania State University, B.S., M.Ed.
NORMAN
Chemistry
E. WHITE
Wittenberg University, A.B.; University of Pennsylvania, M.S., Ph.D.
Spanish
CHRISTINE T. WHITMER
Ball State University, B.A.
JAMES
WHITMER
R.
Ball
State Teachers
College,
B.A.;
M.A.;
History
Graduate Study, Ball State
Teachers College.
MRS. ELIZABETH
Assistant to Dean of Women
B. WILLIAMS
Slippery Rock State College, B.S. Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.;
Graduate Study, Syracuse University.
;
KENNETH
T.
WILSON,
Jr.
Edinboro State College, B.S.; Pennsylvania State
Graduate Study, Pennsylvania State University.
RICHARD
0.
University,
WOLFE
Bloomsburg State
College,
B.S.
;
Rutgers University, M.Ed.;
Art
M.A.
Education
Graduate
Study, University of Pennsylvania.
Health and Physical Education
E.
Lake Erie College, A.B.; Pennsylvania State University, M.S.; Graduate
Study, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania State University.
WRAY
MARY
M. YOUSE
Temple University,
JANICE
Speech
B.S.,
M.A.
FACULTY EMERITI
MRS. LUCILE
J.
BAKER
(Retired May, 1956)
Benjamin Franklin School
HOWARD
JOHN
J.
F.
FENSTEMAKER
FISHER
(Retired May, 1963)
Chairman, Department of Foreign Languages
Psychology
(Retired May, 1951)
201
WILLIAM
EDNA
J.
C. FORNEY (Retired
HAZEN (Retired Jan.,
May, 1959)
Business Education
1958)
Director of Elementary Education
MARGUERITE W. KEHR (Retired June, 1953)
KIMBER C. KUSTER (Retired May, 1962)
Dean
of
Women
Chairman, Department of Science
PEARL L. MASON (Retired May, 1945)
LUCY McCAMMON (Retired Jan., 1958)
ETHEL A. RANSOM (Retired Jan., 1954)
EDWARD A. REAMS (Retired May, 1952)
H. HARRISON RUSSELL (Retired May, 1951)
J. ALMUS RUSSELL (Retired May, 1965)
MRS. ANNA GARRISON SCOTT (Retired May,
Librarian
Physical Education
Mathematics
Social Studies
Geography
English
1956)
Benjamin Franklin School
GRACE
C.
M.
H.
WOOLWORTH
HAUSKNECHT
(Retired May, 1956)
(Retired July, 1950)
Benjamin Franklin School
Business Manager
eoi
INDEX
Academic Probation
Accreditation
Fees
52
Academic Regulations
49
Financial Aid
1
Administration
25
31
44
Fraternities
187
French Courses
Admissions
85
19
Geography Courses
Alumni
92
43
Art Courses
German Courses
59
Biology Courses
Grades
61
Board Of Trustees
Buildings
Graduate Studies
33
Health and Physical
Education Courses
65
51
95
4
100
History Courses
Chemistry Courses
71
Keys
Class Attendance
33
49
Laundry
Bank
College
53
55
Graduation Requirements
11
Business Courses
Calendar
50
Graduate Record Examinations
186
Books And Supplies
88
34
33
Mathematics Courses
College History
105
7
Music Courses
Community Government
108
Association 37
Nursing Courses
110
Curriculums:
Arts
And
Business Education
Special Degree
178
Teacher Education
Deposits
133
187
76
Economics Courses
74
80
Enrollment Analysis
188
Faculty Emeriti
181
Health Courses
111
95
Physical Education Requirement
112
35
Placement Tests
53
Courses
Political Science
Progress Reports
23
50
Psychology Courses
Publications
200
47
And
Physical Education
Placement
Education Courses
Faculty
Philosophy Courses
Physics Courses
28
English Courses
168
174
Programs
Special Education
Deans
Off Campus Students
159
Sciences
Business Administration
Quality Points
43
51
117
115
52
203
INDEX
Refunds
28
Residence Requirement
Russian Courses
Schedule Changes
51
Student Teaching
54
Summer
56
Sessions
Summer Theater Program
89
130
Teaching Of The
49
Mentally Retarded Courses
Spanish Courses
90
Transfers
Sociology Courses
Special Education Courses
122
Speech Correction Courses
123
Speech
127
20, 50
120
Veterans
Wills.
22
Form Of
185
Withdrawal Notice
34
126
Media of